Medicaid Program; Medicaid and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Managed Care, 72754-72844 [2020-24758]

Download as PDF 72754 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services 42 CFR Parts 438 and 457 [CMS–2408–F] RIN 0938–AT40 Medicaid Program; Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Managed Care I. Medicaid Managed Care Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), Health and Human Services (HHS). ACTION: Final rule. AGENCY: This final rule advances CMS’ efforts to streamline the Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) managed care regulatory framework and reflects a broader strategy to relieve regulatory burdens; support state flexibility and local leadership; and promote transparency, flexibility, and innovation in the delivery of care. These revisions of the Medicaid and CHIP managed care regulations are intended to ensure that the regulatory framework is efficient and feasible for states to implement in a cost-effective manner and ensure that states can implement and operate Medicaid and CHIP managed care programs without undue administrative burdens. DATES: Effective Date: These regulations are effective on December 14, 2020, except for the additions of §§ 438.4(c) (instruction 4) and 438.6(d)(6) (instruction 7), which are effective July 1, 2021. Compliance Dates: States must comply with the requirements of this rule beginning December 14, 2020, except for §§ 438.4(c), 438.6(d)(6), 438.340, and 438.364. States must comply with §§ 438.4(c) and 438.6(d)(6) as amended effective July 1, 2021 for Medicaid managed care rating periods starting on or after July 1, 2021. States must comply with § 438.340 as amended for all Quality Strategies submitted after July 1, 2021. As § 438.340 applies to CHIP through an existing cross-reference in § 457.1240(e), separate CHIPs must also come into compliance with the requirements of § 438.340 as amended for all Quality Strategies submitted after July 1, 2021. States must comply with § 438.364 for all external quality reports submitted on or after July 1, 2021. Because § 438.364 applies to CHIP through an existing cross reference in § 457.1250(a), jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 SUMMARY: VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 separate CHIPs must also come into compliance with the requirements of § 438.364 for external quality reports submitted on or after July 1, 2021. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John Giles, (410) 786–5545, for Medicaid Managed Care provisions. Carman Lashley, (410) 786–6623, for the Medicaid Managed Care Quality provisions. Melissa Williams, (410) 786–4435, for the CHIP provisions. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: A. Background States may implement a managed care delivery system using four types of Federal authorities—sections 1915(a), 1915(b), 1932(a), and 1115(a) of the Social Security Act (the Act); each is described briefly in this final rule. Under section 1915(a) of the Act, states can implement a voluntary managed care program by executing a contract with organizations that the state has procured using a competitive procurement process. To require beneficiaries to enroll in a managed care program to receive services, a state must obtain approval from CMS under one of two primary authorities: • Through a state plan amendment that meets standards set forth in section 1932 of the Act, states can implement a mandatory managed care delivery system. This authority does not allow states to require beneficiaries who are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid (dually eligible), American Indians/Alaska Natives (except as permitted in section 1932(a)(2)(C) of the Act), or children with special health care needs to enroll in a managed care program. State plans, once approved, remain in effect until modified by the state. • We may grant a waiver under section 1915(b) of the Act, permitting a state to require all Medicaid beneficiaries to enroll in a managed care delivery system, including dually eligible beneficiaries, American Indians/ Alaska Natives, or children with special health care needs. After approval, a state may operate a section 1915(b) waiver for a 2-year period (certain waivers can be operated for up to 5 years if they include dually eligible beneficiaries) before requesting a renewal for an additional 2 (or 5) year period. We may also authorize managed care programs as part of demonstration projects under section 1115(a) of the Act that include waivers permitting the state to require all Medicaid beneficiaries to enroll in a managed care delivery system, including dually eligible PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 beneficiaries, American Indians/Alaska Natives, and children with special health care needs. Under this authority, states may seek additional flexibility to demonstrate and evaluate innovative policy approaches for delivering Medicaid benefits, as well as the option to provide services not typically covered by Medicaid. Such flexibility is approvable only if the objectives of the Medicaid statute are likely to be met, and the demonstration is subject to evaluation. The above authorities may permit states to operate their programs without complying with the following standards of Medicaid law outlined in section of 1902 of the Act: • Statewideness [section 1902(a)(1) of the Act]: States may implement a managed care delivery system in specific areas of the state (generally counties/parishes) rather than the whole state; • Comparability of Services [section 1902(a)(10) of the Act]: States may provide different benefits to people enrolled in a managed care delivery system; and • Freedom of Choice [section 1902(a)(23)(A) of the Act]: States may generally require people to receive their Medicaid services only from a managed care plan’s network of providers or primary care provider. In the May 6, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR 27498), we published the ‘‘Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Programs; Medicaid Managed Care, CHIP Delivered in Managed Care, and Revisions Related to Third Party Liability’’ final rule (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the 2016 final rule’’) that modernized the Medicaid and CHIP managed care regulations to reflect changes in the use of managed care delivery systems. The 2016 final rule aligned many of the rules governing Medicaid and CHIP managed care with those of other major sources of coverage; implemented applicable statutory provisions; strengthened actuarial soundness payment provisions to promote the accountability of managed care program rates; strengthened efforts to reform delivery systems that serve Medicaid and CHIP beneficiaries; and enhanced policies related to program integrity. In the January 18, 2017 Federal Register (82 FR 5415), we published the ‘‘Medicaid Program; The Use of New or Increased Pass-Through Payments in Medicaid Managed Care Delivery Systems’’ final rule (the 2017 passthrough payments final rule) that made changes to the pass-through payment transition periods and the maximum E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations amount of pass-through payments permitted annually during the transition periods under Medicaid managed care contract(s) and rate certification(s). That final rule prevented increases in passthrough payments and the addition of new pass-through payments beyond those in place when the pass-through payment transition periods were established in the 2016 final Medicaid managed care regulations. In the November 14, 2018 Federal Register (83 FR 57264), we published the ‘‘Medicaid Program; Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Plan (CHIP) Managed Care’’ proposed rule (the 2018 proposed rule) which included proposals designed to streamline the Medicaid and CHIP managed care regulatory framework to relieve regulatory burdens; support state flexibility and local leadership; and promote transparency, flexibility, and innovation in the delivery of care. This 2018 proposed rule was intended to ensure that the Medicaid and CHIP managed care regulatory framework is efficient and feasible for states to implement in a cost-effective manner and ensure that states can implement and operate Medicaid and CHIP managed care programs without undue administrative burdens. Since publication of the 2016 final rule, the landscape for healthcare delivery continues to change, and states are continuing to work toward reforming healthcare delivery systems to address the unique challenges and needs of their local citizens. To that end, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and CMS issued a letter 1 to the nation’s Governors on March 14, 2017, affirming the continued HHS and CMS commitment to partnership with states in the administration of the Medicaid program, and noting key areas where we intended to improve collaboration with states and move toward more effective program management. In that letter, we committed to a thorough review of the managed care regulations to prioritize beneficiary outcomes and state priorities. Since our issuance of that letter, stakeholders have expressed that the current Federal regulations are overly prescriptive and add costs and administrative burden to state Medicaid programs with few improvements in outcomes for beneficiaries. As part of the agency’s broader efforts to reduce administrative burden, we undertook an analysis of the current managed care 1 Letter to the nation’s Governors on March 14, 2017: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/secprice-admin-verma-ltr.pdf. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 regulations to ascertain if there were ways to achieve a better balance between appropriate Federal oversight and state flexibility, while also maintaining critical beneficiary protections, ensuring fiscal integrity, and improving the quality of care for Medicaid beneficiaries. This review process culminated in the November 14, 2018 proposed rule. After reviewing the public comments to the 2018 proposed rule, this final rule seeks to streamline the managed care regulations by reducing unnecessary and duplicative administrative burden and further reducing Federal regulatory barriers to help ensure that state Medicaid agencies are able to work efficiently and effectively to design, develop, and implement Medicaid managed care programs that best meet each state’s local needs and populations. B. Medicaid Managed Care Provisions of the Rule and Analysis of and Responses to Public Comments We received a total of 215 timely comments from state Medicaid and CHIP agencies, advocacy groups, health care providers and associations, health insurers, managed care plans, health care associations, and the general public. The following sections, arranged by subject area, include a summary of the comments we received and our responses to those comments. In response to the November 14, 2018 proposed rule, some commenters chose to raise issues that were beyond the scope of our proposals. In this final rule, we are not summarizing or responding to those comments. 1. Standard Contract Requirements (§ 438.3(t)) In the 2016 final rule, we added a new provision at § 438.3(t) requiring that contracts with a managed care organization (MCO), prepaid inpatient health plan (PIHP), or prepaid ambulatory health plan (PAHP) that cover Medicare-Medicaid dually eligible enrollees provide that the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP sign a Coordination of Benefits Agreement (COBA) and participate in the automated crossover claim process administered by Medicare. The purpose of this provision was to promote efficiencies for providers by allowing providers to bill once, rather than sending separate claims to Medicare and the Medicaid MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. The Medicare crossover claims process is limited to fee-for service-claims for Medicare Parts A and B; it does not include services covered by Medicare Advantage plans under Medicare Part C. Since publication of the 2016 final rule, we heard from a number of states PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72755 that, prior to the rule, had effective processes in place to identify and send appropriate crossover claims to their managed care plans from the crossover file the states received from us. Medicaid beneficiaries can be enrolled in multiple managed care plans or the state’s fee-for-service (FFS) program. For example, a beneficiary may have medical care covered by an MCO, dental care covered by a PAHP, and behavioral health care covered by the state’s FFS program. When a Medicaid managed care plan enters into a crossover agreement with Medicare, as required in § 438.3(t), we then send to that plan all the Medicare FFS crossover claims for their Medicaid managed care enrollees, as well as to the state Medicaid agency. When this occurs, the managed care plan(s) may receive claims for services that are not the contractual responsibility of the managed care plan. Additionally, states noted that having all claims sent to the managed care plan(s) can result in some claims being sent to the wrong plan when beneficiaries change plans. Some states requested regulation changes to permit states to send the appropriate crossover claims to their managed care plans; that is, states would receive the CMS crossover file and then forward to each Medicaid managed care plan only those crossover claims for which that plan is responsible. These states have expressed that to discontinue existing effective processes for routing crossover claims to their managed care plans to comply with this provision adds unnecessary costs and burden to the state and plans, creates confusion for payers and providers, and delays provider payments. To address these concerns, we proposed to revise § 438.3(t) to remove the requirement that managed care plans must enter into a COBA directly with Medicare and instead would require a state’s contracts with managed care plans to specify the methodology by which the state would ensure that the managed care plans receive all appropriate crossover claims for which they are responsible. Under this proposal, states would be able to determine the method that best meets the needs of their program, whether by requiring the managed care plans to enter into a COBA and participate in the automated claims crossover process directly or by using an alternative method by which the state forwards crossover claims it receives from Medicare to each MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, as appropriate. Additionally, we proposed to require, if the state elects to use a methodology other than requiring E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72756 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to enter into a COBA with Medicare, that the state’s methodology would have to ensure that the submitting provider is promptly informed on the state’s remittance advice that the claim has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for payment consideration. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to revise § 483.3(t) and our response to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposed addition of state flexibility to use alternate mechanisms to send crossover claims to managed care plans. Commenters stated that the changes would provide states and plans more flexibility while continuing to promote better coordination of benefits for dually eligible individuals and reducing burden on the providers who serve them. Response: We appreciate the support for the proposed change to the regulation. Comment: One commenter supported the proposed rule but added that it is necessary for CMS to ensure that any alternative state crossover methodology separates Medicare claims from Medicaid rate setting and actuarial soundness. Response: While Medicare Part A or Part B cost-sharing payments—which are Medicaid costs—must be factored into Medicaid rate setting if a Medicaid plan is responsible for covering them, we agree that other costs for the provision of Medicare covered services should not be. Nothing in our proposal or the revision to § 438.3(t) that we finalize here will impact the processes for Medicaid rate-setting or determination of actuarial soundness. Comment: One commenter supported the proposed changes but offered a note of caution relating to potentially opening the door to subpar manual processes that states might adopt that could incur additional costs and unnecessary complexity. Response: As discussed in this final rule, the regulations at § 438.3(t) finalized in 2016 established a crossover process in which providers only bill once, rather than multiple times. The revision to § 438.3(t) that we are finalizing here maintains a process in which providers only bill once (to Medicare), because the regulation only applies when the state enters into a COBA but allows greater state flexibility in how that claim is routed from Medicare to Medicaid and Medicaid managed care plans. We agree that automated processes are usually optimal and create efficiencies for states, plans, and providers. We encourage states that VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 adopt alternate methodologies to use automated processes as appropriate to achieve efficient and economical systems. Regardless of the method chosen by a state, the provider role in the crossover claim submission process is not changed by this proposal. Comment: Some commenters noted concern that the proposed changes would have on plans and providers that operated across state lines. One commenter noted that Medicaid managed care plans that operate in multiple states would need to develop and maintain different processes in different states. Another commenter who supported the proposed changes noted that it may pose challenges for providers that furnish services in multiple states. Response: We carefully considered the benefits of national uniformity for Medicaid managed care plans and providers that serve multiple states. In this instance, we believe that states should have the flexibility to adopt the methodology that works best within their state to ensure that the appropriate MCO, PIHP, or PAHP will receive all applicable crossover claims for which the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP is responsible. This flexibility will allow states to maintain current processes and not incur unnecessary costs or burden to providers and beneficiaries to conform to a new mandated process. We note here that this revision to § 438.3(t) does not require states to change their current cross over claim handling processes; it merely provides states with an option. Regardless of which methodology a state chooses to implement, it should not have any effect on providers, who should be able to submit their claims once and have it routed to the appropriate MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for adjudication. Comment: One commenter who objected to the proposed changes requested clarification about how it intersects with a similar provision in section 53102(a)(1) of the Bipartisan Budget Act (BBA) of 2018 (Pub. L. 115– 123, enacted February 9, 2018) concerning procedures for states processing prenatal claims when there is a known third party liability. Response: We do not believe that § 438.3(t), as amended here, conflicts with the third party liability requirements added by section 53102(a)(1) of the BBA of 2018. We note that section 53102(a)(1) of the BBA of 2018 applies when the provider bills Medicaid directly for a prenatal claim. As further discussed in our June 1, 2018 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Informational Bulletin to states,2 that provision requires states to use standard cost avoidance when processing prenatal claims. Thus if the state Medicaid agency has determined that a third party is likely liable for a prenatal claim, it must reject, but not deny, the claim returning the claim back to the provider noting the third party that the Medicaid state agency believes to be legally responsible for payment. If a provider billed Medicaid for a prenatal claim for a dually eligible individual, the state would be required to reject the claim but note that Medicare is the liable third party, as Medicare would be the primary payer. By contrast, the regulation in § 438.3(t), which is triggered because the state enters into a COBA with Medicare, applies when the provider bills Medicare for any Part A or B service under Medicare FFS for a dually eligible individual for which there is costsharing covered by Medicaid. Medicare would generate the crossover consistent with the COBAs in place. If the state has elected to require its Medicaid managed care plans to enter into a COBA with Medicare, then Medicare would forward the crossover claims to the Medicaid managed care plan. If the state has elected under § 438.3(t) to use a different methodology for ensuring that the appropriate managed care plan receives the applicable crossover claims, then Medicare would forward the crossover claims to the state pursuant to the state’s COBA with Medicare; the state would then forward that crossover claim to the Medicaid managed care plan for payment. If a state adopts an alternate methodology as provided in § 438.3(t), the state must ensure that the submitting provider is promptly informed on the state’s remittance advice that the claims have not been denied, but instead, has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for consideration. Comment: One commenter requested that CMS add regulatory language at § 438.3(t) stating that ‘‘The coordination methodology also must ensure that dually eligible individuals are not denied Medicaid benefits they would be eligible to receive if they were not also eligible for Medicare benefits.’’ Response: We agree that it is essential that dually eligible individuals are not denied Medicaid benefits they would be eligible to receive if they were not also eligible for Medicare benefits; however, this is outside the scope of this regulation, which is limited to how states must ensure the appropriate managed care plan receives all 2 See https://www.medicaid.gov/federal-policyguidance/downloads/cib060118.pdf. E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations applicable crossover claims for which it is responsible. We note that there is no regulation in part 438 that authorizes denial of Medicaid-covered services for an enrollee who is eligible for those services based on the enrollee’s eligibility as well for Medicare. Comment: One commenter suggested providing Medicare eligibility data to MCOs, PIHPS, and PAHPs through data feeds, file transfers, or an online portal for efficient coordination of benefits, to improve care coordination and outcomes. One commenter encouraged free and timely access to all clinical and administrative data to promote coordination among managed care plans. The commenter suggested creating a standardized process by which managed care organizations can receive timely claims and clinical data from both Medicaid and Medicare. The commenter noted that the proposed changes may limit full integration in instances where a beneficiary in a Medicaid managed long term care plan is enrolled in an unaligned (that is, offered by a separate organization) Medicare Advantage plan such as a Dual Eligible Special Needs Plan offered by a different organization than offers the Medicaid plan in which the person is enrolled. Response: We appreciate the value of making such data available to plans. We are separately exploring whether we have authority to do so within existing limits, such as those established under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) (Pub. L. 104–191, enacted August 21, 1996). For the comment on enrollment in different managed care plans for Medicaid and Medicare, we note that the Medicare crossover process is limited to Original Medicare (Medicare Part A and B). Claims for cost sharing for a Medicare Advantage enrollee are beyond the scope of this regulation. Comment: One commenter requested that we itemize all claim inclusion and exclusion selection criteria for professional claim services. Response: We do not have the authority to make the requested change. The National Uniform Claims Committee (NUCC), which establishes the standards for 837 professional claims and the CMS–1500 form, has chosen not to array professional and DME claims by type of bill (TOB), as happens with institutional claims, which are under the purview of the National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC). Comment: One commenter requested that we allow plans to continue their COBA with, and receive crossover claims directly from, Medicare in states VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 where plans already did so as required under the 2016 final rule. Response: As we proposed the amendment and are finalizing it here, § 438.3(t) does not require any changes for states and MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs that are already complying with the 2016 final rule. This final rule amends § 438.3(t) to provide states with additional flexibility to adopt a different methodology to ensure that the appropriate MCO, PIHP, or PAHP will receives all applicable crossover claims for which the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP is responsible, subject to some limited parameters to ensure that the applicable provider is provided information on the state’s remittance advice. This additional flexibility might result in states developing and using more efficient and economical processes for handling cross-over claims applicable to Medicaid managed care enrollees. Comment: One commenter who supported the proposed changes encouraged CMS to monitor states that adopt alternative methodologies to ensure that providers still receive payments in a timely manner. Response: While this regulation does not establish a timeframe for the state to forward the crossover claim to its managed care plan, we note that the existing regulations on timely claims payment in the Medicaid FFS context apply. Specifically, § 447.45(d)(4)(ii) specifies that the state Medicaid agency must pay the Medicaid claim relating to a Medicare claim within 12 months of receipt or within 6 months of when the agency or provider receives notice of the disposition of the Medicare claim. A state that uses an alternative methodology under § 438.3(t) and receives crossover claims from Medicare would need to ensure payment within this timeframe. To do so, the state would need to forward crossover claims to a Medicaid plan and ensure the plan pays it within 6 months of when the state initially received it. Comment: A few commenters who opposed the proposed changes recommended that, if the regulation is finalized as proposed and a state elects to devise its own system, the state be required to promptly educate participating health care providers about any ensuing changes in the state’s updated remittance advice. One commenter expressed concern that some health care providers would not be promptly made aware of the new requirements to submit multiple claims to the managed care plan for payment consideration, resulting in unpaid claims through no fault of their own, and that this would be antithetical to PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72757 CMS’ ‘‘Patients Over Paperwork’’ initiative. Response: We believe that provider education is critical whenever a state implements changes to how crossover claims are routed to the Medicaid managed care plan responsible for processing them. We encourage states to conduct such education prior to implementing any process changes. For the concern that without education, providers would not know where to submit claims for Medicare cost-sharing, this provision is designed to remove from providers the burden of having to identify the Medicaid managed care plan in which each dually eligible patient is enrolled, and submit the bill for the Medicare cost-sharing to the correct plan. Under our proposed regulation, the crossover claim is still routed to the Medicaid managed care plan. States may continue to require that plans enter into a COBA with Medicare to route crossover claims directly to the plan. In the alternative, states that elect to receive crossover claims from Medicare (or elect any other methodology than having the Medicaid managed care plans enter into COBAs with Medicare) would route the claims to the plan and issue remittance advice to the applicable provider. In both cases, the claims will be routed to the Medicaid managed care plan; there is no need for the provider to take any action to identify or submit the crossover claim to the plan. We believe this is fully in line with our ‘‘Patients over Paperwork’’ initiative. We also sponsor an enhanced secondary COBA feed (also known as the ‘‘Medicaid Quality project’’), which is available to states that have a COBA and participate in the Medicare crossover process. This secondary feed ensures that states receive a complete array of Medicare FFS adjudicated Part A and B claims for individuals that the states submitted to CMS on their eligibility file. The state must be in receipt of the normal crossover claims file to be eligible to receive the second enhanced COBA feed. Comment: One commenter who opposed the proposed changes expressed concern that any process in which there is an intermediary would create confusion and delay. The commenter noted that a smoothly operating crossover claim process reduces burden on providers, and may make them more willing to serve Qualified Medicare Beneficiaries and other dually eligible individuals. The commenter suggested simplifying and streamlining the procedures so that all crossover claims can be handled promptly by one entity, either the state E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72758 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations Medicaid agency or the MCO. The commenter also noted that when CMS adopted § 438.3(t), it allowed states time to have Medicaid managed care plans get COBAs in place, and that if more time is needed, the better course would be to extend the time for enforcement rather than to modify the regulation. Response: We share the preference for reducing the complexity of the crossover claim process and agree with the commenter that complexity in the crossover process can be a disincentive to serving dually eligible individuals. The § 438.3(t) regulatory language that we proposed and are finalizing requires that if a state uses an alternate methodology, it must ensure that the appropriate managed care plan (that is, the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP whose contract covers the services being billed on the claim) receives all applicable crossover claims, and ensure the remittance advice conveys that the claim is forwarded rather than denied. In either scenario, the provider is relieved of the burden of determining which entity—the state or Medicaid managed care plan—is liable for the Medicare cost-sharing. Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposed changes and requested we leave the current regulatory requirements in place. Many of these commenters noted that the flexibility in the proposed change could increase provider administrative burden and confusion when states indicate multiple denials on the state’s remittance advice to providers (that is, when they forward a crossover claim to an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP) and that it would create further confusion when the Medicaid managed care plan then processed the claim and notified the provider on the plan’s remittance advice. Some also expressed concern that alternate methodologies would increase provider practice costs— especially for small practices. Response: As noted in the proposed rule and in this final rule, an important factor prompting the proposed change was that some states and providers raised concerns after the original provision was finalized in the 2016 final rule requiring a state to abandon effective alternative processes would actually add to provider burden and increase risk of payment delays. We believe that state flexibility would permit carefully crafted alternative arrangements to continue in a way that benefits providers, plans, and states. We reiterate that this proposal retains a system in which providers are only required to bill once (to Medicare), and that the claim will be transferred to Medicaid or the Medicaid managed care VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 plan to address the payment of Medicare cost-sharing. To address the commenter’s concern about when states indicate multiple denials on the state’s remittance advice, we are clarifying our intent by finalizing § 438.3(t) with additional text specifying that the state’s remittance advice must inform the provider that the claim was not denied by the state but was redirected to a managed care plan for adjudication. We regret that our intent was not clear in the proposed rule and believe this clarification will minimize provider confusion and reduce the risk of providers inadvertently perceiving forwarded claims as denied. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing § 438.3(t) as proposed with one modification to clarify that when a state elects not to require its managed care plans to enter into COBAs with Medicare, the remittance advice issued by the state must indicate that the state has not denied payment but that the claim has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for payment consideration. In addition, we are finalizing the regulation text with slight grammatical corrections to use the present tense consistently. 2. Actuarial Soundness Standards (§ 438.4) 3 a. Option to Develop and Certify a Rate Range (§ 438.4(c)) Before the 2016 final rule was published, we considered any capitation rate paid to a managed care plan that fell anywhere within the certified rate 3 In Texas v. United States, No. 7:15–cv–151–O, slip op. at 40, 62 (N.D. Tex. Mar. 5, 2018), appeal docketed, No. 18–10545 (5th Cir. May 7, 2018) (‘‘Texas’’), six states challenged the portion of the regulation previously codified at 42 CFR 438.6(c)(1)(i)(C) (2002) (now codified in portions of 42 CFR 438.2, 438.4), defining ‘‘actuarially sound capitation rates’’ as capitation rates ‘‘that . . . [h]ave been certified . . . by actuaries who meet the qualification standards established by the American Academy of Actuaries and follow the practice standards established by the Actuarial Standards Board,’’ on the basis that Actuarial Standard of Practice (‘‘ASOP’’) 49 defines ‘‘actuarially sound capitation rates’’ to mean rates that account for all fees and taxes, including the Health Insurance Provider Fee (‘‘HIPF’’). In a decision issued on March 5, 2018, the court declared the challenged portion of the regulation to be ‘‘set aside’’ under the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 706(2)(B) through (C). Texas, slip op. at 62. In its decision, the court specifically allowed CMS to ‘‘continue to use ASOP 49 to make internal decisions whether capitation rates are ‘actuarially sound,’ ’’ and only ‘‘cannot use ASOP 49 to . . . require Plaintiffs to pay the HIPF.’’ Texas, slip op. at 21. As of July 2019, the court had not issued a final judgment. The government has appealed the court’s March 5, 2018 decision; during the pendency of the appeal, the government is complying with the court’s order. PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 range to be actuarially sound (81 FR 27567). However, to make the rate setting and the rate approval process more transparent, we changed that process in the 2016 final rule at § 438.4 to require that states develop and certify as actuarially sound each individual rate paid per rate cell to each MCO, PIHP, or PAHP with enough detail to understand the specific data, assumptions, and methodologies behind that rate (81 FR 27567). We noted in that 2016 final rule that states could continue to use rate ranges to gauge an appropriate range of payments on which to base negotiations with an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, but would have to ultimately provide certification to us of a specific rate for each rate cell, rather than a rate range (81 FR 27567). We believed that this change would enhance the integrity of the Medicaid rate-setting process and align Medicaid policy more closely with actuarial practices used in setting rates for non-Medicaid plans (81 FR 27568). Since publication of the 2016 final rule, we heard from stakeholders that the requirement to certify a capitation rate per rate cell, rather than to certify a rate range, has the potential to diminish states’ ability to obtain the best rates when contracts are procured through competitive bidding. For example, we heard from one state that historically competitively bid the administrative component of the capitation rate that the requirement to certify a capitation rate per rate cell may prevent the state from realizing a lower rate that could have been available through the state’s procurement process. States that negotiate dozens of managed care plans’ rates annually have also cited the potential burden associated with losing the flexibility to certify rate ranges. States have claimed that the elimination of rate ranges could potentially increase administrative costs and burden to submit separate rate certifications and justifications for each capitation rate paid per rate cell. To address states’ concerns while ensuring that rates are actuarially sound and Federal resources are spent appropriately, we proposed to add § 438.4(c) to provide an option for states to develop and certify a rate range per rate cell within specified parameters. We designed our proposal to address our previously articulated concerns over the lack of transparency when large rate ranges were used by states to increase or decrease rates paid to the managed care plans without providing further notification to us or the public of the change. We noted that the rate range option at proposed paragraph (c) would allow states to certify a rate range per rate cell subject to specific limits and E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations would require the submission of a rate recertification if the state determines that changes are needed within the rate range during the rate year. Under our proposal, we noted that an actuary must certify the upper and lower bounds of the rate range as actuarially sound and would require states to demonstrate in their rate certifications how the upper and lower bounds of the rate range were actuarially sound. Specifically in § 438.4(c)(1), we proposed the specific parameters for the use of rate ranges: (1) The rate certification identifies and justifies the assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range; (2) the upper and lower bounds of the rate range are certified as actuarially sound consistent with the requirements of part 438; (3) the upper bound of the rate range does not exceed the lower bound of the rate range multiplied by 1.05; (4) the rate certification documents the state’s criteria for paying MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points within the rate range; and (5) compliance with specified limits on the state’s ability to pay managed care plans at different points within the rate range. States using this option would be prohibited from paying MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points within the certified rate range based on the willingness or agreement of the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs to enter into, or adhere to, intergovernmental transfer (IGT) agreements, or the amount of funding the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs provide through IGTs. We proposed these specific conditions and limitations on the use of rate ranges to address our concerns noted in this final rule; that is, that rates are actuarially sound and ensure appropriate stewardship of Federal resources, while also permitting limited state flexibility to use certified rate ranges. We stated in the proposed rule our belief that the proposed conditions and limitations on the use of rate ranges struck the appropriate balance between prudent fiscal and program integrity and state flexibility. We invited comment on these specific proposals and whether additional conditions should be considered to ensure that rates are actuarially sound. Under proposed § 438.4(c)(2)(i), states certifying a rate range would be required to document the capitation rates payable to each managed care plan, prior to the start of the rating period for the applicable MCO, PIHP, and PAHP, at points within the certified rate range consistent with the state’s criteria in proposed paragraph (c)(1)(iv). States electing to use a rate range would have to submit rate certifications to us prior VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 to the start of the rating period and must comply with all other regulatory requirements including § 438.4, except § 438.4(b)(4) as specified. During the contract year, states using the rate range option in § 438.4(c)(1) would not be able to modify capitation rates within the +/¥ 1.5 percent range allowed under existing § 438.7(c)(3); we proposed to codify this as § 438.4(c)(2)(ii). We noted that this provision would enable us to give states the flexibility and administrative simplification to use certified rate ranges. We noted in the proposed rule that while the use of rate ranges is not standard practice in rate development, our proposal would align with standard rate development practices by requiring recertification when states elect to modify capitation rates within a rate range during the rating year. States wishing to modify the capitation rates within a rate range during the rating year would be required, in proposed § 438.4(c)(2)(iii), to provide a revised rate certification demonstrating that the criteria for initially setting the rate within the range, as described in the initial rate certification, were not applied accurately; that there was a material error in the data, assumptions, or methodologies used to develop the initial rate certification and that the modifications are necessary to correct the error; or that other adjustments are appropriate and reasonable to account for programmatic changes. We acknowledged that our proposal had the potential to reintroduce some of the risks that were identified in the 2016 final rule related to the use of rate ranges in the Medicaid program. In the 2016 final rule, we generally prohibited the use of rate ranges, while finalizing § 438.7(c)(3) to allow de minimis changes of +/¥ 1.5 percent to provide some administrative relief to states for small changes in the capitation rates. This change was intended to provide some flexibility with rates while eliminating the ambiguity created by rate ranges in rate setting and to be consistent with our goal to make the rate setting and rate approval processes more transparent. We specifically noted in the 2016 final rule that states had used rate ranges to increase or decrease rates paid to the managed care plans without providing further notification to us or the public of the change or certification that the change was based on actual experience incurred by the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs that differed in a material way from the actuarial assumptions and methodologies initially used to develop the capitation rates (81 FR 27567 through 27568). PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72759 We further noted in the 2016 final rule that the prohibition on rate ranges was meant to enhance the integrity and transparency of the rate setting process in the Medicaid program, and to align Medicaid policy more closely with the actuarial practices used in setting rates for non-Medicaid health plans. We noted that the use of rate ranges was unique to Medicaid managed care and that other health insurance products that were subject to rate review submit and justify a specific premium rate. We stated in the 2016 final rule our belief that once a managed care plan has entered into a contract with the state, any increase in funding for the contract should correspond with something of value in exchange for the increased capitation payments. We also provided additional context that our policy on rate ranges was based on the concern that some states have used rate ranges to increase capitation rates paid to managed care plans without changing any obligations within the contract or certifying that the increase was based on managed care plans’ actual expenses during the contract period. In the 2016 final rule, we reiterated that the prohibition on rate ranges was consistent with the contracting process where managed care plans are agreeing to meet obligations under the contract for a fixed payment amount (81 FR 27567–27568). We noted how the specific risks described in the proposed rule concerned us, and as such, were the reason for specific conditions and limitations on the use of rate ranges that we proposed. Our rate range proposal was intended to prevent states from using rate ranges to shift costs to the Federal Government. There are some states that currently make significant retroactive changes to the contracted rates at, or after, the end of the rating period. As we noted in the 2016 final rule, we do not believe that these changes are made to reflect changes in the underlying assumptions used to develop the rates (for example, the utilization of services, the prices of services, or the health status of the enrollee), but rather we are concerned that these changes are used to provide additional reimbursements to the plans or to some providers (81 FR 27834). Additionally, we noted that states would need to demonstrate that the entirety of rate ranges (that is, lower and upper bound) compliant with our proposal are actuarially sound. As noted in the 2016 final rule, 14 states used rate ranges with a width of 10 percent or smaller (that is, the low end and the high end of the range were within 5 E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72760 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations percent of the midpoint of the range), but in some states, the ranges were as wide as 30 percent (81 FR 27834). We noted that we believed that our proposal would limit excessive ranges because proposed § 438.4(c)(1)(i) and (ii) would require the upper and lower bounds of the rate range to be certified as actuarially sound and that the rate certification would identify and justify the assumptions, data, and methodologies used to set the bounds. While we believed that our proposal struck the right balance between enabling state flexibility and our statutory responsibility to ensure that managed care capitation rates are actuarially sound, we noted that our approach may reintroduce undue risk in Medicaid rate-setting. Therefore, we requested public comments on our proposal in general and on our approach. We requested public comment on the value of the additional state flexibility described in our proposal relative to the potential for the identified risks described in the proposed rule and in the 2016 final rule, including other unintended consequences that could arise from our proposal that we have not yet identified or described. We requested public comment on whether additional conditions or limitations on the use of rate ranges would be appropriate to help mitigate the risks we identified. We also requested public comment from states on the utility of state flexibility in this area—specifically, we requested that states provide specific comments about their policy needs and clear explanations describing how utilizing rate ranges effectively meets their needs or whether current regulatory requirements on rate ranges were sufficiently flexible to meet their needs. We also requested that states provide quantitative data to help us quantify the benefits and risks associated with the proposal. We also encouraged states and other stakeholders to comment on the needs, benefits, risks, and risk mitigations described in the proposed rule. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to add § 438.4(c) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposed option to develop and certify a 5 percent rate range, stating it allows for increased flexibility in rate setting. Commenters noted that the rate range proposal will remove ambiguities in determining actuarial soundness and will put appropriate limits on unsustainable rates. Some commenters specifically noted support for the requirements to VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 recertify rates when there are changes made within the approved rate range and for states to document the specific rates for each managed care plan. Commenters also noted support for the proposal that states cannot pay managed care plans at different rates within the range based on IGT agreements. Several commenters noted that the specific conditions proposed by CMS must be implemented and strictly enforced to ensure that actuarial soundness is achieved within the rate ranges. A few commenters urged CMS to adopt all of the conditions set forth in § 438.4(c) if rate ranges are finalized. Response: We continue to believe, particularly with the support of commenters, that the 5 percent, or +/ ¥2.5 percent from the midpoint, rate range will permit increased flexibility in rate setting, while the specific conditions proposed will also ensure that the rates are actuarially sound. The proposed parameters and guardrails carefully strike a balance between state flexibility and program integrity and we are finalizing them, with some modifications as discussed in response to other comments. Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposal to allow states to certify rate ranges and urged CMS not to finalize it. Some of these commenters expressed concerns that rate ranges decrease transparency, do not ensure that rates are actuarially sound, and do not enable CMS to ensure the adequacy of state and Federal investments in patient care. Some commenters noted that our proposal represents diminished Federal oversight of the adequacy of payment rates to Medicaid managed care plans and that it would result in lower payments to managed care plans, which could limit patient access to care. One commenter specifically expressed concern that wider rate ranges may result in lower rates to managed care plans and in turn result in contracts being awarded to less qualified plans, which may lead to early contract terminations, plan turnover, and instability for beneficiaries; this commenter also noted that such plans may be unable to pay competitive market rates, which could reduce patient access to care. Commenters also stated that the rate range provision is unnecessary since the existing +/¥1.5 percent adjustment under § 438.7(c)(3) is adequate to provide states with administrative flexibility. One commenter expressed concern that the rate range proposal would result in reduced services for enrollees and instability for managed care plans and providers. PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Response: We understand commenters’ concerns related to the use of rate ranges in Medicaid managed care. We also acknowledge our own fiscal and program integrity concerns which were noted in the 2016 final rule, as well as in the 2018 proposed rule. However, we proposed this rate range provision because we heard from states that this was a critical flexibility to reduce administrative burden in state Medicaid programs. We developed our proposal to carefully strike a balance between state flexibility and program integrity. Balancing this flexibility with the fiscal and program integrity concerns was the driving reason for including comprehensive guardrails around the use of rate ranges in the proposal and this final rule. To ensure appropriate Federal oversight, we specifically proposed parameters to ensure that rate ranges: (1) Do not inappropriately use IGTs to draw down additional Federal dollars with no correlating benefit to the Federal Government or the Medicaid program; (2) are bounded at the upper and lower ends with rates that are actuarially sound consistent with the regulations at §§ 438.4 through 438.7; and (3) strike the appropriate balance between prudent fiscal and program integrity and state flexibility. With regard to this last point, we specifically proposed that states using rate ranges must document in the rate certification the criteria used to select the specific rate within the range for each managed care plan under contract with the state. The guardrails finalized in § 438.4(c) will enable CMS to review the establishment and use of rate ranges by states and ensure that all rates actually paid to managed care plans are actuarially sound. To address specific concerns about unsound capitation rates, this final rule requires both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range to be actuarially sound; therefore, actuarially unsound rates would not be consistent with § 438.4(c). We agree with commenters that the existing regulation that permits a +/¥1.5 percent adjustment to certified rates can help states appropriately address mid-year programmatic changes or mid-year rate adjustments. However, we also believe that the additional option to certify a rate range can be helpful to states, especially in circumstances where states are competitively bidding the capitation rates. We also agree with commenters that rate ranges can obfuscate payment rates, and that is why we included specific guardrails around the use of rate ranges in the proposed rule and are finalizing those requirements. For E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations example, § 438.4(c)(1)(i) requires that the state’s rate certification identify and justify the assumptions, data, and methodologies used to develop the upper and lower bounds of the rate range. Also, § 438.4(c)(2)(i) requires that states document the capitation rates, prior to the start of the rating period, for the managed care plans at points within the rate range, consistent with the state’s criteria for paying managed care plans at different points within the rate range. This means that the contract and rate certification must be submitted for CMS approval before the rating period begins. We specifically included this timing requirement to limit the obfuscation of rates. We believe that the guardrails we proposed and are finalizing, such as these two examples, provide a level of transparency on the use of rate ranges and provide a mechanism to avoid obfuscation, especially since this regulation requires the actuary to describe and justify the assumptions, data, and methodologies used to develop the rate range in the actuarial certification. We understand that several commenters were concerned that rate ranges could be used to lower payments to managed care plans, thereby leading to reduced services for enrollees and instability for managed care plans and providers; however, we have incorporated safeguards to prevent such outcomes. Under § 438.4(c)(1)(ii), both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range must be certified as actuarially sound consistent with the requirements in part 438. Actuarially sound capitation rates must provide for all reasonable, appropriate, and attainable costs that are required under the terms of the contract and for the operation of the managed care plan for the time period and the population covered under the terms of the contract. Since the lower bounds of rate ranges must also be actuarially sound and developed in accordance with the regulations in part 438 governing actuarial soundness and rate development, we believe that rates within the range must all be actuarially sound. Under § 438.4(c) as finalized, states using rate ranges must also document the criteria for paying managed care plans at different points within the rate range and must document the capitation rates prior to the start of the rating period—this means that the criteria used to set managed care plans’ capitation rates must be documented prior to the start of the rating period. We believe that these requirements will ensure that states are not arbitrarily reducing payments to managed care plans. We also want to VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 reiterate that the regulations in 42 CFR part 438 contain other beneficiary protections meant to ensure that plans are not arbitrarily reducing services to managed care enrollees. For example, § 438.210 requires that the services covered under the managed care contract must be furnished in an amount, duration, and scope that is no less than the amount, duration, and scope for the same services furnished to beneficiaries under FFS Medicaid. We would also highlight the requirements in § 438.206 regarding the timely availability of services that states and managed care plans must ensure for all managed care enrollees. Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to allow rate ranges but recommended that the range be expanded beyond 5 percent. Some commenters requested that CMS expand the rate range provision to 10 percent. Commenters also requested that CMS restore rate ranges to pre-2016 regulatory levels, noting their belief that limits on a rate range are not necessary if the requirement of paying actuarially sound rates remains in place. Several commenters also recommended a narrower rate range to ensure the actuarial soundness of the final rates and recommended that actuaries be required to consider specific factors in determining the width (or size) of the rate range, such as maturity of the program, credibility/quality of the base data, amount of statistical variability in the underlying claim distribution, and size of the population. Commenters suggested additional rate ranges with a width (or size) of +/¥2 percent (total range of 4 percent) or +/¥3 percent (total range of 6 percent) from the midpoint, or two times the risk margin reflected in the capitation rates as alternatives to our proposal. Some commenters considered the proposed 5 percent range to be overly broad and recommended smaller ranges for the rates to remain actuarially sound. Some commenters gave specific scenarios by which the proposed 5 percent rate range may be insufficient and recommended that CMS not finalize a prescriptive +/ ¥ rate range to permit additional state flexibility. Response: We are declining to adopt any of these specific recommendations, as some commenters requested wider permissible ranges, while other commenters requested narrower permissible ranges. Because of the mix of public comments on this topic, we believe that we struck the right balance in the proposed rule by permitting a rate range up to 5 percent, or +/¥2.5 percent from the midpoint, between the lower and upper bound. We believe that 5 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72761 percent, or +/¥2.5 percent from the midpoint, is a reasonable rate range to permit the administrative flexibility requested by states and also to ensure that all rates within the entire rate range are actuarially sound. We proposed, and are finalizing, regulatory requirements that the rate certification identify and justify the assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range (paragraph (c)(1)(i)), and that both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range are certified as actuarially sound (paragraph (c)(1)(ii)). We believe that the 5 percent, or +/¥2.5 percent from the midpoint, rate range is more appropriate to ensure that these requirements can be satisfied, rather than an unspecified limit, or a limit that is so wide that it would not be possible to find both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range to be actuarially sound. Regarding comments about the factors used in determining a rate range, such as maturity of the program, credibility/ quality of the base data, amount of statistical variability in the underlying claim distribution, and size of the population, we believe that such factors would be permissible for actuaries to consider as part of the assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range in accordance with generally accepted actuarial principles and practices, and the requirements for rate setting in §§ 438.4, 438.5, 438.6, and 438.7. If actuaries use these factors in determining the rate range, it would be appropriate to document these factors in the rate certification as required under § 438.4(c)(1)(i) and (ii). However, we decline to require that actuaries must consider these factors when determining the width (or size) of the rate range, as such an approach is overly prescriptive. We believe that actuaries may consider other factors when identifying and justifying the assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range. Comment: Some commenters submitted technical recommendations about the rate range option, including that the calculation of the rate range should exclude risk adjustments and pass-through payments, that states should be able to apply or adjust risk adjustment mechanisms outside of setting the certified rate range, that the calculation of rate ranges should not reflect incentive payments for managed care plans, and that state budget factors should not influence the calculation of rates within the rate range. Other commenters recommended that administrative expenses should not be E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72762 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 subject to rate range variances. A few commenters recommended that certain government-mandated costs be considered outside of the rate range, including the Health Insurance Provider Fee (HIPF). One commenter also recommended that rate ranges be limited to include only underlying benefit changes. Response: Under § 438.4(c)(1)(ii), both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range must be certified as actuarially sound consistent with the requirements of part 438. This means that the calculation of the rate range under § 438.4(c) must include all of the components of the capitation rate that are currently required to be included in the rate development and certification under §§ 438.4, 438.5, 438.6, and 438.7. This includes pass-through payments, administrative expenses, taxes, licensing and regulatory fees, government-mandated costs (including the HIPF and other taxes and fees), and underlying benefit costs, which are all required components of developing the capitation rates under our existing regulations.4 We agree that it would be inappropriate to include the specific incentive payments for managed care plans made under § 438.6(b)(2) in the calculation of the rate range, as per longstanding policy since the 1990’s, those incentive arrangements are provided in excess of the approved capitation rate and are already limited to 105 percent of the approved capitation payments attributable to the enrollees or services covered by the incentive arrangement. We also agree that it would be inappropriate for state budget factors to influence the calculation of rates within the rate range since such factors are not considered valid rate development standards (that is, state budget factors are not relevant to the costs required to be included in setting the capitation rates in accordance with §§ 438.4, 438.5, 438.6, and 438.7). Regarding comments about risk adjustment, we generally agree with commenters that risk adjustment mechanisms can be applied outside of setting the certified rate range, consistent with existing Federal regulations at § 438.7(b)(5). While the state’s actuary is required to certify rate ranges and must describe the risk 4 While proceedings in Texas v. United States, No. 7:15–cv–151–O, slip op. (N.D. Tex. Mar. 5, 2018), appeal docketed, No. 18–10545 (5th Cir. May 7, 2018) (‘‘Texas’’), are ongoing, CMS will not require that the HIPF be accounted for in capitation rates for the six plaintiff states in Texas (Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Nebraska, Texas, and Wisconsin) in order for such rates to be approved as actuarially sound under 42 CFR 438.2 & 438.4(b)(1). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 adjustment methodology in the certification and certify the methodology, the state’s actuary is not required to certify risk-adjusted rate ranges (that is, the rate ranges with the risk adjustment methodologies applied to reflect the actual payments potentially available to the managed care plan). The Federal requirements for including risk adjustment mechanisms in the capitation rates are found in § 438.7(b)(5). As part of the 2016 final rule, we acknowledged that risk adjustment methodologies can be calculated and applied after the rates are certified (81 FR 27595); therefore, we finalized specific standards for retrospective risk adjustment methodologies at § 438.7(b)(5)(ii). Further, the regulation at § 438.7(b)(5)(iii), which we finalized in the 2016 final rule, provides that a new rate certification is not required when approved risk adjustment methodologies are applied to the final capitation rates because the approved risk adjustment methodology must be adequately described in the original rate certification; payment of rates as modified by that approved risk adjustment methodology would be within the scope of the rate certification that adequately describes the risk adjustment mechanism. We also clarified in the 2016 final rule, under the requirements in § 438.7(c)(3), that the application of a risk adjustment methodology that was approved in the rate certification under § 438.7(b)(5) did not require a revised rate certification for our review and approval (81 FR 27568). However, we noted that the payment term in the contract would have to be updated as required in § 438.7(b)(5)(iii). Requirements for risk adjustment and risk sharing mechanisms in § 438.6 must also be met. Therefore, as long as the Federal requirements are met for risk adjustment, we agree that such mechanisms can be appropriately applied outside of the certified rate range (meaning, applied to the rates after calculation of the rate range), consistent with existing Federal regulations and our analysis in the 2016 final rule. Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS describe the permitted rate range in terms of a percentage. Response: We confirm for this commenter that the permissible rate range is expressed as a percentage. Section 438.4(c)(1)(iii), as finalized in this rule, requires that the upper bound of the rate range does not exceed the lower bound of the rate range multiplied by 1.05. This means that the upper PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 bound of the rate range cannot exceed the lower bound of the rate range by more than 5 percent, or +/¥2.5 percent from the midpoint. Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on the use of the de minimis +/¥1.5 percent range that is currently codified in § 438.7(c)(3). Commenters requested detail on whether the proposal to allow rate ranges adds new parameters on the use of the de minimis flexibility that is currently codified in § 438.7(c)(3). Commenters also requested clarity on how the new rate range provision and the +/¥1.5 percent flexibility can be used together. Response: As proposed and finalized, § 438.4(c) does not add or require additional parameters on the use of the +/¥1.5 percent adjustment as permitted under § 438.7(c)(3) for any state that does not use rate ranges. However, under § 438.4(c)(2)(ii), states that use rate ranges are not permitted to modify the capitation rates under § 438.7(c)(3). States are permitted to either use the rate range option under § 438.4(c)(1) or use the de minimis +/¥1.5 percent range that is currently codified in § 438.7(c)(3), but states are not permitted to use both mechanisms in combination. As noted in the 2018 proposed rule, we believe that this prohibition on using rate ranges in combination with the de minimis revision permitted under § 438.7(c)(3) is necessary to ensure program integrity and guard against other fiscal risks. As finalized at § 438.4(c)(1)(i), the rate certification must identify and justify the assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range. The rate range cannot be wider than 5 percent, or +/¥2.5 percent from the midpoint; the de minimis revision permitted under § 438.7(c)(3) cannot be used in combination with this rate range. It is our belief that the upper and lower bounds of a 5 percent rate range can remain actuarially sound as long as all of the Federal requirements for rate development, including the requirements we are finalizing in § 438.4(c), are met. If states were permitted to use rate ranges in combination with the de minimis revision permitted under § 438.7(c)(3), this could result in final rates that are outside of the 5 percent range, and this is not permitted. As provided in this rule in a separate response, we continue to believe that 5 percent is a reasonable rate range to permit the administrative flexibility requested by states. We believe that the 5 percent rate range is appropriate to ensure that the rate development requirements in part 438 E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations can be satisfied, rather than a wider rate range where it may not be possible to find both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range to be actuarially sound. Comment: Several commenters expressed concern about the requirement to recertify modified rates within the rate range, noting that recertification is too rigid and is burdensome for both states and the Federal Government. One commenter requested that additional documentation could be provided rather than a requirement to recertify rates. A few commenters expressed concern that states cannot modify capitation rate ranges using the de minimis flexibility in § 438.7(c)(3) and requested that CMS allow states to employ both approaches to increase flexibility and reduce the need for recertification when rates change because of minor programmatic changes. Some commenters requested that mid-year rate changes be permitted within the rate range during the rating year without the need to recertify the rates to reduce burden and actuarial costs for states. Some commenters also recommended that CMS permit de minimis modifications to rates used within the 5 percent rate range. Response: We disagree with commenters that states should be able to use the de minimis rule in § 438.7(c)(3) in combination with a rate range. We proposed and are finalizing a prohibition on such combinations in § 438.4(c)(2)(ii). States may use either the rate range option under § 438.4(c) or use the de minimis +/¥1.5 percent range that is currently codified in § 438.7(c)(3), but states are not permitted to use both mechanisms in combination. As noted in the 2018 proposed rule, we proposed § 438.4(c)(2)(ii) to enable appropriate state flexibility and administrative simplification without compromising program integrity or other fiscal risks. It is our belief that the upper and lower bounds of a 5 percent, or +/¥2.5 percent from the midpoint, rate range should be permissible only as long as all of the Federal requirements for rate development are met. If states were permitted to use rate ranges in combination with the de minimis revision permitted under § 438.7(c)(3), this could result in final rates that are outside of the 5 percent range and therefore could result in a rate that is not actuarially sound. We continue to believe that 5 percent is a reasonable rate range to permit the administrative flexibility requested by states, but also to ensure that each rate within the entire rate range is actuarially sound. We believe that the 5 percent rate range is appropriate to ensure that the rate VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 development requirements in part 438 can be satisfied, rather than a wider rate range where it may not be possible to find both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range to be actuarially sound. However, we are persuaded that our proposal at § 438.4(c)(2)(iii), which required states to recertify capitation rates for modifications of the capitation rates within the rate range, regardless of whether the modification was for minor programmatic changes or a material error, was too rigid and would likely add unnecessary administrative burden and costs for states. We reached this conclusion for minor changes within the rate range that would not result in scenarios where such changes resulted in capitation rates outside of the 5 percent, or +/¥2.5 percent from the midpoint, range. Therefore, we are finalizing § 438.4(c)(2)(iii) as permitting changes (increases or decreases) to the capitation rates per rate cell within the rate range up to 1 percent during the rating period without submission of a new rate certification, provided that such changes are consistent with a modification of the contract as required in § 438.3(c) and are subject to the requirements at § 438.4(b)(1). Just as we do not permit rate ranges in combination with the de minimis revision permitted under § 438.7(c)(3), we will not permit any changes that could result in final rates that are outside of the 5 percent range or in rate ranges that have upper and lower bounds that are larger than 5 percent apart. Any modification to the capitation rates within the rate range greater than the permissible +/¥1 percent amount will require states to provide a revised rate certification for CMS approval that demonstrates compliance with the criteria proposed and finalized at § 438.4(c)(2)(iii)(A) through (C). We believe that this modification to what we proposed for this regulation will address commenters’ concerns related to mid-year programmatic changes or midyear rate adjustments. We note that the permissible +/¥1 percent standard under § 438.4(c)(2)(iii) is slightly smaller than the de minimis standard (+/¥1.5 percent) for changes that do not require a new rate certification under § 438.7(c)(3) when rate ranges are not used. We believe that it is appropriate to use the smaller amount under § 438.4(c)(2)(iii) when rate ranges are used because when states use rate ranges, they are already afforded additional flexibility, as rates are permissible within the upper and lower bounds of the rate range, than they are afforded when certifying the rates to a specific point. We believe that the PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72763 ability to make a permissible +/¥1 percent change provides states flexibility to make small changes while easing the administrative burden of rate review for both states and CMS. Further, permitting small changes facilitates CMS’ review process of rate certifications in accordance with the requirements for actuarially sound capitation rates because we would not require revised rate certifications for minor programmatic changes that result in minor and potentially immaterial changes to the capitation rates; therefore, CMS’ review of rate certifications can be more focused on substantial issues that impact the capitation rates. Comment: Commenters requested clarification on the acceptable criteria for paying managed care plans at different points within the rate range. Specifically, commenters requested if rates can vary based on state negotiations with managed care plans or a competitive bidding process. Response: We note that capitation rates, including permissible rate ranges under § 438.4(c), must comply with all rate setting requirements in §§ 438.4, 438.5, 438.6, and 438.7. This means, as finalized in § 438.4(b)(1), that capitation rates must have been developed in accordance with the standards specified in § 438.5 and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. Under this final rule, § 438.4(b)(1) also requires that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations must be based on valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations (see section I.B.2.b. of this final rule for a discussion of this provision in § 438.4(b)(1)). We clarify this here to ensure that commenters are aware that the standards for capitation rate development, including the development of rate ranges under § 438.4(c), do not change with the use of rate ranges under § 438.4(c). Regarding the acceptable criteria for paying managed care plans at different points within the rate range, which must be documented in the rate certification documents under § 438.4(c)(1)(iv), we confirm that such criteria could include state negotiations with managed care plans or a competitive bidding process, as long as states document in the rate certification how the negotiations or the competitive bidding process produced different points within the rate range. For example, if specific, documentable components of the capitation rates varied because of state negotiations or a competitive bidding process, the rate E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72764 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations certification must document those specific variations, as well as document how those variations produced different points within the rate range, to comply with § 438.4(c)(1)(iv) and (c)(2)(i). We understand that capitation rate development necessarily involves the use of actuarial judgment, such as adjustments to base data, trend projections, etc., and that could be impacted by specific managed care plan considerations (for example, one managed care plan’s utilization management policies are more aggressive versus another managed care plan’s narrow networks); under this final rule, states must document such criteria as part of the rate certification to comply with § 438.4(c)(1)(iv) and (c)(2)(i). Comment: Several commenters recommended that CMS add minimum transparency requirements on the use of rate ranges. A few commenters recommended that states be required to provide managed care plans with the CMS approved rate ranges and the data underlying those rate ranges prior to bidding, with sufficient time and opportunity for managed care plans’ review and input. Some commenters recommended that states be required to provide a comment period for managed care plans to review the rate ranges. One commenter recommended that CMS engage with managed care plans through a technical expert panel to develop appropriate standards for rate ranges. Another commenter recommended that CMS hold a public comment period during which stakeholders can raise issues related to rate ranges before and during the bidding process each year. Commenters also recommended that CMS require a dispute resolution process when states and managed care plans do not agree on the rate ranges. One commenter recommended that CMS require states to conduct studies to ensure that the rate ranges are sufficient to facilitate patient access to care. Response: In the proposed rule, we specifically requested public comment on whether additional conditions or limitations on the use of rate ranges would be appropriate to help mitigate the risks we identified. Based on the comments we received, we understand that commenters have significant concerns about the lack of transparency inherent in the use of rate ranges. The lack of transparency in the use of rate ranges has also been a significant concern for us; when we finalized the 2016 final rule, we explained that elimination of rate ranges would make the rate setting and the rate approval process more transparent (81 FR 27567). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 Further, we explained how the requirement to develop and certify as actuarially sound each individual rate paid per rate cell to each managed care plan with enough detail to understand the specific data, assumptions, and methodologies behind that rate would enhance the integrity of the Medicaid rate setting process (81 FR 27567). We agree with commenters that a significant level of transparency is necessary, particularly if states are using rate ranges for competitive bidding purposes. We believe that managed care plans and other stakeholders should have access to the necessary information and data to ensure that rates are actuarially sound, and we believe that such transparency will also help to ensure that competitive bids are appropriately based on actual experience and appropriately fund the program, and that the bids are actuarially sound. Providing managed care plans with approved rate ranges prior to bidding, with sufficient time and opportunity for managed care plans’ review and input, along with the data underlying those rate ranges ensures that there is transparency in the setting and use of rate ranges. Therefore, we are finalizing a requirement at § 438.4(c)(2)(iv) to require states, when developing and certifying a range of capitation rates per rate cell as actuarially sound, to post specified information. States are required under § 438.10(c)(3) to operate a public website that provides certain information. As finalized, § 438.4(c)(2)(iv) requires that states must post on their websites specified information prior to executing a managed care contract or contract amendment that includes or modifies a rate range. We are including this standard to ensure that managed care plans and stakeholders have access to the information with sufficient time and opportunity for review and input, and to ensure that the information is available to meaningfully inform plans’ execution of a managed care contract with the state. At § 438.4(c)(2)(iv)(A) through (C), we are finalizing the list of information that must be posted on the state’s website required by § 438.10(c)(3): (A) The upper and lower bounds of each rate cell; (B) a description of all assumptions that vary between the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the assumptions that vary, the specific assumptions used for the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell; and (C) a description of the data and methodologies that vary between the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the data and PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 methodologies that vary, the specific data and methodologies used for the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell. We believe that these requirements ensure that managed care plans and stakeholders have access to a minimum and standard level of information, for reasons outlined in the public comments. We believe that these requirements are also appropriate and necessary to ensure a minimum level of transparency when states utilize rate ranges under § 438.4(c). We also believe that this level of information will help to ensure that capitation rates are appropriately based on actual experience and are actuarially sound since plans will have access to such information prior to executing a managed care contract. Regarding the public comments recommending public comment periods, technical expert panels, dispute resolution processes, and specific studies on access to care, we decline to adopt these specific recommendations. While we believe that states should seek broad stakeholder feedback, we do not believe that it is necessary to create new and expansive Federal requirements to accomplish this goal. In our experience, states are already working with many stakeholder groups, including their managed care plans, and we believe that states should continue to have discretion in how they convene stakeholder groups and obtain stakeholder feedback to inform Medicaid managed care payment policy. If states want to utilize public comment periods, technical expert panels, or conduct specific studies on access to care to help inform their rate setting, including rate ranges, states are welcome to utilize such approaches. We also understand that commenters are interested in Federal dispute resolution processes; however, we do not believe that is an appropriate role for CMS in the Medicaid program. When plans and/ or other stakeholders do not agree on rates, we would refer those groups to the state Medicaid agencies to appropriately address specific rate setting concerns. Since state Medicaid agencies are the direct administrators of the Medicaid program in their respective states, we believe that this approach is more appropriate. Comment: Some commenters expressed concern that requiring states to document the capitation rates at points within the rate range prior to the start of the rating period is too rigid and unrealistic. Commenters noted that the time and labor-intensive process of developing and certifying actuarially sound rates can, and often does, result in unexpected delays that push the E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations process into the rating period for which the rates are being developed. Commenters recommended extending flexibility to states around submission timing in a manner that maintains proper CMS oversight and is consistent with current CMS practice. One commenter further recommended that if the timing requirement is finalized, it should be delayed by 3 years. Response: We acknowledge that our proposed requirement in § 438.4(c)(2)(i) that states document the capitation rates at points within the rate range prior to the start of the rating period means, as a practical matter, that states electing to use rate ranges must submit contracts and rate certifications to us prior to the start of the rating period. We also note that section 1903(m)(2)(A)(iii) of the Act and § 438.806 require that the Secretary must provide prior approval for MCO contracts that meet certain value thresholds before states can claim FFP. This longstanding requirement is implemented in the regulation at § 438.806(c), which provides that FFP is not available for an MCO contract that does not have prior approval from us. This requirement is necessary and appropriate to ensure that rate ranges are not used to shift costs onto the Federal Government and to protect fiscal and program integrity. As we noted in the 2018 proposed rule, one of the goals of the guardrails we proposed, and are finalizing here, for use of rate ranges is to prevent states from using rate ranges to make significant retroactive changes to the contracted rates at or after the end of the rating period; this goal is served by the requirement that rate ranges and the specific rates per cell be documented and provided to CMS prior to the beginning of the rating period. While we are not prohibiting outright all retroactive rate changes, the limits on when rates can be changed under § 438.4(c)(2) will necessarily limit the types of retroactive changes that raise the most issues. As we noted in the 2016 final rule and the 2018 proposed rule, we do not believe that retroactive changes are made to reflect changes in the underlying assumptions used to develop the rates (for example, the utilization of services, the prices of services, or the health status of the enrollee), but rather we are concerned that these changes are used to provide additional reimbursements to the managed care plans or to some providers without adding corresponding new obligations under the contract. We do not believe that such changes are consistent with actuarially sound rates VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 and represent cost-shifting to the Federal Government. Because of these specific concerns, we decline to adopt commenters’ recommendations about the timing guardrails included in § 438.4(c), including the recommendation that we delay this proposal by 3 years. We are finalizing the rule with the requirement in § 438.4(c)(2)(i) that states document the capitation rates (consistent with the requirements for developing and documenting capitation rates) at points within the rate range prior to the start of the rating period. However, since rate ranges were previously prohibited under the 2016 final rule (and before this final rule), we believe a transition period is appropriate to allow states that elect to utilize the rate range option at § 438.4(c) time to appropriately develop rate ranges and submit the rate certifications and contracts in advance of the start of a rating period. Therefore, we are delaying the effective date of this provision to rating periods starting on or after July 1, 2021. Comment: A few commenters expressed concern about the proposal to prohibit states from paying MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points within the certified rate range based on the willingness or agreement of the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs to enter into, or adhere to, intergovernmental transfer (IGT) agreements, or the amount of funding the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs provide through IGTs. One commenter expressed concern that the proposal is too restrictive on states’ ability to make use of non-Federal share sources and that our proposal constrains states’ authority under sections 1902(a)(2) and 1903(w) of the Act to draw upon a variety of state and local sources to fund the non-Federal share of medical assistance costs, including in the managed care context. One commenter stated that the prohibition on varying payments within a certified rate range based on the existence of IGT arrangements is an expansive Federal restriction on the longstanding ability of states to make use of a variety of nonFederal share sources to improve reimbursement to safety-net providers in managed care. Commenters recommended that the regulation be amended to allow using IGT agreements in conjunction with other criteria for paying managed care plans at different points within the rate range. Response: We disagree that our proposal unnecessarily constrains states’ authority under sections 1902(a)(2) and 1903(w) of the Act to draw upon a variety of state and local sources to fund the non-Federal share of medical assistance costs, as our PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72765 proposal does not limit states from using permissible sources of the nonFederal share to fund costs under the managed care contract. Under § 438.4(c)(1)(v), the state is not permitted to use as a criterion for paying managed care plans at different points within the rate range either of the following: (1) The willingness or agreement of the managed care plans or their network providers to enter into, or adhere to, IGT agreements; or (2) the amount of funding the managed care plans or their network providers provide through IGT agreements. This prohibition is specific to states using amounts transferred pursuant to an IGT agreement to pay managed care plans at different points within the rate range under § 438.4(c) and is not a prohibition on states’ authority to use permissible sources of the non-Federal share to fund costs under the managed care contract. Further, we explicitly clarify here that certain financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-forservice, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are similarly applicable whether a state elects to use rate ranges or not. Such requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations. We are concerned that without these specific parameters in the regulation, states could try to use rate ranges to inappropriately use IGTs to draw down additional Federal dollars with no correlating benefit to the Federal Government or the Medicaid program. To address commenters’ concerns related to increasing levels of provider reimbursement for safety-net providers, we note that states can use the authority for state directed payments under § 438.6(c) to direct specific payments to providers. However, we clarify here that certain financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-forservice, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are similarly applicable whether a state elects to direct payments under § 438.6(c). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations. These financing requirements similarly apply when a state elects to direct payments under § 438.6(c). We understand that safety- E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72766 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations net providers play a critical role in serving underserved populations in states, including Medicaid managed care enrollees. We also understand that safety-net providers are critical to maintaining network adequacy and adequate access to care in many communities, including rural areas of the state, and we do not believe our proposal unnecessarily constrains states’ authority under sections 1902(a)(2) and 1903(w) of the Act to draw upon a variety of state and local sources to fund the non-Federal share of medical assistance costs, as our proposal does not limit states from using permissible sources of the nonFederal share to fund costs under the managed care contract. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing § 438.4(c) as proposed with the following modifications: • At § 438.4(c)(2)(iii), we are finalizing authority for a state to make changes to the capitation rates within the permissible rate range of up to 1 percent of each certified rate within the rate range without the need for the state to submit a revised rate certification. Under final § 438.4(c)(2)(iii), a state may increase or decrease the capitation rate per rate cell within the rate range up to 1 percent of each certified rate during the rating period provided that any changes of the capitation rate within the permissible +/¥1 percent amount must be consistent with a modification of the contract as required in § 438.3(c) and are subject to the requirements at § 438.4(b)(1). Any modification to the capitation rates within the rate range greater than the permissible +/¥1 percent amount will require states to provide a revised rate certification for CMS approval and to meet the requirements listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(A) through (C). • At § 438.4(c)(2)(iv), we are finalizing a requirement that states, when developing and certifying a range of capitation rates per rate cell as actuarially sound, must post the following specified information on their public websites: (A) The upper and lower bounds of each rate cell; (B) a description of all assumptions that vary between the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the assumptions that vary, the specific assumptions used for the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell; and (C) a description of the data and methodologies that vary between the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the data and methodologies that vary, the specific VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 data and methodologies used for the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell. States certifying a rate range must document the capitation rates payable to each managed care plan prior to the start of the rating period for the applicable MCO, PIHP or PAHP under § 438.4(c)(2)(i). As noted previously in this final rule, this requirement means that states electing to use a rate range would have to submit rate certifications to us prior to the start of the rating period and must comply with all other regulatory requirements including § 438.4, except § 438.4(b)(4) as specified. In order to publish additional guidance needed to implement this requirement, we are delaying the effective date of this provision until the first contract rating period beginning on or after July 1, 2021. States that elect to adopt rate ranges must comply with § 438.4(c) as amended effective July 1, 2021 for Medicaid managed care rating periods starting on or after July 1, 2021. b. Capitation Rate Development Practices That Increase Federal Costs and Vary With the Rate of Federal Financial Participation (FFP) (§ 438.4(b)(1) and (d)) In the 2016 final rule, at § 438.4(b), we set forth the standards that capitation rates must meet to be approved as actuarially sound capitation rates eligible for FFP under section 1903(m) of the Act. Section 438.4(b)(1) requires that capitation rates be developed in accordance with generally accepted actuarial principles and practices and meet the standards described in § 438.5 dedicated to rate development standards. In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27566), we acknowledged that states may desire to establish minimum provider payment rates in the contract with the managed care plan. We also explained that because actuarially sound capitation rates must be based on the reasonable, appropriate, and attainable costs under the contract, minimum provider payment expectations included in the contract must necessarily be built into the relevant service components of the rate. We finalized in the regulation at § 438.4(b)(1) a prohibition on different capitation rates based on the FFP associated with a particular population as part of the standards for capitation rates to be actuarially sound. We explained in the 2015 proposed rule (80 FR 31120) and the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27566) that different capitation rates based on the FFP associated with a particular population represented costshifting from the state to the Federal Government and were not based on PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27566), we adopted § 438.4(b)(1) largely as proposed and provided additional guidance and clarification in response to public comments. We stated that the practice intended to be prohibited in § 438.4(b)(1) was variance in capitation rates per rate cell that was due to the different rates of FFP associated with the covered populations. We also provided an example in the 2016 final rule, in which we explained that we have seen rate certifications that set minimum provider payment requirements or established risk margins for the managed care plans only for covered populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP. Under the 2016 final rule, such practices, when not supported by the application of valid rate development standards, were not permissible. We further explained that the regulation did not prohibit the state from having different capitation rates per rate cell based on differences in the projected risk of populations under the contract or based on different payment rates to providers that were required by Federal law (for example, section 1932(h) of the Act). In the 2016 final rule, we stated that, as finalized, § 438.4(b)(1) provided that any differences among capitation rates according to covered populations must be based on valid rate development standards and not on network provider reimbursement requirements that apply only to covered populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP (81 FR 27566). Since publication of the 2016 final rule, we have continued to hear from stakeholders that more guidance is needed regarding the regulatory standards finalized in § 438.4(b)(1). At least one state has stated that if arrangements that vary provider reimbursement pre-date the differences in FFP for different covered populations, the regulation should not be read to prohibit the resulting capitation rates. We explained in the 2018 proposed rule that while we believe that the existing text of § 438.4(b)(1) is sufficiently clear, we also want to be responsive to the comments from stakeholders and to eliminate any potential loophole in the regulation. Therefore, we proposed to revise § 438.4(b)(1) and added a new paragraph § 438.4(d) to clearly specify our standards for actuarial soundness. We did not propose changes to the existing regulatory requirement in § 438.4(b)(1) that capitation rates must have been developed in accordance with the standards specified in § 438.5 E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices but proposed to revise the remainder of § 438.4(b)(1). We proposed that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations must be based on valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations. Further, we proposed that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs consistent with a new proposed paragraph (d). Our proposal was intended to eliminate any ambiguity in the regulation and clearly specify our intent that variation in the assumptions, methodologies, and factors used to develop rates must be tied to actual cost differences and not to any differences that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP. The proposed revisions to § 438.4(b)(1) used the phrase ‘‘assumptions, methodologies, and factors’’ to cover all methods and data used to develop the actuarially sound capitation rates. In conjunction with our proposed revisions to § 438.4(b)(1), we also proposed a new paragraph (d) to provide specificity regarding the rate development practices that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP. We proposed in § 438.4(d) a regulatory requirement for an evaluation of any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations. We explained that this evaluation would have to be conducted for the entire managed care program and include all managed care contracts for all covered populations. We proposed to require this evaluation across the entire managed care program and all managed care contracts for all covered populations to protect against state contracting practices in their Medicaid managed care programs that may costshift to the Federal Government. We noted that this would entail comparisons of each managed care contract to others in the state’s managed care program to ensure that variation among contracts does not include rate setting methods or policies that would be prohibited under our proposal. We also proposed at § 438.4(d)(1) to list specific rate development practices that increase Federal costs and would be prohibited under our proposal for VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 § 438.4(b)(1) and (d): (1) A state may not use higher profit margin, operating margin, or risk margin when developing capitation rates for any covered population, or contract, than the profit margin, operating margin, or risk margin used to develop capitation rates for the covered population, or contract, with the lowest average rate of FFP; (2) a state may not factor into the development of capitation rates the additional cost of contractually required provider fee schedules, or minimum levels of provider reimbursement, above the cost of similar provider fee schedules, or minimum levels of provider reimbursement, used to develop capitation rates for the covered population, or contract, with the lowest average rate of FFP; and (3) a state may not use a lower remittance threshold for a medical loss ratio for any covered population, or contract, than the remittance threshold used for the covered population, or contract, with the lowest average rate of FFP. We proposed § 438.4(d)(1) to be explicit about certain rate development practices that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP. Our proposal was to explicitly prohibit the listed rate development practices under any and all scenarios; we also noted that the rate development practices under § 438.4(d)(1) were not intended to represent an exhaustive list of practices that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP, as we recognized that there may be additional capitation rate development practices that have the same effect and would also be prohibited under our proposed rule. In the 2018 proposed rule, we explained our goal of ensuring that the regulatory standards for actuarial soundness clearly prevent cost-shifting from the state to the Federal Government. Finally, in § 438.4(d)(2), we proposed to specify that we may require a state to provide written documentation and justification, during our review of a state’s capitation rates, that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts, not otherwise referenced in paragraph (d)(1), represent actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered populations. We noted that our proposal was consistent with proposed revisions to § 438.7(c)(3), to add regulatory text to specify that adjustments to capitation rates would be subject to the requirements at § 438.4(b)(1), and to require a state to provide documentation for adjustments permitted under § 438.7(c)(3) to ensure PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72767 that modifications to a final certified capitation rate comply with our regulatory requirements. We requested public comments on our revisions to § 438.4(b)(1) and new § 438.4(d), including on whether these changes were sufficiently clear regarding the rate development practices that are prohibited in § 438.4(b)(1). The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to revise § 438.4(b)(1) and add § 438.4(d) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to prohibit certain rate development practices and to require a state to provide written documentation that rate variations are based on actual cost differences. Many commenters also opposed this proposal and noted that there are often legitimate and actuarially sound reasons for varying pricing assumptions between rate cells that are independent of differing levels of FFP. Commenters stated that there are valid actuarial reasons where varying rating components would be supported by actuarial experience and data. Commenters recommended that were CMS to finalize the proposed amendments to § 438.4(b)(1) and (d), we do it in a way that would allow states to continue to have differentials in margins, payment levels, and MLR remittance thresholds for higher FFP contracts when those differences are justified in data and actuarial experience. Commenters stated that valid rate development practices would be prohibited under the proposal, including using a lower margin assumption for populations with more stable costs, varying MLR thresholds based on actual administrative cost differences, adjusting the underwriting gain used, and using higher reimbursement for highly specialized providers or services or in areas where it is difficult to recruit providers. Commenters stated that the proposal is too prescriptive and duplicative of current requirements and recommended that CMS allow states to use assumptions that reflect different levels of risk so that rate cells are appropriately funded. Commenters stated that restricting actuarial variables from being determined by certain program characteristics will result in rates that are not actuarially sound. A few commenters also believed that the proposal could unintentionally result in new cost-shifting to the Federal Government, such as requiring higher margin assumptions for certain populations or requiring higher levels of provider reimbursement in specific E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72768 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations programs. One commenter requested that the regulation differentiate situations where rate development assumptions are intended to increase Federal costs from those where such an outcome is incidental and that CMS should only prohibit the former. Several commenters recommended that instead of prohibiting certain rate development practices, CMS should instead require documentation and justification that variations related to margin, provider reimbursement, or MLR are actuarially valid. One commenter recommended that CMS only require such documentation in circumstances when we believe that the variation is related to FFP. One commenter expressed concern that the requirement to provide documentation duplicates existing policy. One commenter requested clarification on whether the written justification is part of the rate certification process and supporting documents, the managed care contract review, or is an additional requirement. Response: Our goal in proposing these revisions to § 438.4(b)(1) and (d) was to clarify the standards that capitation rates must meet to be approved as actuarially sound capitation rates eligible for FFP under section 1903(m) of the Act. Our proposal was also intended to eliminate any ambiguity in the regulations and to clearly specify that variation in the assumptions, methodologies, and factors used to develop rates must be tied to actual cost differences and not to any differences that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP. We remain committed to these goals, and to our overarching goals of improving fiscal and program integrity within Medicaid managed care rate setting. However, we believe it is appropriate to finalize the proposal with changes to address the concerns of commenters that our proposal was too restrictive and overlooked scenarios by which our prohibited rate development practices under proposed § 438.4(d) may be actuarially appropriate in limited circumstances. We reiterate that our overarching policy goal of prohibiting variation in capitation rates associated with the FFP for a particular population, which we explained in the 2015 proposed rule, 2016 final rule, and the 2018 proposed rule, has not changed and is not changing as part of this final rule. Specifically, we explained in the 2015 proposed rule (80 FR 31120) that different capitation rates based on the FFP associated with a particular population represented cost-shifting from the state to the Federal VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 Government and were not based on generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27566), we finalized, at § 438.4(b)(1), a prohibition on different capitation rates based on the FFP associated with a particular population as part of the standards for capitation rates to be actuarially sound. Also in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27566), we provided additional guidance and clarification in response to public comments that the practice intended to be prohibited in § 438.4(b)(1) was variance in capitation rates per rate cell that was due to the different rates of FFP associated with the covered populations; that discussion included an example where rate certifications set minimum provider payment requirements or established risk margins for the managed care plans only for covered populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP. We note that setting minimum provider payment requirements for covered populations under the managed care contract is permissible as long as such requirements apply broadly, are not selectively applied to only those covered populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP, are supported by valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations, and do not shift costs to the Federal Government. In the 2016 final rule, we explained how § 438.4(b)(1), as adopted there, required that any differences among capitation rates according to covered populations must be based on valid rate development standards and not on network provider reimbursement requirements that apply only to covered populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP (81 FR 27566). In the 2018 proposed rule (83 FR 57268), we clarified our policy that § 438.4(b)(1) was intended to prohibit variances in capitation rates based on the rate of FFP, even if such variances in capitation rates were the result of variances in provider reimbursement that pre-date the differences in FFP for different covered populations. We explained that our current proposal would eliminate ambiguity on this point and eliminate any potential loophole in § 438.4(b)(1) by more clearly specifying the scope of the prohibition. We reiterate these published statements here as part of this final rule and remind commenters that CMS has not changed our position on this topic. As finalized with the amendments in this final rule, § 438.4(b)(1) prevents states from costshifting onto the Federal Government and prohibits any variances in PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 capitation rates associated with the rate of FFP for different covered populations. Further, we explicitly clarify here that § 438.4(b)(1) is not premised on nor require a state’s intention to shift costs to the Federal Government; we believe that an intent to cost shift is immaterial compared to the actual effect of cost shifting. Therefore, as part of this final rule, we are finalizing amendments to § 438.4(b)(1) to codify this policy clearly. Section 438.4(b)(1), as amended, continues to require that capitation rates be developed in accordance with the standards specified in § 438.5 and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. We are also finalizing the proposed new and revised regulation text that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations must be based on valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations and that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs. We are not finalizing the text proposed in paragraph (d)(1) to address the concerns from commenters that proposed § 438.4(d)(1) was too restrictive and overlooked scenarios where the proposed list of prohibited rate development practices may be actuarially appropriate. We will generally use the list of prohibited rate development practices in interpreting the prohibition finalized in paragraph (b)(1) and we will consider the state’s documentation and justification in applying the prohibition. We originally proposed § 438.4(d)(1) in conjunction with our proposed revisions to § 438.4(b)(1) to provide specificity regarding the rate development practices that we believed increased Federal costs and varied with the rate of FFP; however, based on public comments, we agree with commenters that there could be legitimate and actuarially sound reasons for varying pricing assumptions between rate cells that are (and must be) independent of differing levels of FFP, and that there could be valid actuarial reasons for an actuary to vary rating components that would be supported by actuarial experience and data. Therefore, as part of this final rule, we are not finalizing the list of rate development practices that we proposed in § 438.4(d)(1). We agree with the commenters that we are unable to E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations predict every future scenario and there might be situations where one or more of the items on that list of rate development practices is actuarially appropriate. We remind commenters that it is still our view that these rate development practices generally increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP. As such, in situations where one of those practices is not actuarially appropriate and where it increases Federal costs, we will apply § 438.4(b)(1) to deny rates that have been developed based on such practices. To fully evaluate scenarios where differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates appear to vary with the rate of FFP, we believe that we will need additional information and explanation from the state. If states or actuaries intend to utilize these rate development practices, we need to be able to require written documentation and justification that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts represent actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered populations. We had originally proposed a requirement for submission of information and documentation for this purpose under § 438.4(d)(2). Since we are not finalizing § 438.4(d), we are finalizing this proposed standard as part of the new text in § 438.4(b)(1). To address commenters’ request for clarity, we note that such written documentation and justification would be required as part of CMS’ review of the rate certification. We are finalizing the introduction in proposed paragraph (d) as part of the new text in § 438.4(b)(1) that the evaluation of compliance with § 438.4(b)(1) be on a program-wide basis, including all managed care contracts and covered populations. The final rule continues to prohibit any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates that vary with the rate of FFP associated with a covered population in a manner that increases Federal costs. To ensure that this requirement is met, the final rule requires an evaluation of any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations. This evaluation must be conducted for the entire managed care program and include all managed care contracts for all covered populations. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 We are finalizing this requirement for an evaluation across the entire managed care program and all managed care contracts for all covered populations to protect against any potential loopholes where state managed care contracting practices may cost-shift to the Federal Government. Specifically, as noted in the proposed rule, this requirement would entail comparisons of each managed care contract to others in the state’s managed care program to ensure that variation among contracts does not include rate setting methods or policies that would be prohibited under § 438.4(b)(1). Comment: A few commenters noted that risk margin differences can apply between TANF, ABD, and LTSS populations and expressed concern that the proposal would require inappropriate comparisons between populations that have legitimate cost differences. Other commenters provided that the proposed regulation may have the unintended effect of causing actuaries to increase margins on disabled or LTSS populations to maintain justifiable higher margin assumptions for non-LTSS populations, which could increase Federal and state costs for the Medicaid program. Commenters stated that from an actuarial standpoint, the percentage risk margin may appropriately vary by population characteristics due to insurance risk differences. Commenters also explained that populations may have very different PMPM costs and, in particular, that expansion populations may require higher risk margins to account for unknown risks associated with a population not previously covered by the Medicaid program. Commenters recommended that CMS monitor for inappropriate rate setting practices or require additional documentation if we believe that costshifting is occurring, but these commenters recommended that CMS not finalize the proposal prohibiting specific rate development practices. One commenter stated that existing CMS authority enables us to enforce appropriate rate setting and that the proposed revisions to § 438.4(b)(1) and (d) are unnecessary. Response: We understand the issues raised by commenters and reiterate that to the degree the pricing assumptions are based on actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations under the contract, these varying pricing assumptions would be permissible under § 438.4(b)(1) as valid rate development factors. To the degree that varying pricing assumptions represent actual cost differences in providing covered PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72769 services to the covered populations, we would find the assumptions to be consistent with valid rate development standards. If a population has documented higher costs, supported by actual experience, we would not find the pricing assumptions to be in violation of finalized § 438.4(b)(1), even if the higher cost population is also one with a higher FFP percentage. However, we emphasize that varying pricing assumptions must not include using a rate development practice that increases Federal costs and varies with the rate of FFP when not supported by valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations. As finalized in this rule under § 438.4(b)(1), any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs unless those variances represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered population. Under the regulations governing rate setting at §§ 438.4 through 438.7, including as revised in this final rule, states and actuaries can vary the pricing assumptions based on actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations under the contract, but the prohibition on shifting costs to the Federal Government through use of such variances remains. We also believe that there are other tools that can be used to mitigate the issues that were raised by commenters without inappropriately shifting costs onto the Federal Government and running afoul of § 438.4(b)(1). Although we are not finalizing a list of specifically prohibited rate development practices (as proposed at § 438.4(d)), it is still our view that these rate development practices generally increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP, and as such, are generally prohibited under § 438.4(b)(1) as finalized in this rule. If states or actuaries intend to utilize these rate development practices (for example, higher margin assumptions for non-LTSS populations), we will require written documentation and justification that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts represent actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered populations. Comment: Several commenters provided that our proposal to restrict capitation rate development practices that are based on minimum levels of E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72770 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations provider reimbursement would likely result in unintended consequences for states seeking to comply with the provisions under at least two scenarios: (1) States would be required to decrease provider reimbursement rates to the lowest common denominator of the lowest FFP contracts, which could diminish access to care for some Medicaid populations; or (2) States would be required to increase provider reimbursement rates to the highest common denominator of the higher FFP contracts for the lowest FFP contracts, which could increase Federal and state Medicaid expenditures. Commenters also provided that many states have contracts for a specific population, such as a population at the average FMAP rate, with state statute setting the rate structure at the state’s FFS rates; in these circumstances, this proposal would make the state’s FFS rate structure the standard by which other managed care contracts would be evaluated, which may not be actuarially appropriate. A few commenters also expressed concern that fee schedule variation is limited under the proposal and noted that there is often a need to increase the fee schedules for certain provider types to meet network adequacy and encourage provider participation. These commenters expressed concern that such limitations on provider fee schedules may unfairly burden managed care plans. Commenters urged CMS not to finalize this provision as part of the proposal. Response: We understand the issues raised by commenters and reiterate that to the degree the pricing assumptions are based on actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations under the contract, these varying pricing assumptions would be permissible under § 438.4(b)(1) as valid rate development factors. To the degree that varying pricing assumptions represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations, we would find the assumptions to be consistent with valid rate development standards. If a population has documented higher costs, supported by actual experience, we would not find the pricing assumptions to be in violation of finalized § 438.4(b)(1). However, in our experience in reviewing and approving capitation rates, we have seen rate certifications that set minimum provider payment requirements for the managed care plans for covered populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP. We note here that such practices, when they shift costs to the Federal Government and VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 when not supported by the application of valid rate development standards, are not permissible. Any differences among capitation rates according to covered populations must not shift costs to the Federal Government and must be based on valid rate development standards rather than network provider reimbursement requirements that apply to covered populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP even in cases where provider reimbursement requirements for such populations are mandated by state statute. Furthermore, we reiterate that setting minimum provider payment requirements for covered populations under the managed care contract is not permissible if such requirements shift costs to the Federal Government, even if such differential provider payments are authorized under § 438.6(c). For example, we have seen one state use § 438.4(b)(1) to vary provider reimbursement for covered populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP, as mandated by state law and not on valid rate development standards, and this state has stated that when such arrangements pre-date differences in FFP, the regulation should not be read to prohibit the resulting capitation rates. Our proposal and the amendment to § 438.4(b)(1) we are finalizing here eliminates that particular argument as a potential loophole. Regardless of when the differential rates were started, § 438.4(b)(1) as amended in this rule requires that differential rates be based on valid rate development standards and that they not shift costs to the Federal Government; such noncompliant differential rates must be eliminated. As revised, § 438.4(b)(1) prevents states from cost-shifting onto the Federal Government and prohibits any variances in capitation rates based on the rate of FFP for different covered populations, regardless of whether arrangements that vary provider reimbursement are mandated by state statute and/or pre-date the differences in FFP for different covered populations. We note that this state also stated that the different rates were intended to better align Medicaid rates with commercial rates but did not demonstrate that differential provider payments for one covered population was a valid rate development factor. As noted above in a previous response to public comments in this section, setting minimum provider payment requirements for covered populations under the managed care contract is permissible as long as such requirements apply broadly, are not selectively applied to covered PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP, are supported by valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations and do not shift costs to the Federal Government. We note that varying pricing assumptions based on provider payment requirements mandated by state legislation that shift costs to the Federal Government do not constitute actual cost differences in providing covered services. To the extent that states need to enhance reimbursement for specific providers or specific services, we believe that states can utilize other means to accomplish that goal, such as enhancing fees for covered services across all of their programs rather than varying fee schedules only for higher FMAP populations. We also understand that some states may have legislatively mandated fee schedules; however, as long as such states comply with all applicable regulatory requirements and are not including additional costs or mandating higher levels of reimbursement for higher FMAP populations, states can comply with mandated fee schedules and this regulation without a conflict. Mandated fee schedules that comply with all applicable regulatory requirements and do not result in higher payment for higher FMAP populations may be used as the basis for rate setting for the managed care contracts. We emphasize that varying pricing assumptions must not include using a rate development practice that increases Federal costs and varies with the rate of FFP when not supported by valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations regardless of whether such differences are mandated by state legislation. As finalized in this rule under § 438.4(b)(1), any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs. Although we are not finalizing a list of prohibited rate development practices (as proposed at § 438.4(d)), it is still our view that these rate development practices generally increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP, and as such, are prohibited in most cases under § 438.4(b)(1) as finalized in this rule. If states or actuaries intend to utilize these rate development practices, we will require written documentation and justification that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts represent actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered populations. Comment: A few commenters expressed concern with the proposal (at proposed § 438.4(d)(1)(iii)) that states may not use a lower MLR remittance threshold for expansion populations than the MLR remittance threshold used for TANF, ABD, and LTSS contracts. Commenters stated that it is impractical and not actuarially sound to use an average MLR remittance threshold without acknowledging the actual costs of each managed care program and covered population. One commenter noted that remittance thresholds vary as a function of the administrative load of a product and is unrelated to the FFP for the program. Some commenters expressed concern that the proposal will force states to reduce MLR remittance thresholds for all managed care contracts, which will increase Federal Medicaid costs. Some commenters also stated that there are valid actuarial reasons to establish a higher MLR remittance threshold for LTSS populations, and that states should not be prohibited from designing such reasonable approaches based on actuarially sound practices. Commenters provided that the administrative costs for an LTSS program as a percent of revenue is lower than an expansion program (managed care plan covering the Medicaid benefits for the expansion population). As such, if a minimum MLR threshold is developed with an equal likelihood of being triggered by each program, the LTSS MLR threshold would need to be higher for the LTSS program. Response: We agree with commenters and acknowledge that our proposed rule failed to account for varying MLR thresholds for high-cost populations, such as LTSS populations. We agree that if a minimum MLR threshold is developed with an equal likelihood of being triggered, the MLR may need to be higher for LTSS programs because the administrative costs, as a percent of revenue, may be lower. Under § 438.4(b)(1) as finalized here, we will require states to provide valid reasons for varying the MLR threshold component in contracts where the FFP percentages are different. For approval of rates that are developed using such different MLR thresholds, a state could demonstrate that it has used factors to develop rates based on valid rate development standards and not on differences that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP, and it has VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 applied the same methodologies for developing the administrative costs within the capitation rate, and therefore, the corresponding MLR remittance threshold is based on those same underlying methodologies. In such a situation, we would not find this approach to be a violation of § 438.4(b)(1) despite the different MLR thresholds used in setting the rates for high and low FMAP populations. We emphasize that varying pricing assumptions must not include using a rate development practice that increases Federal costs and varies with the rate of FFP when not supported by valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations. We note that varying pricing assumptions based only on provider payment requirements mandated by state legislation do not constitute actual cost differences in providing covered services. As finalized in this rule under § 438.4(b)(1), any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs. Although we are not finalizing a list of prohibited rate development practices (as proposed at § 438.4(d)(1)), it is still our view that these rate development practices generally increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP, and as such, are prohibited in most cases under § 438.4(b)(1) as finalized in this rule. If states or actuaries intend to utilize these rate development practices, we will require written documentation and justification that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts represent actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered populations. Comment: One commenter expressed concern that the proposal does not account for recent statutory changes made by section 4001 of the Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Recovery and Treatment (SUPPORT) for Patients and Communities Act (Pub. L. 115–271, enacted October 24, 2018), which allows states to retain a larger share of the remittances collected from managed care plans by remitting funds back to the Federal Government for expansion enrollees at the state’s standard rate of FFP, provided that certain statutory conditions are met. Response: Section 4001 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72771 Act, enacted October 24, 2018, amended section 1903(m) of the Act to add a new paragraph (m)(9). Section 1903(m)(9) provides a time-limited opportunity (after fiscal year 2020 but before fiscal year 2024) for states that collect an MLR remittance from their Medicaid managed care plans for the eligibility group described in section 1902(a)(10(A)(i)(VIII) to apply the state’s regular Federal medical assistance percentage (FMAP) match rate (calculated pursuant to section 1905(b) of the Act) to determine the Federal share of that remittance instead of the higher FMAP match rate specified under 1905(y) for use in connection with the Medicaid expansion group. Since this statutory provision is limited to requirements on the amounts paid to the Federal Government on certain MLR remittances within the specified parameters of the statute, and not related to varying the remittance thresholds for specific populations or contracts, section 4001 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act is outside the scope of this final rule. Specifically, we clarify for this commenter that this final rule does not implicate the requirements under section 4001 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act regarding the amounts paid to the Federal Government on certain MLR remittances. Comment: A few commenters requested clarification regarding whether the proposal would apply to CHIP programs. Response: We clarify here that our proposal under § 438.4(d) was never intended to and our amendment of § 438.4(b)(1) does not apply to CHIP programs. The CHIP requirements for rate development are found in § 457.1203, which does not incorporate or reference the Medicaid managed care regulations on actuarial soundness and rate setting. Comment: A few commenters expressed concern that CMS refers to a list of prohibited rate development practices that are ‘‘including but not limited to’’ certain practices. These commenters expressed concern that this non-exhaustive list requires additional clarification and recommended that specific rate development practices be identified through notice and comment rulemaking. Response: The list of specific rate development practices that we proposed to prohibit outright in proposed § 438.4(d) is not being finalized. However, should such practices be used and result in rates that violate the standard we proposed and are finalizing in the amendment of § 438.4(b)(1), the E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72772 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations resulting rates will not be approved. We confirm for commenters that should we find it necessary to prohibit specific rate development practices in the future, we would do so through notice and comment rulemaking. Here, however, we are limiting how rates must be developed to ensure that differences in the assumptions, methodologies, and factors used to develop rates are based on valid rate development factors that represent actual cost differences and do not vary with the rate of FFP in a manner that increases Federal costs. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing our proposed amendments to § 438.4(b)(1) with modifications and are not finalizing the proposed addition of § 438.4(d); specifically, we are finalizing amendments to § 438.4(b)(1) as follows: • At § 438.4(b)(1), we are finalizing the proposal to add regulation text to provide that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations must be based on valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations and that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of Federal financial participation (FFP) associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs. • At § 438.4(b)(1), we are finalizing that the evaluation of compliance with § 438.4(b)(1) be on a program-wide basis, including all managed care contracts and covered populations. The final rule will require an evaluation of any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations. This evaluation must be conducted for the entire managed care program and include all managed care contracts for all covered populations. This provision was proposed as part of the introduction text to paragraph (d). • At § 438.4(b)(1), we are also finalizing the authority for CMS to require a state to provide written documentation and justification that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts represent actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered populations. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 This provision was proposed as part of paragraph (d)(2). • At § 438.4(b)(1), we are not finalizing any references to paragraph (d). 3. Rate Development Standards: Technical Correction (§ 438.5(c)(3)(ii)) In the 2016 final rule, we finalized at § 438.5(c)(3) an exception to the base data standard at § 438.5(c)(2) in recognition of circumstances where states may not be able to meet the standard at paragraph (c)(2) regarding base data. We explained in the 2016 final rule preamble (81 FR 27574) that states requesting the exception under § 438.5(c)(3) must submit a description of why the exception is needed and a corrective action plan detailing how the state will bring their base data into compliance no more than 2 years after the rating period in which the deficiency was discovered. Regrettably, the regulation text regarding the corrective action timeline at § 438.5(c)(3)(ii) was not as consistent with the preamble or as clear as we intended. The regulation text finalized in 2016 provided that the state must adopt a corrective action plan to come into compliance ‘‘no later than 2 years from the rating period for which the deficiency was identified.’’ The preamble text described the required corrective action plan as detailing how the problems ‘‘would be resolved in no more than 2 years after the rating period in which the deficiency was discovered.’’ This discrepancy resulted in ambiguity that confused some stakeholders as to when the corrective action plan must be completed and when a state’s base data must be in compliance. To remove this ambiguity, we proposed to replace the word ‘‘from’’ at § 438.5(c)(3)(ii) with the phrase ‘‘after the last day of.’’ The preamble of the 2016 final rule used the term ‘‘discovered’’, while the regulatory text used the term ‘‘identified.’’ We proposed to retain the term ‘‘identified’’ in the regulatory text since we believed this term to be more appropriate in this context. We explained that our proposed change would clarify the corrective action plan timeline for states to achieve compliance with the base data standard; that is, states would have the rating year for which the corrective action period request was made, plus 2 years following that rating year to develop rates using the required base data. For example, if the state’s rate development for calendar year (CY) 2018 did not comply with the base data requirements, the state would have 2 calendar years after the last day of the 2018 rating period to come into PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 compliance. This means that the state’s rate development for CY 2021 would need to use base data that is compliant with § 438.5(c)(2). The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to revise § 438.5(c)(3)(ii) and our responses to those comments. Comment: A few commenters supported the proposed language change. One of these commenters supported the proposal to use the term ‘‘identified’’ in § 438.5(c)(3)(ii) instead of the word ‘‘discover,’’ which was used in the preamble of the 2016 final rule to describe the regulation. One of these commenters also urged CMS to ensure that the base data used by a state submitting a corrective action be improved to meet the standards in § 438.5 and recommended that CMS enforce these requirements. One of these commenters also requested that the base data be required to include all available and emerging experience, such as pharmacy utilization experience. Response: We agree with commenters that the term ‘‘identified’’ in the regulatory text is appropriate, and therefore, we used it in the proposed rule and this final rule. We also agree with commenters that states and actuaries should be utilizing base data that is compliant with the standards and requirements set forth in the 2016 final rule, and we assure commenters that CMS is enforcing those rules. While we also agree with commenters that our base data standards should include the use of appropriate available and emerging experience, we did not propose any changes to the standards governing base data and are not finalizing any changes to those standards in § 438.5(c)(1) and (2). We remind commenters that the general rule for base data at § 438.5(c)(2) already requires states and their actuaries to use the most appropriate data, with the basis of the data being no older than from the 3 most recent and complete years prior to the rating period, for setting capitation rates. Such base data must be derived from the Medicaid population, or, if data on the Medicaid population is not available, derived from a similar population and adjusted to make the utilization and price data comparable to data from the Medicaid population. Data must also be in accordance with actuarial standards for data quality. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the amendment to § 438.5(c)(3)(ii) as proposed. E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 4. Special Contract Provisions Related to Payment (§ 438.6) a. Risk-Sharing Mechanism Basic Requirements (§ 438.6(b)) In the ‘‘Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Programs; Medicaid Managed Care, CHIP Delivered in Managed Care, Medicaid and CHIP Comprehensive Quality Strategies, and Revisions Related to Third Party Liability’’ proposed rule (the 2015 proposed rule) (80 FR 31098, June 1, 2015), we proposed to redesignate the basic requirements for risk contracts previously in § 438.6(c)(2) as § 438.6(b). In § 438.6(b)(1), we proposed a nonexhaustive list of risk-sharing mechanisms (for example, reinsurance, risk corridors, and stop-loss limits) and required that all such mechanisms be specified in the contract. In the preamble, we stated our intent to interpret and apply § 438.6(b)(1) to any mechanism or arrangement that has the effect of sharing risk between the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, and the state (80 FR 31122). We did not receive comments on paragraph (b)(1) and finalized the paragraph as proposed in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27578) with one modification. In the 2016 final rule, we included the standard from the then-current rule (adopted in 2002 in the ‘‘Medicaid Program; Medicaid Managed Care: New Provisions’’ final rule (67 FR 40989, June 14, 2002) (hereinafter referred to as the ‘‘2002 final rule’’)) that risk-sharing mechanisms must be computed on an actuarially sound basis. The 2015 proposed rule inadvertently omitted the requirement that risk-sharing mechanisms be computed on an actuarially sound basis but we finalized § 438.6(b)(1) with that standard included in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27578). As managed care contracts are risk-based contracts, mechanisms that share or distribute risk between the state and the managed care plan are inherently part of the capitation rates paid to plans for bearing the risk. Therefore, the risk-sharing mechanisms should be developed in conjunction with the capitation rates and using the same actuarially sound principles and practices. We explained in the 2018 proposed rule how we expect states to identify and apply risk-sharing requirements prior to the start of the rating period because they are intended to address the uncertainty inherent in setting capitation rates prospectively. Because we believed that the 2016 final rule was clear on the prospective nature of risksharing and our expectations around the VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 use of risk-sharing mechanisms, we did not specifically prohibit retroactive adoption and use of risk-sharing mechanisms. However, since publication of the 2016 final rule, we have found that some states have applied new or modified risk-sharing mechanisms retrospectively; for example, some states have sought approval to change rates, or revise a medical loss ratio (MLR) requirement, after the claims experience for a rating period became known to the state and the managed care plan. As noted in the 2018 proposed rule, we acknowledge the challenges in setting prospective capitation rates and encourage the use of appropriate risk-sharing mechanisms; in selecting and designing risk-sharing mechanisms, states and their actuaries are required to only use permissible strategies, use appropriate utilization and price data, and establish reasonable risk-sharing assumptions. We also acknowledged in the 2018 proposed rule how, despite a state’s best efforts to set accurate and appropriate capitation rates, unexpected events can occur during a rating period that necessitate a retroactive adjustment to the previously paid rates. We explained that when this occurs, states should comply with § 438.7(c)(2), which provides the requirements for making a retroactive rate adjustment. Section 438.7(c)(2) clarifies that the retroactive adjustment must be supported by an appropriate rationale and that sufficient data, assumptions, and methodologies used in the development of the adjustment must be described in sufficient detail and submitted in a new rate certification along with the contract amendment. To address the practice of adopting or amending risk-sharing mechanisms retroactively, we proposed to amend § 438.6(b)(1) to require that risk-sharing mechanisms be documented in the contract and rate certification documents prior to the start of the rating period. We also proposed to amend the regulation at § 438.6(b)(1) to explicitly prohibit retroactively adding or modifying risk-sharing mechanisms described in the contract or rate certification documents after the start of the rating period. In the proposed rule, we acknowledged that our proposed requirement that risk-sharing mechanisms be documented in a state’s contract and rate certification documents prior to the start of the rating period meant, as a practical matter, that states electing to use risk-sharing mechanisms would have to submit contracts and rate certifications to us prior to the start of the rating period. We PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72773 noted that section 1903(m)(2)(A)(iii) of the Act, as well as implementing regulations at § 438.806, require that the Secretary must provide prior approval for MCO contracts that meet certain value thresholds before states can claim FFP. This longstanding requirement is implemented in the regulation at § 438.806(c), which provides that FFP is not available for an MCO contract that does not have prior approval from us. We have, since the early 1990s, interpreted and applied this requirement by not awarding FFP until the contract has been approved and permitting FFP back to the initial date of a contract approved after the start of the rating period if an approvable contract were in place between the state and the managed care plan. This practice is reflected in the State Medicaid Manual, section 2087. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.6(b)(1) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed amendment that risk-sharing mechanisms be documented in a state’s contract and rate certification documents prior to the start of the rating period. Commenters noted that doing so would improve transparency and facilitate CMS’ oversight of these risk-sharing mechanisms. One commenter noted the proposed amendment to § 438.6(b)(1) would promote a more reliable and predictable method for risk-adjusting payments to managed care plans. Commenters also stated that risk-sharing mechanisms should be documented in the contract prior to the start of the rating period to provide certainty to both states and their contracted managed care plans. Response: We appreciate commenters’ support and agree that risk-sharing mechanisms should be documented in a state’s contract(s) and rate certification(s) prior to the start of the rating period for all of the reasons commenters provided. As risk-sharing mechanisms are intended to address the uncertainty inherent in setting capitation rates prospectively, we believe that states should develop risksharing requirements prior to the start of the rating period and that risk-sharing mechanisms should be developed in accordance with actuarially sound principles and practices. Comment: Several commenters stated that retroactive adjustments should not be limited to adjustments to rates but should also apply to risk-sharing mechanisms. These commenters stated that states transitioning new populations or services into managed E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72774 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations care programs, such as LTSS, are more likely to need retroactive adjustments to payment structures due to the unknown risks in covering new populations in managed care for the first time. Response: We disagree with commenters on permitting retroactive adjustments to risk-sharing mechanisms. We do not believe that it is appropriate to modify risk-sharing mechanisms between states and plans after the claims experience for a rating period is known, because such retroactive changes undercut the need for states and plans to address uncertainty prospectively. We are not foreclosing retroactive adjustments to rates when appropriate. As provided by § 438.7(c)(2), if the state determines that a retroactive adjustment to the capitation rate is necessary, the retroactive adjustment must be supported by a rationale for the adjustment and the data, assumptions, and methodologies used to develop the magnitude of the adjustment must be adequately described with enough detail to allow CMS or an actuary to determine the reasonableness of the adjustment. These retroactive adjustments must be certified by an actuary in a revised rate certification and submitted as a contract amendment to be approved by CMS. These types of changes are distinct from application of a previously set risksharing mechanism that is retrospective. While CMS will not permit a retroactive change to the risk-sharing mechanism under this final rule, the state can pursue a retroactive change to the capitation rates if the requirements under § 438.7(c)(2) are satisfied. Comment: Commenters requested that CMS clarify the difference between risk adjustment and risk mitigation. One commenter requested that CMS create definitions for risk adjustment and risk mitigation. Commenters also requested that CMS clarify that the proposed change in this section does not apply to risk adjustments as permitted in § 438.7(b)(5). Another commenter noted that the new language explicitly prohibiting retroactively adding or modifying risk-sharing mechanisms may be seen as not allowing retroactive rate adjustments and requested that CMS add language to this section that clearly states retroactive rate adjustments under § 438.7(c)(2) are still permitted. Response: First, we clarify here that risk-sharing mechanisms, which can include a risk mitigation strategy, are a distinct and separate concept from risk adjustment. We note that ‘‘risk mitigation’’ is not a phrase used in part 438. Risk adjustment is defined at § 438.5(a) as a methodology to account for the health status of enrollees via VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 relative risk factors when predicting or explaining costs of services covered under the contract for defined populations or for evaluating retrospectively the experience of MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs contracted with the state. The requirements regarding risk adjustment are found at §§ 438.5(g) and 438.7(b)(5). Risk-sharing mechanisms, on the other hand, are any means, mechanism, or arrangement that has the effect of sharing risk between the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, and the state. A risk mitigation strategy is a means to protect the state, or the managed care plan, against the risk that assumptions (not only based on health status of enrollees) underlying the rate development will not match later actual experience. In other words, ‘‘risk-sharing’’ is about the aggregate actual experience, while ‘‘risk adjustment’’ is about paying based on the health status of enrollees at the individual level and how health status is assumed to result in higher costs. Second, we explain how the regulations that address these concepts interact or do not interact. We confirm here that § 438.6(b)(1), including the proposed change that we are finalizing here, does not regulate and has no impact on risk adjustment as addressed in §§ 438.5(g) and 438.7(b)(5). We also confirm that our proposed change to § 438.6(b)(1) does not impact states’ ability to revise or adjust capitation rates retroactively under § 438.7(c)(2) when unexpected events or programmatic changes occur during a rating period that necessitate a retroactive change or adjustment to the previously paid rates. Section 438.7(c)(2) clarifies that the retroactive adjustment (or change) to capitation rates must be supported by an appropriate rationale and that sufficient data, assumptions, and methodologies used in the development of the adjustment must be described in sufficient detail and submitted in a new rate certification along with the contract amendment. Changes to a risk-sharing mechanism are not changes to the capitation rates themselves; they are changes to an arrangement or mechanism that results in a separate payment from a state to a managed care plan or a remittance to a state from a managed care plan. Section 438.6(b)(1) applies to any and all mechanisms or arrangements that have the effect of sharing risk between the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, and the state on an aggregate level. We believe that this concept includes risk mitigation strategies and other arrangements that protect the state or the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP against the risk that the assumptions used in the initial PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 development of capitation rates are different from actual experience. Common risk mitigation strategies include a medical loss ratio (MLR) with a remittance, a risk corridor, or a risk-based reconciliation payment. Under § 438.6(b)(1), we included a nonexhaustive list of risk-sharing mechanisms, such as reinsurance, risk corridors, or stop-loss limits. We also defined risk corridor in § 438.6(a) as a risk-sharing mechanism in which states and MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs may share in profits and losses under the contract outside of a predetermined threshold amount. Because the regulations in part 438 do not use the term ‘‘risk mitigation strategy,’’ we do not believe it is necessary to define the term or add it to the regulations. Section 438.6(b)(1) is clear that all risk-sharing mechanisms are subject to its scope. Comment: One commenter requested CMS add risk pools to the list of risksharing arrangements in § 438.6(b)(1) to clarify that such arrangements are subject to actuarial soundness requirements and must be documented in the managed care contract prospectively. Response: If a risk pool is used as a mechanism to share risk between the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, and the state, then we agree with commenters that a risk pool is subject to the requirements in § 438.6(b)(1). We reiterate that any mechanism, strategy, or arrangement that protects the state or the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP against the risk that the assumptions used in the initial development of capitation rates are different from actual experience is subject to the requirements in § 438.6(b)(1). We decline to add a specific mention of ‘‘risk pools’’ into the regulations because we believe that § 438.6(b)(1) adequately indicates that it applies to all risk-sharing mechanisms and only lists certain mechanisms as examples. Comment: One commenter requested clarification from CMS regarding whether restrictions on profits are to be considered a risk-sharing mechanism, including minimum MLR requirements and contractual profit caps. Another commenter requested that the proposed risk-sharing mechanism be open to modifications while CMS is reviewing the rates, so that if CMS does not accept the initially proposed risk-sharing mechanism, then the state can modify and propose to CMS an alternative, acceptable strategy. Response: We confirm that a minimum MLR requirement with a remittance would be considered a risksharing mechanism and subject to the requirements in § 438.6(b)(1). We also E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations confirm that additional restrictions on profits or contractual profit caps would also be considered risk-sharing mechanisms under this regulation. To the degree that arrangements (like the examples provided by the commenter or other arrangements) function to explicitly share risk between states and managed care plans, such arrangements would be risk-sharing mechanisms and subject to the requirements in § 438.6(b)(1). Regarding possible modifications to a risk-sharing mechanism while CMS is reviewing the rates, we confirm for commenters that such modifications would only be possible prior to the start of the rating period to comply with the final regulation text. The requirements in § 438.6(b)(1) to document the risksharing mechanism in the contract and rate certification documents prior to the start of the rating period, as well the prohibition on adding or modifying risksharing mechanisms after the start of the rating period, would apply to states, plans, and CMS. If states are seeking CMS review and approval prior to the start of the rating period, CMS and states can work toward modifications that would ensure that arrangements are reasonable, appropriate, and compliant with Federal requirements, as long as such modifications are in place and documented in the contract and rate certification documents for the rating period prior to the start of the rating period and CMS’ approval of such documents. Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposed change and requested CMS allow states flexibility to retroactively adjust risk-sharing mechanisms. Commenters expressed concern that the proposed section may restrict states from employing important tools for paying plans in a volatile health care environment. Commenters noted that the addition of new technologies, drugs, and populations to the Medicaid managed care program often require retroactive adjustment of plan payments. Commenters further noted that rates may be adjusted, but states have also effectively employed risk-sharing mechanisms to ensure that plans receive appropriate payment. Commenters stated that continuing to allow retroactive addition or modification of risk-sharing mechanisms will allow states to pay plans adequately when substantial coverage changes occur mid-year. A few commenters noted that states often make adjustments to rates to address disease outbreaks, launches of high-cost prescription drugs, other unforeseen circumstances that increase benefit VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 costs, and refinements to risk adjustment methodologies that improve rate accuracy. One commenter requested CMS allow for appropriate flexibility for states to make applicable retroactive modifications to risk-sharing mechanisms through the development of an exception process as an option to account for either lack of performance or unforeseen events that detrimentally impact performance or trend. Response: We disagree with commenters about permitting retroactive adjustments to risk-sharing mechanisms, and we also disagree with creating an exception process to permit such retroactive adjustments to risksharing arrangements. We do not believe that it is appropriate to modify risksharing mechanisms between states and plans after the claims experience for a rating period is known, as we believe that this approach undercuts the need for states and plans to address uncertainty prospectively using risksharing mechanisms. As discussed in the proposed rule and in our responses here, we have specific concerns that permitting modification of risk-sharing mechanisms after claims experience for a rating period is known could be used inappropriately to shift costs onto the Federal Government. We note that we are not foreclosing retroactive rate adjustments (that is, changes to the rates themselves as opposed to changes to the risk-sharing mechanism) when appropriate, such as when substantial coverage changes occur mid-year, adjustments are necessary to address disease outbreaks, launches of high-cost prescription drugs, or other unforeseen circumstances that increase benefit costs (some of the examples provided by commenters). We agree that it would be appropriate to implement retroactive rate adjustments to accommodate unexpected programmatic changes; however, modifying existing risksharing mechanisms, or adding new risk-sharing mechanisms, after claims experience for a rating period is known is not the appropriate tool for states to use to address such concerns. States should adjust rates using the appropriate requirements under § 438.7(c)(2) to address unexpected events that necessitate a retroactive adjustment (that is, change) to previously paid rates. As provided by § 438.7(c)(2), if the state determines that a retroactive adjustment to the capitation rate is necessary, the retroactive adjustment must be supported by a rationale for the adjustment and the data, assumptions, and methodologies used to develop the magnitude of the adjustment must be PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72775 adequately described with enough detail to allow CMS or an actuary to determine the reasonableness of the adjustment. These retroactive adjustments must be certified by an actuary in a revised rate certification and submitted as a contract amendment to be approved by CMS. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing § 438.6(b)(1) as proposed. b. Delivery System and Provider Payment Initiatives Under MCO, PIHP, or PAHP Contracts (§ 438.6(a) and (c)) As finalized in the 2016 final rule, § 438.6(c)(1) permits states to, under the circumstances enumerated in § 438.6(c)(1)(i) through (iii), direct the managed care plan’s expenditures under the contract. Among other criteria, such directed payment arrangements require prior approval by CMS, per § 438.6(c)(2); our approval is based on meeting the standards listed in § 438.6(c)(2), including that the state expects the directed payment to advance at least one of the goals and objectives in the state’s quality strategy for its Medicaid managed care program. We have been reviewing and approving directed payment arrangements submitted by states since the 2016 final rule, and we have observed that a significant number of them require managed care plans to adopt minimum rates, and that most commonly, these minimum rates are those specified under an approved methodology in the Medicaid state plan. We explicitly clarify here that certain financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-for-service, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are similarly applicable whether a state elects to direct payments under § 438.6(c). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing of the nonFederal share applicable to health carerelated taxes and bona fide providerrelated donations. Due to the frequency and similarities of these types of directed payment arrangements, we proposed to specifically address them in an amendment to § 438.6. At § 438.6(a), we proposed to add a definition for ‘‘state plan approved rates’’ to mean amounts calculated as a per unit price of services described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the state Medicaid plan. We also proposed to revise § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) to specifically reference a directed payment arrangement that is based on an E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72776 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations approved state plan rate methodology. We explicitly noted how, as with all directed payment arrangements under § 438.6(c), a directed payment arrangement established under proposed paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) would have to be developed in accordance with § 438.4, the standards specified in § 438.5, and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. We explained in the proposed rule that supplemental payments contained in a state plan are not, and do not constitute, state plan approved rates as proposed in § 438.6(a); we proposed to include a statement to this effect under proposed paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A). We noted in the proposed rule our view that a rate described in the approved rate methodology section of the state plan reflects only the per unit price of particular services. Supplemental payments are not calculated or paid based on the number of services rendered on behalf of an individual beneficiary, and therefore, would be separate and distinct from state plan approved rates under our proposal. We also proposed to define supplemental payments in § 438.6(a) as amounts paid by the state in its FFS Medicaid delivery system to providers that are described and approved in the state plan or under a waiver and are in addition to the amounts calculated through an approved state plan rate methodology. Further, we proposed to redesignate current paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) as paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(B) and to revise the regulation to distinguish a minimum fee schedule for network providers that provide a particular service using rates other than state plan approved rates from those using state plan approved rates. To accommodate our proposal, we also proposed to redesignate current paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(B) and (C) as paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(C) and (D), respectively. We also noted that as we have reviewed and approved directed payment arrangements submitted by states since publication of the 2016 final rule, we have observed that our regulation does not explicitly address some types of potential directed payments that states are seeking to implement. To encourage states to continue developing payment models that produce optimal results for their local markets and to clarify how the regulatory standards apply in such cases, we proposed to add a new § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(E) that would allow states to require managed care plans to adopt a cost-based rate, a Medicare equivalent rate, a commercial rate, or other market-based rate for network providers that provide a particular VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 service under the contract. We explained how authorizing these additional types of payment models for states to implement would eliminate the need for states to modify their payment models as only minimum or maximum fee schedules to fit neatly into the construct of the current rule. Along with the proposed changes in § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A), we also proposed a corresponding change to the approval requirements in § 438.6(c)(2). In the 2016 final rule, we established an approval process that requires states to demonstrate in writing that payment arrangements adopted under § 438.6(c)(1)(i) through (iii) meet the criteria specified in § 438.6(c)(2) prior to implementation. Since implementing this provision of the 2016 final rule, states have noted that the approval process for contract arrangements that include only minimum provider reimbursement rate methodologies that are already approved by CMS and included in the Medicaid state plan are substantially the same as the approval requirements under the Medicaid state plan. Some states have stated that the written approval process in § 438.6(c)(2) is unnecessary given that a state will have already justified the rate methodology associated with particular services in the Medicaid state plan (or a state plan amendment) to receive approval by us that the rates are efficient, economical, and assure quality of care under section 1902(a)(30)(A) of the Act. Therefore, to avoid unnecessary and duplicative Federal approval processes, we proposed to eliminate the prior approval requirement for payment arrangements that are based on state plan approved rates. To do so, we proposed to redesignate existing paragraph (c)(2)(ii) as (c)(2)(iii), to add a new paragraph (c)(2)(ii), and to redesignate paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) as paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F), respectively. We also proposed to revise the remaining paragraph at § 438.6(c)(2)(i) to require, as in the current regulation, that all contract arrangements that direct the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s expenditures under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) must be developed in accordance with § 438.4, the standards specified in § 438.5, and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices; we proposed to delete the remaining regulatory text from current paragraph (c)(2)(i). In proposed new paragraph (c)(2)(ii), we specified prior approval requirements for payment arrangements under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) and (c)(1)(iii)(B) through (E). We proposed amended paragraph (c)(2)(ii) as PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 explicitly providing that payment arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) do not require prior approval from us; we proposed to retain the requirement that such payment arrangements meet the criteria in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F). We justified this proposed revision as a means to reduce administrative burden for many states by eliminating the need to obtain written approval prior to implementation of this specific directed payment arrangement that utilizes previously approved rates in the state plan. With the redesignation of paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F), we proposed to keep in place the existing requirements for our approval to be granted. In the 2016 final rule, we specified at § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(C) that contract arrangements which direct expenditures made by the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (ii) for delivery system or provider payment initiatives may not direct the amount or frequency of expenditures by managed care plans. At that time, we believed that this requirement was necessary to deter states from requiring managed care plans to reimburse particular providers specified amounts with specified frequencies. However, based on our experience in reviewing and approving directed payment arrangements since the 2016 final rule, we now recognize that this provision may have created unintended barriers to states pursuing innovative payment models. Some states have adopted or are pursuing payment models, such as global payment initiatives, which are designed to move away from a volume-driven system to a system focused on value and population health. These innovative payment models are based on the state directing the amount or frequency of expenditures by the managed care plan to achieve the state’s goals for improvements in quality, care, and outcomes under the payment model. Therefore, we proposed to delete existing § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(C) which would permit states to direct the amount or frequency of expenditures made by managed care plans under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (ii). As a conforming change, we proposed to redesignate existing § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(D) as § 438.6(c)(2)(iii)(C). Under existing § 438.6(c)(2)(i)(F) (which we proposed to redesignate as § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(F)), a contract arrangement directing a managed care plan’s expenditure may not be renewed automatically. While § 438.6(c)(2)(i)(F) does not permit an automatic renewal of a contract arrangement described in paragraph (c)(1), it does not prohibit E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations states from including payment arrangements in a contract for more than one rating period. We have received numerous payment arrangement proposals from states requesting a multiyear approval of their payment arrangement to align with their delivery system reform efforts or contract requirements. To provide additional guidance to states on the submission and approval process for directed payments, on November 2, 2017, we issued a CMCS Informational Bulletin (CIB) entitled ‘‘Delivery System and Provider Payment Initiatives under Medicaid Managed Care Contracts’’ (available at https:// www.medicaid.gov/federal-policyguidance/downloads/cib11022017.pdf). The CIB explained that based on our experience with implementation of § 438.6(c)(2), we recognize that some states are specifically pursuing multiyear payment arrangements to transform their health care delivery systems. The CIB also described that states can develop payment arrangements under § 438.6(c)(1)(i) and (ii), which are intended to pursue delivery system reform, over a period of time that is longer than one year so long as the state explicitly identifies and describes how the payment arrangement will vary or change over the term of the arrangement. In the 2018 proposed rule, we stated that some payment arrangements, particularly value-based purchasing arrangements or those tied to larger delivery system reform efforts, can be more complex and may take longer for a state to implement. We noted that setting the payment arrangement for longer than a one-year term would provide a state with more time to implement and evaluate whether the arrangement meets the state’s goals and objectives to advance its quality strategy under § 438.340. We reiterated our position from the CIB that we interpret the regulatory requirements under § 438.6(c) to permit multi-year payment arrangements when certain criteria were met. The CIB identified the criteria for multi-year approvals of certain directed payment arrangements, and we proposed to codify those criteria in a new § 438.6(c)(3). Specifically, we proposed in new paragraph (c)(3)(i) that we would condition a multi-year approval for a payment arrangement under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) on the following criteria: (1) The state has explicitly identified and described the payment arrangement in the contract as a multi-year payment arrangement, including a description of the payment arrangement by year, if the payment arrangement varies by year; (2) VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 the state has developed and described its plan for implementing a multi-year payment arrangement, including the state’s plan for multi-year evaluation, and the impact of a multi-year payment arrangement on the state’s goal(s) and objective(s) in the state’s quality strategy in § 438.340; and (3) the state has affirmed that it will not make any changes to the payment methodology, or magnitude of the payment, described in the contract for all years of the multiyear payment arrangement without our prior approval. If the state determines that changes to the payment methodology, or magnitude of the payment, are necessary, the state must obtain prior approval of such changes using the process in paragraph (c)(2). We noted that in addition to codifying criteria for the approval of multi-year payment arrangements, the proposed new paragraph (c)(3)(i) would address any potential ambiguity on the narrow issue of the permissibility of states to enter into multi-year payment arrangements with managed care plans. Finally, in alignment with our guidance in the November CIB, we proposed to specify at paragraph (c)(3)(ii) that the approval of a payment arrangement under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) would be for one rating period only. We explained that while we understood that value-based purchasing payment arrangements or those tied to larger delivery system reform efforts can be more complex and may take longer for a state to implement, we believed that more traditional payment arrangements and fee schedules permitted under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) should continue to be reviewed and evaluated on an annual basis by both states and us. We explained how it was important to continue ensuring that such payment arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) are consistent with states’ and our goals and objectives for directed payments under Medicaid managed care contracts. We proposed several revisions in § 438.6(c) including specifying different types of potential directed payments such as arrangements based on a Medicare equivalent rate, a commercial rate, a cost-based rate, or other marketbased rate (§ 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(E)) and permitting states to direct the amount or frequency of expenditures by deleting existing § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(C). Some commenters were supportive, some were not, and others raised related policy issues with state directed payments that we believe warrant additional consideration. For example, several commenters stated that these proposals increased flexibility for states to design directed payment arrangements which would help drive PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72777 innovation and enable states to better optimize their programs to accommodate their own unique policy and demographic conditions. Other commenters noted that Medicare, commercial, and market-based rates would, in some cases, reduce provider reimbursement rates and jeopardize quality and access to Medicaid services. A few commenters were concerned about the ability of managed care plans to manage risk as it relates to statedirected payment arrangements. One commenter stated that the regulatory requirements under § 438.6(c) were too rigid for managed care plans and can degrade the utility and effectiveness of value-based arrangements. Based on the diverse range of public comments and our continued experience with state directed payments since the proposed rule was published in November 2018, we have decided not to finalize the revisions proposed at § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(E) and (c)(2)(ii)(C) in this final rule. However, we will consider addressing these and other state directed payment policies in future rulemaking. We thank commenters for their valuable input and will use it to inform our future rulemaking. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.6(a) and (c) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Several commenters supported the changes to § 438.6(a), including the addition of a definition for state plan approved rates and the additional clarification in § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) that supplemental payments are not, and do not constitute, state plan rates. Several commenters disagreed with proposed § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) and recommended that CMS revise the proposed definitions of state plan approved rates and supplemental payments to acknowledge the legitimacy and importance of supplemental payments in the Medicaid program. One commenter recommended that we define or explain our meaning for ‘‘per unit’’. One commenter requested that CMS confirm that state plan approved rates also include state plan approved payments that are based on a provider’s actual or projected costs. One commenter requested that CMS clarify whether the proposed definition of supplemental payments in § 438.6(a) included disproportionate share hospital (DSH) or graduate medical education (GME) payments. Response: We do not agree with commenters that further revisions are needed to address the role of supplemental payments in the Medicaid program; we believe that our policies E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72778 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations finalized in this final rule, specifically to define the term ‘‘supplemental payments’’ for purposes of part 438, including § 438.6, and to adopt (in § 438.6(d)(6)) a period for pass-through payments to be used for states transitioning new services or new populations to Medicaid managed care, demonstrate that CMS understands the role of supplemental payments in the Medicaid program. We note that our proposed definition of ‘‘supplemental payments’’ may not have been as clear as it could be, so we are finalizing the definition by adding ‘‘or demonstration’’ to recognize 1115 demonstration authority as well as waiver authority. Regarding the definition of ‘‘per unit,’’ we have reconsidered the use of that term and acknowledge that this definition may not have been clear. To correct this, we have revised the definition to remove ‘‘per unit’’ and instead, reference amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid State plan. Moreover, we explicitly clarify here that certain financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-forservice, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are similarly applicable whether a state elects to direct payments under § 438.6(c). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations. We agree with commenters that clarification is needed regarding whether ‘‘supplemental payments,’’ as the term is defined and used in § 438.6, includes DSH or GME payments. It was never our intent to include DSH or GME payments in our definition of supplemental payments for the purposes of Medicaid managed care under part 438. Therefore, we are finalizing the definition of supplemental payments at § 438.6(a) with an additional sentence stating that DSH and GME payments are not, and do not constitute, supplemental payments. We note that DSH and GME payments would not meet the definition, finalized at § 438.6(a), of state plan approved rates because such payments are not calculated as amounts for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary. We are also finalizing a technical change to the definition of supplemental payments by revising the VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 phrase ‘‘amounts calculated through an approved state plan rate methodology’’ to ‘‘state plan approved rates.’’ This revision eliminates ambiguity and uses terminology that is being finalized in this final rule. We also believe that the definition of state plan approved rates should include the clarification that was proposed in § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) that supplemental payments are not, and do not constitute, state plan approved rates as they are not directly attributable to a covered service furnished to an individual beneficiary. We are finalizing the definition of the term ‘‘state plan approved rates’’ in § 438.6(a) with this clarifying sentence included in the definition instead of at paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A). Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on the difference between a state plan approved rate and a supplemental payment. Commenters noted that in some states there are situations where there is a per unit price set at an amount higher than the Medicaid fee schedule for a class of providers, and this higher price has been approved in the state plan. The difference between the higher rate and the Medicaid fee schedule amount is paid retrospectively, but the total payment is still based on the number of units incurred for the applicable services. Commenters questioned whether rates in this situation would be a state plan approved rate or a supplemental payment. Response: As finalized in this rule, state plan approved rates means amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary described under the CMS approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid state plan. We confirm for commenters that state plan approved rates can include payments that are higher than the traditional Medicaid FFS fee schedule for a specific class of providers when the payment methodology has been approved in the state plan and is for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary. We have also revised the definition to note that supplemental payments are not, and do not constitute, state plan approved rates. Supplemental payments approved under a Medicaid state plan are often made to providers in a lump sum and often cannot be linked to specific covered services provided to an individual Medicaid beneficiary; therefore, supplemental payments are not directly attributable to a covered service furnished to an individual beneficiary. We understand that some payment methodologies are calculated PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 retrospectively for specific reasons, such as when payments are made based on a provider’s actual costs. We emphasize that payment amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary must be directly tied to the provision of covered services to Medicaid beneficiaries, which is why these payment amounts are consistent with our definition of ‘‘state plan approved rates’’ under part 438, including § 438.6 (and why these payment amounts are not considered supplemental payments for the purposes of § 438.6). Comment: A few commenters requested clarification that state plan approved rates include FFS payments that are described and approved in the state plan when the payment is for a specific service or benefit provided to enrollees covered under a contract. Response: As finalized in this rule, state plan approved rates means amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary described under approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid state plan. As defined here, the term ‘‘state plan approved rates’’ includes Medicaid FFS payments for a specific service or benefit provided to enrollees when the payment methodology results in amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary and has been approved in the state plan. As long as the payment amounts are calculated for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary and described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the state plan, the payment amounts will meet our definition for state plan approved rates under § 438.6(c). Comment: Some commenters recommended changing the language in proposed § 438.6(a) to indicate that state plan approved rates means amounts paid on a ‘‘per claim’’ basis by the state in its FFS Medicaid delivery system to providers for services as described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid state plan. Other commenters recommended changing the language for supplemental payments to mean amounts paid separately by the state in its FFS Medicaid delivery system to providers that are described and approved in the state plan or under a waiver thereof and are in addition to state plan approved rates. One commenter requested that CMS consider changing the proposed definition of supplemental payments to be amounts paid by the state in its FFS E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations Medicaid delivery system to providers that are described and approved in the state plan or under a waiver thereof; are not for a specific service or benefit provided to a specific enrollee covered under the contract; and are in addition to the amounts calculated through an approved state plan rate methodology. Response: After reviewing the specific recommendations made by commenters, we do not believe that these specific revisions to the definitions are necessary. However, we have reconsidered the use of ‘‘per unit’’ and acknowledge that this may not have been clear. To correct this, we have revised the definition to remove ‘‘per unit’’ and instead, reference amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid State plan. The recommendation to use the term ‘‘per claim’’ instead of ‘‘per unit’’ in the definition for state plan approved rates is also not necessary as we are not finalizing the term ‘‘per unit’’ as described elsewhere. The other recommendations add the phrases ‘‘paid separately’’ and ‘‘are not for a specific service or benefit provided to a specific enrollee covered under the contract’’ to the definition of supplemental payments. These recommendations do not add clarity to the definition, and we believe that these same concepts are already present in our proposed definitions in § 438.6(a). For example, in the definition of supplemental payments, we proposed and are finalizing the phrase ‘‘and are in addition to’’ which could include whether the payment amounts are paid separately or not. We also do not believe that it is necessary to add the phrase ‘‘are not for a specific service or benefit provided to a specific enrollee covered under the contract’’ to the definition of supplemental payments because we believe that our proposed definition is broad enough to include this concept, especially since the definition for state plan approved rates means that payments are calculated as amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary and supplemental payments are paid in addition to those state plan approved rates. We are also finalizing a technical change to the definition of supplemental payments by revising the phrase ‘‘amounts calculated through an approved State plan rate methodology’’ to ‘‘State plan approved rates.’’ This revision eliminates ambiguity and uses VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 terminology that is being finalized in this final rule. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposals that eliminate the prior approval requirement for payment arrangements that use state plan approved rates, allowing states to mirror FFS rates in their managed care plans and develop rates tied to a variety of payment options. Commenters noted that the proposals reduce states’ and CMS’ administrative burden and create greater flexibility for states to develop stable, long-term payment strategies that can be applied equally in both FFS and managed care delivery systems. Commenters noted that the proposals allow for flexibility that can help states and CMS focus on those payment methodologies that are truly unprecedented or novel, while bringing financial predictability to safety-net providers who rely on Medicaid funding. Some commenters opposed the proposed changes to eliminate prior approval for state plan approved rates, stating that the proposals do not provide a mechanism for frequent and consistent oversight or ensure that the proposals will provide access to care. Response: We agree that our modifications to § 438.6(c)(2)(ii) will reduce state and Federal burden by eliminating the requirement that states obtain written prior approval for payment arrangements that have already been approved by CMS in the Medicaid state plan. We disagree with commenters that our proposed changes would increase unintended risk or a lack of Federal oversight because we are only eliminating the prior approval requirement for those payment arrangements which have already been reviewed and approved by CMS under the Medicaid state plan. We do not believe that a duplicative review and approval process has value or provides any necessary additional Federal oversight. We believe that prudent program management is necessary to efficiently and effectively administer the Medicaid program and eliminating unnecessary and duplicative review processes will improve states’ efforts to implement payment arrangements that meet their local goals and objectives. To ensure appropriate oversight and prudent program management, we have initiated a review of state-directed payments and may issue future guidance and/or rulemaking based on the findings of this evaluation. This review was initiated based on our experience reviewing state requests for state-directed payments, as we have seen proposals for significant changes to provider reimbursement, which may in PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72779 turn have an impact on program expenditures. Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on whether prior approval under § 438.6(c) would be required if a state implemented a uniform percentage increase for managed care plan provider payments concurrently with an increase to the state’s FFS rates. These same commenters noted that the managed care plan provider payments would not match the state’s FFS rates and that the per unit prices of services for managed care and FFS would vary. Response: In the scenario described by the commenters, the state’s requirement for managed care plans to provide a uniform increase to health care providers would be consistent with § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(C) as proposed and finalized, which permits states to require their managed care plans to provide a uniform dollar or percentage increase for providers that provide a particular service covered under the contract, provided that the other requirements in § 438.6(c) are met. Section 438.6(c)(2)(ii), as finalized in this rule, requires that contract arrangements that direct the managed care plan’s expenditures under § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(B) through (D) must have written approval from CMS prior to implementation. This means that the uniform percentage increase for managed care plan provider payments would require prior approval. We note that a state-directed payment mandating a managed care plan pay the state’s FFS rates is authorized under § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) and prior approval would not be required under § 438.6(c)(2)(ii), as amended in this rule under this section. Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on the requirement of written approval for state-directed payments under proposed § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A). These commenters noted that the proposed regulation states that these arrangements ‘‘do not require written approval prior to implementation’’ and questioned if these arrangements ever require written approval from CMS. Response: If the state requires managed care plans to adopt a minimum fee schedule for network providers that provide a particular service covered under the contract using state plan approved rates as defined in § 438.6(a), written approval is not required from us under § 438.6(c)(2)(ii), as amended in this rule. This means that states may implement these specific payment arrangements, which have already been reviewed and approved by CMS under the Medicaid state plan, E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72780 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations without obtaining any additional approvals from CMS under § 438.6(c). However, this exemption from the prior approval requirement only applies to required use by managed care plans of the state plan approved rates for the FFS program. If the state requires a managed care plan to apply increases or other adjustments to those state plan approved rates, it is not an arrangement described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A), and therefore, paragraph (c)(2)(ii) would apply and require prior written approval. Comment: One commenter requested that CMS confirm that the evaluation requirement at § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(D) and the prohibition against automatic renewal at § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(F) are inapplicable to state direction that a managed care plan use the state plan minimum fee schedules under § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A). If CMS will still require documentation of these factors, this commenter recommended CMS allow that documentation to be incorporated into the traditional rate certification submission to avoid duplicative administrative review processes. Response: Under § 438.6(c)(2)(ii), contract arrangements that require managed care plans to adopt a minimum fee schedule for network providers that provide a particular service under the contract using state plan approved rates do not require prior approval from us; however, we proposed and are finalizing that such directed payment arrangements must meet the criteria described in § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F). These criteria include that states have an evaluation plan that measures the degree to which the payment arrangement advances at least one the state’s quality goals and objectives, and that such payment arrangements are not renewed automatically. We confirm here, only for payment arrangements that utilize minimum fee schedules based on state plan approved rates (as specified in § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A)), that while there is no regulatory requirement for the submission of any documentation from the state to demonstrate that state directed arrangements described in § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) meet the criteria described in § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F), these criteria apply and CMS may require states to submit evidence of compliance with the criteria in § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F) if we have reason to believe the state is not complying with the requirements. Because the requirement to comply with these criteria, even if written approval from us is not required, applies VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 nonetheless to arrangements described in § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A), we expect that states will maintain their evaluation plans and will continue monitoring and evaluating these payment arrangements. Further, the other criteria listed in § 438.6(c)(2)(ii), such as the prohibition related to IGTs, continue to apply even if we do not require the state to document that compliance to us, and we may require states to submit evidence of compliance with the criteria in § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F) if we have reason to believe the state is not complying with the requirements. Under the plain language of § 438.6(c)(2)(ii), all contract arrangements that direct a managed care plan’s expenditures, regardless of whether the payment arrangement requires prior approval under § 438.6(c)(2), must meet the criteria listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F). In addition, we clarify here that certain financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-forservice, managed care, and demonstration authorities). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations. These financing requirements similarly apply when a state elects to direct payments under § 438.6(c), including § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A). Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS provide guidance to states on adopting the Medicaid FFS outpatient drug reimbursement methodology as a minimum fee schedule or a separate and distinct cost-based rate for pharmacy payments in the Medicaid managed care program. Response: Under § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A), states are permitted to contractually require their managed care plans to adopt a minimum fee schedule for providers that provide a particular service covered under the contract using state plan approved rates. The state plan approved rates, under the definition finalized at § 438.6(a), can include the Medicaid FFS outpatient drug reimbursement methodologies that are approved by CMS and in the Medicaid state plan. States may implement payment arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A), which have already been reviewed and approved by CMS under the Medicaid state plan, without obtaining any additional approvals from us under § 438.6(c). If cost-based rate methodologies are approved in the Medicaid state plan, states could PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 implement the payment arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) if the contract requirement is implemented as a minimum fee schedule and if it comports with other regulatory requirements. We note that after consideration of the overall goals and purposes of § 438.6(c), we have reconsidered our proposal in § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(E) to permit states to direct their Medicaid managed care plans to use a cost-based rate, Medicareequivalent rate, commercial rate, or other market-based rate as explained elsewhere in this regulation. Comment: Commenters requested that CMS finalize the proposals at § 438.6(c) with the condition that such arrangements only be applied in a manner that accounts for potential adverse effects on access to care or other unintended impacts to dental benefits. Commenters requested that states be required to consult and seek public comment from dental plans and providers prior to including dental services in a value-based payment model. Response: We proposed and are finalizing additional types of payment arrangements that states may direct their managed care plans to use for paying providers that furnish covered services, to enable states to achieve specific state goals and objectives related to Medicaid payment, access to care, and other delivery system reforms at a local level. Under § 438.6(c)(2), we require that states demonstrate that the arrangement complies with specific criteria prior to implementing the payment arrangements. One of those criteria is that the payments advance at least one of the goals and objectives in the state’s Medicaid managed care quality strategy (such as an access to care, or quality of care, goal and/or objective); another is that the state has an evaluation plan to assess the degree to which the payment arrangements achieve the state’s objectives. While it might be theoretically possible for a state to design and mandate a particular provider payment arrangement that does not consider access to care as part of setting the provider payment, there are other regulatory requirements (such as required quantitative network adequacy standards) in part 438 that ensure that states consider access to care in contracting with managed care plans. We believe that our regulations, including § 438.6(c) and other requirements in part 438, are sufficient to ensure that payment arrangements account for potential adverse effects on access to care or other unintended impacts; therefore, we decline to adopt E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations additional conditions as part of this final rule. We also decline to adopt new regulations or new requirements that states consult and seek public comment from plans and providers before mandating a payment arrangement that is permitted under § 438.6(c). While we believe that states should be seeking broad stakeholder feedback when developing and implementing delivery system reforms and performance payment initiatives, we do not believe that it is necessary to create new Federal requirements to accomplish this goal. In our experience, states are already working with many stakeholder groups when designing and implementing new payment requirements for providers in the managed care context, and we believe that states should continue to have discretion in how they convene stakeholder groups and obtain stakeholder feedback to inform state Medicaid policy in this specific area. Comment: One commenter requested that CMS clarify that states may set minimum payment rates for providers within a class that meet certain criteria. The commenter noted that such criteria could include the provision of a particular type of service, such as a public health service. Response: We agree that states are permitted to establish state-directed payments and direct them equally, and using the same terms of performance, for a class of providers providing services under a contract. We explained this in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27586) and our position on this standard has not changed since the 2016 final rule, and we agree that states could develop minimum payment rates under § 438.6(c) for a class of providers in accordance with the requirements in § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(B). Comment: A few commenters were concerned about the ability of managed care plans to manage risk as it relates to state-directed payment arrangements. Commenters recommended that CMS confirm that managed care plans retain the ability to manage risk effectively and have discretion in managing their contracts relating to minimum fee schedules and pay increases, as well as maximum fee schedules. Commenters recommended that CMS require states to consult with managed care plans prior to implementing state directed payments. One commenter stated that the regulatory requirements under § 438.6(c) were too rigid for managed care plans and can degrade the utility and effectiveness of value-based arrangements. Commenters also noted that plans, similar to states, should be given the flexibility to deploy specific VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 tactics aimed at encouraging the provision of high-quality and costefficient care, and that CMS can continue to add value in this area by disseminating various state approaches and sharing both policy and operational best practices. Response: We agree with commenters that managed care plans should have adequate authority and flexibility to be able to effectively manage risk and have discretion in managing their contracts with providers. This was part of our rationale for adopting the limits on passthrough payments and state-directed payments in § 438.6 in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27587–27592). We also agree with commenters that plans should be able to deploy specific tactics aimed at encouraging the provision of highquality and cost-efficient care. However, while we do not agree with commenters that additional revision to § 438.6(c) is necessary at this time, after consideration of the overall goals and purposes of § 438.6(c) and public comments, we have reconsidered our proposal to delete existing § 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(C) which prohibits states from directing the amount or frequency of expenditures made by managed care plans under § 438.6(c)(1)(i) or (ii). While we stated in the proposed rule that this provision may have created unintended barriers to states pursuing innovative payment models, after further consideration, we believe the § 438.6(c) criteria established in the 2016 final rule struck the appropriate balance between the need for autonomy by managed care plans and flexibility for state Medicaid agencies (81 FR 27582 and 27583). Further, we believe retaining this provision will achieve our goal of ensuring managed care plans have the authority and flexibility to effectively manage risk and discretion in managing their contracts with providers. We acknowledge that state direction of provider payments by managed care plans, as permitted under § 438.6(c), can require that managed care plans adopt specific payment parameters for specified providers and can require that managed care plans participate in specified value-based purchasing or performance improvement initiatives; however, we believe that managed care plans retain the ability to reasonably manage risk and still have adequate discretion in managing their contracts with providers, even in circumstances where states may require managed care plans to adopt specific parameters for provider payment. We discussed these issues in the 2016 final rule and why the specific permitted payment PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72781 arrangements and criteria identified in § 438.6(c) struck the appropriate balance between the need for autonomy by managed care plans and flexibility for state Medicaid agencies (81 FR 27582 and 27583). Section § 438.6(c) is not intended to take discretion away from managed care plans in managing their risk; rather, § 438.6(c) is intended to help states implement delivery system and provider payment initiatives under Medicaid managed care contracts and permit states to direct specific payments made by managed care plans to providers under certain circumstances to assist states in furthering the goals and priorities of their Medicaid programs. We believe that the payment requirements under § 438.6(c) can assist both states and managed care plans in achieving their overall objectives for delivery system and payment reform and performance improvement without compromising managed care plans’ ability to manage risk with their providers. We also note that the requirements under § 438.6(c) do not prohibit managed care plans from adopting their own (or additional) value-based payment arrangements that are aimed at encouraging the provision of high-quality and cost-efficient care. We expect states and managed care plans to work together in developing and implementing delivery system reforms that will be the most impactful for each state’s local needs. We also decline to require that states consult managed care plans before implementing a payment arrangement under § 438.6(c). While we believe that states should be seeking broad stakeholder feedback, including from managed care plans, when developing and implementing delivery system reforms and performance payment initiatives, we do not believe that it is necessary to create new Federal requirements to accomplish this goal. In our experience, states are already working with many stakeholder groups, including managed care plans, when designing and implementing new payment requirements under § 438.6(c), and we believe that states should continue to have discretion in how they convene stakeholder groups and obtain stakeholder feedback to inform state Medicaid policy. Comment: Several commenters supported the allowance of multi-year approval of directed payment arrangements under certain conditions in § 438.6(c)(3). Commenters praised the added flexibility, citing that these payment arrangements encourage providers to make multi-year commitments to quality outcomes and E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72782 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations savings goals, reduce administrative burden, and support the expansion of value-based payment models. A few commenters urged CMS to expand the proposal permitting multi-year approvals at § 438.6(c)(3)(i) to include payment arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii); commenters suggested that this would require a state to explicitly identify the payment arrangement in a contract as multi-year, describe its implementation plan including multiyear evaluation, and seek CMS approval for changes. Commenters noted that annual approvals for directed payments are challenging for states because of the lack of data to support the required annual evaluation to renew payment arrangements. One commenter requested that CMS reconsider the requirement that state-directed payments under § 438.6(c)(1)(iii) be approved annually because states generally implement minimal changes to fee schedules from one year to the next and delays in CMS approval of directed payments create uncertainty for states, managed care plans, and the provider community. Response: We agree with commenters that multi-year approval of specific payment arrangements listed at paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) can reduce administrative burden and support the expansion of value-based payment models. We also agree that multi-year approval of payment arrangements listed at paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) can encourage providers to make multi-year commitments to quality outcomes. We also understand that commenters would like the option for multi-year approval for payment arrangements listed at paragraph (c)(1)(iii); however, we decline to adopt this recommendation. We continue to believe that the approval of a payment arrangement under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) should be for one rating period. As we explained in our proposed rule (83 FR 57272), while we understand and acknowledge that valuebased purchasing payment arrangements and those tied to larger delivery system reform efforts can be more complex, we believe that more traditional payment arrangements and fee schedules under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) should continue to be reviewed and evaluated on an annual basis by both states and CMS to ensure that the payments are consistent with states’ and CMS’ goals and objectives for directed payments under Medicaid managed care contracts. Based on our experience with implementing state directed payments, states have been submitting proposals to CMS for significant changes to provider fee schedules under § 438.6(c)(1)(iii), VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 particularly for uniform dollar or percentage increases, and we believe at this time that we should continue to monitor these payment arrangements on an annual basis. Moreover, to ensure appropriate oversight and prudent program management, we have initiated a review of state-directed payments and may issue future guidance and/or rulemaking based on the findings. This review was initiated based on our experience reviewing state requests for state-directed payments, as we have seen proposals for significant changes to provider reimbursement, which may in turn have an impact on program expenditures. Regarding commenters’ concerns about the lack of data to support the required annual evaluation in § 438.6(c)(2), we understand that states will not always have finalized evaluation results before requesting the next year’s approval; however, we expect states to have a finalized evaluation plan. As noted in the November 2017 CIB, directed payments must have an evaluation plan to assess the degree to which the directed payment arrangement achieves its objectives. The basis and scope of the evaluation plan should be commensurate with the size and complexity of the payment arrangement. For example, a state implementing a minimum fee schedule to promote access to care may be able to utilize existing mechanisms to evaluate the effectiveness of the payment arrangement, such as external quality review (EQR) or an existing consumer or provider survey. States also have the ability to identify performance measures that are most appropriate for this evaluation and may wish to consider using performance measures currently being used by the state or other existing measure sets in wide use across the Medicaid, CHIP, and Medicare programs to facilitate alignment and reduce administrative burden. Regarding commenters’ concerns related to delays in CMS approval of directed payments, we committed in our November 2017 CIB to a timely review process for states. CMS committed to process § 438.6(c) preprints that do not contain significant policy or payment issues within 90 calendar days after receipt of a complete submission. Since publishing this CIB, we have continued to be committed to this timeframe, and in our recent experience in processing and approving § 438.6(c) payment arrangements, we are generally working with states to approve these payments within 90 calendar days. Comment: Some commenters recommended that CMS consider PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 automatic renewals of payment arrangements if either the state or the managed care plan can attest that the key characteristics of the payment arrangement that were used to make the initial determination remain in place. Commenters stated that an automatic renewal option would encourage more participation among physicians and physician specialty groups in various value-based contracts. Response: We do not agree with commenters that we should permit automatic renewals of payment arrangements under § 438.6(c). Section 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(F), which was adopted in the 2016 final rule, prohibits payment arrangements under § 438.6(c) from being renewed automatically. In the 2016 final rule, we explained that because we sought to evaluate and measure the impact of these payment reforms, such agreements could not be renewed automatically (81 FR 27583). Automatic renewal is not consistent with our view that these payment arrangements must be reviewed to ensure that the requirements in § 438.6(c)(2) are met and continue to be met. Our policy on this issue has not changed. Under § 438.6(c)(3), we are finalizing in this rule, the option for states to seek multi-year approval of specific payment arrangements listed at paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii), as we believe this will encourage more providers to make commitments to quality outcomes and support the expansion of value-based payment models. These payment arrangements will continue to be reviewed on a periodic basis. Comment: One commenter requested that CMS clarify in § 438.6(c)(3) that a state does not need prior CMS approval to adjust for inflation or rebase an approved multi-year payment threshold. Response: We do not agree with commenters that prior approval is not needed to adjust rates for inflation or when states rebase rates for an approved payment methodology, as this is not consistent with paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C) as proposed and finalized. Under this final rule, the state must affirm that it will not make changes to the payment methodology, or magnitude of the payment, described in the managed care contract for all years of the multi-year payment arrangement without our prior approval. If a state plans to adjust the payments for inflation or rebase a previously approved payment arrangement, the state must obtain prior approval of such changes under paragraph (c)(2), consistent with the text in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C). This approach is consistent with our view that these payment arrangements must be E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations reviewed to ensure that the requirements in § 438.6(c)(2) are met, including that the payments continue to be consistent with § 438.4, the standards specified in § 438.5, and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. Comment: One commenter requested clarification on whether state directed payments under § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) are subject to approval for one rating period or are excluded from this limitation because they are already approved under the state plan rate methodology. Response: Under § 438.6(c)(2)(ii) as finalized, payment arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) do not require written prior approval from CMS; therefore, the approval timeframes in § 438.6(c)(3) are not applicable to those payment arrangements. Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS establish time parameters for CMS’ review and approval of state directed payment proposals. Response: While we decline to adopt commenters’ request to establish specific time parameters for our review and approval of payment arrangements under § 438.6(c), we committed in our November 2017 CIB to a timely review process for states. We committed to process § 438.6(c) preprints that do not contain significant policy or payment issues within 90 calendar days after receipt of a complete submission. Since publishing this CIB, we have continued to be committed to this timeframe, and in our recent experience in processing and approving § 438.6(c) payment arrangements, we are generally working with states to approve these payments within 90 calendar days. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing § 438.6(a) and (c) as proposed with the following modifications: • At § 438.6(a), included a sentence in the definition of supplemental payments that states DSH and GME payments are not, and do not constitute, supplemental payments; and included a technical change to the definition of supplemental payments by revising the phrase ‘‘amounts calculated through an approved State plan rate methodology’’ to ‘‘State plan approved rates.’’ • At § 438.6(a), included a sentence (which had been proposed to be codified in § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A)) in the definition of state plan approved rates that a state’s supplemental payments contained in a state plan are not, and do not constitute, state plan approved rates under our definition. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 • At § 438.6(a), deleted the phrase ‘‘per unit price for services’’ and replaced it with ‘‘for specific services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary’’. • At § 438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A), finalizing the provision without the sentence that states supplemental payments contained in a state plan are not, and do not constitute, state plan approved rates. c. Pass-Through Payments Under MCO, PIHP, and PAHP Contracts (§ 438.6(d)) In the 2016 final rule, and the 2017 ‘‘Medicaid Program; The Use of New or Increased Pass-Through Payments in Medicaid Managed Care Delivery Systems’’ final rule (82 FR 5415), we finalized a policy to limit state direction of payments, including pass-through payments, at § 438.6(c) and (d). We defined pass-through payments at § 438.6(a) as any amount required by the state, and considered in calculating the actuarially sound capitation rate, to be added to the contracted payment rates paid by the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to hospitals, physicians, or nursing facilities that is not for the following purposes: A specific service or benefit provided to a specific enrollee covered under the contract; a provider payment methodology permitted under § 438.6(c)(1)(i) through (iii) for services and enrollees covered under the contract; a subcapitated payment arrangement for a specific set of services and enrollees covered under the contract; graduate medical education (GME) payments; or federally-qualified health center (FQHC) or rural health clinic (RHC) wrap around payments. We noted in our 2017 pass-through payment final rule that a distinguishing characteristic of a pass-through payment is that a managed care plan is contractually required by the state to pay providers an amount that is disconnected from the amount, quality, or outcomes of services delivered to enrollees under the contract during the rating period of the contract (82 FR 5416).5 We noted that when managed care plans only serve as a conduit for passing payments to providers independent of delivered services, such payments reduce managed care plans’ ability to control expenditures, effectively use value-based purchasing strategies, implement provider-based quality initiatives, and generally use the full capitation payment to manage the care of enrollees. 5 Medicaid Program; The Use of New or Increased Pass-Through Payments in Medicaid Managed Care Delivery Systems, Final Rule, (82 FR 5415–5429, January 18, 2017). PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72783 In the 2016 final rule, we also noted that section 1903(m)(2)(A) of the Act requires that capitation payments to managed care plans be actuarially sound and clarified our interpretation of that standard as meaning that payments under the managed care contract must align with the provision of services to beneficiaries covered under the contract. We clarified the statutory and regulatory differences between payments made on a FFS basis and on a managed care basis (81 FR 27588). We provided an analysis and comparison of section 1902(a)(30)(A) of the Act regarding FFS payments and implementing regulations that impose aggregate upper payment limits (UPL) on rates for certain types of services or provider types to section 1903(m)(2)(A) regarding the requirement that capitation payments in managed care contracts be actuarially sound and implementing regulations that require payments to align with covered services delivered to eligible populations. Based on that analysis, we concluded that pass-through payments were not consistent with our regulatory standards for actuarially sound rates because they do not tie provider payments to the provision of specific services. Despite this conclusion, we acknowledged in the 2016 final rule that, for many states, pass-through payments have been approved in the past as part of Medicaid managed care contracts and served as a critical source of support for safety-net providers caring for Medicaid beneficiaries (81 FR 27589). We therefore adopted a transition period for states that had already transitioned services or eligible populations into managed care and had pass-through payments in their managed care contracts as part of the regulations that generally prohibit the use of passthrough payments in actuarially sound capitation rates. Although § 438.6(d) was not explicitly limited to passthrough payments in the context of an established managed care program, the use of pass-through payments in place as of the 2016 final rule as an upper limit on permitted pass-through payments during the transition periods described in § 438.6(d) effectively precludes new managed care programs from adopting pass-through payments under the current law. We used the 2016 final rule to identify the pass-through payments in managed care contract(s) and rate certification(s) that were eligible for the pass-through payment transition period. We provided a detailed description of the policy rationale (81 FR 27587 through 27592) for why we established E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72784 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations pass-through payment transition periods and limited pass-through payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians, and this policy rationale has not changed. We focused on the three provider types identified in § 438.6(d) because these were the most common provider types to which states made supplemental payments within Federal UPLs under state plan authority in Medicaid FFS. Since implementation of the 2016 and 2017 final rules, we have worked with many states that have not transitioned some or all services or eligible populations from their FFS delivery system into a managed care program. We have understood that some states would like to begin to transition some services or eligible populations from FFS to managed care but would also like to continue to make supplemental payments to hospitals, physicians, or nursing facilities. In the 2018 proposed rule, we acknowledged the challenges associated with transitioning supplemental payments into payments based on the delivery of services or value-based payment structures. We acknowledged the transition from one payment structure to another requires robust provider and stakeholder engagement, broad agreement on approaches to care delivery and payment, establishing systems for measuring outcomes and quality, planning, and evaluating the potential impact of change on Medicaid financing mechanisms. We also recognized that implementing value-based payment structures or other delivery system reform initiatives, and addressing transition issues, including ensuring adequate base rates, are central to both delivery system reform and to strengthening access, quality, and efficiency in the Medicaid program. To address states’ requests to continue making supplemental payments for certain services and assist states with transitioning some or all services or eligible populations from a FFS delivery system into a managed care delivery system, we proposed to add a new § 438.6(d)(6) that would allow states to make pass-through payments under new managed care contracts during a specified transition period if certain criteria are met. We explained that when we refer to transitioning services from FFS Medicaid to Medicaid managed care plan(s) for purposes of our proposal at § 438.6(d)(6), we are referring to both when a state expands the scope of its managed care program in terms of services (for example, covering behavioral health services through Medicaid managed care that were previously provided under VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 Medicaid FFS for populations that are already enrolled in managed care) and populations (that is, adding new populations to Medicaid managed care when previously those populations received all Medicaid services through FFS delivery systems). Specifically, we proposed in § 438.6(d)(6)(i) through (iii) that states may require managed care plans to make pass-through payments, as defined in § 438.6(a), to network providers that are hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians, when Medicaid populations or services are initially transitioning or moving from a Medicaid FFS delivery system to a Medicaid managed care delivery system, provided the following requirements are met: (1) The services will be covered for the first time under a Medicaid managed care contract and were previously provided in a Medicaid FFS delivery system prior to the first rating period, as defined in § 438.2, of the specified transition period for passthrough payments (‘‘pass-through payment transition period’’); (2) the state made supplemental payments, as defined in § 438.6(a), to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period for those specific services that will be covered for the first time under a Medicaid managed care contract (this 12-month period is identified in § 438.6(d)(2) and used in calculating the base amount for hospital pass-through payments under § 438.6(d)(3)); and (3) the aggregate amount of the passthrough payments that the state requires the managed care plan to make is less than or equal to the amounts calculated in proposed paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A), (B), or (C) for the relevant provider type for each rating period of the pass-through payment transition period—this requirement means that the aggregate amount of the pass-through payments for each rating period of the specified pass-through payment transition period that the state requires the managed care plan to make must be less than or equal to the payment amounts attributed to and actually paid as FFS supplemental payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period for each applicable provider type. We also proposed at § 438.6(d)(6)(iv) that the state may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make pass-through payments for Medicaid populations or services that are transitioning from a FFS delivery system to a managed care delivery system for up to 3 years from PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 the beginning of the first rating period in which the services were transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to a managed care contract, provided that during the 3 years, the services continue to be provided under a managed care contract with an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. We proposed paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C) to address the maximum aggregate pass-through payment amounts permitted to be directed to hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians for each rating period of the specified 3-year pass-through payment transition period; that is, we proposed three paragraphs to identify the maximum aggregate amount of the passthrough payments for each rating period of the 3-year pass-through payment transition period that the state can require the managed care plan to make to ensure that pass-through payments under proposed § 438.6(d)(6) are less than or equal to the payment amounts attributed to and actually paid as FFS supplemental payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians, respectively, during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period for each applicable provider type. This means that the aggregate pass-through payments under the new 3-year passthrough payment transition period must be less than or equal to the payment amounts attributed to and actually paid as FFS supplemental payments in Medicaid FFS. To include pass-through payments in the managed care contract(s) and capitation rates(s) under new paragraph (d)(6), we proposed that the state would have to calculate and demonstrate that the aggregate amount of the passthrough payments for each rating period of the pass-through payment transition period was less than or equal to the amounts calculated as described in proposed paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A), (B), or (C) for the relevant provider type. In § 438.6(d)(6)(iii), we proposed that for determining the amount of each component for the calculations contained in proposed paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C), the state must use the amounts paid for services during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period. As a practical matter, the proposed calculation would require the state to use Medicaid Management Information System (MMIS) adjudicated claims data from the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period. This E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72785 timeframe and use of 2-year old data was chosen so that the state has complete utilization data for the service type that would be subject to the passthrough payments. Under our proposal for this calculation, the state would also be required to restrict the amount used in each component of the calculation to the amount actually paid through a supplemental payment for each applicable provider type. Our proposal referred to the most common provider types to which states made supplemental payments within Federal UPLs under state plan authority in Medicaid FFS. In the proposed rule, we provided the following four basic steps for making the calculation: • Step 1: For each applicable provider type, identify the actual payment amounts that were attributed to and actually paid as FFS supplemental payments during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period. • Step 2: Divide (a) the payment amounts, excluding supplemental payments, paid for the services that are being transitioned from payment in FFS to the managed care contract for each applicable provider type by (b) the total payment amounts paid through payment rates for services provided in FFS for each applicable provider type to determine the ratio. In making these calculations, the state must use the amounts paid for each provider type during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period. • Step 3: Multiply the amount in Step 1 by the ratio produced by Step 2. • Step 4: The aggregate amount of pass-through payments that the state may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make for each rating period of the 3-year pass-through payment transition period must be demonstrated to be less than or equal to the result achieved in Step 3. In the proposed rule, we provided the following formula to help illustrate the aggregate amount of pass-through payments for each rating period of the pass-through payment transition period for each applicable provider type: In the proposed rule, we also provided an example to help demonstrate how the calculation would be performed. In the example, we assumed that a state Medicaid program paid $60 million in claims in FFS for inpatient hospital services in CY 2016. To acknowledge the Medicaid FFS UPL, we assumed that those same services would have been reimbursed at $100 million using Medicare payment principles. The difference between the amount that Medicare would have paid and the amount Medicaid actually paid in claims is $40 million. For Step 1, of the $40 million difference, the state actually paid $20 million in supplemental payments to inpatient hospitals in CY 2016. For this example, we assumed that CY 2016 was the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period in which inpatient hospital services would be transitioned to a managed care contract; therefore, we assumed the pass-through payments were to be made during CY 2018. This transition to managed care could be either by moving Medicaid beneficiaries from FFS to coverage under managed care contracts that cover inpatient hospital services or by moving inpatient hospital services into coverage under an existing managed care program (that is, for enrollees who are already enrolled in managed care for other services). Next, in Step 2, the state determines the ratio of the payment amounts paid in FFS for inpatient hospital services that will be transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to the managed care contract for the specific provider category and requisite period in relation to the total payment amounts paid in FFS for all inpatient hospital services within the same provider category during the same period. For example, if the state paid $36 million in FFS for inpatient hospital services for a specific population out of the $60 million in total claims paid in FFS for inpatient hospital services during 2016, and the state wants to transition the population associated with the $36 million in paid claims to the managed care contract, then the ratio is $36 million divided by $60 million, or 60 percent. In Step 3, the state multiplies the $20 million in actual supplemental payments paid by 60 percent (the ratio identified in step 2), resulting in $12 million. The $12 million is the amount used in Step 4 as the total amount that the state would be permitted under our proposal to require the managed care plans to make in pass-through payments to inpatient hospitals for each rating period during the pass-through payment transition period. In an effort to provide network providers, states, and managed care plans with adequate time to design and implement payment systems that link provider reimbursement with services, we also proposed, in § 438.6(d)(6)(iv), to allow states a transition period of up to 3 years to transition FFS supplemental payments into payments linked to services and utilization under the managed care contract. We proposed the 3-year pass-through payment transition period to provide states with time to integrate pass-through payment arrangements into allowable payment structures under actuarially sound capitation rates, including value-based purchasing, enhanced fee schedules, Medicaid-specific delivery system reform, or the other approaches consistent with § 438.6(c). We noted that a state may elect to use a shorter transition period but would be permitted a maximum of 3 years to phase out the pass-through payments. We explained that we believed that the proposed 3-year pass-through payment transition period was appropriate because the services (and corresponding supplemental payments) would not yet have been transitioned at all into managed care contracts; therefore, we believed that states should be in a better position to design payment structures that appropriately account for these payments during the transition to managed care (unlike the current passthrough payments rules, which only provide transition periods for passthrough payments that have already been incorporated into managed care contracts and rates prior to the adoption of specific limits on the state direction VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 ER13NO20.000</GPH> jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72786 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations of payments made by managed care plans). We specifically invited comment on whether the 3-year pass-through payment transition period was an appropriate amount of time. Unlike the 2016 final rule, our proposal did not set a specific calendar date by which states must end passthrough payments; rather, our proposal provided a transition period for up to 3 years from the beginning of the first rating period in which the services were transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to a managed care contract, provided that during the 3 years, the services continue to be provided under a managed care contract with an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. We noted that by providing states, network providers, and managed care plans time and flexibility to integrate current passthrough payment arrangements into permissible managed care payment structures, states would be able to avoid disruption to safety-net provider systems that they have developed in their Medicaid programs. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.6(d)(6) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to allow states to include new pass-through payments which encourage providers to participate in new managed care arrangements. Commenters noted that allowing states to have a set period of time to transition away from existing FFS supplemental payment programs when the state moved services (or populations) into a managed care program will be helpful in preventing abrupt reductions in services or access to providers because of the lack of supplemental payments. Commenters noted that pass-through payments are critical for ensuring that safety-net providers remain profitable enough to continue to treat their patients. Commenters also noted that states have long used these payments to combat provider shortages in areas of need by increasing reimbursement for providers who accept a proportionally large number of Medicaid patients. Response: We agree that the new passthrough payment transition period under § 438.6(d)(6) can assist states with transitioning some or all services or eligible populations from a FFS delivery system into a managed care delivery system. We believe the new passthrough payment transition period will provide states, network providers, and managed care plans time and flexibility to integrate such payment arrangements into permissible managed care payment structures. States can use the transition VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 period to avoid unnecessary disruption to any safety-net provider systems that they have developed in their Medicaid programs when the state moves services or populations into managed care. We understand that some states have previously used pass-through payments to increase reimbursement for safety-net providers; however, we note that there are other mechanisms that states can use to increase reimbursement to providers in a managed care program that do not implicate the pass-through payment restrictions. For example, states can use the payment arrangements under § 438.6(c) to direct managed care plans to link the delivery of services and quality outcomes for Medicaid managed care enrollees under the managed care contract. However, we reiterate here that certain financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-forservice, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are similarly applicable whether a state elects to direct payments under § 438.6(c). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations. These financing requirements similarly apply when a state elects to direct payments under § 438.6(c) or the payment transition periods under § 438.6(d). We continue to view pass-through payments as problematic and not consistent with our regulatory standards for actuarially sound rates because they do not tie provider payments with the provision of services to Medicaid beneficiaries covered under the contract. Therefore, while we proposed and are finalizing a pass-through payment transition period under § 438.6(d)(6), that transition period is limited and the amount of pass-through payments permitted during that period is subject to restrictions as outlined in the regulation. In the proposed rule, we provided the 4 step calculation noted above and the proposed regulation text incorporated the steps in paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C) and in paragraph (d)(6)(iv) without affirmatively identifying the process as steps 1 through 4. We are finalizing the regulation with a technical edit to § 438.6(d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C) to clarify that both the numerator and denominator of the ratio described in Step 2 should exclude any supplemental payments as defined in § 438.6(a) made to the applicable providers and counted in Step 11. In PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C), we are also finalizing the text using the phrase ‘‘State plan approved rates’’ instead of ‘‘payment rates’’ to clarify how those ratios do not include supplemental payments. We encourage states to plan for how FFS supplemental payments can be incorporated into standard capitation rates or permissible payment arrangements in a managed care program as quickly as possible. Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS clarify how DSH payments will be considered when determining the amount of FFS supplemental payments that can be continued as pass-through payments in managed care. Commenters noted that it appears from the preamble discussion that the new pass-through payment provision is intended to be limited to non-DSH supplemental payments, but the proposed definition of supplemental payments in § 438.6(a) could be interpreted as including DSH payments. A few commenters also requested clarity on the treatment of GME payments when determining the amount of FFS supplemental payments that can be continued as pass-through payments in managed care. Several commenters recommended that CMS allow for GME funding to be distributed to providers directly by the state. Response: We never intended for DSH or GME payments to be included in our proposed definition of supplemental payments in § 438.6(a) and therefore never intended for the pass-through payments subject to the limits in paragraph (d) to apply to DSH or GME payments. As proposed in the 2018 proposed rule, one of the requirements for the new pass-through payment transition period was that the state had previously made supplemental payments, as defined in § 438.6(a), to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the transition period. As noted in this final rule in the responses to comments for § 438.6(a) (Definitions), we agree with commenters that the definition of supplemental payments must be revised to clarify that DSH and GME payments are not supplemental payments as that term is defined and used for part 438. DSH and GME payments are made under separate and distinct authorities in the Medicaid program under 42 CFR part 447. As discussed in I.B.4.b. of this final rule, we are finalizing the definition of supplemental payments at § 438.6(a) with a modification to include a sentence in the definition that states E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations DSH and GME payments are not, and do not constitute, supplemental payments. The existing definition of passthrough payment in § 438.6(a) excludes GME payments. We have not revised that definition since the 2016 final rule so the prohibition on pass-through payments in § 438.6(d) does not apply to GME payments. Further, under existing § 438.60, state Medicaid agencies may make direct payments to network providers for GME costs approved under the state plan without violating the prohibition of additional payments for services covered under managed care contracts. Comment: Some commenters requested that CMS confirm the standard ‘‘12-month period immediately 2 years prior’’ that is used in § 438.6(d)(6)(ii) and (iii). These commenters requested that CMS confirm that the first month of the 12month period used to calculate the maximum aggregate payment is 24 months (and not 36 months) before the first month of the first rating period for the managed care contract into which the new services or populations are moving. Commenters also requested that additional flexibility be applied to the term ‘‘relevant provider type’’ to consider more granular provider classifications relevant to a specific supplemental payment mechanism, such as academic medical hospitals. Commenters also requested clarity on whether the transition mechanism will require three equal reductions (331⁄3 percent annually) to the calculated aggregate supplemental payment maximum or whether reductions are required under the new transition period. Response: We confirm that the standard ‘‘12-month period immediately 2 years prior’’ that is used in § 438.6(d)(6)(ii) and (iii), as well as the standard that is currently codified in existing pass-through payment regulations at § 438.6(d)(2) in relation to the calculation of the base amount for hospital pass-through payments under § 438.6(d)(3), means that the first month of the twelve-month period used to calculate the maximum aggregate payment is twenty-four months before the first month under managed care. In the 2018 proposed rule, we provided an example that illustrates our response here: in the example we assumed that CY 2016 was the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period in which inpatient hospital services were to be transitioned to a managed care contract; therefore, we noted in the example that the pass-through payments were for CY VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 2018 (83 FR 57274). If the first month of the managed care contract is January 2018, the first month of the 12-month period described in § 438.6(d)(6)(ii) and (iii) is January 2016. We understand that commenters would like us to include additional provider types under § 438.6(d)(6)(iii), or that we expand the phrase ‘‘relevant provider type’’ that is used in § 438.6(d)(6)(iii) to include more granular provider classifications; however, we decline to make these modifications. As noted in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27590) and the 2018 proposed rule (83 FR 57272), we focused on the three provider types identified in § 438.6(d) because these were the most common provider types for which states made supplemental payments within Federal UPLs under state plan authority, and we note that these are the provider types for which states have typically sought to continue making payments as pass-through payments under managed care programs. Further, the rules at § 438.6(d)(6) need to be consistent with the existing pass-through payment regulations at § 438.6(d)(3) and (5), which currently recognize pass-through payments for hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians. We focused on the three provider types identified in § 438.6(d) because these were the most common provider types to which states made supplemental payments within Federal UPLs under state plan authority in Medicaid FFS. Unlike existing hospital pass-through payments made under § 438.6(d)(3), which requires a phasedown of the pass-through payment amounts over the transition period (up to 10 years), we confirm for commenters that the passthrough payment transition period of 3years at § 438.6(d)(6) does not require three equal reductions to the calculated aggregate payment maximum. We also confirm that the pass-through payment transition period under § 438.6(d)(6) does not require any reductions or a phase-down across the 3-year transition period. As noted in the proposed rule, a state may elect to use a shorter transition period but would be permitted a maximum of 3-years to phase out the pass-through payments. The regulation does not require any reductions from one year to the next during the 3-year transition period in § 438.6(d)(6), but once the 3-year transition period ends, all of the passthrough payments must be completely phased out of the managed care contracts and rates because the prohibition in § 438.6(d) applies. We note that states are permitted to phase the pass-through payments down by PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72787 three equal reductions or otherwise to the aggregate payment maximum, but the regulation we are finalizing does not require or discourage states use of this approach. Comment: A few commenters noted that a state’s transition to phasing out pass-through payments may take longer than 3 years and suggested that CMS increase the transition period to 5 years. One commenter urged CMS to allow pass-through payments for network hospitals to be phased out on a longer timeline than the proposed 3-year transition period, until at least July 1, 2027. One commenter suggested that the 3-year transition period was inadequate and that a 10-year transition period was more appropriate under § 438.6(d)(6). Response: We do not agree with commenters that we should increase the length of the pass-through payment transition period under § 438.6(d)(6). We continue to view pass-through payments as problematic and not consistent with our regulatory standards for actuarially sound rates because they do not tie provider payments with the provision of services. However, as noted in the 2018 proposed rule, we understand that network providers, states, and managed care plans need adequate time to design and implement payment systems that link provider reimbursement with services when the state is transitioning new services or new populations to a managed care contract. We proposed and are finalizing this amendment to § 438.6(d) to assist with that. However, we still believe that the 3-year pass-through payment transition period provides states with a reasonable amount of time to integrate pass-through payment arrangements into allowable payment structures under actuarially sound capitation rates, including value-based purchasing, enhanced fee schedules, Medicaidspecific delivery system reform, or the other approaches consistent with § 438.6(c). Further, states that have not yet transitioned these services (and corresponding supplemental payments) into managed care contracts should be in a better position to design payment structures that appropriately account for these payments during the transition to managed care. We find the commenters’ recommended timeframes of 5 years, 10 years, and through July 1, 2027 to be unreasonably long, and we believe that a transition period of these lengths would unnecessarily delay the transition of these payments into allowable payment structures under actuarially sound capitation rates. Therefore, we decline to make modifications to the length of the E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72788 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations transition period and will finalize 3years at § 438.6(d)(6). Comment: Some commenters stated that pass-through payments should not be prohibited so long as the overall payments made to Medicaid managed care plans are actuarially sound. One commenter noted that our proposal would redefine state supplemental FFS payments and could exclude transitioning pass-through payments to state directed payment arrangements in the future. This commenter requested clarification on whether these passthrough payments under the new transition period could be transitioned into state directed payments at the end of the 3-year transition period. Commenters also requested that CMS collect and make pass-through payment data publicly available so that stakeholders can examine the amount of pass-through payments and to whom they are being made. Response: We disagree with commenters that pass-through payments, beyond those payments permitted under a pass-through payment transition period, should be permissible under Medicaid managed care. As explained in our proposed rule, pass-through payments are not consistent with our regulatory standards for actuarially sound rates because they do not tie provider payments with the provision of services. When managed care plans only serve as a conduit for passing payments to providers independent of delivered services, such payments reduce managed care plans’ ability to control expenditures, effectively use value-based purchasing strategies, implement provider-based quality initiatives, and generally use the full capitation payment to manage the care of enrollees. We have also previously provided a detailed description of our policy rationale (81 FR 27587 through 27592) related to pass-through payments and our position has not changed. Therefore, we will not amend or eliminate the prohibition against pass through payments in § 438.6(d) beyond the specific change we proposed for § 438.6(d)(6) to assist states with transitioning new populations or new services to managed care. We also disagree with commenters that § 438.6(d)(6) limits the state’s ability to transition pass-through payments to state-directed payment arrangements under § 438.6(c). We believe that the pass-through payment transition period under § 438.6(d)(6) provides states with a reasonable amount of time to integrate pass-through payment arrangements into allowable payment structures under actuarially VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 sound capitation rates, including valuebased purchasing, enhanced fee schedules, Medicaid-specific delivery system reform, or the other approaches consistent with § 438.6(c). Since the 2016 final rule, we have worked with many states to transition some or all of the state’s pass-through payments into actuarially sound capitation rates that do not limit the plan’s discretion or permissible payment arrangements under § 438.6(c). States can work with their managed care plans and network providers to transition the amounts currently provided through passthrough payments in approvable ways, such as actuarially sound capitation rates that do not limit the plan’s discretion or the approaches consistent with § 438.6(c). Regarding the recommendation that CMS collect and make pass-through payment data publicly available, we have traditionally deferred to states for making specific components of rate development publicly available. We note that pass-through payments are added to the contracted payment rates and considered in calculating the actuarially sound capitation rate; therefore, pass-through payments are a specific component of capitation rate development. As such, we will continue to defer to states on making these amounts publicly available. Comment: A few commenters noted that current CMS regulations apply only to hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians. These commenters requested that CMS change the terminology from ‘‘physician’’ to ‘‘provider’’ to ensure that all health care providers are eligible for the passthrough payments. Some commenters requested clarity on whether nurse practitioners are included in the physician pass-through payment category. Response: We understand that commenters would like us to include additional provider types under § 438.6(d)(6)(iii) (such as by replacing the term ‘‘physician’’ as used in § 438.6(d)(6)(iii)(C) to the more general and broader term ‘‘provider’’) to recognize additional health care providers; however, we decline to make these modifications. As noted in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27590) and the 2018 proposed rule (83 FR 57272), we focused on the three provider types identified in § 438.6(d) because these were the most common provider types for which states made the majority of supplemental payments within Federal UPLs under state plan authority, and we note that these are the provider types for which states have typically sought to continue making payments as pass- PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 through payments under managed care programs. We also do not want our rules at § 438.6(d)(6) to be inconsistent with the existing pass-through payment regulations at § 438.6(d)(3) and (5), which currently recognize pass-through payments for hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians. Regarding the request for clarity on whether nurse practitioners are included in the physician pass-through payment category, we clarify here that nurse practitioners are not included in the physician category for purposes of the pass-through payment transition periods under § 438.6(d). While CMS has not defined the term ‘‘physician’’ in regulation for purposes of the passthrough payment transition periods under § 438.6(d), we rely on section 1905(a)(5) of the Act, which incorporates the definition for physician from sections 1861(r)(1) and (r)(2) of the Act, and the implementing regulation at 42 CFR 440.50 to provide meaning for physicians’ services for the purpose of medical assistance under Title XIX. Under sections 1861(r)(1) and 1861(r)(2) of the Act, the term ‘‘physician’’ means a doctor of medicine or osteopathy legally authorized to practice medicine and surgery by the state in which he or she performs such services, and a doctor of dental surgery or of dental medicine who is legally authorized to practice dentistry by the state in which he or she performs such services and who is acting within the scope of his or her license, to the extent that such services may be performed under state law either by a doctor of medicine or by a doctor of dental surgery or dental medicine if furnished by a physician. Comment: One commenter suggested updating the language in § 438.6(d)(6)(i) to read: ‘‘The Medicaid populations or services will be covered for the first time under a managed care contract and were previously provided in a FFS delivery system prior to the first rating period of the transition period.’’ One commenter suggested that § 438.6(d)(6)(i) be clarified to allow new pass-through payments for geographic areas that are newly transitioning to Medicaid managed care. Response: We decline to add the phrase ‘‘The Medicaid population or’’ at the beginning of § 438.6(d)(6)(i) because it is not necessary. As proposed and finalized, § 438.6(d)(6) used the phrase ‘‘when Medicaid populations or services are initially transitioning from a FFS delivery system to a managed care delivery system.’’ Therefore, we believe that the rule is clear on this point. Regarding pass-through payments for geographic areas that are newly transitioning to Medicaid managed care, E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 we confirm that the pass-through payment transition period at § 438.6(d)(6) would be appropriate as long as the conditions and requirements under § 438.6(d)(6)(i) through (iv) are met, including that the populations or services will be covered for the first time under a managed care contract and were previously provided in a FFS delivery system prior to the first rating period of the transition period. When states transition a new geographic area into Medicaid managed care, the services and populations in that new geographic area are newly moving into managed care. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing § 438.6(d)(6) as proposed with the following modifications: • At § 438.6(d)(iii)(A) through (C), included the following sentence, ‘‘Both the numerator and denominator of the ratio should exclude any supplemental payments made to the applicable providers’’ and using the phrase ‘‘State plan approved rates’’ instead of ‘‘payment rates’’ to clarify how those ratios do not include supplemental payments. To ensure states have adequate time to plan and implement a transition from a fee-for-service system to a managed care delivery system, we are delaying the effective date of this provision. States that are initially transitioning populations and services from fee-forservice to managed care must comply with § 438.6(d)(6) as amended effective July 1, 2021 for Medicaid managed care rating periods starting on or after July 1, 2021. d. Payments to MCOs and PIHPs for Enrollees That Are a Patient in an Institution for Mental Disease (IMD) (§ 438.6(e)) Under the policies we adopted in the 2016 final rule at § 438.6(e), we permitted FFP for a full monthly capitation payment to an MCO or PIHP for an enrollee aged 21 to 64 who received inpatient treatment in an institution for mental diseases (IMD) for part of the month when certain requirements are met, including a requirement that the stay in the IMD be for no more than 15 days in the month for which the capitation payment is made (81 FR 27563). Since publication of the 2016 final rule, we have heard from states and other stakeholders that FFP should be provided for capitation payments made for months that include stays longer than 15 days, especially on behalf of Medicaid enrollees who may require substance use disorder (SUD) VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 treatment as a result of the ongoing opioid crisis. We considered proposing changes to the regulation at § 438.6(e) but, after careful review, did not do so because of our belief that the underlying analysis regarding the transfer of risk that underpinned the policy in the 2016 final rule was appropriate. We also conducted a literature and data review and did not identify any new data sources other than those we relied upon in the 2016 final rule that supported 15 days (81 FR 27560). We requested public comment on additional data sources that we should review. The following summarizes the public comments received and our responses to those comments. Comment: Several commenters supported the policy to not extend the availability of FFP for capitation payments made for months that include stays longer than 15 days. Commenters stated that making payments under those circumstances would incentivize the provision of care in institutions rather than community-based settings. Other commenters disagreed with the CMS decision to not extend the availability of FFP for capitation payments made for months that include stays longer than 15 days. These commenters noted that the 15-day limit is not based on an individual’s care needs and suggested that the 15-day limitation creates inappropriate incentives around the timing of admissions. Other commenters recommended alternatives to the 15-day policy, such as adjusting the length of stay in the IMD to 25 days. Response: We remind commenters that we did not propose changes to the regulation because we continue to believe that the underlying analysis regarding the transfer of risk that underpinned the policy in the 2016 final rule is appropriate. Our detailed analysis and explanation of the rule can be found in the 2016 final rule at 81 FR 27555 through 27563. In the 2018 proposed rule, we requested public comment on additional data sources that we should review, and these commenters did not provide such data. We also remind commenters that we have developed section 1115(a) demonstration initiatives aimed at (1) improving access to and quality of treatment for Medicaid beneficiaries to address substance use disorders (SUDs) and the ongoing opioid crisis; 6 and (2) designing innovative service delivery systems, including systems for 6 SMD #17–003: Strategies to Address the Opioid Epidemic; available at https://www.medicaid.gov/ federal-policy-guidance/downloads/smd17003.pdf. PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72789 providing community-based services, for adults with a serious mental illness (SMI) or children with a serious emotional disturbance (SED) who are receiving medical assistance.7 These demonstrations enable states to receive FFP for longer lengths of stay in IMDs within specified parameters. We also note that section 5052 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act, which provides a state plan option to provide Medicaid coverage for certain individuals with substance use disorders who are patients in certain IMDs from October 1, 2019 through September 30, 2023, may also provide mechanisms to receive FFP for longer lengths of stay in IMDs consistent with section 5052 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act. Comment: One commenter noted that the 15-day policy has caused confusion in the industry, stating some managed care plans have interpreted this part of the 2016 final rule to mean IMDs should reimburse the managed care plans for the care provided for only the first 15 days if a patient stays beyond day 15. Given the confusion around this issue, the commenter requested that CMS clarify that repayments between IMDs and managed care plans are not covered by the 2016 final rule. Response: There is no requirement in § 438.6(e) that requires IMDs to reimburse managed care plans for the care provided for only the first 15 days if a patient stays beyond day 15; nor does § 438.6(e) address repayment arrangements between a Medicaid managed care plan (that is, a MCO or PIHP) and a provider that is an IMD. Section 438.6(e) only governs the availability of FFP when states make capitation payments to an MCO or PIHP for enrollees aged 21–64 receiving inpatient treatment in an IMD. The rule permits FFP to the state for the capitation payment only if specified conditions are met, including that the length of stay in the IMD is for a short term stay of no more than 15 days during the period of the monthly capitation payment. Any requirements for repayment from IMDs to managed care plans are not governed by this rule, but instead appear to be within the scope of the contractual arrangements between IMDs and managed care plans. Comment: One commenter requested that CMS confirm that states are not precluded from using the flexibility afforded by § 438.6(e) to collect FFP on 7 SMD #18–011: Opportunities to Design Innovative Service Delivery Systems for Adults with a Serious Mental Illness or Children with a Serious Emotional Disturbance; available at https:// www.medicaid.gov/federal-policy-guidance/ downloads/smd18011.pdf. E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72790 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 capitation payments made for enrollees under age 21 in an IMD when an individual is receiving substance use disorder (SUD) services. Response: CMS does not agree with the commenter that § 438.6(e) permits states to collect FFP on capitation payments made for enrollees under age 21 in an IMD when that individual is receiving SUD services. Section 438.6(e) permits FFP when the state makes a capitation payment to an MCO or PIHP for an enrollee aged 21–64 receiving inpatient treatment in an IMD so long as certain conditions outlined in the regulation are met. While § 438.6(e) is not the appropriate authority for enrollees under the age of 21, many states provide inpatient psychiatric and SUD services for individuals under age 21 as part of their state plan, which can include stays in an IMD, subject to the requirements at part 441 Subpart D. In accordance with § 438.3(c) and part 438 subpart J, if the service provided to enrollees under the age of 21 is a Medicaid state plan service and included under the managed care contract, FFP would be available for the monthly capitation payment. Comment: A few commenters made recommendations for additional data sources that CMS should review to support the availability of FFP for capitation payments made for months that include stays in an IMD. One commenter recommended that CMS use the data that we collect as required by the 21st Century Cures Act (Cures Act) (Pub. L. 114–255, enacted December 13, 2016) to study the effects of the 15-day in-lieu-of provision, which also requires CMS to issue a report in December 2019. One commenter also recommended that CMS use data that becomes available through approved section 1115(a) SUD demonstrations. Response: We agree with commenters that once data becomes available through these potential sources, such data should be used to inform future policy decisions and rulemaking. We will take these recommendations under advisement. As we did not propose any modifications to § 438.6(e), we are not finalizing any changes to § 438.6(e) under this final rule. 5. Rate Certification Submission (§ 438.7) Section 438.7(c)(3) gives states flexibility to make de minimis rate adjustments during the contract year by enabling states to increase or decrease the capitation rate certified per rate cell by 1.5 percent without submitting a revised rate certification. We stated in the 2016 final rule that a rate that is VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 within +/¥1.5 percent of a certified rate is also actuarially sound as that percentage is generally not more than the risk margin incorporated into most states’ rate development process (81 FR 27568). By giving states the flexibility to make small adjustments around the certified rate, we intended to ease the administrative burden of rate review on states while meeting our goals of transparency and integrity in the ratesetting process. Since the publication of the 2016 final rule, some stakeholders have expressed a desire for us to clarify that once a state has certified the final capitation rate paid per rate cell under each risk contract, the state can adjust the certified rate +/¥1.5 percent at any time within the rating period without submitting justification to us. We clarified in the 2018 proposed rule that when states are adjusting a final certified rate within the contract year within the range of 1.5 percent up or down from the final certified rate, states do not need to submit a revised rate certification or justification to us, unless documentation is specifically requested by us in accordance with our proposed revisions in paragraph (c)(3) (83 FR 57275). We proposed to amend § 438.7(c)(3) to clarify the scope of permissible changes to the capitation rate per rate cell and the need for a contract modification and rate certification. Proposed § 438.7(c)(3) included the existing text authorizing the state to increase or decrease the capitation rate per rate cell up to 1.5 percent without submitting a revised rate certification. Proposed paragraph (c)(3) also retained the remaining text in current § 438.7(c)(3) that such adjustments to the final certified rate must be consistent with a modification of the contract as required in § 438.3(c) and included new text to specify that the adjustments would be subject to the requirements at § 438.4(b)(1) and to authorize us to require a state to provide documentation for adjustments permitted under § 438.7(c)(3) to ensure that modifications to a final certified capitation rate comply with the requirements in §§ 438.3(c) and (e) and 438.4(b)(1). We reiterate here that all capitation rates, regardless of whether they are established through the initial rate certification or through a contract amendment, must comply with the requirements in §§ 438.3(c) and (e) and 438.4 through 438.7. Further, we explicitly clarify here that certain financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-forservice, managed care, and PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 demonstration authorities). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations. In the 2016 final rule, we highlighted our concerns that different capitation rates based on the FFP associated with a particular population could be indicative of cost shifting from the state to the Federal Government and were not consistent with generally accepted actuarial principles (81 FR 27566). The rate development standards we instituted with the final rule sought to eliminate such practices. The +/¥1.5 percent rate changes permitted in § 438.7(c)(3) were not intended to be used by states to shift costs to the Federal Government. To protect against cost shifting and eliminate any potential loophole in § 438.7(c)(3), we proposed that any changes of the capitation rate within the permissible 1.5 percent would be subject to the requirements in § 438.4(b)(1), which prohibits differing capitation rates based on FFP and requires that any proposed differences among capitation rates according to covered populations be based on valid rate development standards and not vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations (see also section I.B.2.b. of this final rule for a discussion of § 438.4(b)(1) and this prohibition on rates varying with the FFP percentage). In addition, § 438.4(b)(1) requires that rates be developed in accordance with § 438.5 and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices; we noted in our proposal that using this crossreference to regulate mid-year changes of capitation rates within the +/¥1.5 percent range would ensure that such changes were not arbitrary or designed to shift costs to the Federal Government. The proposed amendment to § 438.7(c)(3) would permit us to require documentation that the adjusted rate complied with our proposed requirements and other criteria related to the actuarial soundness of rates. We also proposed § 438.7(e), which commits us to issuing annual guidance that describes: (1) The Federal standards for capitation rate development; (2) the documentation required to determine that the capitation rates are projected to provide for all reasonable, appropriate, and attainable costs that are required under the terms of a contract; (3) the documentation required to determine that the capitation rates have been developed in accordance part 438; (4) any updates or developments in the rate review process to reduce state burden and facilitate prompt actuarial reviews; E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations and (5) the documentation necessary to demonstrate that capitation rates competitively bid through a procurement process have been established consistently with the requirements of §§ 438.4 through 438.8. We noted in our proposal that such guidance would interpret and provide guidance on the part 438 regulations and specify procedural rules for complying with the regulations; we specifically explained how the guidance would therefore address the information required to be in rate certifications. This guidance will be published as part of the annual rate guide for Medicaid managed care under the PRA package, CMS–10398 #37, OMB control number 0938–1148. We solicited comments on our proposals and whether additional areas of guidance would be helpful to states. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.7 and our responses to those comments. Comment: A few commenters supported the proposal to allow de minimis adjustments without further rate justifications. A few commenters recommended that CMS always require documentation accompanying de minimis rate changes as well as certification that revised rates are actuarially sound. A few commenters recommended that CMS should also require documentation that disclosed other de minimis changes made during the year that may not have changed the capitation rates. A few commenters requested clarification that the +/¥1.5 percent was intended to be calculated as a percentage of the certified rate. One commenter requested that CMS clarify that states cannot use the de minimis rate adjustment to reduce rates in this final rule beyond the lower bound of the newly proposed five percent rate range. Response: We disagree with commenters that recommended that CMS always require documentation or a rate certification for any change in the rate, even for de minimis rate changes within the +/¥1.5 percent threshold, as this approach is not consistent with either our position (explained in the 2016 final rule) that de minimis changes of +/¥1.5 percent do not affect the actuarial soundness of the capitation rate or our intent to provide additional state flexibility under this final rule. Adopted in the 2016 final rule, § 438.7(c)(3) provides states with the flexibility to make de minimis rate adjustments during the contract year by enabling states to increase or decrease the capitation rate certified per rate cell by 1.5 percent without submitting a revised rate certification. We VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 determined that the fluctuation of +/ ¥1.5 percent did not change the actuarial soundness of a capitation rate and reasoned that the resulting rate will remain actuarially sound (81 FR 27568). Providing states this flexibility to make de minimis adjustments around the certified rate eases the administrative burden of rate review on states while meeting our goals of transparency and integrity in the rate-setting process. We also decline to add new regulation text requiring states to document other changes made during the year that may not have changed rates because any changes would have to be included as modifications to the managed care plan contract and submitted to CMS for approval under § 438.3(a). We do not believe that requiring additional documentation is necessary and believe that our existing processes for the submission of contract modifications is sufficient without adding a new documentation requirement for states. We confirm that the +/¥1.5 percent is to be calculated as a percentage of the certified rate. Section 438.7(c)(3) permits rate adjustments during the contract year by increasing or decreasing the capitation rate certified per rate cell by 1.5 percent without submitting a revised rate certification. This means that the certified rate per rate cell can be adjusted by the +/¥ 1.5 percent without a revised certification. However, states cannot use both the de minimis rate adjustment under § 438.7(c)(3) and the newly proposed 5 percent, or +/¥ 2.5 percent from the midpoint, rate range under proposed § 438.4(c). As proposed and finalized, § 438.4(c)(2)(ii) prohibits a state that is using a rate range from also modifying capitation rates under § 438.7(c)(3) by +/ ¥1.5 percent (see also section I.B.2.a. of this final rule for a discussion of § 438.4(c)). Comment: Several commenters described the regulation under § 438.7(c)(3) as permitting de minimis rate changes during the contract year or during the rating period. Response: While these commenters did not specifically recommend a revision to the regulation, the public comments highlighted a need for CMS to clarify this issue here. In developing our responses to the public comments, we noticed a technical error in the regulatory text in § 438.7(c)(3). In the 2018 proposed rule, we described our proposal by stating that § 438.7(c)(3) gives states flexibility to make de minimis rate adjustments during the contract year by enabling states to increase or decrease the capitation rate certified per rate cell by 1.5 percent (resulting in an overall 3 percent range) PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72791 without submitting a revised rate certification (83 FR 57275). In the 2016 final rule, when we originally finalized § 438.7(c)(3), we described the final rule as providing the ability for the state to adjust the actuarially sound capitation rate during the rating period by +/¥1.5 percent (81 FR 27568). However, we noticed that the regulatory text in § 438.7(c)(3) does not actually contain this language, even though the preamble of the 2016 final rule does describe the rate changes under § 438.7(c)(3) as changes made during the rating period or during the contract year. Therefore, we are finalizing a revision to § 438.7(c)(3) to include the language ‘‘during the rating period’’ as part of the standard for using the 1.5 percent adjustment. A retroactive adjustment to the capitation rate must meet the requirements in § 438.7(c)(2) as there is no regulatory provision carving de minimis rate changes out of the scope of § 438.7(c)(2) and the preamble discussions in the 2016 final rule and 2018 proposed rule limited the de minimis rate changes to those changes made during the contract year or rating period. Comment: Several commenters appreciated the proposal to provide annual rate development and documentation guidance for capitation rates, documentation requirements, updates in the rate review process, and demonstrating competitive bidding. Some commenters requested that states be provided the opportunity to give feedback on proposed changes prior to implementation. Some commenters recommended that the following topics be addressed in any subregulatory guidance: value-added benefits, changes to rates with changes in scope of services, the role of states versus CMS in certifying rates, guidelines for documentation, calculation definitions, and information on the appropriateness of withholds. One commenter requested that guidance be issued with sufficient time for managed care plans to negotiate payment rates with providers. Response: We will take these comments under advisement as we develop and publish future subregulatory guidance. As we noted in the 2018 proposed rule, we have published rate review guidance every year since 2014, and we proposed § 438.7(e) to demonstrate our commitment to efficient review and approval processes. We will continue to work with states and managed care plans to ensure greater transparency regarding the rate review process and ensure that states are optimally informed to prepare and submit rate E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72792 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations certifications for our review and approval. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing § 438.7(c)(3) and (e) as proposed, with a modification in § 438.7(c)(3) to include the language ‘‘during the rating period’’ as part of the standard for using the 1.5 percent adjustment. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 6. Medical Loss Ratio (MLR) Standards: Technical Correction (§ 438.8) The MLR numerator is defined in § 438.8(e); the numerator of an MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s MLR for a MLR reporting year is the sum of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s incurred claims; the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s expenditures for activities that improve health care quality; and fraud prevention activities. In the 2015 proposed rule (80 FR 31109), we proposed at § 438.8(e)(4) that expenditures related to fraud prevention activities, as set forth in § 438.608(a)(1) through (5), (7), and (8) and (b), may be attributed to the numerator but would be limited to 0.5 percent of MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s premium revenues. This proposal was never finalized and does not align with the MLR requirements for Medicare Part C or Part D or the private market. We also proposed at that time a corresponding requirement, at paragraph (k)(1)(iii), for submission by each managed care plan of data showing the expenditures for activities described in § 438.608(a)(1) through (5), (7), and (8) and (b). In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27530), we did not finalize § 438.8(e)(4) as proposed, and instead finalized § 438.8(e)(4) to provide that MCO, PIHP, or PAHP expenditures on activities related to fraud prevention, as adopted for the private market at 45 CFR part 158, will be incorporated into the Medicaid MLR calculation in the event the private market MLR regulations were amended. However, we erroneously finalized § 438.8(k)(1)(iii) as proposed instead of referencing the updated finalized regulatory language in § 438.8(e)(4). Therefore, in the 2018 proposed rule, we proposed to revise § 438.8(k)(1)(iii) to replace ‘‘expenditures related to activities compliant with § 438.608(a)(1) through (5), (7), (8) and (b)’’ with ‘‘fraud prevention activities as defined in § 438.8(e)(4)’’ to be consistent with our changes to § 438.8(e)(4) in the previous final rule. We also proposed to correct a technical error in paragraph (e)(4) by removing the phrase ‘‘fraud prevention as adopted’’ and adding in its place the phrase ‘‘fraud prevention consistent VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 with regulations adopted’’ to clarify the regulatory text. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.8 and our responses to those comments. Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to revise § 438.8(k)(1)(iii) to replace ‘‘expenditures related to activities compliant with § 438.608(a)(1) through (5), (7), (8) and (b)’’ with ‘‘fraud prevention activities as defined in § 438.8(e)(4),’’ consistent with how § 438.8(e)(4) was finalized in the 2016 final rule. One commenter stated that it was pleased that CMS did not substantially modify the MLR requirements for Medicaid and CHIP managed care plans. Response: We believe that it is critical for our rules to be technically accurate and our proposed revisions correct technical errors from the 2016 final rule. Comment: One commenter requested clarification on what activities CMS expects states to require their MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs to report on as a result of the revision to § 438.8(k)(1)(iii). One commenter requested clarification on whether the technical correction to § 438.8(k)(1)(iii) would allow Medicaid and CHIP plans’ fraud-related costs to be included in the Quality Improvement Activities (QIAs) portion of the numerator. Several commenters also recommended that CMS align Medicaid policy with Medicare Advantage and permit fraud prevention expenditures as QIAs in the MLR numerator. Response: Our proposed rule did not propose any policy changes for the Medicaid MLR regulation. The technical amendments were proposed to correct errors from the 2016 final rule and ensure that § 438.8 is internally consistent. Section 438.8(e) provides, irrespective of the corrections adopted here, that fraud prevention activities, as defined in paragraph (e)(4), are included in the numerator. With the revision we are finalizing to § 438.8(e)(4), the regulation is clear that MCO, PIHP, or PAHP expenditures on activities related to fraud prevention will be incorporated into the Medicaid MLR calculation, using the same standards for identifying fraud prevention activities in the private market MLR regulations at 45 CFR part 158. We intend that if and when those part 158 regulations defining fraud prevention activities are amended in the future, the updated standards will likewise be used for the Medicaid MLR requirements. The correction to § 438.8(k)(1)(iii) makes the Medicaid MLR requirements consistent by requiring reporting from MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs of fraud prevention PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 activities as defined in paragraph (e)(4), which are the activities that are used in the MLR calculation. We are aware that Medicare Advantage adopted different regulations on the treatment of fraud prevention expenditures and expanded the definition of QIA in §§ 422.2430 and 423.2430 to include all fraud reduction activities, including fraud prevention, fraud detection, and fraud recovery. We note that when we finalized the MLR requirements in the 2016 final rule, we specifically aligned Medicaid MLR standards with the regulations for the private market at 45 CFR part 158. As such, the Medicaid MLR rules do not reference the QIAs in Medicare Advantage, and instead we adopted the terminology used in the private market MLR regulations in part 158 related to activities that improve health care quality as specified in § 438.8(e)(3). While we will take commenters’ recommendations to align with Medicare Advantage on this point under advisement, we are not finalizing such modifications as part of this final rule. We note, however, that fraud prevention activities, subject to the different definitions and limitations specified for the different programs, are ultimately included in the numerator for the MLR for Medicaid managed care plans, private market insurance, Medicare Advantage plans, and Medicare Part D plans. Comment: Commenters opposed the proposed technical clarification and recommended that CMS reconsider our alignment with regulations in the private market at 45 CFR part 158. Response: We disagree with commenters and believe that it is critical for our rules to be technically accurate. Our proposed revisions only correct technical errors from the 2016 final rule and we did not propose to reconsider our alignment with regulations in the private market. We do not see a reason to reconsider or change that alignment. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the technical amendments to § 438.8(e)(4) and (k)(1)(iii) as proposed. 7. Non-Emergency Medical Transportation PAHPs (§ 438.9) In the 2016 final rule, at § 438.9(b)(2), we inadvertently failed to exempt NEMT PAHPs from complying with § 438.4(b)(9). Section 438.9(b) generally exempts NEMT PAHPs from complying with regulations in part 438 unless the requirement is listed. Under the regulation, NEMT PAHPs are not E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations required to comply with the MLR standards. The inclusion of all of § 438.4 in § 438.9(b)(2) causes a conflict because § 438.4(b)(9) specifically addresses states’ responsibility to develop capitation rates to achieve a medical loss ratio of at least 85 percent. To eliminate that conflict, we proposed to revise § 438.9(b)(2) by adding ‘‘except § 438.4(b)(9).’’ The following summarizes the public comment received on our proposal to amend § 438.9 and our responses to those comments. Comment: One commenter supported the proposal to amend § 438.9(b)(2) to clarify that NEMT PHAPs are not required to comply with the MLR standards. Response: Amending § 438.9(b)(2) will conform the regulation text to our policy for how rates for NEMT PAHPs are developed and ensure that there isn’t a Federal requirement for such plans to develop and report an MLR. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the amendment to § 438.9(b)(2) as proposed. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 8. Information Requirements (§ 438.10) a. Language and Format (§ 438.10(d)) In the 2016 final rule, we finalized provisions at § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) and (d)(6)(iv), requiring that states and managed care plans include taglines in prevalent non-English languages and in large print on all written materials for potential enrollees and enrollees. Based on print document guidelines from the American Printing House for the Blind, Inc., we defined large print to mean no smaller than 18-point font (81 FR 27724).8 Taglines required to be large print are those that explain the availability of written translation or oral interpretation, how to request auxiliary aids and services for individuals who have limited English proficiency or a disability, and the toll-free phone number of the entity providing choice counseling services and the managed care plan’s member/customer service unit. We explained in the November 2018 proposed rule how our goal remains to ensure that materials for enrollees and potential enrollees are accessible for individuals who are vision-impaired. However, since the publication of the 2016 final rule, states and managed care plans have found that requiring taglines in 18-point font size sometimes 8 American Printing House for the Blind, Inc. Print Document Guidelines. https://www.aph.org/ research/design-guidelines/. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 increases overall document length, thereby decreasing the ease of use by enrollees and eliminating the use of certain effective formats such as postcards and trifold brochures. To address these issues, we proposed to revise § 438.10(d)(2) by deleting the definition of large print as ‘‘no smaller than 18-point’’ and adopting the ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ standard for taglines that is codified at 45 CFR 92.8(f)(1), a regulation implementing section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (PPACA) (Pub. L. 111–148, enacted March 23, 2010 as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111– 152, enacted March 30, 2010)).9 Section 1557 of the PPACA prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability in certain health programs, including Medicaid. We explained our rationale that adopting a more flexible requirement would encourage states to use effective forms of written communication and avoid unnecessarily long documents. For example, taglines in a font size smaller than 18-point would permit states to more easily use postcards and tri-fold brochures, which may be more effective for relaying certain information since they are shorter and offer more design options for visual appeal. We noted as well how states would retain the ability to create additional requirements for greater specificity of font size for taglines for written materials subject to § 438.10 as long as they meet the standard of conspicuously-visible and comply with all other Federal non-discrimination standards, including providing auxiliary aids and services to ensure effective communication for individuals with disabilities. Additionally, we proposed to replace the requirement to include taglines on ‘‘all written materials’’ with a requirement for taglines only on materials for potential enrollees that ‘‘are critical to obtaining services’’ in § 438.10(d)(2). This proposed change would align the documents that require taglines with the documents that must be translated into prevalent non-English languages and would facilitate the use of smaller, more user-friendly documents. We note that states would have the ability to require taglines on any additional materials that they choose, as including taglines only on documents that are critical to obtaining services would be a minimum standard. 9 Nondiscrimination in Health Programs and Activities final rule (81 FR 31376 (May 18, 2016). PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72793 In § 438.10(d)(3), we proposed to make the same substantive changes proposed for § 438.10(d)(2), as well as to reorganize the paragraph for clarity. We believed that combining the requirements for the provision of alternative formats, taglines, and inclusion of the managed care plan’s member/customer service unit telephone number into one sentence in paragraph (d)(3), would improve readability and clarity. Section 438.10(d)(6) addresses requirements for all written materials provided by states and MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, primary care case management (PCCM) and PCCM entities to enrollees and potential enrollees. As we proposed to limit the tagline requirement to materials that are critical to obtaining services, we proposed to delete § 438.10(d)(6)(iv). The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.10 and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to adopt the ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ standard for taglines in place of the ‘‘no smaller than 18-point’’ large print definition. Many commenters stated that the proposal would provide greater flexibility for communicating with beneficiaries, increase readability for beneficiaries, reduce costs and logistical efficiencies associated with printing and mailing, and provide greater consistency with overlapping Federal regulations. Many commenters supported the proposal to amend § 438.10(d)(2), (3), and (6) but requested that CMS define ‘‘conspicuously visible.’’ Response: We continue to believe that a more flexible requirement for taglines will continue to put enrollees and potential enrollees on notice of the availability of written translation, oral interpretation, and auxiliary aids and services for people who have limited English proficiency or a disability while helping to avoid unnecessarily long documents. We decline to include a specific definition or minimum font size in § 438.10, other than as specified in current § 438.10(d)(6)(iii). When adopting 45 CFR 92.8(f)(1), a regulation implementing section 1557 of the PPACA, the Office for Civil Rights (OCR), clarified that assessing the effectiveness of taglines ‘‘is whether the content is sufficiently conspicuous and visible that individuals seeking services from, or participating in, the health program or activity could reasonably be expected to see and be able to read the E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72794 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations information.’’ 10 We believe that definition is appropriate for Medicaid managed care programs, and we will use this in interpreting and enforcing the standards in § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) as revised. Notwithstanding this change in the regulation text, states and managed care plans have continuing obligations under Federal disability rights laws that in some circumstances require the provision of large print materials as an appropriate auxiliary aid or service, including materials in 18-point or larger font size, unless certain exceptions apply.11 Additionally, we remind states and managed care plans of their obligations to comply with all Federal and state laws as specified at §§ 438.3(f) and 438.100(d) and that enrollment discrimination is expressly prohibited in § 438.3(d). States that elect to change the required font size for taglines should work with their managed care plans and stakeholders and local experts on disabilities to gather input on selecting the most appropriate characteristics of ‘‘conspicuously visible.’’ We note that OCR issued a notice of proposed rulemaking on June 14, 2019,12 that proposed to eliminate § 92.8 and thus the use of the term ‘‘conspicuously visible.’’ In doing so, HHS stated that the proposed elimination of § 92.8 was intended in part to reduce redundancies while maintaining enforcement of civil rights statutes (84 FR at 27887). HHS did not intend in that proposed rule to direct the parameters of tagline requirements set forth in regulations such as § 438.10(d), which derive from statutory authorities other than section 1557 of the PPACA. Consequently, the intent of the proposed 1557 rule is not inconsistent with Medicaid’s exercise of discretion in amending these regulations. We believe ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ reflects an appropriate level of protection for enrollees of Medicaid managed care plans and of the flexibility that we desire to provide to states and managed care plans. Therefore, regardless of whether that proposed rule is finalized, we are finalizing ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ in § 438.10(d)(2), (3), and (6) as explained in this final rule. A typographical error was made in the proposed regulatory text at § 438.10(d)(2). The word ‘‘language’’ jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 10 81 FR 31397. for example, 28 CFR 35.104 (defining ‘‘auxiliary aids or services’’) and 35.160(a) through (b); 28 CFR part 164; 28 CFR 36.303(a) through (c) and (h); 45 CFR 84.52(d) and 92.202(a). 12 Docket No.: HHS–OCR–2019–0007 (https:// www.federalregister.gov/documents/2019/06/14/ 2019-11512/nondiscrimination-in-health-andhealth-education-programs-or-activities). 11 See, VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 was erroneously written as singular: ‘‘Written materials that are critical to obtaining services for potential enrollees must include taglines in the prevalent non-English language . . .’’ It was not our intention to propose a change along those lines and ‘language’’ should have remained plural in the 2018 proposed rule. We are correcting this error in this final rule and finalizing the amendment to § 438.10(d)(2) with ‘‘languages.’’ Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to adopt the ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ standard for tag lines in place of the ‘‘no smaller than 18-point’’ large print definition. Commenters stated that this change would result in reduced access to plan information by enrollees and potential enrollees with visual impairment and the harm caused by this result should outweigh any possible benefit to other stakeholders. One commenter suggested that 12-point Times New Roman be adopted as the minimum. Several commenters stated that while aligning requirements across the health system is favorable, the ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ requirement adopted under the PPACA is overly vague and requested CMS provide greater clarity to the requirement to eliminate ambiguity. One commenter recommended that CMS include a requirement for states to provide a sample to CMS of what they determine meets the ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ standard. Response: We acknowledge that adopting ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ is less descriptive and specific than ‘‘no less than 18-point’’ but do not believe that states will apply the conspicuously visible standard in a way that will reduce access to information or cause harm to beneficiaries with disabilities. States and managed care plans understand the importance of the information required by § 438.10 and benefit when beneficiaries read and utilize the information. We note that current § 438.10(d)(6)(iii) requires that all written materials for potential enrollees and enrollees use a font size no smaller than 12 point. We do not believe that it will be necessary for us to review a sample of what states determine to be conspicuously visible; we expect states and managed care plans to exercise due diligence in gathering input from experts in disabilities and other stakeholders in developing their materials to comply with the regulation as revised in this final rule. We note that states and managed care plans were required to comply with § 438.10(d) by the beginning of rating periods that started on or after July 1, 2017 and finalizing the ‘‘conspicuously PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 visible’’ standard in place of the 18point font standard does not require states and managed care plans already in compliance to make changes. Continued use of 18-point font will comply with the regulation as amended here. This revision simply provides states and managed care plans with an option to select and use a different conspicuously visible font size to achieve the desired outcome. We remind states and managed care plans that they will be held accountable for compliance with § 438.10(d)(2) through (6) and with ensuring that all necessary steps are taken to adequately accommodate enrollees and potential enrollees that request information in large print or that request other formats or auxiliary aids and services. States and managed care plans have continuing obligations under Title VI and section 1557 of the PPACA to take reasonable steps to provide meaningful access to programs to individuals who have limited English proficiency. This may require states and managed care plans to provide documents and information in other languages to LEP individuals, including documents and information that are not ‘‘critical to obtaining services’’. Further, in assessing whether states and managed care plans have met this obligation, the Department considers whether recipients of Federal financial assistance take steps to identify LEP persons with whom it has contact, by providing notice of the availability of language assistance. HHS, Guidance to Federal Financial Assistance Recipients Regarding Title VI Prohibition Against National Origin Discrimination Affecting Limited English Proficient Persons, https://www.hhs.gov/civilrights/for-individuals/special-topics/ limited-english-proficiency/guidancefederal-financial-assistance-recipientstitle-vi/. Comment: Several commenters stated that CMS failed to provide any evidentiary basis for how visionimpaired persons would be able to access plan information under this standard and stated that vision impairment is more common among the Medicaid-eligible population. Some commenters stated that this proposal violates section 1557 of the PPACA, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, and disability. Response: Persons with disabilities, including vision impairments, make up a significant proportion of the Medicaid population. Under regulations implementing the ADA, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and section 1557 of the PPACA, states and E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations managed care plans must take appropriate steps to provide effective communication to people with disabilities. This includes providing appropriate auxiliary aids and services to individuals with disabilities ‘‘where necessary to afford individuals with disabilities, . . . [ ] an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a service, program, or activity of a public entity.’’ (28 CFR 35.160(b)(1); see also 28 CFR 36.303; 45 CFR 84.52(d) and 92.202.) ‘‘Auxiliary aids and services’’ is defined to include large print, and many other alternative formats used by individuals who are blind and vision-impaired. (28 CFR 35.104; 28 CFR 36.303(b)(1); 45 CFR 92.4.) Thus, separate and apart from these regulations, states and managed care plans have an obligation to make materials and information accessible to blind and visually impaired individuals. Regardless of how states and managed care plans apply the ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ standard, they must provide auxiliary aids and services, including large-print type under certain circumstances, to potential enrollees and enrollees upon request and at no cost under § 438.10(d)(3), (d)(5)(ii), and (d)(6)(iii). While we did not provide any empirical studies to address the use of a ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ standard, we do not believe that is necessary because it is a qualitative and not a quantitative standard; using a standard that focuses on whether the information is sufficiently conspicuous and visible that enrollees could reasonably be expected to see and be able to read the information avoids the ‘‘one size fits all’’ hazard that a quantitative standard that focuses only on font size could raise. We expect that states and managed care plans will be able to use size, font, color and other elements of their printed materials to make information conspicuously visible. It may be that for some materials, the font and color used are as effective, if not more effective, than merely making the font larger for individuals with disabilities to be able to see and read the information. Comment: One commenter expressed concern that the proposed ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ standard will result in additional challenges for managed care plans if states create standards that greatly exceed the proposed requirement and as a result, requested that CMS adopt safeguards that would allow managed care plans to work with states to define standards that balance enrollee accessibility with administrative burden. Response: We decline to include further criteria or safeguards in § 438.10. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 We encourage states to collaborate with their managed care plans, experts in older adults and persons with disabilities, and other stakeholders to determine appropriate characteristics of ‘‘conspicuously visible’’. However, we also remind stakeholders that states, under their own authority and state law, may impose higher or more protective standards to ensure enrollee access to information than the minimum imposed by § 438.10(d). Comment: Many commenters agreed with the proposal to only require taglines on materials critical to obtaining services. They agreed that putting taglines on all written materials was unnecessary, impeded the use of certain effective forms of written communication, and created unnecessarily long documents that were not easy for enrollees to use. Response: We agree that requiring taglines only on materials critical to obtaining services will help states and managed care plans create consumerfriendly documents that maximize effectiveness for the enrollee. Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to replace the requirement to include taglines on ‘‘all written materials’’ with the requirement for taglines only on materials for potential enrollees and enrollees that ‘‘are critical to obtaining services.’’ Many commenters stated that taglines have proven to be a low-cost and effective means of communicating information to individuals with limited English proficiency (LEP) and people with disabilities and that this change would weaken beneficiary protections and result in reduced access to plan information by some enrollees and potential enrollees. Commenters also stated that the proposed requirement would give managed care plans or state agencies the ability to decide what materials meet this requirement, possibly resulting in important materials failing to be included, thereby reducing access and ability to make well-informed plan decisions for disabled, or LEP individuals. Many commenters further stated that this change is inconsistent with section 1557 of the PPACA and regulations implemented by HHS’ OCR that ‘‘covered entities’’ must provide taglines on all ‘‘significant’’ documents and creates conflicting standards. Response: As noted in this rule, ‘‘conspicuously visible’’ will be used to assess the effectiveness of taglines based on whether the content is sufficiently conspicuous and visible that enrollees and potential enrollees in the Medicaid managed care plan could reasonably be PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72795 expected to see and be able to read the information. In addition, we expect that states and managed care plans will exercise due diligence in determining which documents are critical to obtaining services. Requiring taglines on less than all written materials is consistent with Medicare Advantage, qualified health plans in the Marketplace, and current implementing regulations for section 1557 of the PPACA as issued by the HHS and OCR. While requiring taglines only on materials that are critical to obtaining services is a change from the 2016 final rule, we do not believe that it will disadvantage certain populations. Further, the availability of other resources for assistance such as a state’s beneficiary support system or a managed care plan’s phone lines and websites provide additional opportunities for potential enrollees and enrollees to access the information they need or want. We remind states and managed care plans that they have independent obligations under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, section 1557 of the PPACA, and the ADA that may require them to do more than what 42 CFR part 438 requires. We do not believe that we are creating a conflicting standard between documents that are ‘‘critical to obtaining services’’ versus requiring taglines on ‘‘significant documents’’ as used in § 92.8. The standard ‘‘critical to obtaining services’’ cuts to the heart of the role of Medicaid managed care plans: The provision of services to enrollees. By adopting a different standard, we preserve for the Medicaid program the ability to make different determinations about which documents must contain taglines. Therefore, we are finalizing the amendments to § 438.10 using the standard ‘‘critical to obtaining services’’ to identify the documents that must contain taglines. We believe states are in the best positon to apply the standard since they have the necessary information and familiarity with the documents to analyze the scope and purpose of each document. This standard and the lack of a definitive list provides the means to ensure that the proper documents used in each program and managed care plan contain taglines, based on the use and audience of each document. Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS provide a targeted list of publications that require taglines. Many commenters requested that CMS include additional definitions clarifying which materials are ‘‘critical to obtaining services’’ to remove ambiguity to the greatest extent possible; however, E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72796 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations commenters did not provide specific examples. One commenter requested that CMS consider permitting taglines and non-discrimination statements be provided annually on at least one document that is critical to obtaining services, as opposed to on all ‘‘significant’’ publications. Response: Section 438.10(d)(3) includes a non-exhaustive list of documents that are critical to obtaining services; we decline to further list documents that are ‘‘critical to obtaining services.’’ We do not believe that an exhaustive list can be provided in the § 438.10(d)(3) regulation as each state and managed care plan produces different types of documents and that states and managed care plans must apply the standard in the regulation to determine which documents are critical to obtaining services. Providing a list also runs the risk that regulated entities focus only on the list without conducting the necessary analysis to think through the purpose and scope of each document to identify each document that is critical to obtaining services. We clarify here that including taglines only on documents critical to obtaining services is a minimum standard, and therefore, states and managed care plans have the option to continue requiring (and including) taglines on all written materials. We also decline to adopt the commenter’s suggestion that taglines only be required annually on at least one document that is critical to obtaining services. Finalizing the text as proposed provides states and managed care plans with sufficient responsibility and authority to identify the documents that require taglines. Only providing taglines annually and on as few as one document is not sufficient notification to enrollees. Comment: One commenter expressed concern that the proposed changes to § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) seemed to be in conflict. Commenter stated that paragraph (d)(2) requires that written materials that are critical to obtaining services for potential enrollees include taglines explaining the availability of written translations or oral interpretation to understand the information provided and the toll-free telephone number of the entity providing choice counseling services as required by § 438.71(a). The commenter noted that paragraph (d)(3) requires that written materials that are critical to obtaining services include taglines explaining the availability of written translation or oral interpretation to understand the information provided and include the toll-free and TTY/TDY telephone number of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 PAHP’s or PCCM entity’s member/ customer service unit. Commenter stated that if the written materials that are critical to obtaining services for potential enrollees overlap with written materials for enrollees, it is unclear what the tagline should say and requested clarification. Response: As the tagline information required in § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) is the same except for the telephone number, we believe the commenter is requesting clarification on that aspect. As such, we clarify that if documents are intended for use with both potential enrollees and enrollees, the documents would need to comply with the requirements in both § 438.10(d)(2) and (3); that is, the document would need to include both the toll-free telephone number of the entity providing choice counseling services and the toll-free and TTY/TDY telephone number of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, PAHP’s or PCCM entity’s member/ customer service unit. Comment: Commenters expressed concern that allowing managed care plans to decide which documents are critical to obtaining services has the potential to result in adverse selection, whereby plans would discourage enrollment by persons with significant health needs. Response: States and managed care plans must comply with all applicable laws under § 438.3(f). Enrollment discrimination, including on the basis of health status, as well as on other prohibited bases, is expressly prohibited in § 438.3(d). Section 438.3(f) requires compliance with applicable civil rights laws, which prohibit discrimination more broadly than just with regard to enrollment. We believe that these requirements are sufficient to address this issue and remind stakeholders that nothing in our amendment to § 438.10 changes these other obligations. Comment: One commenter expressed concern that the proposal to delete § 438.10(d)(6)(iv) appeared to delete the requirement that information on how to request auxiliary aids and services be included in a tagline and sought clarification as to whether that was CMS’ intent. Response: Our intent was to delete the requirement that the tagline be large print in a font size no smaller than 18point, not to delete the requirement that a tagline provide information on how to access auxiliary aids and services. Instructions on how to access auxiliary aids and services is important information that should be included in a tagline. To correct this inadvertent error, we are finalizing additional revisions in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) so that the list of information required to PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 be included in taglines in § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) includes information on how enrollees can request auxiliary aids and services. We believe having all of the tagline elements in one sentence in each paragraph makes the requirements clear and easy to understand. We acknowledge that the availability of auxiliary aids and services is already addressed as a requirement in § 438.10(d)(3), (d)(5)(ii), (d)(6)(iii), and (g)(2)(xiii) but those references do not specifically require that the information be provided in a tagline nor precisely how a potential enrollee or enrollee can make a request. We believe revising the lists in § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) is the most effective way to ensure that the information on how to request auxiliary aids and services is provided as a tagline on all documents critical to obtaining services. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing amendments to § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) and (d)(6)(iv) substantially as proposed with a modification to § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) to add how enrollees can request auxiliary aids and services to the list of information required to be included in taglines and to make ‘‘language’’ plural in § 438.10(d)(2). b. Information for All Enrollees of MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, and PCCM Entities: General Requirements (§ 438.10(f)) In the comprehensive revision to Federal regulations governing Medicaid managed care in 2002, we required notice to certain specified enrollees of a provider’s termination within 15 days of a covered plan’s receipt or issuance of the termination notice (67 FR 41015, 41100). We established the 15-day timeperiod following receipt of notice because we wanted to ensure that enrollees received notice of the provider terminations in advance given the reality that providers often give little notice of their plans to terminate participation in a network (67 FR 41015). Currently, § 438.10(f)(1) requires that a managed care plan must make a good-faith effort to provide notice of the termination of a contracted in-network provider to each affected enrollee within 15 days of receipt or issuance of the termination notice. However, there can be circumstances when plans or providers send a termination notice to meet their contractual obligations but continue negotiating in an effort to resolve the issue(s) that triggered the decision to commence termination procedures. If the issue(s) can be E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations amicably resolved, then the termination notice is usually rescinded and the provider remains in the network. In these situations, the issuance of notices by a state to enrollees before resolution efforts have been attempted, can cause alarm and confusion for enrollees who believe that they need to locate a new provider. In an effort to prevent unnecessary notices from being sent to enrollees, we proposed at § 438.10(f)(1) to change the requirement that managed care plans issue notices within 15 calendar days after receipt or issuance of the termination notice to the later of 30 calendar days prior to the effective date of the termination or 15 calendar days after the receipt or issuance of the notice. For example, if the plan receives a termination notice from a provider on March 1 for a termination that is effective on May 1, the proposed regulation would require that written notice to enrollees be provided by April 1 (30 days prior to effective date) or by March 16 (within 15 days of receipt of the termination notice), whichever is later. In this example, the managed care plan would have to issue a notice to the enrollees by April 1, since it is later. The following summarizes the public comments we received on our proposal to amend § 438.10(f) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to change the requirement that managed care plans issue termination notices within 15 calendar days after receipt or issuance of the termination notice to the later of 30 calendar days prior to the effective termination date or 15 calendar days after the receipt or issuance of the notice. Many commenters agreed with CMS’ rationale that it would reduce beneficiary confusion by reducing the number of unnecessary notices that they receive. Commenters also noted that the proposal aligns with commercial coverage practices and provides additional flexibility for managed care plans to negotiate with providers who are considering terminating their network contract and attempt to resolve the provider’s underlying issue. One commenter stated that CMS should work with states to develop, implement, and deploy enforcement measures for this provision. One commenter recommended that CMS should monitor implementation of the new timeline. Response: We believe it is prudent to allow managed care plans time to work with providers to potentially resolve the underlying issue and maintain a provider’s network participation to avoid disrupting care for enrollees. To the extent that the new timelines for this VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 notice that we are finalizing in this rule will permit Medicaid managed care plans to align their processes across different lines of business, we believe that is a bonus benefit to our goal of reducing the potential for confusion to enrollees. We do not believe that states nor CMS will need to develop new or unique enforcement mechanisms for this provision. States have existing oversight and monitoring processes which should be updated to reflect these new timeframes. Comment: One commenter suggested that CMS require states or plans to maintain a hotline that enrollees can call to ask questions about and better understand notices of provider terminations to reduce confusion. Response: States are required to have beneficiary support systems under § 438.71 and managed care plans customarily use their member/customer service units to assist enrollees with questions and information to comply with § 438.10(c)(7), which requires plans to have mechanisms to help enrollees and potential enrollees understand the requirements and benefits of the plan. We do not believe it is necessary to mandate a separate mechanism to address questions about provider termination notices. We encourage plans to be proactive in notifying enrollees about the availability of the call center and other existing resources to deal with a provider’s termination from the plan’s network. Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to change the requirement that managed care plans issue termination notices within 15 calendar days after receipt or issuance of the termination notice to the latter of 30 calendar days prior to the effective termination date or 15 calendar days after the receipt or issuance of the notice. Many commenters stated that patients should be given as much notice as possible to find a replacement provider to avoid disruptions in continuity of care which can have negative health outcomes and increase costs, especially with regard to specialists, patients with chronic conditions, disabilities, or linguistic challenges, and patients in rural areas. A few commenters stated that the risk of beneficiary confusion is outweighed by the risk to patients who may experience gaps in care as they seek alternative providers. Another commenter stated that the currently approved timeline is not adequate to maintain continuity of care and should instead be lengthened to at least 90 days. A few commenters provided additional recommendations, including ensuring that authorizations for services PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72797 and the established timeframe be honored for patients transitioning to new providers. Response: We understand that in some situations, permitting managed care plans to issue notices of certain provider terminations within the later of 30 calendar days prior to the effective date of the termination or 15 calendar days after the receipt or issuance of the notice, will result in an enrollee notification period that is shorter than the notification period currently required by § 438.10(f). We clarify here that the new timeframe finalized in § 438.10(f) is a minimum notification period; managed care plans are encouraged to provide enrollees more than the minimum required notification period to reduce the possibility of disruption in care. Additionally, enrollees should be educated and encouraged to utilize the numerous resources that can assist them with locating providers, such as their managed care plans member/customer service units, the state’s beneficiary support system, and their managed care plan’s provider directory. Some enrollees also have a case manager or care coordinator from whom they can receive assistance in locating a comparable provider. Managed care plans often include the contact information for comparable providers near the enrollee in the notice of termination and some plans utilize proactive outreach calls to assist enrollees in these situations. We encourage all plans to provide customized information and assistance to prevent disruptions in care from occurring. We agree with commenters that managed care plans should review existing authorizations for enrollees affected by a provider termination to ensure that disruptions in care are prevented. We remind states and managed care plans of their obligations under § 438.206 to ensure that all covered services must be available and accessible in a timely manner and that if a provider network is unable to provide necessary services covered under the contract, the managed care plan must timely and adequately provide them out-of-network. States also have program monitoring obligations under § 438.66 that should be used to monitor for access and continuity of care issues that arise from this change in notification time frame and adjust program policies accordingly. Comment: One commenter recommended that notification of provider termination should include information on how the affected beneficiary can disenroll or select a plan E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72798 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations in which his or her provider participates. Response: Section 438.56(c) and (d) list the reasons for which disenrollment from a Medicaid managed plan (including to switch to another plan, if offered) may be requested by an enrollee; termination of a provider from the plan network is not cause for disenrollment except in limited circumstances under that regulation. Aside from those reasons, and subject to certain limitations, states have the authority to determine additional reasons or periods for disenrollment. States and managed care plans have been addressing changes in provider networks based on provider terminations since the beginning of network-based managed care programs. In the absence of significant, systemic problems that need a Federal solution, we do not believe that additional regulation of states and plans in this way is necessary. After consideration of public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the amendment to § 438.10(f)(1) as proposed. c. Information for All Enrollees of MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, and PCCM Entities: Enrollee Handbooks (§ 438.10(g)) In the 2016 final rule, an erroneous reference was included in § 438.10(g)(2)(ii)(B) to paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) which does not exist. We proposed in this rule to correct the reference to paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A), which describes the applicable services to which paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) refers. We received no public comments on this proposal and will finalize § 438.10(g)(2)(ii)(B) as proposed. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 d. Information for All Enrollees of MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, and PCCM Entities: Provider Directories (§ 438.10(h)) In the 2016 final rule, we added the requirement at § 438.10(h)(1)(vii) requiring each managed care plan to include information in its provider directory on whether the provider has completed cultural competence training. We added this requirement to the final rule in recognition of the linguistic and cultural diversity of Medicaid beneficiaries (81 FR 27724). After the final rule was published, the Cures Act amended section 1902 of the Act,13 to add requirements for publication of a 13 Section 1902(a)(83)(A)(ii)(II) of the Act. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 FFS provider directory.14 Now that the Congress has established new standards for provider directories in FFS Medicaid, we believe that it is beneficial to Medicaid managed care enrollees to align the requirements for Medicaid managed care directories with the FFS directories, especially since many managed care enrollees also receive some services on a FFS basis. The proposed amendment would require that the information in a directory include a provider’s cultural and linguistic capabilities, including the languages spoken by the provider or by the skilled medical interpreter providing interpretation services at the provider’s office. The statute does not require information on whether the provider has completed cultural competence training; therefore, we proposed to amend § 438.410(h)(1)(vii) to eliminate the phrase ‘and whether the provider has completed cultural competence training.’’ In the 2016 final rule, we finalized at § 438.10(h)(3) requirements that information in a paper directory must be updated at least monthly and that information in an electronic directory must be updated no later than 30 calendar days after the managed care plan receives updated provider information. In paragraph (h)(1), we clarified that paper provider directories need only be provided upon request, and we encouraged plans to find efficient ways to provide accurate directories within the required timeframes (81 FR 27729). Since the publication of the 2016 final rule, states and managed care plans have raised concerns about the cost of reprinting the entire directory monthly. While the final rule did not require that the directory be reprinted in its entirety monthly, many managed care plans were forced to do so to recognize savings from printing in large quantities. To address this inefficiency, as well as to provide managed care plans with another option for reducing the number of paper directories requested by enrollees due to the lack of access to a computer, we proposed to modify the requirements for updating a paper provider directory that would permit less than monthly updates if the managed care plan offers a mobileenabled, electronic directory. We noted in the 2018 proposed rule that research has shown that 64 percent of U.S. adults living in households with incomes less than $30,000 a year owned smartphones in 2016 (83 FR 57278); using updated data, research has shown 14 Section 5006 of the Cures Act added paragraph (83)(A)(ii)(II) to section 1902(a) of the Act. PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 that 67 percent of U.S. adults living in households with incomes less than $30,000 a year owned smartphones in 2018.15 We discussed access to information through smartphones in the proposed rule: Lower-income adults are more likely to rely on a smartphone for access to the internet, because they are less likely to have an internet connection at home 16 and recent studies show that the majority of Americans have used their smartphones to access information about their health,17 and consider online access to health information important.18 We explained our belief that providing mobile-enabled access to provider directories may provide additional value to enrollees by allowing them to access the information anytime, anywhere—which is not feasible with a paper directory. Mobile applications for beneficiaries are increasingly available in programs serving older adults and individuals with disabilities and include access to Medicare marketing materials 19 and medical claims on Blue Button 20 to empower enrollees to better manage and coordinate their healthcare. For enrollees that request a paper directory, we opined that quarterly updates would not significantly disadvantage them as other avenues for obtaining provider information are readily available, such as the managed care plan’s customer service unit or the state’s beneficiary support system. To reflect this change in access to data and modify the requirements for updating a paper provider directory to permit less than monthly updates if the managed care plan offers a mobileenabled directory, we proposed several revisions to § 438.10(h)(3). First, we proposed to add paragraphs (h)(3)(i) and (ii) to § 438.10 which would delineate requirements for paper directories from those for electronic directories. Second, we proposed to add paragraphs (h)(3)(i)(A) and (B) which would reflect, respectively, that monthly updates are required if a plan does not offer a mobile enabled directory and that only quarterly updates would be required for plans that do offer a mobile enabled directory. Lastly, we proposed to make ‘‘directories’’ singular (‘‘directory’’) at 15 https://www.pewinternet.org/fact-sheet/mobile/. 16 Id. 17 https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2015/ 04/30/racial-and-ethnic-differences-in-how-peopleuse-mobile-technology/. 18 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 27413120. 19 2016 Medicare Marketing Guideline 100.6. https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Health-Plans/ ManagedCareMarketing/Downloads/ 2017MedicareMarketingGuidelines2.pdf. 20 https://bluebuttonconnector.healthit.gov/. E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations § 438.10(h)(3)(ii) which would avoid implying that a managed care plan must have more than one directory of providers. In the proposed rule, we explicitly reminded managed care plans that some individuals with disabilities, who are unable to access web applications or require the use of assistive technology to access the internet, may require auxiliary aids and services to access the provider directory. In keeping with the requirement that managed care plans must provide auxiliary aids and services to ensure effective communication for individuals with disabilities consistent with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93–112, enacted on September 26, 1973) and section 1557 of the PPACA, these individuals should, upon request, be given the most current provider directories in the same accessible format (paper or electronic) that they receive other materials. We also encouraged managed care plans to perform direct outreach to providers on a regular basis to improve the accuracy of their provider data and to ensure that all forms of direct enrollee assistance (such as telephone assistance, live web chat, and nurse help lines) are effective, easily accessible, and widely publicized. The following summarizes the public comments we received on our proposal to amend § 438.10(h)(1)(vii) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to no longer require provider directories to note whether a provider has completed cultural compliance training and noted that doing so would ease administrative burden on plans and providers by better aligning the Medicaid managed care policy with the amendment to section 1902(a)(83) of the Act, made by the Cures Act. One commenter noted that completion of the cultural competency course was not an indicator of a provider’s cultural capabilities for any particular culture and that many beneficiaries do not understand the significance of the notation in the provider directory, thereby reducing its importance. Response: We appreciate the support for no longer requiring managed care plans to include an indication of cultural competence training as a required element in a provider directory. The statute does not require information on whether the provider has completed cultural competence training and we believe it’s important to facilitate states aligning the requirements for their FFS directories with those of their managed care plans. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 Comment: One commenter suggested that provider self-reported data be acceptable to meet the proposed requirement for the directory to report linguistic and cultural capabilities and that, if after solicitation, no capabilities are reported, the directory should list ‘‘none reported’’ as the cultural capabilities of that provider. Response: We decline to amend the regulation to specify how to collect cultural competence data, including the degree to which self-reported data is reliable, and how a provider’s cultural competencies or lack of cultural competencies should be displayed in a provider directory. We believe states are better suited to determine how to collect this information and how it should be displayed, particularly given that some states may elect to use a consistent format for their FFS and managed care programs. Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal to eliminate the phrase ‘‘and whether the provider has completed cultural competence training’’ from provider directories. These commenters stated that the change is unnecessary, removes important information for many beneficiaries seeking new providers and providers seeking to make effective referrals for existing patients, removes the incentive for providers to complete cultural competency training, and may increase health disparities in underserved beneficiary populations by potentially limiting a patient’s confidence in choosing a provider that is best suited for them and preventing adequate access to healthcare services. Commenters noted that inclusion of the phrase would help ensure that a provider is sensitive to a patient’s beliefs, practices, and culture, thereby strengthening the patient-provider relationship and improving the possibility of better health outcomes. Response: We understand that some commenters consider an indication of cultural competence training in provider directories as useful information for enrollees and providers. However, we do not believe that removing a ‘‘yes’’ or ‘‘no’’ indicator reflecting the completion of training impacts the usefulness of the other information presented about cultural competencies nor that it necessarily indicates whether a provider is more sensitive to patients’ beliefs, practices, and culture. Given that states are required to also display a provider’s cultural and linguistic capabilities— which is far more descriptive than a ‘‘yes/no’’ indicator about training—in their FFS directories, we believe that they will select clear, consistent, and PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72799 meaningful ways to display the information and ensure that their managed care plans do so as well. Comment: A few commenters noted that displaying a provider’s cultural and linguistic capabilities without also indicating whether the provider took a cultural competence training is not enough to adequately convey whether the individual has the skills or training to effectively communicate or provide language assistance. One commenter suggested that states should be required to maintain a list of providers who have completed cultural competency training. Response: We clarify that displaying whether a provider has completed cultural competence training is not prohibited, it is merely not required under the amendment to § 438.10(h)(1)(vii) that we are finalizing in this rule. If managed care plans determine that displaying the information is useful, they may continue including it in their directory; similarly, states can adopt standards to require the directory to include more information than the Federal minimum adopted in § 438.10(h)(1). Additionally, if enrollees do not find a provider’s linguistic competency adequate for effective communication, we encourage them to contact their managed care plan immediately for assistance. Under § 438.206(b)(1) plans are required to ensure adequate access to all services covered under the contract for all enrollees, including those with limited English proficiency or physical or mental disabilities. We decline to require states and managed care plans to maintain a list of providers who have completed training and defer to states and managed care plans to decide if doing so would be useful for their enrollees. After consideration of public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the amendment to § 438.10(h)(1)(vii) as proposed. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.10(h)(3) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to require only quarterly updates for paper directories for plans that offer a mobile enabled directory in lieu of monthly updates. These commenters stated that the proposal strikes a suitable balance for streamlining access between electronic and print formats, increases consistency with the Medicare Advantage program, reduces administrative burden and environmental impact while having E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72800 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations minimal negative impact to enrollees, and incentivizes plans to invest in mobile enabled features that improve beneficiary experience. Response: We believe enrollees will appreciate the increased ease of access to provider directory information and believe that decreasing the rate of updates to paper directories when there is a mobile-enabled electronic alternative to the paper provider directory is an appropriate way to ensure enrollee access to information about the network of providers. Comment: Several of the commenters cited concerns with potential ambiguity regarding the term ‘‘mobile-enabled’’ and requested CMS provide a definition of the term to ensure that states and plans are able to take full advantage of the offered flexibility while reducing administrative burden for plans that may be required to meet different standards across multiple states. Several commenters recommended that CMS not limit rulemaking to mobile ‘‘applications’’ and that ability to access an online printable directory, search tool, or provider directory formatted for viewing on a mobile device should be considered compliant with the proposed requirement. Response: We use the term ‘‘mobileenabled’’ to mean a mobile website or a mobile application; we defer to states and managed care plans to determine whether a mobile website or application is most appropriate for each applicable managed care program and managed care plan, provided that the end result is that the provider directory is mobileenabled as explained here. As we outlined in the proposed rule, we believe that making the provider directory information usable for smartphone or mobile technology users is the key point, not the technology or format used to accomplish that. A mobile-enabled website could include a mobile friendly, mobile optimized, or a responsive design. A true mobile enabled website will automatically detect what environment each visitor is using to access the website, then display it in the format best for that device, whether a smartphone, tablet, or other mobile device is used. With a mobileenabled website, the navigation and content are reorganized so that the web page fits the browser window for the device used, and the pages are made ‘‘lighter,’’ so they download more quickly. Our goal with proposing to reduce the frequency of paper directory updates if a mobile-enabled directory is available is to improve the enrollee’s ability to navigate and utilize the directory information when accessing it on a mobile device. We would expect VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 features such as small image sizes to allow for fast loading, simplified navigation that is ‘‘thumb’’ friendly, reduced graphics that do not interrupt access to critical information, and textbased phone numbers, physical addresses, or email addresses that can trigger a call, directions, or email message from the mobile device to be included in a mobile-enabled provider directory. Managed care plans may find it helpful to visit HHS’ website for Building and Managing websites; it sets out different stages of ‘‘mobile’’ that could serve as a useful guide when determining which enhancements would be useful to the end user.21 HHS guidance notes that when developing exclusively mobile versions of websites, these ‘‘microsites’’ should be designed for mobile accessibility. These sites should contain code specific to, and designed for, mobile web tasks and browsing. These microsites often contain pared down information on the same topics covered on the main site. Additionally, content should be written in such a way as to be read easily on a mobile device, usually in small text groupings of about three to four lines of text and provide the most important information at the top of the page, so that the site user has access to the most important information quickly. By providing guidance on what it means for the provider directory to be mobile-enabled, we aim to establish a base for the characteristics of a mobileenabled website without restricting website developers. States and managed care plans can determine whether a mobile website or application is most appropriate to provide access that meets the regulatory standard. We do not consider merely being able to access a managed care plan’s provider directory from its website on a mobile device or a printable online directory to be mobile-enabled. A website that is not mobile-enabled, is usually very difficult to read when accessed using a mobile device, often requiring the user to zoom, scroll, and manipulate the image to view it. Additionally, we clarify that § 438.10(c)(6) already requires that required enrollee information, which would include a provider directory, provided electronically by a managed care plan must be in an electronic format which can be retained and printed; the standard for mobile-enabled provider directories, which are only relevant for purposes of identifying the frequency of updates to the paper provider directory, is different than what is required by § 438.10(c)(6). 21 https://www.hhs.gov/web/building-andmanaging-websites/mobile/. PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Comment: Commenters recommended that CMS clarify that the proposed changes apply to duals programs, including Dual Eligible Special Needs Plans (D–SNP) and Medicare-Medicaid Plans (MMP). Response: To the extent Part 438 applies to (1) a D–SNP (if it is also a Medicaid MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and, in some cases, PCCM, or PCCM entity), or (2) a MMP under the capitated financial alignment model demonstrations, § 438.10(h)(3)(i)(B) would also apply. Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS require electronic notification to enrollees and providers of availability of updates and another commenter recommended that CMS work with states to develop, implement and deploy enforcement measures for these provisions. Response: We are not finalizing a new rule to require electronic notification to enrollees and providers of updates to the provider directory. We believe the commenter is referencing updates necessary for mobile applications. If so, the use of a mobile enabled application is at the option of the state and managed care plan as a means to provide a mobile-enabled provider directory as described in § 438.10(h)(3). However, if a software application is used and updates to the application are required, we would expect the necessary notifications to be sent to users of the application. We do not believe that states will need to develop new or unique enforcement mechanisms for this provision. Comment: Several commenters expressed that CMS should only require that printed provider directories be distributed upon request. Response: Managed care plans must provide paper directories upon request per § 438.10(h)(1), which provides that each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and when appropriate the PCCM entity, must make available in paper form upon request and electronic form. We remind managed care plans that if required information is provided electronically instead of on paper, § 438.10(c)(6) applies. Therefore, use of a mobileenabled directory will not satisfy the requirement to provide the provider directory in electronic form; use of a mobile-enabled provider directory is relevant only for purposes of identifying the updating schedule with which a managed care plan must comply under § 438.10(h). Comment: A few commenters recommended that CMS require managed care plans that meet the condition for quarterly updates to produce update flyers upon request or a customer support phone line with after- E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations hours capacity. Some of these commenters also expressed that the customer support phone line should not only provide contact information for providers, but also assist in making appointments and allow for patients and providers to update Medicaid managed care plan network records. Response: We are not incorporating these suggestions into the regulatory requirements for managed care plans as we do not believe that they are necessary to ensure enrollee access to the provider directory. We encourage managed care plans to insert errata sheets into paper directories to reflect the most up-to-date provider information, provide extended customer service hours, offer appointment setting assistance, and utilize effective electronic mechanisms for collecting provider directory information. Comment: One commenter recommended that printed provider directories be provided in a format that permit directories for certain geographic areas—as Medicare permits—rather than by the entire managed care plan’s service area. This commenter further noted that in a large state, provider information for the entire state may not be useful to members in a specific region and that member’s need provider information on a reasonable service area based on where they access health services. Another commenter recommended that printed directories for an entire service region of a managed care plan should only be required annually. Response: Section 438.10(h) requires that each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and when appropriate PCCM and PCCM entity make available—in paper form upon request and electronic form—certain specified information about the providers in its network. There is no requirement in § 438.10(h) for a single directory to be printed for a managed care plan’s entire service area. States can permit or require their managed care plans to print directories for areas less than the entire service area if the state has determined that best meets the needs of their enrollees given known utilization and travel patterns within the state. This would allow more customized, consumer friendly directories to be sent and is well suited to on-demand printing rather than bulk printing. On-demand printing allows managed care plans to print the directory data from the current on-line version, thus allowing enrollees using printed versions to receive the same information as enrollees using an electronic directory. We remind managed care plans that enrollees must be able to access information on a plan’s VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 entire network if they choose to and that all information required by § 438.10 must be provided in paper form upon request, at no cost, and within five business days. Plans subject to this requirement can provide paper versions of directories that cover smaller areas (if permitted by the state) so long as, in aggregate, the paper directories provide the necessary information for the plan’s entire service area and entire network. Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS consider alternatives to the proposed requirements for printing provider directories such as providing monthly updates or inserts. Response: We believe the commenter is suggesting that errata sheets alone should be permitted to be sent to enrollees in lieu of an entire directory but the comment is not clear as an errata sheet is merely an update to what is included in the provider directory, so sending only the errata sheet would not seem useful if the paper directory that was being updated with new provider information had not first been provided. If being used to meet the monthly paper director update requirement in § 438.10(h)(3), errata sheets must be inserted into a paper directory. We point the commenter to the response in this final rule which clarifies another option that states may permit; specifically, that the printing of partial directories is permissible when requested by an enrollee and if allowed by the state. Comment: One commenter stated that managed care plans exempted from the requirement to timely update their paper directories should be required to display conspicuously on their paper directories and websites that real-time assistance is available along with the number to call to obtain such assistance. Response: We do not believe that additional revision to paragraph (h)(3) along these lines is necessary. The phone number for assistance is already required in § 438.10(d)(3) which specifies that managed care plans must include a tagline on all provider directories and that taglines must contain the toll-free and TTY/TDY telephone number of the plan’s customer/member services unit. This requirement for providing the tagline about the customer/member services unit applies regardless whether the managed care plan makes available a mobile-enabled provider directory and regardless of the updating schedule for the provider directory. Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to only require quarterly updates to paper provider directories if mobile enabled PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72801 directories are available. Many commenters stated that there continues to be too high a percentage of people among the Medicaid-eligible population and among people with disabilities that do not have sufficient understanding of or have access to mobile devices or broadband internet service 22 to justify reducing the frequency of updates to paper directories and that this proposal would result in increased difficulty and burden navigating the healthcare system and accessing care. Several commenters cited census data indicating half of households with annual incomes under $25,000 lack a computer, broadband internet access, or both, expressed that the proposed changes are premature given the absence of research on enrollee preferences for print versus mobile/electronic formats, and stated that CMS should engage in active compliance monitoring and enforcement actions when plans fail to meet existing standards. One commenter cited the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ (NAIC) recent update to their network adequacy model act which included provisions requiring plans to update their provider directory at least monthly. Response: We acknowledge that not all Medicaid enrollees have a smartphone or internet access, but studies have shown that 67 percent of U.S. adults living in households with incomes less than $30,000 a year owned smartphones in 2018.23 We understand that the challenges of paper printing do not diminish a segment of the population’s need for paper directories, nor should it diminish plans’ efforts to produce accurate paper directories.24 However, we do not believe those issues lessen the value of increasing access to the directory for those portions of the population that choose to utilize electronic methods. Per § 438.10(h)(3), managed care plans must update paper provider directories at least monthly after the managed care plan receives updated provider information. Managed care plans could take steps to alleviate discrepancies between directory updates such as inserting an errata sheet before mailing, printing on demand a directory that covers less than a plan’s entire service area when requested by an enrollee, and ensuring that their customer service, care management, and nurse help line (if applicable) staff have 22 https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2017/ 04/07/disabled-americans-are-less-likely-to-usetechnology/. 23 https://www.pewinternet.org/fact-sheet/mobile/. 24 https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2017/ 04/07/disabled-americans-are-less-likely-to-usetechnology/. E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72802 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations access to the most updated data and are prepared to assist enrollees with locating network providers. Managed care plans should also ensure that their network primary care providers have easy access to updated provider directory information since primary care providers are frequently the source of specialty referrals for enrollees. Lastly, managed care plans should be sensitive to the disparities in the use of electronic information when providing resources for their telephone hotline, and providing auxiliary aids and services to people with disabilities. After consideration of public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the amendments to § 438.10(h)(3) as proposed. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 9. Disenrollment: Requirements and Limitations (§ 438.56) We inadvertently included PCCMs and PCCM entities in § 438.56(d)(5) related to grievance procedures. Because PCCMs and PCCM entities are not required by § 438.228, which does impose such a requirement on MCOs, PIHPs and PAHPs, to have an appeals and grievance process, we proposed to revise § 438.56(d)(5) to delete references to PCCMs and PCCM entities. We note that states may impose additional requirements on their managed care plans but believe that our regulations should be internally consistent on this point. No public comments were received on this provision. For the reasons outlined in the proposed rule, we are finalizing the amendment to § 438.56(d)(5) as proposed. 10. Network Adequacy Standards (§ 438.68) Currently, § 438.68(b)(1) requires states to develop time and distance standards for specified provider types if covered under the contract. In the 2016 final rule, we declined to set other national requirements or specific benchmarks for time and distance (for example, 30 miles or 30 minutes) as we believed it best not to be overly prescriptive and we wanted to give states the flexibility to build upon the required time and distance standards as they deemed appropriate and meaningful for their programs and populations. (81 FR 27661). We proposed revisions to § 438.68(b)(1) to require states to use a quantitative standard, rather than only a time and distance standard, for providers. We explained in the proposed rule how as states have worked to comply with the 2016 final rule, they have alerted us to VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 increasing concerns about the appropriateness of uniformly applying time and distance standards to the specified provider types across all programs. In some situations, time and distance may not be the most effective type of standard for determining network adequacy and some states have found that the time and distance analysis produces results that do not accurately reflect provider availability. For example, a state that has a heavy reliance on telehealth in certain areas of the state may find that a provider to enrollee ratio is more useful in measuring meaningful access, as the enrollee could be well beyond a normal time and distance standard but can still easily access many different providers on a virtual basis. To address states’ concerns and facilitate states using the most effective and accurate standards for their programs, we proposed to revise § 438.68(b)(1) and (2) by deleting the requirements for states to set time and distance standards and adding a more flexible requirement that states set a quantitative network adequacy standard for specified provider types. We explained in the proposed rule that quantitative standards that states may elect to use include, but are not limited to, minimum provider-to-enrollee ratios; maximum travel time or distance to providers; a minimum percentage of contracted providers that are accepting new patients; maximum wait times for an appointment; hours of operation requirements (for example, extended evening or weekend hours); and combinations of these quantitative measures. We encouraged states to use the quantitative standards in combination—not separately—to ensure that there are not gaps in access to, and availability of, services for enrollees. We stated that this proposed change would enable states to choose from a variety of quantitative network adequacy standards that meet the needs of their respective Medicaid programs in more meaningful and effective ways, particularly for LTSS programs given the often very limited supply of providers and the potential functional limitations of the LTSS population. We proposed to remove § 438.68(b)(2)(i) and (ii) and reflect all LTSS network adequacy requirements in § 438.68(b)(2). Currently, § 438.68(b)(1) specifies the provider types for which states are required to establish network adequacy standards and § 438.68(b)(1)(iv) requires states to establish time and distance standards for ‘‘specialist, adult and pediatric.’’ As noted in the 2016 final rule, we believed that states should set network adequacy standards that are PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 appropriate at the state level and are best suited to define the number and types of providers that fall into the ‘‘specialist’’ category based on differences under managed care contracts, as well as state Medicaid programs. Therefore, we believed it was inappropriate for us to define ‘‘specialist’’ at the Federal level (81 FR 27661). Since the publication of the 2016 final rule, we have received numerous questions from states and other stakeholders about who should define the types of providers to be included as specialists. We clarified that our proposal would give states the authority under the final rule to define ‘‘specialist’’ in whatever way they deem most appropriate for their programs. To make this authority clear, we proposed to revise § 438.68(b)(1)(iv) to add ‘‘(as designated by the state)’’ after ‘‘specialist.’’ This proposed change would eliminate potential uncertainty regarding who has responsibility to select the provider types included in this category for the purposes of network adequacy. Currently, § 438.68(b)(1)(viii) requires states to establish time and distance standards for ‘‘additional provider types when it promotes the objectives of the Medicaid program, as determined by CMS, for the provider type to be subject to time and distance access standards.’’ In the 2016 final rule, we finalized the language in § 438.68(b)(1)(viii) because it provided the flexibility to address future national provider workforce shortages and future network adequacy standards (81 FR 27660). Since the 2016 final rule was published, states have expressed concern that if we rely on this authority and its flexibility of identifying ‘‘additional provider types,’’ managed care plans may have to assess network adequacy and possibly build network capacity without sufficient time. Based on this state input, we proposed to remove § 438.68(b)(1)(viii) to eliminate any uncertainty states may have regarding this requirement. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.68 and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to delete the requirement for states to establish time and distance standards and instead require any quantitative standard. Commenters stated that not requiring the use of time and distance increases flexibility to states and will have a positive impact on more accurately assessing access to telemedicine. Many commenters offered recommendations including requiring states to use a combination of data-driven quantitative E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations and qualitative standards for capacity, availability, and accessibility that have been cooperatively developed with stakeholders to ensure appropriate network access and patient satisfaction that is reasonable and achievable. A few commenters recommended requiring states to establish separate standards for rural and urban areas that align with the Medicare Advantage managed care program. One commenter recommended setting a maximum number of measures that can be implemented by states. Response: While we agree that states should use a combination of data-driven quantitative and qualitative standards that have been developed with stakeholder input to comprehensively assess network adequacy, we do not believe that it is appropriate to include that as a requirement in the regulation. As we noted in the proposed rule, we encourage states to use the quantitative standards in combination—not separately—to ensure that there are not gaps in access to and availability of services for enrollees. We decline to require states to establish separate standards for rural and urban areas or to align their standards with those used in the Medicare Advantage program, but note that § 438.68(b)(3) permits states to vary network adequacy standards for the same provider type based on geographic areas. We also decline to limit the number of measures a state can implement to assess network adequacy. We believe states are in the best position to determine the most appropriate number and type of quantitative measures to provide them with the information needed to effectively manage their programs, as well as fulfill their obligations under §§ 438.206 and 438.207. Comment: Commenters recommended requiring states and health plans to routinely monitor their standards and network performance for alignment with needs of the enrolled population and that states enforce these standards through corrective action when necessary. Additionally, commenters recommended requiring states to measure network access at the subnetwork level, that is, when a managed care plan restricts its enrollees to using only a portion of the plan’s larger network, if managed care plans impose subnetwork access requirements on enrollees. Some commenters recommended requiring adequacy standards for specific specialties and provider types. A few commenters suggested that CMS encourage states to acknowledge differences in provider types, particularly for pharmacies, as patients have multiple options outside of brick-and-mortar establishments to VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 fill prescriptions such as mail order and home delivery, which do not lend themselves easily to inclusion under typical network adequacy standards. Commenters stated CMS should give states the flexibility to set different standards for pharmacies due to their unique features. Response: We expect states and health plans to routinely monitor their network performance against the standards established by the state under § 438.68 as amended in this final rule; we believe that states will set these standards in alignment with, and taking into account, the needs of the covered population. We also expect that states will take corrective action when necessary. The timeframes for submission of network adequacy documentation required by § 438.207(c) is a minimum, and states and managed care plans should use network adequacy measurement as a tool that can be utilized at any time to proactively identify trends and address issues. Under § 438.68, network adequacy standards can be set at whatever level a state deems appropriate; thus, states that have plans utilizing subnetworks, could establish and measure network adequacy at that level. We decline to specify additional provider types as suggested by commenters in § 438.68(b)(1) nor to add more categories or types of ‘‘pharmacies’’ in § 438.68(b)(1)(vi), but clarify here that the provider types listed are a minimum. States are free to apply network adequacy standards to additional provider types as they deem appropriate for their programs. Comment: One commenter recommended stipulating that telehealth providers may only be counted toward a managed care plan’s network adequacy when that provider is actively providing services to CHIP/Medicaid beneficiaries in that community and the managed care plan has demonstrated that its telehealth coverage policies and practices offer parity to telehealth providers. Response: We defer to each state to determine the criteria to be applied to telehealth providers and how such providers would be taken into account when evaluating network adequacy of the state’s Medicaid managed care plans. Section 438.68(b) does not set criteria of this nature that states must use. Under § 438.68(c)(1)(ix), states must consider the availability and use of telemedicine when developing their network adequacy standards. If states elect to include telehealth providers in their network adequacy analysis, we believe that the states will establish criteria that appropriately reflect the unique nature of telehealth, as well as PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72803 the availability and practical usage of telehealth in their state. Comment: Several commenters stated that CMS should, at minimum, encourage states to consider the following when establishing standards and measuring network adequacy: Regionalization of specialty care; colocated service offerings; enrollee ratios by specialty; geographic accessibility including proximity to state lines; foreseeable road closures; wait times by specialty based on provider hours and availability; volume of technological and specialty services available to serve the needs of covered persons requiring technologically advanced or specialty care; diagnostics or ancillary services; patient experience survey data, and minimum appropriate providers available to meet the needs of children and adults with special health care needs. Response: We believe these factors could be valuable additions to states’ network adequacy review process, and therefore, encourage states to consider them, although we decline to mandate their use in § 438.68. We also remind states to be cognizant of the mental health parity provisions applicable to MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs in § 438.910(d) when selecting measures of network adequacy. Plans also need to be mindful of their responsibilities for mental health parity under part 438, subpart K, in network development and evaluation. We believe that states are in the best position to determine the most appropriate measures for use in their programs to address the local needs of their populations. Comment: A few commenters recommended baseline or minimum provider time and distance, patientprovider ratios, and timely access standards which could be used to inform state-developed network adequacy standards. A few commenters suggested specific minutes and miles standards while another suggested specific appointment wait time standards. One commenter stated that giving states too much flexibility could result in significant variability across states thereby increasing administrative burden for plans which operate in multiple states. Response: As we stated in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27661), we decline ‘‘to adopt quantitative standards for time and distance.’’ Underlying that 2016 final rule with regard to § 438.68(b) and our 2018 proposed rule is a belief that states should be allowed to set appropriate and meaningful quantitative standards for their respective programs. States are in the best position to set specific quantitative standards that E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72804 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations reflect the scope of their programs, the populations served, and the unique demographics and characteristics of each state.’’ We reiterated this position in the proposed rule and continue to believe that we should defer to states and not set Federal standards as prescriptive as the commenters suggest. We understand that providing states this level of flexibility could result in widely varied standards but given the diversity and complexity of Medicaid managed care programs, such variation may be warranted. We encourage states and managed care plans to collaborate on the development of network adequacy standards and for plans that participate in Medicaid in multiple states, to share information with states so that best practices and lessons learned can be leveraged to improve network adequacy measurement in all states. States should consider using technical expert panels and multiple sources of stakeholder input to ensure that they develop robust and appropriate network adequacy measures for their programs. Comment: A few commenters suggested that CMS provide additional clarification and detail regarding ‘‘quantitative network adequacy standards,’’ specifically asking if CMS recommends weighing variables a certain way, whether variables will be adjusted for different provider types that might have varying data based on their demands and location, what will be the reporting sources for network adequacy data and if they are self-reported, how will states ensure minimal subjectivity in the data, and how will standards such as ‘‘minimum percentage of contracted providers that are accepting new patients’’ be implemented. Response: We decline to include additional specificity in § 438.68 addressing considerations for state development or implementation of network adequacy standards. We believe the list in § 438.68(c) reflects an appropriate level of detail. The commenters’ suggestions may be useful to states and we encourage states to consider them as appropriate. Comment: A few commenters recommended that CMS outline possible quantifiable standards that could supplement time and distance standards or provide additional guidance regarding the types of quantitative network adequacy standards that could be adopted by a state. A few commenters suggested that CMS convene a group of stakeholders or experts to address issues regarding network adequacy standards such as clear definition and suggested guidelines of what constitutes network adequacy, including as they relate to VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 populations that access LTSS provided in the home. Response: We decline to adopt or implement these recommendations as we believe that providing states with the flexibility to identify the type of quantitative standard, as well as the standard itself for purposes of establishing and measuring network adequacy in Medicaid managed care programs, is appropriate in light of the traditional role of states in administering Medicaid. We continue to believe that we should defer to states and not set overly prescriptive Federal standards. We note here that we convened a group of states to gather information on their best practices and lessons learned about network adequacy. The resulting document was published in April 2017: Promoting Access in Medicaid and CHIP Managed Care: A Toolkit for Ensuring Provider Network Adequacy and Service Availability and is available at https:// www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/managedcare/downloads/guidance/adequacyand-access-toolkit.pdf. This toolkit, designed as a resource guide for state Medicaid and CHIP agency staff, is intended to: Assist state Medicaid and CHIP agencies with implementing the requirements of the new Federal rule related to network adequacy and service availability standards; provide an overall framework and suggest metrics for monitoring provider network adequacy and service availability, as well as Medicaid and CHIP managed care enrollees’ access to care overall; and highlight effective or promising practices that states currently use to develop and monitor provider network and access standards, and promote access to care. We encourage states and managed care plans to review the Toolkit as they establish standards under § 438.68. Comment: One commenter noted that states should be required to consult with American Indian/Alaskan Native (AI/AN) tribes to determine quantitative network adequacy standards and specialists to which the standards would apply, such that gaps in coverage and limitations in access to care for AI/ ANs in tribal communities are minimized. Response: We agree that states should engage in robust stakeholder engagement when developing their network adequacy standards to ensure inclusion of appropriate provider types based on the needs of the covered populations. We remind states of their obligations for tribal consultation as specified in Section 1902(a)(73) of the Act as well as additional guidance issued in State Medicaid Director Letter PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 10–001 (https://www.medicaid.gov/ Federal-Policy-Guidance/downloads/ SMD10001.PDF). Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to delete the requirement for states to set time and distance standards and instead require a quantitative minimum access standard. Commenters stated that current requirements already provide states with adequate flexibility in establishing network adequacy standards and are necessary to avoid narrowing of existing networks to ensure plans make every effort to safeguard patient access. Several commenters expressed that not enough time has passed since the associated provisions in the 2016 final rule became effective to form an evidentiary basis from which to determine whether the proposed changes are necessary. Response: We believe that, while useful and appropriate for many plans and areas, time and distance analysis may not always produce results that accurately reflect provider availability within a network. We believe that deleting the requirement to use a time and distance standard for all of the required provider types will enable states to choose from a variety of quantitative network adequacy standards that meet the needs of their respective Medicaid managed care programs in more meaningful and effective ways. We clarify that the proposed change to § 438.68(b)(1) does not require states currently using a time and distance standard to cease using, or make changes to, their standard. The proposed change merely offers states an option to use a different adequacy standard if they believe that time and distance is not the most appropriate standard for their program. Comment: Many commenters noted that removal of current measures may result in additional burden to providers, as well as enrollees residing in rural areas and would increase risk and negatively impact health outcomes for children and underserved populations. Response: We do not believe that providing states with the option to use a different quantitative standard than time and distance will add provider burden or negatively impact health outcomes for children and underserved populations. Our expectation is that if states use a variety of quantitative measures designed to produce the most accurate and comprehensive assessment possible of network adequacy of providers needed for services covered under the contract, providers and enrollees should benefit from that because adequate access to necessary providers will have been ensured. E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations Comment: One commenter stated that the proposed rule fails to meet the statutory requirement that the Medicaid managed care plans provide assurances that it ‘‘maintains a sufficient number, mix, and geographic distribution of providers of services’’ as directed in section 1932(b)(5) of the Act and that time and distance standards are the only standards described in the proposed rule which can make these assurances. This commenter further stated that CMS lacks the legal authority to eliminate the statutory requirement that Medicaid managed care plans assure the state and the Secretary that it maintains a sufficient ‘‘geographic distribution of providers of services.’’ Response: We disagree that time and distance is the only standard that can produce information sufficient to enable a managed care plan to attest that it maintains a sufficient number, mix, and geographic distribution of providers of services. Time and distance standards are one of many quantitative measures that states and managed care plans can use, alone or in combination, to assess provider networks and ensure a sufficient number, mix, and distribution of providers. Quantitative standards that states may elect to use include, but are not limited to, minimum provider-toenrollee ratios; maximum travel time or distance to providers; a minimum percentage of contracted providers that are accepting new patients; maximum wait times for an appointment; hours of operation requirements (for example, extended evening or weekend hours). We clarify that our proposal in no way eliminates the statutory requirement that managed care plans assure the state and the Secretary that it maintains a sufficient geographic distribution of providers of services. That requirement is unaffected by this change and implemented by § 438.207. Comment: Many commenters expressed concern with CMS’ rationale for the proposal regarding the impact of telemedicine on the efficacy of time and distance standards (83 FR 57278). Commenters noted that telehealth and telemedicine cannot offer the full array of services that are otherwise available to a patient who is physically present in a provider’s office. Commenters stated that states should be required to develop separate network adequacy standards for telemedicine, but maintain standards for traditional service delivery, and noted that in-person access should remain a priority when measuring network access as many situations are not applicable for the use of technologyenabled care. Response: We understand the commenters’ concerns but clarify that it VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 was not our intent to imply that telehealth offers the full array of services that are otherwise available to a patient who is physically present in a provider’s office. We used telehealth as an example of a situation where measuring access using a time and distance standard may not be optimally effective to evaluate the adequacy of a provider network and the ability of the plan to ensure access to services. We agree that states need to balance the use of telehealth with the availability of providers that can provide in-person care and enrollees’ preferences for receiving care to ensure that they establish network adequacy standards under § 438.68 that accurately reflect the practical use of both types of care in their state. Under § 438.68(c)(1)(ix), states must consider the availability and use of telemedicine when developing their network adequacy standards. Comment: Some commenters recommended requiring states to establish standards that align with other regulatory provisions (such as those applicable to Qualified Health Plans (QHPs) or Medicare Advantage plans), and the Medicaid statute at section 1932(c) of the Act (cited by the commenter as 42 U.S.C. 1396u–2(c)), which requires states to establish standards for access to care so that covered services are available within reasonable timeframes and in a manner that ensures continuity of care and adequate primary care and specialized services capacity. The commenters stated that alignment with these provisions would ensure reasonable timelines for access to care and continuity of care. A few commenters recommended requiring states, contracted managed care plans, and pharmacy benefit managers to follow Medicare Part D regulatory guidance on access to specialty medications. Response: We decline to require states to align their network adequacy standards with the standards applicable to other programs (such as standards for QHPs, Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part D). We believe that the states establishing and assessing their managed care plans’ networks using the standards required in § 438.68 will ensure compliance with the statute. However, we clarify that § 438.68 is consistent with section 1932(c)(1)(A)(i) of the Act, which requires states to develop and implement a quality strategy that includes standards for access to care so that covered services are available within reasonable timeframes and that ensure continuity of care. We believe that the managed care regulations at § 438.206, which requires that states ensure that all PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72805 services covered under the contract are available and accessible to enrollees, and § 438.68, which requires states to develop network adequacy standards, work together to ensure that states meet their obligations under the Act. We acknowledge that states may find some of those standards to be appropriate for their Medicaid managed care programs and that adopting existing measures may reduce the amount of time states have to spend developing standards, as well as reduce operational burden on managed care plans that also participate in other programs. States should review standards used by other programs and evaluate their potential usefulness in their Medicaid managed care programs. However, we believe that state flexibility on this point is paramount and will not impose alignment as a requirement. Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to give states the authority to define ‘‘specialist’’ in whatever way they deem appropriate for their programs. Some commenters offered suggestions for specific types of specialists that we should require states to include in their definition of ‘‘specialist.’’ A few commenters recommended that CMS provide guidance to states on specialties that should be considered or included in each category listed in § 438.68(b)(1) and prioritize provider types to help avoid undue administrative burden on plans due to variability across states. Response: We appreciate the comments in support of our proposal to clarify that states have the authority to designate ‘‘specialists’’ to which network adequacy standards will apply under § 438.68(b)(1). We decline to identify additional specific specialties or provider types for states to include in this category. We believe states are best suited to identify the provider types for which specific access standards should be developed in order to reflect the needs of their populations and programs. We note that States’ network adequacy standards are included in their quality strategies and are subject to publication and public comment consistent with existing transparency provisions in § 438.340(c)(1). Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to allow states to define ‘‘specialist’’ in whatever way they deem appropriate and recommended that CMS identify specific provider types as specialists. One commenter stated that CMS should define specialists to include providers who focus on a specific area of health and include sub-specialists who have additional training beyond that of a specialist. Some commenters E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72806 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations recommended requiring states to include specific specialists including hematologists, adult and pediatric oncologists, surgical specialists, pulmonologists, allergists, and emergency physicians. One commenter recommended that CMS revise its proposed language to state ‘‘(as designated by the state in a manner that ensures access to all covered services),’’ which would reiterate the need for states to ensure that managed care plan’s provider networks guarantee full access to all benefits covered under the state plan and are representative of the types of providers that frequently provide services to consumers within their corresponding service areas. Response: We understand commenters’ concerns but do not agree CMS should define ‘‘specialist’’ in § 438.68(b)(1)(iv). As noted in the 2016 final rule on this topic, we believe that states should set network adequacy standards that are appropriate at the state level and are best suited to designate the number and types of providers that fall into the ‘‘specialist’’ category based on differences under managed care contracts, as well as state Medicaid programs; therefore, we believe it would be inappropriate for us to identify at the Federal level specific specialists for which each state must establish an access standard (81 FR 27661). We expect states to apply network adequacy standards to all provider types and specialties necessary to ensure that all services covered under the contract are available and accessible to all enrollees in a timely manner as required by § 438.206. Comment: Commenters noted that allowing states to define ‘‘specialist’’ may inadvertently limit access for enrollees to covered services, result in higher costs if certain categories of specialists are no longer in-network, lead to inconsistent application of the policy when patients see physicians in another state that defines specialists in different ways, and decrease quality of care in states that create standards which allow less qualified providers (for example, nurse practitioners in lieu of doctors) to meet ‘‘specialist’’ criteria. One commenter expressed concern that allowing states to define ‘‘specialist’’ could negatively affect national quality measures that rely heavily on certain provider types rendering care to count towards numerator compliance. Response: We do not agree that allowing states to designate which specialists are subject to the required network adequacy standards is likely to limit access, increase costs, lead to lower quality of care, promote inconsistent application due to differing VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 designations among states, or affect the accuracy of national quality measures. Network adequacy standards are utilized by managed care plans and states to assess network adequacy at an aggregate level on a periodic basis. Meaning, network adequacy standards are not used to determine the availability of, or authorize care by, a particular type of provider for an individual enrollee. We believe that § 438.206 is sufficiently clear on states’ and managed care plans’ responsibilities for ensuring that all covered services are available and accessible to enrollees in a timely manner, including specifically addressing situations when an enrollee’s managed care plan’s network is unable to provide necessary services in § 438.206(b)(4). Managed care plans must necessarily develop their networks in ways that enable them to comply with all of their obligations under §§ 438.206 and 438.207. Lastly, although we do not see a correlation between the specialists a state chooses to include for network adequacy purposes and provider types necessary for calculating quality measures, states can include specialists that are implicated in quality measure calculations if they so choose. Comment: Several commenters suggested that the final rule should instruct states that their designations of specialists for purposes of § 438.68(b), and any network adequacy standards, must be consistent with existing state laws regarding licensure and certification, as well as the Medicaid managed care nondiscrimination regulation which prohibits managed care plans from discriminating against providers based on their licensure or certification. Response: States and managed care plans must comply with all applicable Federal and state laws as specified in §§ 438.3(f) and 438.100(d) and provider discrimination is specifically prohibited in §§ 438.12 and 438.214. Specifically, § 438.12 prohibits managed care plans from discrimination in the participation, reimbursement, or indemnification of any provider who is acting within the scope of his or her license or certification under applicable state law, solely on the basis of that license or certification and § 438.214(c) specifies that managed care plans are prohibited from discriminating against providers that serve high-risk populations or specialize in conditions that require costly treatment. We do not believe that the requirement on states to establish network adequacy standards in § 438.68(b) contravenes or limits these other provisions, or that an amendment to § 438.68 to incorporate similar PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 requirements about non-discrimination is necessary or appropriate. Comment: A few commenters agreed with the proposal to eliminate the requirement for states to establish time and distance standards for ‘‘additional provider types’’ identified by CMS because it will foster experimentation and innovation to improve care delivery as well as streamline assessment of network adequacy. Response: We believe removing the requirement for states to establish time and distance standards for ‘‘additional provider types’’ identified by CMS will enable states to recognize and react more quickly to local needs and developing trends in care. Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal to no longer require states to establish time and distance standards for ‘‘additional provider types when it promotes the objectives of the Medicaid program.’’ Commenters stated that the current requirement gives CMS an efficient way to address changes in Medicaid benefits, workforce shortages, or concerns regarding access to care without going through the rulemaking process, which impairs CMS’ ability to respond to emergent concerns. Several commenters suggested that rather than eliminating the provision, it could be amended to provide states with advanced notice (specifically one year) before including a new provider type. A few commenters stated that any concerns regarding implementation timelines could be addressed in informal guidance or by allowing states to create implementation standards within certain parameters established through agency instruction. Response: We believe that deleting § 438.68(b)(1)(viii) removes an unnecessary level of administrative burden and makes it clear that designating additional provider types that are subject to network adequacy analysis is a state responsibility. This revision is consistent with the other revisions proposed at § 438.68(b) introductory text and (b)(1)(iv). We considered proposing a specific timeline for advance notice instead of deleting § 438.68(b)(1)(viii) completely, but ultimately concluded that that approach was not consistent with the overall goal and purpose of § 438.68(b). Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed network adequacy requirements allowing states to use any quantitative standard when developing network adequacy standards for long term services and supports programs, specifically noting appreciation for flexibility in determining how networks are developed and stated that CMS’ E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations emphasis on states developing standards that ensure beneficiary access and provider availability rather than just time and distance is appropriate. Response: We appreciate the comments in support of our revisions to reorganize § 438.68(b)(2) to reflect consistency with the requirement in § 438.68(b)(1) for states to develop network adequacy standards for specified provider types. Comment: Commenters suggested that CMS develop meaningful and appropriate network adequacy standards (including national standards) for LTSS providers that recognize the realities of various settings and locations in which these services are delivered as well different provider types (agency employees versus independent personal care workers). One commenter also stated that any national standards developed by CMS should be subject to a stakeholder notice and comment period and ensure that standards support consumer choice of providers and community living. One commenter encouraged CMS to provide states with increased guidance rather than less, including, network adequacy metrics based on choice standards, service fulfillment standards, and provider ratios. The commenter continued that guidance should ensure that networks for LTSS services in which the provider travels to the enrollee are just as robust as those in which the enrollee travels to the provider. Response: We decline to set national network adequacy standards. We believe it is particularly important that states have flexibility to set network adequacy standards customized for their LTSS programs given the wide variation in program design, the often very limited supply of providers, the provision of services outside of an office setting, and the potential functional limitations of the LTSS population. We encourage states to solicit stakeholder input in the development of their LTSS network standards to ensure that they adequately address situations when enrollees travel to the provider as well as when the provider travels to the enrollee. CMS issued guidance on setting network adequacy standards in April 2017: Promoting Access in Medicaid and CHIP Managed Care: A Toolkit for Ensuring Provider Network Adequacy and Service Availability and is available at https:// www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/managedcare/downloads/guidance/adequacyand-access-toolkit.pdf. This toolkit, designed as a resource guide for state Medicaid and CHIP agency staff, includes a specific chapter on LTSS. See VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 Chapter V ‘‘Network and Access Standards and Monitoring for Special Provider and Service Types.’’ Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal to delete the requirement for states to set time and distance standards for LTSS providers and stated that such standards are highly beneficial to guiding how LTSS network adequacy standards are developed and judged, and that these standards are particularly relevant for LTSS given the provider shortages for direct-care staff in many areas. Commenters further stated that time and distance standards help ensure that there are providers available in a given area and provide home care agencies, managed care plans, and state agencies with a standard that is easy to use and understand to assess whether provider shortages are due to long travel times that require additional compensation. Another commenter stated that for nursing facility and other institutionaltype LTSS providers, time and distance standards also ensure that enrollees are able to maintain their relationships with their community and family during their time in a facility and that if an enrollee has to enter a facility far way (either in time or distance), the enrollee is less likely to be able to maintain the support networks they will ultimately need to successfully transition back into the community. Response: We agree that time and distance may be useful network adequacy standards for certain provider types and we clarify that our proposed revisions do not prohibit nor discourage the use of time and distance as a network adequacy standard. Our proposed revisions merely remove the requirement that time and distance standards be used as the standard for all provider types. States and managed care plans can continue using time and distance—alone or in conjunction with other standards such as enrollee-toprovider ratios—for any provider types that they deem appropriate. Nursing facilities and other institutional-type facilities that provide LTSS are not specifically included in § 438.68(b)(1); as such, the development and application of network adequacy standards to these provider types is at state discretion because we do not designate the LTSS provider types for which specific evaluation standards must be developed and used in paragraph (b)(2); identifying specific provider types at the Federal level is unnecessary as states have the requisite knowledge and expertise about the services covered under their managed care plans to know which provider types should be individually evaluated PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72807 for access. We agree that facilitating the maintenance of the support networks that will help enrollees transition back to and stay in the community after an institutional stay is important and we urge states and managed care plans to consider this in the development of their network adequacy standards. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing § 438.68 as proposed. 11. Adoption of Practice Guidelines (§ 438.236) In the 2016 final rule, we attempted to remove the terminology ‘‘contracting health care professionals’’ throughout the rule because it is not defined in any regulation or statute and we believed that use of ‘‘network provider’’ as defined in § 438.2 was more accurate. We inadvertently missed removing the term at § 438.236(b)(3). To correct this, we proposed to remove the words ‘‘contracting health care professionals’’ and insert ‘‘network providers’’ in § 438.236(b)(3). The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.236 and our responses to those comments. Comment: One commenter supported the proposed language change to remove the words ‘‘contracting health care professionals’’ and insert ‘‘network providers’’ in § 438.236(b)(3). Response: We thank the commenter for the support. Consistent Use of ‘‘network provider,’’ which is a defined term in § 438.2 promotes clarity in the regulations. After consideration of public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we will finalize § 438.236(b)(3) as proposed. 12. Enrollee Encounter Data (§ 438.242(c)) In § 438.242(b)(3) of the final rule, we required that all contracts between a state and an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP provide for the submission by the managed care plan of all enrollee encounter data that the state is required to submit to us under § 438.818. Since the final rule, some states and managed care plans have expressed concern about, and been hesitant to submit, certain financial data—namely, the allowed amount and the paid amount. Some managed care plans consider this information to be proprietary and inappropriate for public disclosure. We explained in the proposed rule that we understand their concern but emphasize the importance of these data for proper E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72808 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations monitoring and administration of the Medicaid program, particularly for capitation rate setting and review, financial management, and encounter data analysis. Additionally, the allowed and paid amounts of claims are routinely included on explanation of benefits provided to enrollees; thus making this information already publicly available. To clarify the existing requirement and reflect the importance of this data, we proposed to revise § 438.242(c)(3) to explicitly include ‘‘allowed amount and paid amount.’’ We explained in the proposed rule that the proposed change to § 438.242(c)(3) would in no way change the rights of Federal or state entities using encounter data for program integrity purposes to access needed data. Nor would it change the disclosure requirements for explanation of benefits notices (EOBs) or other disclosures to enrollees about their coverage. In the proposed rule, we noted that the health insurance industry has consistently stated that the contractual payment terms between managed care plans and providers are confidential and trade secret information and that the disclosure of this information could cause harm to the competitive position of the managed care plan or provider. We also stated that we would treat data as trade secret when the requirements for such a classification are met. We stated that we recognize the significance of the volume of data collected in the T– MSIS and take our obligations seriously to protect from disclosure information that is protected under Federal law. Our goal in proposing to explicitly name allowed and paid amount in § 438.242(b)(3) is to ensure that the scope of the collection of encounter data is clear. We affirmed our commitment to safeguarding data protected by Federal law from inappropriate use and disclosure. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.242(c) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposed revision to § 438.242(c)(3) and agreed that more accurate and complete Medicaid data and transparency are needed and that data on allowed and paid amounts are critical to monitoring and administering the Medicaid program. Commenters noted that this clarification will strengthen the ability of state and Federal officials to monitor managed care plan payments to network providers for their effect on access to care, is consistent with statutory provisions regarding reporting of encounter data established in the VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (PPACA) (Pub. L. 111–148, enacted March 23, 2010 as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111– 152, enacted March 30, 2010)) (‘‘Affordable Care Act’’),25 and will help to identify potential fraud, waste, and abuse. A few commenters supported this proposal because they believe that managed care plans erroneously state that this information is trade secret. Several commenters stated that the proposed revision to § 438.242(c) will improve the accuracy, transparency, and accountability of encounter data. Response: We agree that it is important for states and us to have complete and accurate encounter data for proper program administration. We appreciate the support and recognition of this important program policy from commenters. Comment: Several commenters requested clarifications about the proposed changes to § 438.242(c). A few commenters requested more guidance on the definitions of ‘‘allowed amount’’ and ‘‘paid amount’’, and one commenter recommended that CMS seek input from managed care plans and other stakeholders on the proposed definitions. A few commenters requested clarification on how the requirement to report allowed and paid amounts will apply to subcapitated arrangements with providers that do not have clear payments for individual services and do not use a per service payment structure. Specifically, a few commenters requested clarification regarding whether the allowed and paid amounts that the state is required to report to CMS are the amounts the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP or subcontractor allowed and paid to the direct healthcare provider. Response: We understand the request for additional clarification on how the allowed and paid amount fields should be populated in T–MSIS submissions. For provider claims paid by the managed care plan or subcontractor on a FFS basis, ‘‘allowed amount’’ and ‘‘paid amount’’ have the same meaning as used for completing EOBs sent to enrollees; that is, the allowed amount reflects the amount the managed care plan or subcontractor expects to pay for a service based on its contract with the provider and the paid amount reflects the amount the managed care plan or 25 Sections 6402(c)(3) and 6504(b)(1) of the Affordable Care Act reorganize, amend, and add to sections 1903(i)(25) and 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act by adding provisions related to routine reporting of encounter data as a condition for receiving Federal matching payments for medical assistance. PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 subcontractor actually sends to the provider after adjudicating the claim. This would be the same for claims paid by the state Medicaid agency or a managed care plan. We acknowledge that there are many types of payment arrangements including other than a per service payment arrangement, used in Medicaid managed care and that data fields in T– MSIS may need to be populated in different ways to accurately capture the data associated with the different arrangements. It is critical that Transformed Medicaid Statistical Information System (T–MSIS) data reflect all data associated to services provided to managed care enrollees, including services provided by subcontractors. For example, comprehensive data on pharmacy services subcontracted to a pharmacy benefit manager must be submitted to T–MSIS with the same level of accuracy and completeness as data for claims paid by the managed care plan directly. The requirements for populating fields in T–MSIS are documented in a data dictionary and accompanying guidance issued by CMS. We also have technical assistance available for states that have questions about submitting T–MSIS data. For more information, visit: https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/ data-and-systems/macbis/tmsis/ index.html. The dynamic nature of health care payment arrangements necessitates that we use flexible and rapid methods for distributing T–MSIS information to states in the most efficient and effective manner. As such, including overly specific details to address every type of payment arrangement in a regulation is not prudent nor feasible. States should consult T–MSIS requirements and guidance documents and request technical assistance as needed to ensure that their T–MSIS submissions meet current standards. Comment: One commenter stated that the allowed amount is not needed for administering the Medicaid program because it is not necessary for invoicing Federal rebates or capturing Federal reimbursement for Medicaid expenditures. Another commenter stated that the capitation rates should be set based on the paid amount, not the allowed amount, and that if CMS has concerns about amounts paid, it should look towards addressing policies that drive up costs, such as state-mandated formularies or any willing provider provisions, and adopt proven benefit design tools used in the commercial market to keep costs down. Response: We disagree with the commenter that the information about E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations the allowed amount should not be collected. While allowed amount data submitted by managed care plans to states may not be utilized as routinely as paid amount data in setting capitation rates or oversight activities, it nonetheless provides states and CMS insight into important aspects of a managed care plan’s network, namely, its fee schedule and contractually negotiated rates. Analyzing allowed amount data can facilitate plan comparisons that are not possible with paid amounts as well as provide insight into possible causes for access issues within a plan’s network. We clarify here that we did not intend to convey in our proposal that we had ‘‘concerns with paid amounts,’’ but rather to clarify the meaning of ‘‘all enrollee encounter data’’ in § 438.242(c)(3) as finalized in the 2016 final rule by explicitly stating the mandatory submission of encounter data includes allowed amount and paid amount data. Under § 438.818, states must submit all enrollee encounter data to CMS; § 438.242(c) requires states to require Medicaid managed care plans to submit to the state the same encounter data that must be submitted in their T– MSIS submissions to us. As explained in the 2016 final rule, Sections 6402(c)(3) and 6504(b)(1) of the Affordable Care Act reorganize, amend, and add to the provisions of sections 1903(i)(25) and 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act by adding provisions related to routine reporting of encounter data as a condition for receiving Federal matching payments for medical assistance. Section 1903(i)(25) of the Act mandates that, effective March 23, 2010, Federal matching payments to the states must not be made for individuals for whom the state does not report enrollee encounter data to us. The PPACA amendment to section 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act specifies that the obligation for an MCO to report ‘‘patient encounter data’’ was, for contract years after January 1, 2010, to the state in a timeframe and level of detail specified by the Secretary. The data that must be collected and reported under these provisions is the same, but the population covered by section 1903(i)(25) of the Act, compared to the population covered by section 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act, included enrollees of PIHPs and PAHP. (81 FR 27737). These statutory changes or the data required from Medicaid managed care plans were reflected in §§ 438.242 and 438.818 of the 2016 final rule. Comment: Several commenters appreciated CMS’ commitment to safeguarding data protected by Federal law from inappropriate use and VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 disclosure but recommended that CMS reinforce this assurance in regulatory language by including an affirmative statement in § 438.242(c) that would make the submissions subject to applicable Federal and state confidentiality laws and regulations. A few commenters stated that they appreciate CMS’ recognition that contractual payment terms between managed care plans and providers may be confidential and trade secret information, the disclosure of which could potentially harm competition among managed care plans and providers. Response: We decline to include additional regulatory text indicating the applicability of Federal and state laws and regulations to the collection of enrollee encounter data that states are required to submit to T–MSIS. We exercise due diligence to comply with all applicable laws and regulations with respect to all data in T–MSIS. We do not believe that this final rule is the appropriate place to discuss fully the scope and applicability of various confidentiality and data protection laws to encounter data that must be submitted under sections 1903(i)(25) and 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act. If, and when, there is a request for disclosure of this data (or if we seek to disclose without a request), we will evaluate the applicable law and whether encounter data submissions are protected from release or disclosure under Federal law. The facts of each situation, including the age and scope of the data, are necessarily key components in any such analysis. Comment: A few commenters disagreed that the allowed amount is already in the public domain in the form of EOBs because EOBs are not public documents. Several commenters stated that the allowed amount is considered proprietary information by most plans and is not appropriate for public disclosure. Response: We understand commenters’ concern; however, there are no restrictions on an enrollee’s use or disclosure of their EOBs. We recognize the significance of managed care plans’ concerns and commit to treating these data as confidential under applicable law when the requirements for such treatment are met. We also acknowledge the significance of the large volume of data collected in T– MSIS as opposed to the very limited amount of data available from individual EOBs, and the potential uses the quantity would enable. We take our obligations seriously to safeguard information that is protected under PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72809 Federal law from inappropriate use and disclosure. Comment: One commenter urged CMS to not only ensure that contractual payment terms are safeguarded from disclosure, but also stated that aggregated data that could be used to reverse engineer contractual payment terms is safeguarded. Another commenter requested additional information about the measures CMS uses or proposes to use to safeguard the allowed and paid amount data and recommended that CMS apply stringent safeguards in how this information is used to ensure that this data is only used for its intended purposes and not in manners that have the potential to adversely impact competition for plans and providers. One commenter requested that the final rule clarify that any additional disclosure of allowed and paid amounts, beyond that made to the state and CMS, is at the discretion of the managed care plan. One commenter stated that they discourage requiring submission of allowed and paid amounts, and that at a minimum, managed care plans need to better understand the purpose of this data collection and CMS’ intended use for this data. Response: We understand the concern that the large quantity of data maintained in T–MSIS could be used to reverse engineer payment terms and fee schedules. Safeguarding information that is protected under Federal law from inappropriate use and disclosure is a priority for us. However, there are adequate protections in other Federal law (for example, exemption 4 in the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), the Trade Secrets Act, 18 U.S.C. 1905) so adding a new regulatory protection here is not appropriate. Further, we decline to include regulatory text giving plans discretion over the use and distribution of T–MSIS data. CMS will comply with all applicable Federal requirements associated with use and disclosure of data. As we stated in the proposed rule, we consider encounter data invaluable for proper monitoring and administration of the Medicaid program, particularly for capitation rate setting and review, financial management, program integrity, and utilization analysis. As we explained in SMD 13– 004 (https://www.medicaid.gov/federalpolicy-guidance/downloads/smd-13004.pdf), our goal is for T–MSIS data to be used for initiatives such as to study encounters, claims, and enrollment data by claim and beneficiary attributes; analyze expenditures by medical assistance and administration categories; monitor expenditures within E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72810 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations delivery systems and assess the impact of different types of delivery system models on beneficiary outcomes; examine the enrollment, service provision, and expenditure experience of providers who participate in our programs; and observe trends or patterns indicating potential fraud, waste, and abuse in the programs so we can prevent or mitigate the impact of these activities. We are committed to collecting accurate and comprehensive data, meeting our obligations to safeguard that data, and using it to reach our goals to improve the Medicaid program and the health outcomes of its beneficiaries. Comment: A few commenters expressed concerns about the impact of reporting the allowed amount on costs associated with modifying encounter data collection and IT systems for states and health plans. One commenter stated that the allowed amount is not currently an available field in either the National Council for Prescription Drug Programs (NCPDP) standard reporting layouts frequently used by states as the basis for capturing their pharmacy encounters, or in the 837 ASC 26 X12 standards used to report professional claims. One commenter recommended that instead of requiring the allowed amount to be reported with enrollee encounter data, CMS should use the approach taken by the 837 ASC X12 workgroup that permits calculation of the allowed amount from the fields needed to calculate it in the data already captured in the current layout. Commenter stated that calculating allowed amount in this manner would promote greater consistency in reporting and allow CMS to achieve its goal of more accurately identifying administrative costs. Response: We believe the commenter is referring to the pre-adjudicated allowed amount field. If so, we understand that the allowed amount is no longer a required field in 837 ASC X12 for pre-adjudicated claims. However, Loop 2400 HCP02 (Priced/ Repriced Allowed Amount) data element does still exist in the 5010 format and is applicable to postadjudicated claims. The allowed amount added by the managed care plan or subcontractor during adjudication is the data that should be submitted to T– MSIS. We clarify here that we are not requiring the creation of new fields in any of the standardized transaction formats referenced in § 438.242(c)(4); existing fields should be populated consistent with the T–MSIS data dictionary. As such, we do not believe states nor managed care plans will need 26 Accredited VerDate Sep<11>2014 Standards Committee. 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 to invest significant, if any, IT resources to comply. We decline to adopt a requirement for a calculated allowed amount over one populated when the claim is adjudicated. Comment: A few commenters recommended ways to implement the proposed change to § 438.242. Commenters stated that, given the variety of contracting and subcontracting arrangements, consultation should occur between Medicaid plans, states, and CMS on how best to define and implement this provision to ensure that all appropriate costs are captured for rate development. A few commenters recommended that there be sufficient time for implementation because the use of new fields in the encounter system will require considerable programming for point of service claims, and one commenter requested a future effective date for these changes. One commenter recommended making reporting the allowed amount optional. One commenter recommended that CMS work with healthcare stakeholders to create industry standard formats for encounter file submissions and seek public input through future formal rulemaking. Commenters also recommended that CMS finalize any such industry standard formats with sufficient time and definitive guidance in advance of required use. Response: The size and scope of today’s Medicaid programs need robust, timely, and accurate data to ensure the highest financial and program performance, support policy analyses, and maintain ongoing improvement that enables data-driven decision making. Encounter data are the basis for any number of required or voluntary activities, including rate setting, risk adjustment, quality measurement, value-based purchasing, program integrity, and policy development. Since 1999, states have been required to electronically submit data files to MSIS, including eligibility and paid claims files. The paid claims files have always required the same fields of data that are present on a claim form or standardized electronic format. Submitting allowed and paid amounts for encounter data to CMS is not a new requirement for states, although their compliance rates of completeness and accuracy have varied widely. Congress enacted sections 6402(c)(3) and 6504(b)(1) of the PPACA which reorganized, amended, and added to the provisions of sections 1903(i)(25) and 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act by adding provisions related to routine reporting of encounter data as a condition for receiving Federal matching payments for medical PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 assistance. Section 1903(i)(25) of the Act mandates that, effective March 23, 2010, Federal matching payments to the states must not be made for individuals for whom the state does not report enrollee encounter data to us. Further, section 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act specifies that an MCO must report ‘‘patient encounter data’’ for contract years after January 1, 2010, to the state in a timeframe and level of detail specified by the Secretary. We do not believe that the clarification we are adding to the regulation (by incorporating explicit wording that the allowed amount and paid amount are part of the required encounter data reporting) for the purpose of emphasizing the importance of accurate and complete submission by Medicaid managed care plans necessitates additional consultation or significant implementation efforts. We do not believe there is a need for one industry standard reporting format solely for encounter data submissions. We addressed data standardization and file formats for submission of encounter data in the 2016 final rule in § 438.242(c)(4), which specifies submission of encounter data to the state in standardized ASC X12N 837 and NCPDP formats, and the ASC X12N 835 format as appropriate. As noted previously in our responses to comment on the proposal to amend § 438.242(c)(3), we believe that populating the existing field in the X12N 837 and NCPDP formats, and the ASC X12N 835 format will not entail significant burden. Generally, all regulations have future effective dates, and we do not believe we need to set an additionally delayed or unique compliance date for § 438.242(c)(3) as revised in this final rule given the lengthy history of this requirement. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing § 438.242(c) as proposed. 13. Medicaid Managed Care Quality Rating System (MAC QRS) (§ 438.334) In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27686), we established at § 438.334 the authority to require states to operate a Medicaid managed care quality rating system (QRS) and incorporated this provision in its entirety into CHIP at § 457.1240(d). That regulation provides that we, in consultation with states and other stakeholders, and after providing public notice and opportunity to comment, will identify performance measures and a methodology for a Medicaid and CHIP managed care quality rating system. That regulation E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations also provides that states will have the option to use the CMS-developed QRS or establish an alternative state-specific QRS (‘‘state alternative QRS’’), provided that the state alternative QRS produces substantially comparable information about plan performance. Under the regulation, any state alternative QRS is subject to CMS approval. In the 2016 final rule, we used the acronym Medicaid Managed Care Quality Rating System QRS (MMC QRS). In this final rule, we refer to the Medicaid and CHIP Managed Care Quality Rating System (‘‘MAC QRS’’), as both Medicaid and CHIP are subject to the QRS regulations. In the November 14, 2018 proposed rule, we proposed to make several revisions to the QRS regulations at § 438.334. These proposed revisions were intended to better balance the goal of facilitating inter-state comparisons of plan performance and reducing plan burden through standardization with the need for state flexibility and the practical challenges inherent in producing comparable ratings across heterogeneous states. We proposed no changes to § 457.1240(d), therefore all proposed changes to § 438.334 would be incorporated by § 457.1240(d)’s crossreference and apply equally to both a state’s Medicaid and CHIP programs. Specifically, we proposed to revise the requirement in § 438.334(c)(1)(i) (redesignated at paragraph (c)(1)(ii) in this final rule) to make explicit our intention to take feasibility into account when requiring that the information yielded by a state alternative QRS be substantially comparable to the information yielded by the CMSdeveloped QRS, by taking into account differences in state programs that may complicate comparability. We also proposed to add a new paragraph (c)(4) to explicitly provide that we would engage with states and other stakeholders in developing sub regulatory guidance on what it means for an alternative QRS to yield substantially comparable information, and how a state would demonstrate it meets that standard. Current § 438.334(b) provides that CMS ‘‘will identify performance measures and a methodology’’ for the MAC QRS. We proposed to revise paragraph (b) to provide that CMS will develop a MAC QRS framework, including the identification of a set of mandatory performance measures and a methodology. We proposed to redesignate § 438.334(c)(1)(i) and (ii) as paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and (iii), respectively, and proposed to add new paragraph (c)(1)(i) to require a state alternative QRS to VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 include the mandatory measures identified in the framework. We noted that states will retain flexibility to include additional measures important to serving their quality goals and meeting the needs of their beneficiaries and stakeholder communities. The purpose of the proposed change is to facilitate comparable ratings while continuing to provide flexibility for states to include additional measures important to serving their beneficiaries and achieving their quality goals. We also noted that, as the MAC QRS and our recently launched Medicaid and CHIP Scorecard serve related goals, we expect to coordinate the measures selected for the Scorecard and those selected for the CMS-developed QRS. The Scorecard includes measures from the Child and Adult Core Sets that CMS identifies and publishes pursuant to sections 1139A and 1139B of the Act and that are voluntarily reported by states, as well as federally-reported measures in three areas: State health system performance, state administrative accountability, and Federal administrative accountability. Both the Child and Adult Core Sets and the Scorecard are reviewed annually and are expected to continue to evolve. More information about the Scorecard is available at https://www.medicaid.gov/ state-overviews/scorecard/. We proposed to revise § 438.334(b) to provide that the CMS-developed QRS will align where appropriate with the Qualified Health Plan (QHP) quality rating system developed in accordance with 45 CFR 156.1120, the Medicare Advantage 5-Star Rating System, and other related CMS quality rating approaches. We noted that alignment would be determined as part of the ongoing development of the proposed measures and methodologies and would be addressed in the MAC QRS-specific rulemaking. Finally, we proposed to revise the current introductory language in § 438.334(c)(1) introductory text and (c)(1)(ii) to eliminate the requirement that states obtain prior approval from CMS before implementing a state alternative QRS to reduce the upfront administrative burden on states and speed time to implementation. Instead of prior CMS approval, we proposed at § 438.334(c)(3) that states would, upon CMS request, submit the following information to CMS to demonstrate compliance with § 438.334(c): The state’s alternative QRS framework, including the performance measures and methodology to be used in generating plan ratings; documentation of the public comment process described in § 438.334(c)(2)(i) and (ii), PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72811 including issues raised by the Medical Care Advisory Committee and the public, any policy revisions or modifications made in response to the comments, and the rationale for comments not accepted; and other information specified by CMS. We noted that as part of our general oversight responsibilities, we would still review states’ alternative QRS and work with states on any identified deficiencies. We described the proposed approach as similar to the oversight process we use for states’ Medicaid eligibility verification plans (§ 435.945(j)), and CHIP eligibility verification plans (§ 457.380(i)), which require states to submit eligibility verification plans to CMS upon request, in a manner and format prescribed by CMS. However, our proposal for the state alternative QRS would not have required prior approval. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.334 and our responses to those comments. Comment: We received many comments supporting the establishment of a minimum mandatory measure set that would be applicable across both the CMS-developed QRS and state alternative QRS. A number of commenters stated that this proposal will reduce administrative burden on plans and providers and allow for more easily comparable data across states. Several commenters supported the proposal to apply the minimum mandatory measure set across the CMSdeveloped QRS and state alternative QRS, noting this will establish a level of consistency across states but continue to give states additional flexibility to add measures important to the state. One commenter supported coordinating the minimum set with Scorecard and offered to work with CMS on exploring how the QRS and Scorecard can support one another. Response: We thank commenters for their support and are finalizing the proposed policies for (1) adoption by CMS of a minimum mandatory measure set within the full MAC QRS measure set and of a methodology developed in accordance with § 438.334(b) with some modifications as discussed in this section of this final rule; and (2) application of the minimum mandatory measure set to state alternative QRS in § 438.334(c)(1)(i). Comment: A number of commenters recommended that the minimum set of mandatory measures should include measures that are focused on outcomes; are clinically credible; address potentially avoidable outcomes; are comprehensive in scope; have E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72812 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations quantifiable financial impact; use standard data; and are comparable across states. Response: We will take commenters’ suggestions under advisement as we continue the stakeholder engagement and MAC QRS development process leading to a future MAC QRS-specific rulemaking. Comment: One commenter sought confirmation that health plans will not be responsible for reporting measures that are specific to types of services not included in their benefit packages, in situations where states have provided carve-outs for those services such as pharmacy, behavioral health or dental. Response: While the reporting requirements for plans associated with the MAC QRS are beyond the scope of this rule, we agree that it would not be reasonable to hold plans accountable for services that are not included in their contracts and which they do not provide. We intend to take this and other considerations related to service carve-outs and limited benefit plans into account as part of the stakeholder engagement process, in development of the proposed MAC QRS-specific rulemaking. Comment: Many commenters expressed concern with aligning the MAC QRS with other CMS quality rating approaches and/or with the proposals to develop the minimum set of mandatory measures and to coordinate that minimum set with the Scorecard initiative. Several commenters noted deficiencies or gaps in the current QHP and Medicare Advantage 5-Star Quality Rating System methodologies, and pointed out that the Medicaid/CHIP programs serve different populations than Medicare and QHP programs and cover different services. As such, these commenters believed that alignment with the Medicare Advantage 5-Star Quality Rating System may not provide an accurate picture of the care being provided. A few commenters expressed concern with the proposed alignment because Medicaid and CHIP serve a significant number of children and recommended that CMS ensure pediatric specific ratings are available and that the measure set include measures relevant to children and their caregivers. Some commenters noted that the current version of Scorecard contains only 16 quality measures and expressed concern that a measure set comprised only of Scorecard measures would leave large measurement gaps for key Medicaid populations, such as adults and children with disabilities, pregnant women and newborns, persons receiving long term services and VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 supports, and aging populations. A few commenters noted that a mandatory measure set may not be applicable across disparate managed care programs within a state that serves unique populations. One commenter did not support the proposal to require mandatory measures, because the mandatory measures may be in clinical domains in which their state already excels. The commenter also noted that a mandatory measure set would not consider the resources states with an existing QRS may have already spent to gain support for the measures already contained in such an existing QRS. Response: We are finalizing the authority and requirements for (1) a framework for the MAC QRS, including the identification of the performance measures, a minimum mandatory measure set within the full MAC QRS measure set, methodology, and (2) an alignment where appropriate with the qualified health plan (QHP) quality rating system developed in accordance with 45 CFR 156.1120, the Medicare Advantage 5-Star Rating System, and other related CMS quality rating approaches in the amendment to § 438.334(b), which we are redesignating as paragraph (b)(1). We use the term framework to encompass all of the critical components of a QRS, which include, but are not necessarily limited to, the selected performance measures and methodology. Although alignment, where appropriate, with other CMS quality rating systems and approaches is required under the rule we are finalizing, the regulation, as proposed and finalized, does not limit MAC QRS measures only to those included in the Scorecard, the listed rating systems, or other CMS quality rating systems. For example, measures not currently included in Scorecard but important to beneficiaries and pertinent to specialty services and specific populations (for example, MLTSS measures) will also be considered for the full MAC QRS measure set. Moreover, states will continue to have the flexibility to add measures for services, programs and populations that are important to each state, should the full MAC QRS measure set (including the minimum mandatory subset) not include specific measures important to a particular state for its quality improvement goals. Therefore, we are finalizing the amendments to § 438.334(b), redesignated as paragraph (b)(1), with modification to clarify that the MAC QRS framework includes the identification of the performance measures, as well as a subset of mandatory performance measures, and a PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 methodology. Per § 438.334(b)(1), we will consult with states and other stakeholders in developing the framework including the MAC QRS measure set and subset of minimum mandatory measures, which then will be subject to formal public notice and comment so we expect that stakeholders and the public will have ample opportunity to provide comment on the measures identified by us, including the mandatory measures. Further, while the proposed and final rule call for the MAC QRS to be aligned with the QHP QRS, the Medicare Advantage 5-Star rating system and other related CMS quality rating approaches (such as Scorecard) where appropriate, this does not mean alignment in all aspects. Differences would be appropriate, for example, to address the different populations and services covered in the Medicaid and CHIP programs. Comment: Many commenters supported our proposal to align the CMS-developed MAC QRS with other CMS rating approaches where appropriate. Several commenters agreed that alignment across programs will reduce administrative burden and promote high-quality care. Response: As we noted in the proposed rule, we proposed to expand the requirement to align the MAC QRS, where appropriate, with other CMSdeveloped quality rating approaches, based on feedback gathered through early stages of the stakeholder engagement process that a more expansive approach to alignment would reduce reporting burden on plans that operate across multiple markets, such as Medicare Advantage and the Marketplace. We are finalizing the amendment to include alignment with the Medicare Advantage 5-Star rating system and other CMS quality rating approaches in addition to the QHP QRS at § 438.334(b)(1). In the final regulation text, we are making a technical modification to the citation of the Medicare Advantage 5-Star rating system to indicate that it is described in 42 CFR part 422, subpart D. Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on the process CMS will use to develop the MAC QRS framework including measures and methodology and requested that CMS provide a timeline for development of the MAC QRS framework. Response: As we noted in the proposed rule, we have begun the early stages of a stakeholder engagement process needed for the MAC QRS framework. We have conducted interactive listening sessions with various stakeholders, including state E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations and health plan stakeholder groups’ directors, and interviewed several beneficiaries. We also have convened a diverse technical expert panel (TEP) to meet periodically to advise us on the framework, objectives, measures, and methodologies for the MAC QRS. The TEP includes representatives from state Medicaid and CHIP agencies, plans, beneficiary advocates, and quality measurement experts. We intend to continue this type of stakeholder engagement to develop the MAC QRS, culminating in the publication of a MAC QRS-specific proposed rule in the Federal Register, consistent with at the requirements in § 438.334(b), which we are redesignating as paragraph (b)(1). We also intend to provide technical assistance and guidance to states to assist them with implementation of the MAC QRS. As we explained in both the 2015 Medicaid managed care proposed rule (80 FR 31153) and the 2016 final rule response to comments (81 FR 27688), after finalizing the initial CMSdeveloped QRS, we may periodically review it to determine the need for modifications, such as refining the methodology and updating the measures to ensure continuing alignment. However, we realize that the current regulations do not clearly reflect the policy described in the preambles; therefore, we are adding a new paragraph at § 438.334(b)(2) to make clear that CMS would follow the same stakeholder engagement and rulemaking process prior to updating the CMSdeveloped QRS, including consulting with States and other stakeholders and then providing public notice and opportunity to comment, in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of § 438.334. Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed language change that clarified and reinforced our intention to include stakeholders in developing the MAC QRS framework, including a set of performance measures, a subset of mandatory measures, and methodology for determining a rating based on reported measures. A few commenters recommended working with the Core Measures Quality Collaborative. A few commenters recommended including beneficiaries, providers and researchers in the process. One commenter recommended that Medicaid MCOs have an opportunity to participate in the development of the QRS framework. A few commenters supported CMS’ proposal to work with stakeholders to develop sub regulatory guidance on what it means for an alternative QRS to yield substantially comparable information. A few commenters VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 requested that health plans be included in the process. One commenter suggested that CMS should seek input from The Partnership for Medicaid. Response: We appreciate commenters’ interest and willingness to participate in the development of the MAC QRS. We are committed to a stakeholder engagement process that captures the diverse viewpoints of the Medicaid and CHIP community. Our current regulation at § 438.334(b), redesignated as § 438.334(b)(1) in this final rule, provides for CMS consultation with states and other stakeholders in the development of the CMS-developed QRS. Our proposal at § 438.334(c)(4) (for the Secretary to issue guidance in consultation with states and other stakeholders) was intended to codify our intention similarly to actively engage with states and other stakeholders in the development of the ‘‘substantially comparable’’ guidance for state alternative QRSs as well. We are retaining the policy to require consultation in development of the CMS-developed QRS in § 438.334(b)(1) of the final rule and finalizing proposed paragraph (c)(4), with a technical modification in both paragraphs to clarify that issuance of the MAC QRSspecific rulemaking and the subregulatory guidance on substantial comparability will be ‘‘after consulting,’’ rather than ‘‘in consultation,’’ with states and other stakeholders. We believe this technical change eliminates potential confusion about the timing of stakeholder consultation and clarifies that it is a distinct engagement process that will happen before the rulemaking used to adopt or revise the framework for the CMS-developed QRS. We recognize the broad range of stakeholders interested in the development of the MAC QRS and are committed to working with them in the development of both the MAC QRS and subregulatory guidance related to alternative QRS. Comment: Several commenters supported our proposal, in § 438.334(c)(1)(ii), to take feasibility into account when applying the substantial comparability requirements to a state alternative QRS. A few commenters appreciated CMS’s effort to clarify the considerations that will be taken into account in applying the standard and providing additional flexibility to states, but continued to question how the substantially comparable standard will be implemented. Many other commenters expressed concerns that this proposal would create too much flexibility, limiting comparability and allowing states to implement inadequate rating systems with measures that are PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72813 not useful for Medicaid populations, especially vulnerable populations within their state. Response: We agree that comparability is an important goal and that utilization of meaningful measures is key, but we also believe feasibility is an important consideration because states’ covered populations and program design, as well as their information technology, data collection and reporting capacity, differ. We are finalizing paragraph (c)(1)(ii) as proposed. We will engage with states and other stakeholders in developing the sub regulatory guidance specifying the criteria and process for determining the substantially comparability standard, as required under § 438.334(c)(4). We look forward to working with states and other stakeholders to strike the right balance between comparability and flexibility under the standard for state alternative QRSs, set forth in § 438.334(c)(1)(ii) of the final rule, while producing ratings that are meaningful and useful for beneficiaries, plans, and states. As § 438.334(c)(4) requires that we consult with states and other stakeholders before issuing the guidance on the substantial comparability standard, it would be premature to provide specific guidance on that point here. We also expect that the MAC QRS will evolve, and with continued CMS support and technical assistance to states, what may not be initially feasible may become more feasible over time. Comment: Many commenters recommended additional measures and measure sets for alignment with and inclusion in the MAC QRS. Several commenters recommended including the Medicaid and CHIP Core Measure Sets. Several commenters recommended aligning the MAC QRS measures with the ‘‘Meaningful Measures’’ initiative by CMS for use across CMS programs. A few commenters encouraged CMS to utilize standard, nationally developed and consensus-based measures. A few commenters encouraged CMS to use reliable and valid measures that reflect quality of care and plan performance. A few commenters recommended that any mandatory measures should be relevant to long-term care and LTSS programs and one commenter recommended that the CMS-developed QRS and any state alternative QRS be required to include at least the domains listed in § 438.330(c)(1)(ii) on quality of life, rebalancing, and community integration. Several commenters requested that the mandatory measure set include sufficient measures for pharmacy, cancer care, screenings and preventive care. One commenter urged E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72814 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations CMS to recognize the importance of access to care as a summary indicator when developing a standardized Medicaid QRS. A few commenters suggested including Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set (HEDIS) measures. A few commenters also encouraged the use of medication use-related metrics and aligning with the Pharmacy Quality Alliance (PQA) measures. A few commenters requested that CMS define pharmacy quality within the QRS and urged that measures related to pharmacy performance be standardized, achievable, and have proven criteria that measure individual pharmacy performance. One commenter recommended including the Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (CAHPS) survey. Another commenter recommended aligning with the Medicare Part D star rating program. One commenter encouraged aligning with the Dental Quality Alliance for oral health. A few commenters encouraged CMS to ensure that states have a dentalspecific QRS domain rather than a single measure within a broader set. One commenter suggested that measures related to cancer care should be included and that these measures should focus on the specifics of cancer treatment, be meaningful to patients and relevant to all oncology specialties. One commenter suggested using existing summary indicators for the qualified health plans (QHPs). Response: We did not propose specific measures or measure sets in this rule, which is focused on the overarching authority for the MAC QRS. Consideration of specific measures and measure sets is being addressed in the ongoing engagement CMS is having with stakeholders in developing the MAC QRS framework. The regulation we are finalizing at § 438.334(b)(1) requires the MAC QRS that CMS develops to align where appropriate with CMS quality rating approaches, but does not preclude our consideration of other quality rating systems. We will consider them as we continue the stakeholder engagement and development of the MAC QRS within the authority of § 438.334. We provide here for readers some information about some of the CMS initiatives noted by the commenters. Section 1139A of the Act requires HHS to identify and publish a core measure set of children’s health care quality measures for voluntary use by state Medicaid and CHIP programs. In addition, section 1139B of the Act similarly requires HHS to identify and publish a core set of health care quality measures for adult Medicaid enrollees. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 For more information on the Medicaid and CHIP Core Measure Sets see https:// www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/quality-ofcare/performance-measurement/ index.html. CMS’s comprehensive initiative ‘‘Meaningful Measures’’ was launched in 2017 and identifies high priority areas for quality measurement and improvement across our programs. Its purpose is to improve outcomes for patients, their families and providers while also reducing burden on clinicians and providers. More information about this initiative may be found at https://www.cms.gov/ Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/Quality InitiativesGenInfo/CMS-QualityStrategy.html. Comment: A few commenters supported the proposal to eliminate the prior-approval requirement in § 438.334(c)(1) of the current regulations for states opting to develop a state alternative QRS, noting this will reduce delays in implementing a state alternative QRS and will allow for greater state flexibility. One commenter supported the proposal but expressed concern that too much flexibility for states could create too much variation among QRS requirements across states. Many other commenters opposed removing the prior-approval requirement. Some commenters perceived this change could undermine CMS’s oversight authority, or reduce plan accountability by allowing states to choose only those measures on which the state and/or their contracted health plans already perform well and for which there is little room for improvement. Some commenters perceived this change could reduce the ability to share and collect meaningful data, and create additional reporting requirements and burdens on physicians. A few commenters were concerned that states could receive feedback from CMS requiring a change in their state alternative QRS late in its implementation, after states had already expended significant time and resources in developing and building their alternative QRS. These commenters requested that CMS allow states the option to submit their alternative QRS for some level of CMS review and approval prior to implementation. Response: The proposal was intended to provide states with upfront administrative flexibility and avoid potential delay in implementation. However, we also understand the concerns of commenters regarding this risk to states in expending time and resources on an alternative QRS which CMS might subsequently determine does not meet the substantial PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 comparability standard. We also agree with commenters’ concerns about the risks to ensuring that all state alternative QRS’s meet the substantial comparability standard. Therefore, we are not finalizing our proposal to remove the requirement that states submit alternative QRS to CMS for approval prior to implementation. As discussed in this rule, the prior approval requirement currently codified at § 438.334(c)(1)(ii) is being redesignated as paragraph (c)(1)(iii) in this final rule with one grammatical correction as to the word ‘‘receives’’. In addition, our proposal to amend § 438.334(c)(2), which was to revise the introductory text solely to be consistent with the proposal to eliminate the prior approval requirement, is not being finalized. Comment: One commenter requested clarification whether updates to a state’s alternative QRS would trigger a CMS review or additional stakeholder outreach. One commenter suggested that CMS review states’ alternative QRS on at least an annual basis to address any deficiencies. Response: As explained in this rule, we are not finalizing the change to the current requirement that states receive prior-approval from CMS of an alternative QRS prior to its implementation. For the same reasons, we agree with the commenters that prior approval of modifications is necessary to ensure that the standards for use of an alternative QRS continue to be met and that states do not make significant investment in modifications that CMS then determines do not comply with the substantially comparable standard. Prior approval from CMS of a state alternative QRS, including modifications to a state alternative QRS, is required under the current regulations at § 438.334(c)(1)(ii), and we are not substantively modifying this requirement in light of our decision not to finalize the proposal to eliminate the prior approval requirement. This requirement is redesignated as § 438.334(c)(1)(iii), in this final rule. Further, we note that § 438.334(c)(2), which we are not amending, requires that both implementation of a state alternative QRS and modification of an approved state alternative QRS require Medical Care Advisory Committee input and a state public notice and comment process prior to submission to us for approval. These stakeholder engagement requirements, which apply whether a state is implementing an initial state alternative QRS or making modifications to an existing state alternative QRS, continue to apply. We believe that CMS review and approval of the state alternative QRS prior to E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations implementation and prior to a modification would be substantively similar in terms of the standards applied and the information considered. We do not believe adding a specific requirement for annual CMS review of an approved alternative QRS is necessary given that CMS approval of the initial state alternative QRS and any modifications are already addressed in the regulation text. As noted in this rule, we are codifying at § 438.334(b)(2) the authority to periodically update and modify the MAC QRS framework including a continued process for stakeholder engagement and public notice and opportunity for comment. When we make changes, we will explain in those future rulemakings and guidance what it means for states implementing the CMS-developed MAC QRS, as well as how the changes affect the substantial comparability analysis of any state alternative QRS. We expect to work with all states to implement future MAC QRS modifications. Comment: Several commenters expressed concern that the removal of CMS prior-approval of alternative QRS also changed the timing of the statelevel public stakeholder process from prior to submitting an alternative QRS proposal to CMS to prior to a state implementing an alternative QRS. Commenters expressed concern that this could limit the impact stakeholders have with states developing an alternative QRS. One commenter suggested that CMS should reinforce the importance of the public comment process in developing an alternative QRS and several recommended that CMS model the state-level public comment process on the section 1115(a) demonstration public engagement requirements. Response: As noted, we are not finalizing the proposed removal of CMS prior-approval. In addition, we remind readers that § 438.334(c)(2), which we did not propose to amend, requires states to obtain input from their Medical Care Advisory Committee and to provide an opportunity for public comment of at least 30-days prior to the state submitting to CMS a request for or modification of a state alternative QRS. Also, current § 438.334(c)(3), as amended and redesignated at paragraph (c)(3)(ii), requires states to include documentation of the public comment process in the request to CMS, including discussion of the issues raised by the MCAC and the public as well as documentation of any policy revisions or modifications made in response to the comments and rationale for comments accepted. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 Comment: One commenter requested that CMS clarify the proposal to redesignate § 438.334(c)(1)(ii) of the current text (that requires states to receive CMS prior approval) to § 438.334(c)(1)(iii) because it conflicts with CMS’s proposal to eliminate the prior approval requirement. Response: While we agree this was a technical error in the amendatory instructions for the proposed changes (see 83 FR 57296), we are not finalizing the removal of the prior-approval requirement. We are redesignating revised paragraph (c)(1)(i) (relating to the substantial comparability standard for alternative QRS) as paragraph (c)(1)(ii); adding a new paragraph (c)(1)(i) (applying the minimum mandatory measure set to alternative QRS); and redesignating paragraph (c)(1)(ii) (requiring CMS prior-approval of alternative QRS) as paragraph (c)(1)(iii). We are also finalizing the proposed amendment to paragraph (c)(1) so that it provides that ‘‘a state may implement’’ a state alternative QRS. The proposed text eliminates a redundancy in the current regulation text, paragraph (c)(1), which provides that a state ‘‘may submit a request to CMS for approval’’. This language is redundant with the requirement in redesignated paragraph (c)(1)(iii) requiring that states receive CMS approval prior to implementing an alternative QRS. After consideration of all the comments received and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to the comments, we are finalizing the changes to the MAC QRS regulations at § 438.334 as proposed with some modifications for clarity and with the exception of the proposal to eliminate the requirement for CMS prior approval of a state’s use of an alternative QRS. We are finalizing amendments to § 438.334 as follows: • We are finalizing amendments to proposed paragraph (b), redesignated it as paragraph (b)(1), with minor modifications. As finalized, paragraph (b)(1) includes clarifications about the MAC QRS framework, including performance measures, a subset of minimum mandatory measures, and methodology; timing of CMS’s consultation with states and other stakeholders; clarifications to the listed examples of the content of the MAC QRS; and a technical correction to the citation to the Medicare Advantage 5Star Quality Rating System. • We are finalizing a new paragraph at § 438.334(b)(2) to make clear that CMS, after consulting with States and other stakeholders and providing public notice and opportunity to comment, PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72815 may periodically update the MAC QRS framework developed in accordance with paragraph (b)(1). • We are finalizing proposed revisions to eliminate duplicative language in the introductory language in paragraph (c)(1). • We are finalizing, as proposed, revisions to current paragraph (c)(1)(i) (relating to feasibility factors for the substantial comparability standard for a state alternative QRS) and redesignating this as paragraph (c)(1)(ii); finalizing a new paragraph (c)(1)(i) (applying the minimum mandatory measure set to state alternative QRS); and redesignating current paragraph (c)(1)(ii) (requiring CMS prior-approval of state alternative QRS) as paragraph (c)(1)(iii)). • We received no comments on the several proposed changes to § 438.334(c)(3), regarding the information about their alternative QRS that states would need to provide to CMS. We proposed that states would provide, in addition to the information about stakeholder engagement already required by § 438.334(c)(3), a copy of the alternative QRS framework, including the performance measures and methodology to be used in generating plan ratings, and other information specified by CMS to demonstrate compliance with the substantial comparability standard. We are finalizing these proposed changes with modification to correct several grammatical errors, to enumerate the additional information to be provided in separate paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (iii) and to more clearly identify the scope of the information we may request by using a cross-reference to paragraph (c)(1). • We are finalizing the proposed addition of paragraph (c)(4) related to a stakeholder engagement requirement and issuance of guidance on the substantial comparability of alternative QRS, with one modification to change the phrase ‘‘in consultation’’ to ‘‘after consultation.’’ 14. Managed Care State Quality Strategy (§ 438.340) In the November 2018 proposed rule, we proposed to make some technical changes to § 438.340 to clarify the inclusion of PCCM entities, as described in § 438.310(c)(2), as one of the managed care entities to be included in the state managed care quality strategy. Specifically, because § 438.340(b)(8) did not make clear how PCCM entities should be incorporated into the other elements of the quality strategy, we proposed to delete § 438.340(b)(8) and to add PCCM entities to the list of managed care plans identified in the E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72816 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations quality strategy elements described at § 438.340(b)(2), (b)(3)(i), (b)(6), and (c)(1)(ii). We then proposed to redesignate paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs (b)(8), (9), and (10), respectively, and to make a conforming revision to the cross reference in § 438.340(c)(3)(ii) to refer to redesignated paragraph (b)(10). We explained in the 2018 proposed rule why additional revision to add references to PCCM entities to other paragraphs in § 438.340(b) was not necessary. Additionally, we proposed to amend § 438.340(b)(6) which, for the purposes of the states’ plan to reduce health disparities within the quality strategy, defines ‘‘disability status’’ based on whether the individual qualified for Medicaid on the basis of a disability. Specifically, we proposed to remove this definition of disability status because we were concerned that it may be unintentionally narrow, leading to under-recognition of individuals with disabilities. Because disability status can change over the course of an individual’s lifetime, qualifying for Medicaid on the basis of disability will only be one source of information to determine a beneficiary’s disability status, and not necessarily the only source or the most accurate source of this information. In addition, there is no consensus definition of ‘‘disability status,’’ and the definition applied for purposes of Medicaid eligibility is not necessarily the only definition appropriate for evaluating health disparities. We also noted that providing this demographic information for each Medicaid enrollee to the managed care plan at the time of enrollment is a minimum standard under the current regulation and encouraged states to send updated demographic information to an enrollee’s managed care plan whenever updated demographic information is available to the state. As we considered the comments on these proposed changes, discussed in this rule, we realized that the regulation on the state managed care quality strategy is not the most appropriate place for the requirement to transmit certain information to managed care plans to be located. Since the requirement to transmit this information is tied to the enrollment of the individual beneficiary in the managed care plan, we believe it would be best to include this requirement as part of the standards for enrollment. Therefore, we are moving this requirement from § 438.340(b)(6) to § 438.54(b) (relating to state managed care enrollment systems) by adding a new paragraph (b)(3) in VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 § 438.54, requiring states to provide the demographic information listed in § 438.340(b)(6) for each Medicaid enrollee to the individual’s managed care plan at the time of enrollment. The movement of this requirement from § 438.340(b)(6) to § 438.54(b) is a nonsubstantive, technical change. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.340 and our responses to those comments. Comment: A few commenters supported the technical correction related to PCCM entities to delete § 438.340(b)(8) and to add references to PCCM entities in each regulatory paragraph regarding the applicable quality strategy elements. Response: We are finalizing the proposed changes to delete paragraph (b)(8) and to add reference to PCCM entities to paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3)(i), and (c)(1)(ii) as proposed. We also had proposed to add reference to PCCM entities in paragraph (b)(6) and are finalizing the substance of that change. In conjunction with moving the sentence in § 438.340(b)(6) (requiring the State to provide its plans with certain demographic information), to which that change was proposed, to § 438.54(b)(3), we are including reference to PCCM entities in § 438.54(b)(3) as revised in this final rule. With the deletion of paragraph (b)(8) in § 438.340, we also are finalizing the proposed redesignation of paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs (b)(8), (9), and (10), respectively. We note that we are finalizing a conforming technical change to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) to change the internal reference from paragraph (b)(11) to its new designation of paragraph (b)(10). Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to remove the definition of disability status from § 438.340(b)(6). Several commenters agreed that the current definition of disability status in this regulation is too narrow but expressed concern that removing the definition would make it difficult to compare health disparity data across states without a common definition. A few commenters recommended that there should be a common or standard approach to defining disability status, noting the variation in how it is defined across HHS, as well as other Federal agencies. The commenters stated that the lack of a standardized, routine approach for defining and identifying the population with disabilities impedes efforts to monitor the population, target care appropriately, or develop quality measures that could be used to improve PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 understanding of gaps and how effective interventions are in closing those gaps. One commenter suggested using the HHS definition of disability status currently used in population health surveys. One commenter suggested including voluntary disability status questions in the Medicaid eligibility application. One commenter recommended that CMS issue guidance on how best to collect and share data on disability status. One commenter recommended that states adopt a definition of disability status that will allow plans to identify individuals who may need LTSS or individuals with disabilities that may need reasonable accommodations. Response: While we agree that standardization and comparability are important considerations, we are not able to define disability status for the purposes of other programs. We also recognize that not all states have the same data systems or access to all of the same sources of data on disability status. The only uniform definition of disability status for purposes of these regulations would be to limit designation of disability status to beneficiaries who are eligible for Medicaid on the basis of disability, which we agree with commenters is too narrow. Thus, we have determined it best not to establish a uniform definition of disability. At the same time, we agree with commenters who are concerned that having no definition will impede identification of individuals with disabling conditions, provision of appropriate services and utilization of robust quality measurement to drive improvements in care. Therefore, we are neither finalizing the proposal to remove the definition of disability status from § 438.340(b)(6) entirely nor adopting a single definition at the Federal level for this regulation. Instead, we are revising § 438.340(b)(6) to provide states with flexibility to define in their quality strategy ‘‘disability status.’’ Further, we are requiring in § 438.340(b)(6) that the state’s quality strategy include how the state will make the determination that a Medicaid enrollee meets the state’s definition, including a description of the data source(s) that the state will use to identify disability status. To assure some uniformity, we are adopting a requirement that, at a minimum, states’ definition of ‘‘disability status’’ include individuals who qualify for Medicaid on the basis of disability. We appreciate commenters’ requests for guidance on how best to collect and share data on disability status and will consider developing such guidance in the future. E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations With regard to states’ efforts to identify enrollees who may need LTSS or reasonable accommodations, we note that the standards for coordination and continuity of care located at § 438.208(c) already require states to implement mechanisms to identify persons who need LTSS or have special health care needs, as defined by the state, to MCOs, PIHPs and PAHPs. Additionally, § 438.208(c)(1) requires states to specify this plan in the state’s managed care quality strategy. The mandatory elements of the managed care quality strategy are identified in § 438.340(b), and the requirement to describe the state’s plan for identifying persons who need LTSS or who have special health care needs is codified at redesignated § 438.340(b)(9) in this final rule). We also note that qualified individuals with a disability, including those who do not need LTSS may be entitled to reasonable accommodation under Federal disability rights law. The provisions we are finalizing here do not change or limit application and obligations arising under Federal disability rights law so we remind states and managed care plans to ensure that their obligations are met. Comment: Several commenters recommended that if CMS finalizes this proposal, CMS should require states to include in their quality strategy how they define disability and the sources of information they used to make the determination. Commenters stated that doing so would foster greater transparency and aid in comparability. Response: We agree that transparency and comparability of health data are important considerations. We are finalizing § 438.340(b)(6) with a modification to address the definition of ‘‘disability status.’’ We are retaining the requirement in the current regulation that disability status means whether the individual qualified for Medicaid on the basis of disability, but that is a minimum standard for identifying disability status rather than the only permitted definition. We are also finalizing regulation text to require that states include in their quality strategy how the state is defining ‘‘disability status’’ and how the state will make the determination that a Medicaid enrollee meets the standard, including which data sources the state is using to identify these individuals. Comment: A few commenters did not support the proposed change to the definition of disability status, claiming that states do not have access to other data sources to determine disability status and requiring them to use other data sources would create confusion in VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 the eligibility system and add undue reporting burden. Response: We disagree that states do not have other data sources to determine disability status. In fact, several state Medicaid agencies supported our proposal because they would prefer to use other and more accurate data sources than to rely solely on the information used to establish eligibility. For example, states may use Title II data, which would indicate whether the Social Security Administration has found that the person has a disability. Further, we did not propose and are not finalizing a requirement that states are required to use other data sources to ascertain beneficiaries’ disability status for purposes of meeting the requirements in § 438.340(b)(6). However, if states have other, more accurate sources of information of disability status or any other demographic factors, we believe it is appropriate that states be permitted to use such information as part of their plan to identify, evaluate, and reduce, to the extent practicable, health disparities. As finalized, § 438.340(b)(6) enables states to do so. Comment: One commenter expressed concern about states obtaining demographic information from additional sources and whether the methods of gathering and using the information would respect patient health information privacy. Response: We appreciate the commenter’s concern. However, the ability to use information obtained from other available sources of information on disability status does not create new authority for states to obtain such information. Rather, § 438.340(b)(6) of the final rule simply provides states with flexibility to use other third party information which the state already is permitted to access for a purpose directly connected to administration of the state plan, that is, to improve the health outcomes of individuals living with disabilities or falling into demographic groups associated with poorer health outcomes. Such use is consistent with the privacy and confidentiality protections afforded beneficiaries under section 1902(a)(7) of the Act and the HIPAA Privacy Rule, 45 CFR part 160 and subparts A and E of part 164. If a data source is not available to the state or the state is not authorized to use a particular data source, our regulation at § 438.340(b)(6) does not change that or create authorization for access by the state. Comment: Several commenters agreed with CMS’ encouragement that states should send updated demographic PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72817 information to managed care plans whenever available. Response: We appreciate commenters’ support. After consideration of all comments received, and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to the comments received, we are finalizing the technical changes related to references to PCCM entities, as proposed, in § 438.340(b)(2), (b)(3)(i), and (c)(1)(ii). In paragraph (b)(3)(i), we are also finalizing a minor grammatical correction to use ‘‘will’’ in place of ‘‘would’’ in the last sentence. We are not finalizing the proposed addition of the term ‘‘PCCM entity’’ to paragraph (b)(6) as proposed, but are finalizing the requirement that the state provide the demographic information listed in § 438.340(b)(6) for each Medicaid enrollee to the individual’s MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity at the time of enrollment at § 438.54(b)(3). We are finalizing the deletion of paragraph (b)(8) and the redesignation of paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs (b)(8), (9), and (10), respectively. We are finalizing a conforming technical change to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) to change the internal reference from paragraph (b)(11) to its new designation of paragraph (b)(10). Further, we are not finalizing the deletion of the definition of disability status in § 438.340(b)(6), but instead are modifying the current regulation to indicate that ‘‘disability status’’ means, at a minimum, whether the individual qualified for Medicaid on the basis of a disability and to require that states include in their quality strategy how the state defines disability status and how the state determines whether a Medicaid enrollee meets the standard, including any data sources the state will use to identify disability status. 15. Activities Related to External Quality Review (§ 438.358) In the 2018 proposed rule, we proposed a technical correction to amend the cross references listed in § 438.358(b)(1)(iii), which requires that a review be conducted within the previous 3-year period to determine MCO, PIHP, and PAHP compliance with certain managed care standards. Specifically, we proposed a technical correction to § 438.358(b)(1)(iii) to insert cross-references to several standards which this review must address but which had been inadvertently omitted from the 2016 final rule, including §§ 438.56 (Disenrollment requirements and limitations), 438.100 (Enrollee rights) and 438.114 (Emergency and post-stabilization services). The E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72818 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 requirements in these regulations have been included in the EQR protocol for the compliance review activity since the initial release of the protocols in 2003 and in all subsequent revisions of the protocols. It was not our intent to change the scope of EQR or to delete these cross-references in the 2016 rule. Indeed, we noted in both the 2015 proposed rule (80 FR 31156) and the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27706) that we did not intend to make substantive changes to eliminate any elements of the compliance review EQR activity. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.358 and our responses to those comments. Comment: All the commenters on this topic supported the technical correction to add the references to § 438.358(b)(1)(iii) to match the scope of the regulation and the EQR protocols prior to the 2016 final rule. Response: We thank the commenters for their support. Adding these references to certain requirements for access standards, structure and operations, and quality measurement and performance ensures that § 438.358(b)(1)(iii) provides for the same scope of EQR as it required prior to amendment by the 2016 final rule. After consideration of all comments received and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to those comments, we are finalizing the amendments to § 438.358(b)(1)(iii) as proposed. 16. Exemption From External Quality Review (§ 438.362) Section 438.362 implements section 1932(c)(2)(C) of the Act, which provides that a state may exempt an MCO from undergoing an EQR when certain conditions are met. First, the MCO must have a current Medicare contract under Part C of Title XVIII or under section 1876 of the Act, as well as the current Medicaid contract under section 1903(m) of the Act. Second, the two contracts must cover all or part of the same geographic area within the state. Third, the Medicaid contract must have been in effect for at least 2 consecutive years before the effective date of the exemption and during those 2 years, the MCO must have been subject to the Medicaid EQR during those 2 years and been found to have performed acceptably with respect to the quality, timeliness, and access to health care services it provides to Medicaid beneficiaries. Neither the statute nor § 438.362 requires states to exempt plans from EQR; however, this is explicitly provided as an option for states. States have discretion to require VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 all their managed care plans to undergo EQR, even those MCOs that could be exempted under § 438.362. To increase transparency regarding state use of the exemption from the Medicaid EQR for certain MCOs, we proposed to add a new § 438.362(c) to require that states annually identify on their website, in the same location as where EQR technical reports are posted, the names of the MCOs it has exempted from EQR, and when the current exemption period began. We sought comment on whether instead to revise § 438.364(a) to require that states identify the exempted plans and the beginning date of the plan’s current exemption period in their annual EQR technical reports, either in addition, or as an alternative, to posting this information directly on the state’s website. We also solicited comments on how states are currently using the exemption provision and how states currently make that information publicly available. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.362 and our responses to those comments. Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to require states to publicly identify any exempted plans along with the beginning date of their current exemption period on their website or in the annual EQR technical support. Commenters stated that this proposal represents little burden to plans or states but improves transparency and accountability. Other commenters noted that without this exemption information posted on the website, the annual EQR technical report may be misinterpreted as a comprehensive account of the quality of all managed care plans in a state, when in actuality there may be plans omitted from the report. Response: We thank commenters for their support and agree that acknowledging the exemptions provided to certain MCOs from the EQR provides greater transparency with minimal burden on states. We are finalizing with modification the proposed revision to § 438.362 to make minor grammatical changes and to add a new paragraph (c) to require identification of MCOs exempt from Medicaid EQR, or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate, on the state agency website required under § 438.10(c)(3). Comment: Several commenters supported the alternative suggestion that states identify MCOs exempt from Medicaid EQR activities in the EQR technical report, noting that this would allow for historical trending of PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 exemption information whereas the information states post on their website may only include current exemption information. Several commenters stated that CMS should require the information to be both included in the EQR technical report as well as displayed on the website. These commenters noted that posting this information in more than one place will not present a burden to the states since they already make exemption determinations, inform their EQRO of which plans are exempted from EQR, and maintain EQR information on their websites. Finally, several commenters noted that if CMS does not require both methods, CMS should prioritize sharing the information on the state’s website, as this is more accessible to beneficiaries, providers, and other stakeholders. Response: We agree with commenters that both alternatives are useful. Because they are not mutually exclusive, we are also finalizing new regulation text at § 438.364(a)(7) that states also include in their EQR technical reports the names of the MCOs exempt from EQR by the state, including the beginning date of the current exemption period or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate. Comment: Some commenters sought clarification with regard to what would be required of states that do not exempt managed care plans from EQR due to a Medicare review. Response: We had intended that if no MCOs are exempt from the Medicaid EQR, the state would indicate this fact on the state’s website consistent with the new transparency requirement. Requiring an explicit statement that no MCOs have been exempted from the requirement ensures that this information is clearly communicated on the state’s website. To make this clear, we are finalizing the proposed revisions to § 438.362 and the additional revision to § 438.364(a)(7) with additional text to make this requirement explicit. Comment: A few commenters recommended that CMS require states to provide direct links to the most current Medicare performance review for the MCOs they have exempted from EQR to allow consumers and advocates to easily find relevant performance data on exempted plans. They stated this would improve transparency without adding any burden to plans or states in terms of redundant reporting. Response: We do not currently publish all information about Medicare performance reviews for every plan. At this time, we annually provide summary information on Medicare Parts C and D plan performance, compliance, audits E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations and enforcement actions on CMS.gov. Moreover, we did not propose to require states to make public the most current Medicare performance review. Therefore, we are not adopting the recommendation made by these commenters. We agree that directing consumers to information about Medicare performance reviews would support our transparency goals, and encourage states to provide links to any publicly available information, but we do not think a requirement for that is necessary or appropriate to finalize here. After consideration of all comments received on this topic and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to those comments, we are finalizing the revision to § 438.362 with an additional requirement for states to indicate that no MCOs are exempt from EQR if that is the case and technical modifications to improve the clarity of the text. We are also finalizing a new paragraph (a)(7) in § 438.364 of the final rule to require that information on state exemption of MCOs be included as an element of the annual EQR technical reports or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 17. External Quality Review Results (§ 438.364) In the 2018 proposed rule, we explained how in § 438.364(d), we had inadvertently referenced paragraph (b) instead of referencing paragraph (c). We proposed to revise § 438.364(d) to amend the incorrect reference. We did not receive comments on this technical correction to § 438.364(d) and, for the reasons noted here and in the proposed rule, are finalizing it as proposed. 18. Grievance and Appeal System: Statutory Basis and Definitions (§ 438.400) We proposed to revise the definition of ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’ in § 438.400(b) to clarify treatment of denials of claims on the basis that they are not clean claims. In the 2016 final rule at § 438.400(b)(3), we finalized the definition of an ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’ including denials in whole or in part of payment for service. The term adverse benefit determination was proposed and finalized in the 2016 final rule as a replacement for the term ‘‘action,’’ which had been defined with the same definition in the 2002 rule. Under § 438.404(a), managed care plans are required to give enrollees timely notice of an adverse benefit determination in writing and consistent with the requirements in § 438.10 generally. Given the broad meaning of VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 the term ‘‘denial of a payment,’’ some managed care plans may be generating a notice to each enrollee for every denied claim, even those that are denied for purely administrative reasons (such as missing the National Provider Identifier, missing the enrollee’s sex, or because the claim is a duplicate) and which generate no financial liability for the enrollee. Issuing notices of such adverse benefit determinations for which the enrollee has no financial liability nor interest in appealing simply to comply with § 438.404(a) may create administrative and economic burdens for plans, and unnecessary confusion and anxiety for enrollees who frequently misunderstand the notices as statements of financial liability. To alleviate unnecessary burden on the managed care plans and enrollees, we proposed to revise § 438.400(b)(3), to specify that a denial, in whole or in part, of a payment for a service because the claim does not meet the definition of a clean claim at § 447.45(b) is not an adverse benefit determination. Under the proposal, the notice requirements in § 438.404 would not be triggered if the denial is solely because the claim is not a clean claim as defined at § 447.45(b). Section 447.45(b) defines ‘‘clean claim’’ as one that can be processed without obtaining additional information from the provider of the service or from a third party, and includes a claim with errors originating in a State’s claims system; it does not include a claim from a provider who is under investigation for fraud or abuse, or a claim under review for medical necessity. We explained that this amendment would eliminate burden on plans to send unnecessary notices and avoid anxiety for enrollees receiving such notices and that the proposed change was not expected to expose enrollees to financial liability without notice, or jeopardize their access to care or rights to appeal. We also provided guidance on how we would interpret the proposed change to the definition of adverse benefit determination. While notices to enrollees for claims that do not comply with the clean claim definition in § 447.45(b) would not be required under our proposed amendment to § 438.400(b)(3), the notice requirements for all future claims (including resubmission of the same claim) would have to be independently determined. For example, if a provider resubmits a clean claim after the initial one was not processed because it did not comply with the requirements in § 447.45(b), and the managed care plan subsequently issues an adverse benefit determination, the managed care plan would still be required to issue a timely notice under PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72819 § 438.404(a) for the second claim. Whether an adverse benefit determination notice is required must be determined for each claim individually, regardless of whether notices were required for previously submitted claims. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.400 and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposed change to eliminate the enrollee notice requirement for claims denied for not meeting the definition of a clean claim. Commenters noted that Medicaid enrollees are inundated with communications from providers and insurers, adding to the stress and confusion they experience when navigating the health care system. Accordingly, they should not be notified when a denial is based on a technical error that providers and managed care plans can resolve without enrollee input. Commenters noted that this proposed change would reduce beneficiary anxiety and confusion. Response: We appreciate the supportive comments and believe enrollees and managed care plans will benefit from the reduction in unnecessary notices. Comment: Commenters recommended that the proposed clean claim language could cause confusion among managed care plans and states as they attempt to determine how to apply notice requirements in cases where a claim falls under the technical definition a clean claim, but the claim denial does not impact the enrollee. Response: In cases where a claim meets the technical definition of a clean claim and payment is denied in whole or in part, that denial does meet the definition of adverse benefit determination and the managed care plan must send the notice required in § 438.404. The revision to § 438.400(b)(3), as proposed and as finalized, only addresses claims that do not meet the definition of clean claim in § 447.45(b). Whether a claim denial ‘‘impacts the enrollee’’ is not part of the definition of an adverse benefit determination and does not affect a managed care plan’s responsibility for sending the notice required in § 438.404. To make our intent clear, we will add ‘‘solely’’ in the final text of § 438.400(b)(3) to clarify that the only claim denials for all or part of the payment that do not trigger the notification requirements are those denials that result solely from the claim not meeting the definition of clean claim in § 447.45(b). E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72820 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations Comment: Several commenters requested that CMS not finalize the proposed clean claim language and instead specify more directly that notice requirements are not triggered in situations where a member will be held harmless or is not financially responsible despite a full or partial denial of a payment for service. Alternatively, commenters noted that CMS could provide additional context for the definition of ‘‘clean claim’’ by including guidance and a range of practical examples. The examples should make clear that the notices are not triggered in the denial cases mentioned in the preamble such as missing data or duplicate submissions, nor are they triggered in other similar cases such as clear billing errors or practices involving waste or abuse. Commenters stated that either change would still provide for independent determinations on the need for notices at a later point, for example, after a resubmitted claim, if an enrollee could then be subject to financial liability. Response: We decline to adopt the commenters’ suggestion to exempt all claims that do not result in enrollee liability from the definition of adverse benefit determination. While this may seem a minor expansion of the types of claims our revision targets, it actually would, in some states, increase the number of eliminated notices exponentially. These notices are an important beneficiary protection as they may be the only notification an enrollee receives alerting them that a claim has been submitted on their behalf. If the enrollee then begins to receive bills from the provider, they are already aware of the situation and have the information needed to appeal or obtain information from the managed care plan about their cost sharing rights and responsibilities. Further, the provision of these notices when there is a denial of coverage (or payment), is consistent with the principle that enrollees are entitled to be active participants in their health care; without full understanding of what is covered, enrollees are not able to make knowledgeable decisions about their health care coverage and their use of health care. From a program integrity perspective, another benefit of these notices is the opportunity it provides the enrollee to detect potential fraudulent claims. For example, if a provider is billing for services that were never rendered, the adverse benefit determination notice is likely the enrollee’s first alert to the situation. Enrollees can play an important role in the detection and reporting of potential fraud, waste, and abuse, and it was not our intent in this VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 provision to undermine that. By limiting the carve out from the definition of adverse benefits determination to situations where the denial is because the claim does not meet the definition of clean claim, we believe we struck the appropriate balance between reducing burden and confusion for enrollees and maintaining an important enrollee protection. With regard to the request for additional context, we do not believe we can, or should, develop a list of examples for the regulation text. The potential number of reasons for denying a claim because it does not meet the definition of clean claim is unlimited and any attempt to create an exhaustive list of examples would likely cause ambiguity and confusion. The obligation to determine if a claim meets the definition in § 447.45(b), that is, is a claim that can be processed without obtaining additional information from the provider of the service or from a third party rests with the managed care plan and must be determined for each claim, regardless of whether notices were required for previously submitted claims. Plans must apply the definition in § 447.45(b) consistently and reasonably and have an obligation to comply with their responsibilities in connection with adverse benefit determinations, as that term is defined in § 438.400 as finalized here. The concept of a ‘‘clean claim,’’ including as defined in § 447.45(b), is ubiquitous in the health care system and we do not believe that this is a difficult standard to apply. Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposed change and stated that these types of denials should continue to be treated as adverse benefit determinations that trigger notice requirements. Commenters stated that it is important to err on the side of providing more transparency and information to enrollees so they can be as fully engaged in their care as possible. One commenter noted that if a consumer is not aware of a denied claim, the provider may send a bill if Medicaid is secondary to private insurance. Another commenter recommended the continuation of the requirement to send notices for these types of denials but allow for a process for enrollees to opt out of receiving the notices about these specific types of denials if they so choose. Response: We agree that adverse benefit determination notices do improve transparency and provide claim information to enrollees that they may find useful. However, we do not generally believe receiving a notice on claim denials that are related solely to PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 whether the claim was submitted with all necessary information, and therefore, generate no financial liability or reason to appeal for the enrollee, is advantageous to enrollees nor facilitates engagement in their care. A claim denied solely for not being a clean claim does not impact any future adjudication of that same claim based on program benefit level and medical necessity, which would be subject to the adverse benefit determination notice provision in § 438.400(b)(3). As we stated in the 2018 proposed rule, whether an adverse benefit determination notice is required must be determined for each claim, regardless of whether notices were required for previously submitted claims. Adverse benefit determination notices are a valuable and important beneficiary protection and we believe that finalizing this provision strikes a reasonable balance. We appreciate the commenter’s suggestion to retain the current definition and allow enrollees to opt-out, but we decline to implement that suggestion. After consideration of the public comments received and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the revision to the definition of adverse benefit determination in § 438.400(b) substantially as proposed with the addition of ‘‘solely’’ for clarity. 19. Grievance and Appeal System: General Requirements (§§ 438.402 and 438.406) We proposed changes to §§ 438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) to eliminate the requirements that an oral appeal be submitted in writing to be effective. In the 2016 final rule, we adopted the requirement that an oral appeal must be followed by a written, signed appeal at § 438.402(c)(3)(ii). This requirement was also included at § 438.406(b)(3), regarding handling of grievances and appeals, where managed care plans must treat oral inquiries seeking to appeal an adverse benefit determination as appeals and that such oral inquiries must be confirmed in writing. We stated in the 2018 proposed rule that managed care plans have found that some enrollees may take too long to submit the written, signed appeal, while others fail to submit the written appeal at all. This creates problems for enrollees who wait for extended periods of time for a resolution and for managed care plans who must invest resources to encourage enrollees to submit the documentation, as well as uncertainty for managed care plans as to how to comply with § 438.406 (Handling Grievances and Appeals) when the E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations enrollee never submits the written, signed appeal. We proposed to eliminate the requirement for enrollees to submit a written, signed appeal after an oral appeal is submitted in §§ 438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3). We explained our belief that the removal of the requirement would reduce barriers for enrollees who would not have to write, sign, and submit the appeal, would enable plans to resolve appeals more quickly, and would decrease the economic and administrative burden on plans. This proposed change would also harmonize the managed care appeal process with the state fair hearing process because § 431.221(a)(1)(i) requires state Medicaid agencies to permit an individual or authorized representative of the individual to submit state hearing requests via different modalities— including telephone—without requiring a subsequent written, signed appeal. Although we proposed to eliminate the requirement in § 438.406(b)(3) that an oral appeal must be followed by a written, signed appeal, we did not propose to change the current regulatory language there that specifies that oral inquiries seeking to appeal an adverse benefit determination are treated as appeals. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to revise §§ 438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the elimination of the requirement for a written, signed appeal after an oral appeal is submitted. Commenters stated an oral appeal should be sufficient to begin the appeals process alone, and subsequent written, signed requirements add an unnecessary barrier to enrollees filing an appeal with the managed care plan. Commenters stated that the elimination of the written requirement benefits all parties involved, as it reduces the additional administrative burdens for both the enrollee and the plan. Response: We continue to believe eliminating the requirement for enrollees to submit a written appeal after filing an oral appeal will facilitate enrollees receiving resolutions to their appeals much more quickly. Comment: Several commenters expressed concern that no longer requiring a written request will harm enrollees by removing the evidence of an appeal request. Commenters stated that this type of change may inadvertently cause states to no longer be able to hold plans accountable for the overall grievance and appeal system, VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 including following up on appeal requests in a timely manner, processing requests and initiating the appeals process. The filing of the written appeal helps to ensure that data are available on appeals filed and processed, as well as data on the disposition of appeals. Commenters urged CMS to create a way to incorporate a written record that is less burdensome on the enrollee, perhaps assigning a confirmation number to the oral transaction, to ensure that the appeal is received and documented for the appeals process. Response: We clarify that finalizing this provision does not eliminate the option for enrollees to submit appeals in writing; any enrollee that is not comfortable filing their appeal orally due to concerns that the appeal may not be documented or tracked appropriately, can file it in writing. Further, the regulation change we are finalizing in §§ 438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) does not change any reporting, tracking, documentation or other requirements on the managed care plan. To the extent that the managed care plan needs to assign a tracking number, make written (or electronic) records summarizing the oral request made by the enrollee, or take other steps to comply with the requirements for the appeal and grievance system, those have not changed. All that this final rule changes is whether the enrollee must follow up in writing after making an oral request for an appeal. We believe there are adequate regulatory requirements supporting the appeal process; specifically, § 438.228 requires states’ contracts with MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs to have a grievance and appeal system that meets the requirements of subpart F and § 438.416 specifies the recordkeeping requirements for grievances and appeals. We believe that data collected on appeals may actually improve because excluding oral appeals that were not followed up in writing or not followed up in a timely fashion based on review of a plan’s performance, would have inappropriately skewed the resolution timeframes. Without these delays, appeal resolution data should more accurately reflect a managed care plan’s performance. Managed care plans may find a method such as a confirmation number useful and we encourage them to consider it along with any other method that they find efficient and effective to accurately track oral appeals and to ensure that the plan is compliant with the appeal and grievance system requirements in part 438, Subpart F. Comment: A few commenters stated that requiring a written request may make it easier for certain populations to PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72821 file an appeal, such as individuals with disabilities, individuals who are incapacitated, individuals with limited English proficiency and individuals with health aids, health care proxies, powers of attorney and translators, because they would be able to request an appeal in a manner and at a time that is most convenient for them. Response: Finalizing the elimination of the requirement for a written appeal to be submitted in follow up to an oral appeal in §§ 438.402(c)(3) and 438.406(b)(3), does not eliminate the option for enrollees to submit appeals in writing. Enrollees can submit an appeal orally or in writing; the choice of method is a decision left to the enrollee. We expect that enrollees (or their representatives) who believe that a written request is better suited to their own needs will file written appeals. Comment: Several commenters supported the elimination of the requirement for a written, signed appeal but recommended that CMS require states to create redundancy protection to ensure that oral requests for appeals are fully and accurately recorded. Commenters stated that managed care entities may fail to acknowledge and document oral requests, raising concern that the lack of a written record would create a ‘‘he said, she said’’ situation between the appealing enrollee and the managed care plan. Response: We agree that oral appeals need to be accurately documented but we decline to require a specific method or impose specific requirements along those lines. Managed care plans should use whatever means they deem most appropriate and that comply with § 438.416, which requires that each grievance or appeal record must contain, at a minimum: A general description of the reason for the appeal or grievance; the date received; the date of each review or, if applicable, review meeting; resolution at each level of the appeal or grievance, if applicable; date of resolution at each level, if applicable; and the name of the covered person for whom the appeal or grievance was filed. Additionally, the record must be accurately maintained in a manner accessible to the state and available upon request to CMS. Given that managed care plans may have to defend their appeal decisions at a state fair hearing if one is requested by the enrollee, we believe managed care plans will select an appropriate documentation method that accurately captures the appeal in sufficient detail. Finally, states have the ability to specify a specific documentation method in a managed care plan’s contract if they E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72822 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 wish to do so and this final rule does not change that. Comment: One commenter recommended CMS clarify in the regulation language how a state or managed care plan can make a determination that a verbal contact from a member constitutes an oral appeal. Commenter requested that CMS include the language that a member would need to specifically use or questions that the managed care plan needs to ask to ensure that there is understanding that an appeal is being requested orally. Commenter noted that for the purposes of tracking of appeals and response times, a date of when the appeal process officially starts is necessary, as any lack of clarity as to what constitutes an oral appeal will negatively impact the setting of an official appeal start date. Response: We do not believe it is necessary for us to provide a script for either enrollees or managed care plans. Section 431.221(a) has allowed states to permit oral filings for state hearing requests since 1979. As such, we believe enrollees have a sufficient level of understanding of, and experience in, using an oral appeal filing process and will benefit from the consistency between the process described in § 431.221(a)(1)(i) and the amendment being finalized in this rule. As noted in this rule, enrollees retain the right to file a written appeal if they prefer that method. We note that states have the flexibility to mandate specific processes for their managed care plans to follow for handling oral appeals if they elect to do so. After consideration of the public comments received and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing §§ 438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) as proposed. 20. Resolution and Notification: Grievances and Appeals (§ 438.408) We proposed a revision to § 438.408(f)(2) to require the timeframe for an enrollee to request a state fair hearing after receiving an adverse decision from a managed care plan would be no less than 90 calendar days and no more than 120 calendar days from the date of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s notice of resolution; under this proposal, the state would set the specific deadline within these limits. Previously, in the 2016 final rule, we revised the timeframe for managed care enrollees to request a state fair hearing to 120 calendar days from a plan’s decision; this was codified at § 438.408(f)(2). We adopted this timeframe because we believed it would give enrollees more time to gather the VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 necessary information, seek assistance for the state fair hearing process, and make the request for a state fair hearing (81 FR 27516). However, we have heard from stakeholders that the 120-calendar day requirement has created an inconsistency in filing timeframes between Medicaid FFS and managed care, creating administrative burdens for states and confusion for enrollees. The FFS rule limits the timeframe beneficiaries have to request a hearing to no more than 90 days (§ 431.221(d)).27 It was not our intent to burden states with additional tracking of the fair hearing process in multiple systems, on multiple timeframes. Nor do we want to confuse enrollees in states where some services are provided through FFS and others through managed care. Therefore, we proposed to revise § 438.408(f)(2) to stipulate that the timeframe for enrollees to request a state fair hearing will be no less than 90 calendar days and no greater than 120 calendar days from the date of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s notice of resolution. We stated the proposed revision would allow states that wished to align managed care with the FFS filing timeframe to do so without jeopardizing the enrollee’s ability to gather information and prepare for a state hearing. This proposal would also allow states that have already implemented the 120-calendar day timeframe to maintain that timeframe without the need for additional changes. The following summarizes the public comments received on our proposal to amend § 438.408(f)(2) and our responses to those comments. Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to move from a fixed 120 calendar days to a more flexible range of 90–120 calendar days. Commenters noted that this would improve consistency and reduce member confusion by avoiding two different timelines depending on the service delivery model (that is, managed care or FFS), as well as provide consistency for stakeholders. Commenters noted that benefits of such alignment, including minimizing confusion and administrative costs, and encouraging more timely resolution of cases. Response: We agree that finalizing this provision as proposed can benefit enrollees and states. Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposed 90–120 day 27 42 CFR 431.221(d) states that the agency must allow the applicant or beneficiary a reasonable time, not to exceed 90 days from the date that notice of action is mailed, to request a hearing. PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 range. These commenters stated providing enrollees with as much time as possible to prepare for a hearing is substantially more important than providing states with the ability to align their managed care and FFS delivery system timeframes for filing requests for a state fair hearing. Commenters noted that it takes time to collect evidence, gather proper documentation and seek legal help, and noted that it is essential that beneficiaries have every opportunity to make their case. Response: We understand the commenters’ concerns but do not believe that enrollees will be disadvantaged in states that elect to limit their managed care enrollees to the minimum 90 calendar days to file for a state fair hearing. We believe 90 calendar days is sufficient time for enrollees to gather documentation and seek legal assistance if desired. We remind commenters that the compliance date for § 438.408(f)(2) was the rating period for contracts starting on or after July 1, 2017, and therefore, states should already be in compliance with the 120 calendar day filing limit. Finalizing this change does not require states to change their filing limit, it simply provides states with an option if they elect to exercise it. Comment: Commenters expressed concern that many beneficiaries are medically fragile, frail, or actively ill or injured and that CMS should be proposing steps to ensure state Medicaid programs fully educate their beneficiaries about the steps required and timing of internal appeals and Medicaid state fair hearings. Response: We do not believe that a change in the managed care regulations is necessary for this purpose. Managed care plans are required to provide information on appeal and state fair hearing rights and processes under §§ 438.10(g)(2)(xi) and 438.408(e)(2)(i). Section 438.10(g)(2)(xi) requires enrollee handbooks to contain grievance, appeal, and state fair hearing procedures and timeframes, in a statedeveloped or state-approved description and § 438.408(e)(2)(i) requires a notice of appeal resolution to include the right to request a state fair hearing and how to do so. We believe this provides sufficient and appropriate means of conveying this information to enrollees. Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS reduce the timeframe to 60 days because the longer timeline exposes enrollees and plans to increased financial risk since the beneficiary can be held financially responsible for the services rendered during the time the appeal is proceeding as specified in § 438.420(d). E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations Response: We understand the commenter’s concern about enrollee exposure to financial liability but decline to adopt a 60-day filing timeframe. As we stated in the 2016 final rule, because the continuation of benefits option includes the active participation of the enrollee (that is, the enrollee can elect the extent and duration of the services that they wish to continue receiving), the enrollee has some ability to control the amount of liability they are willing to assume in certain situations. (81 FR 27637). We also clarify that regardless of the upper limit on the filing timeframe, enrollees are free to request a state fair hearing immediately upon receiving the managed care plan’s notice of adverse appeal resolution. There is no required ‘‘wait time’’ between receiving a plan’s notice of adverse appeal resolution and making the request for a state fair hearing. We believe that this ability for an enrollee to promptly file for a state fair hearing, plus the protection available in the context of continuation of benefits under § 438.420, provides ample protection against this particular harm and are therefore not revising the appeal timeframe for requesting a state fair hearing for this reason. After consideration of the public comments received and for the reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the amendment to § 438.408(f)(2) as proposed. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 II. Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Managed Care A. Background The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) (Pub. L. 111–5, enacted February 17, 2009), the Children’s Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2009 (CHIPRA) (Pub. L. 111–3, enacted on February 4, 2009), and the PPACA made applicable to CHIP several Medicaid managed care provisions in section 1932 of the Act, including section 1932(a)(4), Process for Enrollment and Termination and Change of Enrollment; section 1932(a)(5), Provision of Information; section 1932(b), Beneficiary Protections; 1932(c), Quality Assurance Standards; section 1932(d), Protections Against Fraud and Abuse; and section 1932(e), Sanctions for Noncompliance. In addition, the PPACA applied to CHIP sections 1902(a)(77) and 1902(kk) of the Act related to provider and supplier screening, oversight, and reporting. Our 2016 final rule implemented these statutory provisions and built on initial guidance provided in State Health Official (SHO) letters 09–008 and 09– VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 013, issued on August 31, 2009 and October 21, 2009, respectively. The provisions in the 2016 final rule both reflected and superseded this earlier guidance. Since the publication of the 2016 final rule, and subsequent technical corrections to the rule in a correction notice published on January 3, 2017 (82 FR 37) (the 2017 correction notice), we have observed the need for additional minor technical or clarifying changes to the CHIP managed care provisions, primarily to clarify that certain Medicaid managed care requirements do not apply to CHIP. These changes were included in the November 14, 2018 proposed rule. The public comments received on the proposed CHIP provisions in the 2018 proposed rule and our responses are described in this final rule. B. CHIP Managed Care Provisions of the Rule and Analysis of and Responses to Public Comments The following sections, arranged by subject area, are a summary of the comments we received regarding specific CHIP proposals. Some of the comments raise issues that are beyond the scope of the proposed rule. We are not summarizing or responding to those comments. 1. Compliance Dates for Part 457 Managed Care Provisions The 2016 final rule provides that unless otherwise noted, states will not be held out of compliance with new requirements in part 457 adopted in the 2016 final rule until CHIP managed care contracts as of the state fiscal year beginning on or after July 1, 2018, so long as the states (and applicable CHIP managed care contracts) complied with the previously applicable regulations (that is, the regulations in place before the 2016 final rule) (81 FR 27499). Since the 2016 final rule was published, some stakeholders expressed that they believed that the preamble was not clear about when states need to comply with the CHIP managed care regulations. We clarified in the 2018 proposed rule that, except as otherwise noted, compliance with the revisions to the CHIP managed care regulations in part 457 of the 2016 final rule is required as of the first day of the state fiscal year beginning on or after July 1, 2018, regardless of whether or not the managed care contract in effect is a multi-year contract entered into a previous fiscal year or is a new contract effective for the first state fiscal year beginning on or after that date. Comment: Several commenters supported the clarification provided regarding CHIP’s compliance date. PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72823 Response: We thank commenters for their support. 2. Information Requirements (§ 457.1207) Section 457.1207 sets forth the CHIP requirements for providing enrollment notices, informational materials, and instructional materials for enrollees and potential enrollees of managed care entities by adopting, by cross-reference, the Medicaid requirements in § 438.10. We addressed in the 2018 proposed rule three cross references that should not apply to CHIP and that we inadvertently included in the CHIP regulatory text. Section 438.10(c)(2) requires state Medicaid agencies to use the state’s beneficiary support system as specified in § 438.71. We did not intend to adopt the Medicaid beneficiary support system requirements for CHIP in the 2016 final rule; therefore, we proposed to modify the language in § 457.1207 to exclude § 438.10(c)(2) from the crossreference used to incorporate the Medicaid requirements into the CHIP regulations. Section 438.10(g)(2)(xi)(E) requires that the enrollee handbook of Medicaid managed care entities notify Medicaid enrollees that, when requested, benefits will continue when the enrollee files an appeal or state fair hearing (also known as ‘‘aid paid pending’’). Because CHIP enrollees are not entitled to continuation of benefits pending an appeal, we intended to exclude the requirement to notify CHIP enrollees of this requirement from the handbook of CHIP plans. Because § 457.1207 of the 2016 final rule inadvertently included a cross reference applying this handbook requirement in CHIP, we proposed to modify the language in § 457.1207 to exclude § 438.10(g)(2)(xi)(E) from the cross-reference used to incorporate the Medicaid requirements into the CHIP regulations. Additionally, § 438.10(g)(2)(xii) requires that the enrollee handbooks for Medicaid MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, and PCCM entities must provide information on how to exercise an advance directive, as set forth in § 438.3(j). CHIP regulations do not include advanced directive requirements, and therefore, we did not intend that managed care plans be required to notify CHIP enrollees on how to exercise advanced directives. As a result, we proposed to modify the language in § 457.1207 to eliminate an erroneous reference applying the Medicaid information requirement regarding advance directives to CHIP. The following is a summary of the public comments we received on our E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72824 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations proposal to amend § 457.1207 and our responses to them. Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed clarifications and technical corrections. Response: We are finalizing our proposal to amend § 457.1207 as proposed. Comment: One commenter recommended CMS provide an explanation of its position regarding ‘‘aid paid pending’’. Response: As we explain in this final rule and as we noted in our response to comments received in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27768), the right to benefits pending the outcome of a grievance or appeal does not derive from section 1932(b)(4) of the Act, but from the constitutional due process protections afforded to beneficiaries of an entitlement program under Goldberg v. Kelly, 397 U.S. 254 (1970) and its progeny, including provision of benefits to beneficiaries who are being terminated from or denied coverage pending appeal. Unlike Medicaid, CHIP is not an entitlement program, and therefore the right to benefits pending appeal is not available to CHIP beneficiaries. Comment: One commenter recommended affording states the discretion to apply beneficiary support provisions to CHIP enrollees and to make FFP available for states doing so. Response: The Medicaid provision to provide beneficiary support in § 438.71 and cross-referenced under the beneficiary information requirements in § 438.10(c)(2) requires states to provide counseling to Medicaid enrollees regarding choice of managed care plans and assistance with LTSS, among other requirements. While CHIP does not adopt Medicaid’s requirements to ensure beneficiary choice of managed care plans at enrollment in § 438.52 and states are not required to cover LTSS under CHIP, states are required by § 457.110 to provide information to all CHIP applicants and enrollees in order for these families to make informed decisions about their choice of health plans and providers. Under § 457.110, states must provide information to CHIP applicants and enrollees about covered benefits, cost sharing requirements, names and locations of participating providers, and other information related to CHIP. A state is permitted to use its Medicaid beneficiary support system to fulfill the CHIP enrollment assistance and information requirements; states simply are not required to do so. We note also that our revisions to § 457.1207 do not remove application to CHIP of any of the numerous other requirements in § 438.10 that require VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 managed care entities to provide important information to enrollees and potential enrollees about the entity’s provision of services through, for example, enrollee handbooks and provider directories. Section 2105(a)(1)(D)(v) allows for claiming of ‘‘other reasonable costs incurred by the state to administer the plan’’ as a CHIP administrative expense, subject to the state’s 10 percent cap on administrative expenditures under section 2105(a)(2) of the Act. If the state chooses to provide the information to CHIP enrollees through the beneficiary support system established for Medicaid enrollees, the state may claim that expenditure as a CHIP administrative expense. For the requirements in § 438.71 (relating to LTSS), as we discussed in our response to comments received in the 2016 rule (81 FR 27757), states are not required to cover home and community-based services (that is, LTSS) in their separate CHIPs. Therefore, LTSS beneficiary support is not usually applicable to states with a separate CHIP. States that choose to cover LTSS have flexibility to determine the role the MCOs and other entities have in authorizing LTSS. Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS allow states to provide information regarding advance directives to CHIP enrollees and that FFP be available to states that do so. Response: As we noted in our response to comments received in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27760), the mandatory Medicaid standards regarding advance directives described in §§ 438.3(j) and 422.128 do not apply to CHIP and we do not believe that they should. We believe that the Medicaid advance directives provisions would create a significant burden on states and MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs in the CHIP context, with correspondingly little benefit for beneficiaries, as there are very few adult beneficiaries in CHIP and very few children need an advance directive. States may choose to require a managed care entity to provide information about advance directives to managed care enrollees since the requirements in § 457.1207 (crossreferencing § 438.10, including § 438.10(g)) represent the minimum amount of information that must be provided to enrollees in an enrollee handbook. A state could also choose to require its CHIP managed care entities to provide certain CHIP enrollees (for example, pregnant women) with information about how to execute an advance directive, similar to the requirement for Medicaid set out at § 438.3(j), and may receive FFP as a CHIP administrative expenditure for PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 doing so, subject to the state’s 10 percent cap on administrative expenditures under section 2105(a)(2) of the Act. However, because the underlying Medicaid advance directive requirement does not apply in the context of CHIP, we decline to adopt a requirement for states to require their CHIP managed care entities make this information available. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing as proposed the amendment to § 457.1207 to exclude paragraphs (c)(2), (g)(2)(xi)(E), and (g)(2)(xii) of § 438.10 the cross-reference used to incorporate the Medicaid requirements into the CHIP regulations. 3. Structure and Operations Standards (§ 457.1233) In the 2016 final rule, at § 457.1233(b), we adopted the provisions in § 438.230 related to MCO, PIHP, PAHP and PCCM entity requirements for contracting with subcontractors. However, in § 457.1233(b) we inadvertently included PCCMs instead of PCCM entities. We proposed to revise § 457.1233(b) to conform to the requirement that § 438.230 applies to PCCM entities. Also, at § 457.1233(d), we adopted the provisions in § 438.242 that require states operating a separate CHIP to collect enrollee encounter data from managed care plans. In finalizing § 438.242, we also intended to apply to CHIP the requirements of § 438.818, which is cross-referenced in § 438.242 and requires the submission of enrollee encounter data to CMS. We proposed to revise § 457.1233 to make explicit our intention to apply the terms of § 438.818 to CHIP. Finally, in the 2016 final rule at § 457.1233(d) we made a technical error regarding the CHIP applicability date. Our cross-reference to § 438.242 inadvertently applied the Medicaid applicability date of July 1, 2017 for the health information system requirements instead of the later compliance date generally applicable to CHIP (which is as of the first day of the state fiscal year beginning on or after July 1, 2018) that was specified in the 2016 final rule and discussed in section II.B.1 of this final rule. Therefore, we also proposed to revise § 457.1233(d) to make this technical correction. The following is a summary of the public comments we received on our proposals to amend § 457.1233. Comment: Several commenters supported the technical corrections and clarification about collection of enrollee E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 encounter data in the CHIP structure and operations standards regulatory sections. Response: We thank the commenters for their support. After consideration of the comments and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to the comments, we are finalizing as proposed the amendments to paragraphs (b) and (d) of § 457.1233. 4. Quality Measurement and Improvement (§ 457.1240) In the 2016 final rule, we aligned the quality assessment and performance improvement program standards for CHIP MCOs, PIHPs and PAHPs (with minor exceptions) with the Medicaid standards at § 438.330 by adopting references to § 438.330 in § 457.1240(b). Where appropriate, § 457.1240, as finalized in the 2016 final rule, also applied these Medicaid standards to PCCM entities. However, we inadvertently failed to include a crossreference to one of the Medicaid standards at § 438.330(b)(2), relating to the collection and submission of quality performance measurement data, which we intended to apply to PCCM entities in CHIP. We proposed revisions to § 457.1240(b) to correct this omission and reflect application of § 438.330(b)(2) to PCCM entities in CHIP. Additionally, we inadvertently failed to exclude references to consultation with the State’s Medical Care Advisory Committee as a state requirement when the state drafts or revises the state’s quality strategy in § 438.340(c)(1)(i) (which we incorrectly identified as § 438.330(c)(1)(i) in the 2018 proposed rule) and when the state requests, or modifies the use of an alternative managed care QRS under § 438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3). Establishment of a Medical Care Advisory Committee (MCAC) is required for Medicaid programs under § 431.12. Regulations at §§ 438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) and 438.340(c)(1)(i) require that the state seek input from the MCAC in developing a state alternative QRS and managed care quality strategy. However, there is no requirement that states establish a MCAC for CHIP similar to that in § 431.12, and therefore, the consultation requirements with the state’s MCAC in §§ 438.340(c)(1)(i) and 438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) are not applicable to CHIP. We proposed to revise § 457.1240 to eliminate the MCAC consultation requirements from the incorporation of the Medicaid requirements relating to adoption of a QRS and managed care quality strategy for CHIP. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 We noted in the November 2018 proposed rule how changes proposed to § 438.340 (regarding the managed care state quality strategy) were addressed as technical, conforming changes to the CHIP regulation (§ 457.1240(e)) that incorporates § 438.340. Comments on the proposed changes in § 438.340 (relating to the managed care state quality strategy), are discussed in the preamble at section I.B.14 of this final rule while comments received specific to CHIP, which adopts the Medicaid requirements for the state quality strategy, are addressed in section II.B.8 of this final rule. The following is a summary of the public comments we received on our proposal to amend § 457.1240 and our responses. Comment: Several commenters supported the clarifications and technical corrections of the requirements to collect and submit quality performance measurement data to PCCM entities. Response: We thank commenters for their support and are finalizing the proposed correction. Comment: One commenter noted that proposed § 457.1240 included a reference to ‘‘§ 438.330(c)(1)(i)’’ even though this reference does not address consultation with the Medical Care Advisory Committee, which is the requirement that we proposed to remove for CHIP. Response: We appreciate the commenter bringing this error to our attention. We agree that the correct reference should be to § 438.340(c)(1)(i). We are making the proposed correction in the final rule by finalizing an amendment to § 457.1240(e), which cross-references § 438.340 to incorporate requirements for a written quality strategy for assessing and improving the quality of health care and services furnished to CHIP enrollees. As finalized in this rule, § 457.1240(e) excludes the reference to consultation with the MCAC (described in § 438.340(c)(1)(i)) from the incorporation of Medicaid managed care requirements into CHIP. In addition, we have noted that § 457.1240(d), which cross-references § 438.334 and incorporates the requirement for a managed care quality rating system, also fails to exclude from the CHIP regulation the requirement that the state consult with the MCAC. We are also finalizing an amendment to § 457.1240(d) to exclude § 438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) from application to CHIP. These items were proposed in § 457.1240(b) of the proposed rule but we have determined PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72825 that they would be more appropriately placed in §§ 457.1240(d) and (e). Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposal to remove consultation with the MCACs regarding the state’s quality strategy as a requirement for CHIP and suggested that states be required, or encouraged, by CMS to seek and respond to MCACs, other advocacy groups, and key stakeholder groups involved in CHIP quality measurement and improvement activities to provide their perspective and expertise. Response: We appreciate the commenters’ recognition of the important role stakeholder groups play in advising states on CHIP quality strategies and agree with the commenters about the importance of this involvement. Because we agree that stakeholder input is important, § 457.1240(e) generally incorporates those components from the Medicaid managed care rule at § 438.340 by crossreferencing § 438.340 with, as finalized here, only an exclusion for the MCAC consultation in § 438.340(c)(1)(i). Thus, CHIP adopts the Medicaid requirement to make the quality strategy available for public comment before submitting the strategy to CMS (at § 438.340(c)(1)) and to make the review of the effectiveness of the quality strategy conducted by the state at least every 3 years available to the public (at § 438.340(c)(2)). Further, states must ensure ongoing public involvement in the state’s CHIP state plan under § 457.120(b). However, the regulations at § 431.12, which require each state to establish an MCAC, specify that the MCAC advise the Medicaid agency about health and medical care services (emphasis added). While states have the flexibility to consult their MCAC for purposes of their CHIP quality strategy, and we encourage them to do so, the CHIP regulations do not require establishment of a similar advisory committee for CHIP. Consultation with the MCAC has never been a regulatory requirement for CHIP agencies, and we did not intend to create a mandate for them to do so implicitly through a cross reference in the 2016 managed care regulation. In addition, to require consultation with the Medicaid MCAC would require that the MCAC exceed its regulatory mandate. Therefore, we decline to adopt a requirement for consultation with the MCAC in connection with CHIP managed care programs and the comprehensive quality assessment and performance improvement programs that managed care entities must be required to establish and implement under § 457.1240(d) and (e). E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72826 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing our proposal to reflect application of § 438.330(b)(2) to PCCM entities in CHIP with some minor non-substantive revisions to § 457.1240(b). We are reformatting and revising the text in two ways. First, we are redesignating most of the current regulation text in § 457.1240(b) as § 457.1240(b)(1) and designating a separate paragraph (b)(2) for the regulation text providing that, in the case of a CHIP contract with a PCCM entity, the requirements of § 438.330(b)(2) and (3), (c), and (e) apply. Second, we are revising the text to improve the readability of the regulation. We inadvertently proposed to codify exceptions to the applicability of §§ 438.334 and 438.340 (regarding consultation with the MCAC) in § 457.1240(b). In the final rule, we are finalizing these exceptions in the appropriate paragraphs of § 457.1240. In § 457.1240(d), we state that § 438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) related to consultation with the MCAC do not apply to the requirements related to the managed care quality rating system for CHIP. In § 457.1240(e) we state that § 438.340(c)(1)(i) related to the MCAC does not apply to the requirements related to the managed care quality strategy for CHIP. This is substantively consistent with our proposal to exclude references to consultation with the MCAC from the CHIP requirements. 5. Grievance System (§ 457.1260) In the 2016 final rule, we aligned CHIP with the Medicaid grievance and appeals provisions in subpart F of part 438, by incorporating them into § 457.1260, with two substantive exceptions. First, § 457.1260 provides that references to ‘‘state fair hearings’’ in part 438 should be read as referring to part 457, subpart K (which imposes certain CHIP applicant and enrollee protections). Second, § 457.1260 excludes the applicability date in § 438.400(c) from applying in the CHIP context. Following publication of the 2016 final rule, we became aware of a number of concerns related to how § 457.1260 currently incorporates the requirements applicable to Medicaid managed care plans, including the following: • Definition of adverse benefit determination (§ 438.400): We inadvertently failed to exclude a reference to paragraph (6) of the definition of ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’ in § 438.400; this paragraph includes in the definition of VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 adverse benefit determination the denial of enrollee’s request to exercise his or her choice to obtain services outside the network under § 438.52. We did not adopt § 438.52 in CHIP, and therefore, this should not have been included in the definition of adverse benefit determination for CHIP. Our proposed regulation text at § 457.1260(a)(2) would incorporate the definitions adopted in § 438.400, other than this one provision from the definition of adverse benefit determination. • General requirements for appeals and grievances (§ 438.402): In the 2016 final rule, in § 457.1260 we adopted all of § 438.402 into CHIP. This included an optional external medical review at § 438.402(c)(1)(i)(B). However, at § 457.1120(a), CHIP already provides states with two options to conduct an external review of a health services matter. The additional optional external medical review was superfluous. We proposed to effectively eliminate this additional, optional external medical review from the CHIP managed care appeal process by excluding the language of § 438.402(c)(1)(i)(B) in the list of appeal and grievance provisions that were incorporated from the Medicaid managed care appeals requirements in proposed § 457.1260(b). In addition, we proposed provisions in § 457.1260(b)(2) through (4) that would apply in place of the provisions in § 438.402(c)(1)(i)(A), (c)(1)(ii), and (c)(2), respectively, by substituting references to ‘‘state fair hearings’’ from the Medicaid rules with references to part 457, subpart K (which provides for certain CHIP applicant and enrollee protections, including external review) in proposed regulation text that otherwise generally mirrored text in § 438.402. This approach is substantively consistent with the current rule. Our proposed regulation text, at § 457.1260(b), would continue to incorporate Medicaid grievance and appeals system establishment and operation rules in § 438.402(a), (b), and (c)(2) and (3). • Timing of notice of adverse benefit determinations (§ 438.404): We realized that there may have been some confusion about whether states should follow the timing of notice of adverse benefit determination requirements described in § 438.404(c)(1) or in § 457.1180. We proposed to clarify that we did not intend to incorporate the requirements of part 431, subpart E into CHIP from § 438.404(c)(1). We proposed, at § 457.1260(c)(1), that states must ensure that the CHIP managed care entities comply with the provisions in §§ 438.404(a), (b)(1), (2), and (4) through (6) and (c)(2) through (6). In addition, PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 we proposed at § 457.1260(c)(2) language that would effectively replicate the requirements in § 438.404(b)(3) but substitute the reference to ‘‘state fair hearings’’ with the reference to part 457, subpart K. We also proposed, at § 457.1260(c)(3), that states provide timely written notice for termination, suspension, or reduction of previously authorized CHIP-covered services, which mirrors the timing of notice requirements in § 457.1180. • Handling of grievances and appeals (§ 438.406): We proposed at § 457.1260(d) that the state must ensure that the CHIP managed care entities comply with the provisions in § 438.406. • Resolution and notification (§ 438.408): We proposed revisions in § 457.1260(e) to address the concerns about references to state fair hearings and external medical reviews discussed in this rule. Proposed § 457.1260(e)(2) mirrored the language of § 438.408(a) but we proposed to restate the text (rather than cross-reference Medicaid managed care regulation) so that the use of ‘‘this section’’ in the text referred to the language in § 457.1260 instead of § 438.408. In addition, proposed § 457.1260(e)(3) through (7) effectively restated the requirements imposed § 438.408(b)(3), (e)(2), (f)(1) introductory text, (f)(1)(i), and (f)(2), respectively, with references to part 457, subpart K, instead of referring to ‘‘state fair hearings’’ as the Medicaid managed care regulation does. We did not include the Medicaid external medical review provisions (§ 438.408(f)(1)(ii)) from the list of appeal and grievance provisions that we proposed to incorporate in proposed § 457.1260. However, our proposed regulation text at § 457.1260(e) incorporated the resolution and notification requirements of Medicaid grievance and appeals rules as set out at § 438.408(b), (c)(1) and (2), (d), (e)(1), and (f)(3). • Services not furnished (§ 438.424): The current regulation inadvertently incorporated and applied the Medicaid standard at § 438.424(b), which requires a state to pay for disputed services furnished while an appeal is pending— which we did not intend to apply to CHIP. The Medicaid rule at § 438.420, regarding the continuation of benefits while an appeal is pending does not apply to CHIP. Therefore, the CHIP regulation at § 457.1260 should not include either § 438.420 or § 438.424(b), which provides that a state must pay for disputed services furnished while the appeal is pending if the decision to deny authorization of the services is reversed. Therefore, we did not propose to incorporate § 438.420 or § 438.424(b) E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations in proposed § 457.1260. Proposed § 457.1260(i) mirrored § 438.424(a), except for substituting the reference to ‘‘state fair hearings’’ with the reference to part 457, subpart K. in requiring CHIP managed care entities to provide denied services as expeditiously as the enrollee’s health requires, but no later than 72 hours, from the date the managed care entity receives notice reversing its denial. In sum, we proposed revisions to the regulation text in § 457.1260 that adopted some provisions of the Medicaid appeals and grievances requirements in total (such as in §§ 438.406, 438.410, 438.414 or 438.416) and some only in part (such as in §§ 438.400, 438.402, 438.404, 438.408, and 438.424). We solicited comments on whether our more detailed regulation text, which incorporates specific provisions of subpart F of part 438, was sufficiently clear and detailed for the appropriate administration of grievances and appeals in the CHIP context. The following is a summary of the public comments we received on our proposal to amend § 457.1260 and our responses to those comments. Comment: A few commenters supported the proposed changes to the CHIP grievance system to require the state to require MCOs, PIHPs and PAHPs to comply with incorporated provisions (in §§ 438.402, 438.404, 438.406, 438.408, and 438.414) and noted that these changes would expedite the grievance process. Response: We appreciate the support for our proposal at § 457.1260 regarding the grievance system. Comment: One commenter requests that states be able to use the Medicaid definition of ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’ in § 438.400(b) and receive FFP for doing so, even though CHIP is not adopting § 438.400(b)(6). That section includes in the definition of ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’ any denial of an enrollee’s request to exercise his or her choice to obtain services outside the network under § 438.52 as a result of Medicaid choice at enrollment requirements and certain exceptions to this rule for rural areas. Response: We previously did not adopt § 438.52 in CHIP in the 2016 final rule because CHIP does not require choice of plans at enrollment, and therefore, this should not have been included in the definition of adverse benefit determination for CHIP. However, if a state optionally provided for choice of plan at enrollment, created a rural exception that, like § 438.52(b)(2)(ii), allowed for an enrollee to obtain services outside the network and established that a denial of VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 that rural exception would constitute an adverse benefit determination, FFP would be available. We do not believe that additional regulation text is necessary for § 457.1260 to address the ability of a state to expand the definition of ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’ to include denials of optional benefits that the state may adopt for its CHIP. We are finalizing § 457.1260(a)(2) as proposed. Comment: One commenter requested that states be able to adopt the Medicaid state fair hearing process for CHIP and receive FFP for using the Medicaid state hearing process. Response: States are already permitted to use the Medicaid fair hearing process for CHIP pursuant to § 457.1120. Section 457.1120(a) provides that a state must have one of two review processes: (1) A process that meets the requirements of §§ 457.1130 through 457.1180, which set forth specific standards about the matters subject to review, core elements of the review process, impartiality, time frames, continuation of enrollment, and notices; or (2) a process that complies with State review requirements currently in effect for all health insurance issuers (as defined in section 2791 of the Public Health Service Act) in the State. The Medicaid state fair hearing process is compliant with the standards outlined in §§ 457.1130 through 457.1180 (66 FR 2635–2640). Many states already use the Medicaid fair hearing process for this purpose. The proposed clarifying amendments to § 457.1260 to remove references to the Medicaid state fair hearing process would not eliminate states’ option to utilize the Medicaid state fair hearing process to satisfy the CHIP requirements in § 457.1120(a)(1). The proposed revisions, which we are finalizing with modifications in this final rule, simply clarify how the appeals and grievances process under part 438, subpart F relate to the state CHIP review requirements in § 457.1120. Comment: One commenter requested clarification regarding the applicable timelines for adverse benefit notifications for CHIP in proposed § 457.1260(c). The commenter suggested that we had proposed conflicting requirements in proposed § 457.1260(c)(3) and proposed § 457.1260(c)(1), which cross-references § 438.404(c)(3). Further, the commenter suggested that § 438.404(c)(3) addressed the timing of appeals and grievances but not the timing of notices for denials and limitations of services. Response: We agree with the commenter that the timelines as proposed were confusing. The CHIP standard in § 457.1180 simply requires PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72827 that states provide enrollees and applicants of ‘‘timely written notice’’ of any adverse determination. Rather than aligning the standard for CHIP plans to provide notice to enrollees with the standards for Medicaid plans, we agree that alignment with the timeliness standards for states to notify CHIP beneficiaries of other adverse benefit determinations is appropriate. Therefore, in the final rule we state in § 457.1260(c)(3) that CHIP plans must provide the enrollee with timely written notice of adverse benefit determinations, which is consistent with the timeliness standard in 457.1180, except for expedited service authorization decisions. This makes the timeframes for notice consistent across §§ 457.1260 and 457.1180. CHIP does not address expedited service authorization decisions in § 457.1180. Therefore, for these types of decisions, we are finalizing at § 457.1260(c)(3) the use of the Medicaid notice timing requirement in § 438.404(c)(6) (which cross references § 438.210(d)(2)). Comment: Several commenters sought clarification on the continued inclusion (in § 457.1260) of references to continuation of benefits despite the fact that CHIP beneficiaries are not entitled to continued benefits pending appeal. One commenter specifically suggested that we remove the reference to § 438.404(b)(6) in proposed § 457.1260(c)(1) and the proposed language at § 457.1260(e)(4)(ii) and (iii) because each of these relate to the continuation of benefits during an appeal even though CHIP does not adopt the Medicaid continuation of benefits requirements in § 438.420. In addition, several commenters suggested that we include the right to continue to receive benefits pending an appeal in § 438.420 and the related requirement for payment for reversed adverse benefit determinations when benefits were provided pending appeal § 438.424(b) because preservation of enrollee health and due process require that enrollees retain access to services during the resolution of any dispute regarding their entitlement to them. Alternatively, several commenters suggested that CMS at least permit states to continue benefits while pending appeal and require states to notify enrollees of this option. Response: First, we thank commenters for pointing out where our proposed regulation text for § 457.1260 included cross-references to requirements from part 438 that are relevant to the aid pending appeal policy. As there is no continuation of benefits/aid pending appeal requirement in CHIP, we are not E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72828 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations finalizing any of the related references in § 457.1260. Second, we are not finalizing references to any right or policy regarding the continuation of benefits pending appeal in § 457.1260(c)(2) or (3), (e)(4)(ii) and (iii), or (i). As we have previously explained (83 FR 57284), the right to benefits pending the outcome of a CHIP review does not derive from section 1932(b)(4) of the Act, but from the constitutional due process protections afforded to beneficiaries of an entitlement program under Goldberg v. Kelly, 397 U.S. 254 (1970) and its progeny, including provision of benefits to beneficiaries who are being terminated from or denied coverage pending appeal. Unlike Medicaid, CHIP is not an entitlement program and therefore the right to benefits pending appeal is not available to CHIP beneficiaries. Therefore, in summary, to address these clarifications and respond to these comments, we are: • Finalizing § 457.1260(c)(2) and (3), with revisions; • Not finalizing § 457.1260(e)(4)(ii) and (iii); and • Finalizing § 457.1260(i) with revisions to eliminate references to aid pending appeal. Comment: One commenter suggested that the language proposed at § 457.1260(e)(3) and (6) was duplicative, as both deemed exhaustion of the plan’s appeal process and permitted an enrollee to seek State external review in accordance with part 457, subpart K, if an MCO, PIHP or PAHP failed to comply with the notice and timing requirements for an adverse decision outlined in § 457.1260. Response: We agree, and therefore, are not finalizing the regulation text at proposed § 457.1260(e)(6). We are finalizing the deemed exhaustion provision at § 457.1260(e)(3) and including there a statement that the enrollee may initiate a state external review in accordance with part 457, subpart K, in such cases. We also note an additional duplication of this deemed exhaustion requirement in the proposed language at § 457.1260(b)(3) so we are not finalizing that duplicative provision either. Proposed § 457.1260(b)(4) is redesignated as paragraph (b)(3) in the final rule. Comment: Several commenters stated that they appreciated Medicaid aligning in § 438.408(f)(2) the timeframes for enrollees to request a state fair hearing across the managed care and fee for service delivery systems by giving states the flexibility to choose a time period between 90 and 120 days. The CHIP proposal at § 457.1260(e)(6) maintained the requirement that enrollees have 120 VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 days to request a state review, which is out of alignment with Medicaid. Response: We agree that timeframes should be aligned across delivery systems and programs and appreciate commenters bringing to our attention our inadvertent failure to align the timeframe in proposed § 457.1260(e)(7) with the revisions for Medicaid in proposed § 438.408(f)(2). We are modifying the regulation text in proposed § 457.1260(e)(7), redesignated as paragraph (e)(5), to achieve the intended alignment. Under § 457.1260(e)(5) of the final rule, states have the same flexibility they have in Medicaid to provide enrollees with between 90 and 120 calendar days to request a state external review of a plan’s adverse benefit determination. Comment: One commenter questioned why CHIP MCOs have to comply with § 438.408(f)(3) (proposed at § 457.1260(e)(1)) when there is no state fair hearing requirement for CHIP. Response: Although we proposed that the substance of the Medicaid regulations at § 438.408(f)(3) (regarding the parties to be included in a fair hearing) apply to CHIP, we agree that the proposed application of all of § 438.408(f)(3) to CHIP was an error, because § 438.408(f)(3) is explicitly about the parties to be at the State fair hearing. CHIP has separate regulations, found in subpart K of part 457 of the regulations, governing the review process for CHIP beneficiaries. Therefore, we are not finalizing at § 457.1260(e)(1) the proposal that CHIP managed care entities comply with § 438.408(f)(3)). After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing, with several modifications, the regulation text proposed at § 457.1260 regarding the appeal and grievance systems. A summary of the changes is as follows: • Throughout § 457.1260, we are finalizing parenthetical text to identify the scope and nature of the requirements from part 438 that we are incorporating to apply to CHIP MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs. In addition, we have corrected cross-references throughout § 457.1260 as needed to refer to the sections within § 457.1260 in lieu of the Medicaid cross-references. • Statutory basis and definitions. We are finalizing § 457.1260(a)(1) and (2) as proposed. Paragraph (a)(1) identifies the applicable statutory provisions regarding CHIP managed care entities having an appeals and grievance system. Paragraph (a)(2) incorporates the definitions of the following terms from § 438.400(b): ‘‘adverse benefit PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 determination,’’ except for paragraph (6); ‘‘appeal,’’ ‘‘grievance,’’ and ‘‘grievance and appeal system.’’ • General requirements. We are finalizing as proposed § 457.1260(b)(1). We are finalizing paragraph (b)(2) with a minor modification to cite to § 457.1260(e) instead of § 438.408. We are not finalizing the proposal at § 457.1260(b)(3) because it is duplicative of what we are finalizing at paragraph (e)(3). We are finalizing what was proposed at paragraph (b)(4) as § 457.1260(b)(3) regarding the ability of a provider or authorized representative to file a grievance, request an appeal, or request state external review for an enrollee. • Notice of Adverse Benefit Determination. We are finalizing § 457.1260(c) to address the content and timing requirements for notices of adverse benefit determinations, with substantial revisions to the timeframes for these notices. We are finalizing § 457.1260(c)(1) to require that the state ensure that its CHIP managed care entities comply with the provisions at § 438.404(a) and (b)(1), (2), and (5) regarding the content of the notice of an adverse benefit determination. We are also finalizing additional content requirements for these notices in paragraph (c)(2). Taken together, § 457.1260(c)(1) and (2) mean that the following information must be provided to an enrollee as part of a notice of adverse benefit determinations: ++ The adverse benefit determination the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP has made or intends to make. ++ The reasons for the adverse benefit determination, including the right of the enrollee to be provided upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the enrollee’s adverse benefit determination. Such information includes medical necessity criteria, and any processes, strategies, or evidentiary standards used in setting coverage limits. ++ The circumstances under which an appeal process can be expedited and how to request it. ++ The enrollee’s right to request an appeal of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s adverse benefit determination, including information on exhausting the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s one level of appeal and the right to request a State external review in accordance with the terms of subpart K of part 457; ++ The procedures for the enrollee to exercise his or her rights to an appeal. We are finalizing provisions regarding the timing of the notice at § 457.1260(c)(3). As explained in our E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations response to comments about the timing of notices of adverse benefit determinations, CHIP managed care entities will have to comply with a standard that notices be ‘‘timely,’’ consistent with the requirement in § 457.1180, rather than within a specific timeframe for notices of adverse benefit determination, except in cases of expedited service authorizations. In the circumstances of expedited service authorization decisions, the terms of § 438.404(c)(6) (incorporating § 438.210(d)(2) by cross reference) apply. Section 438.210(d)(2) sets out timeframes for expedited authorization determinations. • Handling of grievances and appeals. We are finalizing § 457.1260(d) as proposed, to require states to ensure that CHIP managed care entities comply with the provisions at § 438.406 with regard to the handling of grievances and appeals. • Resolution and notification. We are finalizing § 457.1260(e) with revisions. ++ In paragraph (e)(1), we are finalizing as proposed the requirement that states ensure CHIP managed care entities comply with the provisions at § 438.408(b) (relating to the timeframe for resolution of grievances and appeals), (c)(1) and (2) (relating to the extension of timeframes for resolution of grievances and appeals), (d) (relating to the format of the notice of resolution for grievances and appeals), and (e)(1) (relating to the content of the notice of resolution for grievances and appeals). However, we are not finalizing the proposal to require compliance with § 438.408(f)(3) because the parties to an appeal in the CHIP managed care contexts are set forth at part 457, subpart K. ++ We are finalizing paragraph (e)(2) as proposed with a clarification that the state-established timeframes for resolution of each grievance and appeal must not exceed the timeframes identified in paragraph (e)(1) of § 457.1260, which incorporates the timeframes in § 438.408(b) and (c)(1) and (2). ++ We are finalizing § 457.1260(e)(3) with additional text specifying that an enrollee may seek state external review in accordance with part 457, subpart K, after the plan’s appeal process is exhausted. ++ We are finalizing paragraph (e)(4) regarding the content of the notice of appeal resolution with only the proposal that such notice include the enrollee’s right to seek state external review in accordance with the terms of part 457, subpart K, and how to do so. We are not finalizing the proposal to require that the notice include the right VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 to request and receive benefits while the review is pending and that the enrollee may be held liable for the costs of those benefits if the adverse benefit determination was upheld. ++ We are finalizing paragraph (e)(5) with modifications. We are finalizing as proposed in paragraph (e)(5) that an enrollee may request a state external review only upon exhausting the CHIP managed care entity’s appeal process. We are adding to paragraph (e)(5) the timeframe for requesting a state external review, which was proposed in paragraph (e)(7). ++ We are modifying that proposal to align with § 438.408(f)(2), by requiring that enrollees must have no less than 90 days and no more than 120 days after the plan’s date of resolution to request a review. 6. Sanctions (§ 457.1270) In the 2016 final rule, CHIP adopted, at § 457.1270, the Medicaid requirements related to sanctions in the managed care context in part 438, subpart I. We inadvertently did not include a provision in § 457.1270 that states may choose to establish sanctions for PCCMs and PCCM entities as specified in § 438.700(a). In addition, we did not indicate that references in § 438.706(a)(1) and (b) should be read to refer to the requirements of subpart L of part 457, rather than references to sections 1903(m) and 1932 of the Act. We proposed to revise the language of § 457.1270 to reflect these technical changes. The following is a summary of the public comments we received on our proposals to amend § 457.1270. Comment: A few commenters supported the clarifications and technical corrections to the regulatory sanctions applicable in § 457.1270. Response: We are finalizing the amendments to § 438.1270. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the amendments to § 457.1270 as proposed with slight modification. We are adding parentheticals in the regulation text to help readers understand what general subject is addressed in the Medicaid cross-references in § 457.1270(b) and (c). 7. Program Integrity Safeguards (§ 457.1285) Section 457.1285 sets forth the CHIP requirements for program integrity safeguards for managed care entities by adopting the Medicaid requirements in subpart H of part 438, except for the terms of § 438.604(a)(2), by crossreference. These cross-referenced PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72829 standards include, among other things, requirements related to provider enrollment, auditing, implementation and maintenance of arrangements or procedures that are designed to detect and prevent fraud, waste, and abuse. In the 2016 final rule, we inadvertently failed to exclude from our crossreference to the Medicaid managed care program integrity provisions a regulation that should not apply to CHIP. Specifically, CHIP does not adopt the Medicaid actuarial soundness requirements, therefore, states do not need to use the specified plan information collected in § 438.608(d)(1) and (3) for setting actuarially sound capitation rates as required in Medicaid; we proposed to modify the language of § 457.1285 to reflect this technical correction. The following is a summary of the public comments we received on our proposal to amend § 457.1285. Comment: A few commenters supported the proposed clarifications and technical corrections to program integrity safeguards. Response: We thank commenters for their support. Comment: One commenter noted that the proposed regulatory text at § 457.1285 included a typographical error in failing to include a reference to § 438.608(d)(4) as proposed. The rule text states, ‘‘except that the terms of § 438.604(a)(2) and (d)(4) of this chapter do not apply;’’ however, the text should read ‘‘except that the terms of §§ 438.604(a)(2) and 438.608(d)(4) of this chapter do not apply.’’ Response: Section 438.608(d)(4) is the correct cross-reference as we explained in the preamble of the 2018 proposed rule, and we make that correction in the final rule. Comment: One commenter requested that CHIP adopt the Medicaid state monitoring requirements in § 438.66. Response: This comment is outside the scope of this rule. We did not propose to incorporate § 438.66 into the CHIP regulations and therefore cannot do so in the final rule as such a substantive change in the responsibilities of a state with regard to its CHIP and the managed care entities with which the state contracts should be subject to public notice and comment. We also refer the commenter to § 457.204, which authorizes CMS compliance actions when a state fails to comply with its oversight responsibilities under these regulations for a managed care contract. After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are finalizing the E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72830 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations regulation text at § 457.1285 as proposed with one modification. We are modifying the regulatory text at § 457.1285 to exclude §§ 438.604(a)(2) and 438.608(d)(4), rather than § 438.604(a)(2) and (d)(4), from being applied in CHIP. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 8. CHIP Conforming Changes To Reflect Medicaid Managed Care Proposals In the 2016 final rule, CHIP adopted many of the Medicaid regulations via cross-reference. We proposed to revise some of these Medicaid regulations. The cross-references to these revised regulations are unchanged in this final rule. We explained in the proposed rule that the changes made to the following Medicaid regulations in this final rule would also apply, by existing crossreference, to CHIP. We welcomed comments on the proposed changes specifically as they apply to CHIP: • MLR standards (§ 438.8(k)): As discussed in section I.B.6. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to § 438.8(k)(1)(iii) and (e)(4). Section 438.8(k) is incorporated into the CHIP regulations in § 457.1203(e) and (f). • Information requirements (§ 438.10): As discussed in section I.B.8 of this final rule, we proposed several revisions to § 438.10. Section 438.10 is incorporated into the CHIP regulations at §§ 457.1206(b)(2) (via cross-reference to § 457.1207), 457.1207, and 457.1210(c)(5) (via cross-reference to § 457.1207). • Disenrollment: Requirements and limitations (§ 438.56): As discussed in section I.B.9. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to § 438.56(d)(5) by deleting ‘‘PCCMs or PCCM entities.’’ Section 438.56 is adopted in CHIP at § 457.1212. • Network adequacy standards (§ 438.68): As discussed in section I.B.10. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to the provider-specific network adequacy standards in § 438.68(b). The Medicaid network adequacy standards are applied to CHIP per § 457.1218. • Practice guideline (§ 438.236): As discussed in the preamble at section I.B.11. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to § 438.236(b)(3) by deleting contracting health care professionals and replacing it with network providers. Section 438.236 is incorporated into the CHIP regulations at § 457.1233(c). • Health information systems (§ 438.242): As discussed in section I.B.12. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to the health information systems requirements in § 438.242. Section 438.242 is adopted in CHIP at § 457.1233(d). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 • Medicaid managed care QRS (§ 438.334): As discussed in the section I.B.13. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to § 438.334(b), (c)(1) introductory text, and (c)(1)(ii), redesignating current paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) as paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and (iii), respectively, and adding new paragraph (c)(1)(i). We also proposed revisions to redesignated paragraph (c)(1)(ii) and adding new paragraph (c)(4). Section 438.334 is adopted in CHIP at § 457.1240(d). • Managed care state quality strategy (§ 438.340): As discussed in the preamble at section I.B.14. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to § 438.340(b)(2), (b)(3)(i), (b)(6), and (c)(1)(ii). We also proposed removing § 438.340(b)(8), and redesignating paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs (b)(8), (9), and (10), respectively. Section 438.340 is incorporated into the CHIP regulations at § 457.1240(e). • Activities related to EQR (§ 438.358): As discussed in section I.B.15. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to § 438.358(b)(1)(iii). Section 438.358 is incorporated into the CHIP regulations at § 457.1250(a). • EQR Results (§ 438.364(d)): As discussed in section I.B.17 of this final rule, we proposed revisions to § 438.364(d). Section 438.364 is incorporated into CHIP regulations at § 457.1250(a). • Statutory basis, definitions, and applicability (§ 438.400): As discussed in section I.B.18. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to § 438.400(b)(3). Section 438.400 is incorporated into the CHIP regulations at § 457.1260. • General requirements (§§ 438.402 and 438.406): As discussed in section I.B.19. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to §§ 438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3). Sections 438.402 and 438.406 are incorporated in CHIP in § 457.1260. The following is a summary of the public comments we received on our proposal to CHIP conforming changes to reflect Medicaid managed care proposals. Comment: We received several comments supporting CHIP’s proposals to align with the Medicaid requirements where appropriate. Response: We thank commenters for their support. Comment: We received several comments that did not include specific comments on the CHIP proposal to incorporate these Medicaid proposals but referred us to their comments on the Medicaid proposals. Response: Because CHIP proposed to adopt, by cross-reference, the proposed PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 changes to §§ 438.8(k), 438.10, 438.56, 438.68, 438.236, 438.242, 438.334, 438.340, 438.358, 438.364(d), 438.400, 438.402, and 438.406, we direct commenters to the responses to their comments on the Medicaid proposals adopted by CHIP. Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal revisions in § 438.68(b), adopted by cross-reference to CHIP through § 457.1218, to eliminate the requirement for states to establish time and distance standards for the list of specified provider types and to eliminate the requirement for standards to be developed for ‘‘additional provider types’’ identified by CMS. Alternatively, these commenters requested that CMS establish specific minimum quantitative standards for the specified provider types, including for pediatricians, pediatric specialists, and pediatric dentists, and to also identify additional types of pediatric provider types to be included in network adequacy standards, including pediatric medical subspecialties, providers at FQHCs and pediatric dental specialties. Response: We refer commenters to section I.B.10 of the preamble and the responses provided therein to address comments received for these proposed revisions to § 438.68. As we stated there, we believe removing the requirement for states to establish time and distance standards for specified providers and removing authority for CMS to add additional provider types will enable states to recognize and react more quickly to local needs and developing trends in care. The list of providers for which states must develop quantitative network adequacy standards includes pediatric primary care, pediatric specialists, pediatric behavioral health, and pediatric dental. We believe this list provides the appropriate balance between assuring that states maintain appropriate networks for the child population, and providing flexibility to states to react to the specific needs of their population and provider landscape in their state. States already have the authority to add additional provider types to their network adequacy standards to meet the needs of their CHIP programs and enrollees. Comment: One commenter expressed concern with CMS retaining the general requirement for actuarial soundness in CHIP rates at § 457.1203. The commenter stated that CMS should apply the Medicaid actuarial soundness requirements to CHIP and reconsider its position. Response: We agree that states must develop payment rates for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs for CHIP using actuarially sound principles, as required under E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations § 457.1203(a) of the 2016 final rule. However, as we stated in the 2016 final rule, Title XXI does not provide the same specificity about rate development standards as Title XIX, and while we agree that we have authority under section 2101 of the Act to establish additional standards, we have determined it would not be appropriate to impose all of the Medicaid ratesetting standards on separate CHIPs at this time, including those cited by commenters. Under § 457.1201 of the 2016 final rule, states are required to include payment rates in their managed care contracts submitted to CMS upon request of the Secretary. As we stated in the 2016 final rule, as we continue to gain additional experience with rate setting in CHIP, we may consider developing additional standards for CHIP in the future. After consideration of the public comments, we are finalizing application to CHIP of the changes to the Medicaid managed care requirements in §§ 438.8(k), 438.10, 438.56, 438.68, 438.236, 438.242, 438.334, 438.340, 438.358, 438.364(d), 438.400, 438.402, and 438.406 as finalized in this final rule. III. Collection of Information Requirements Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.), we are required to provide 60-day notice in the Federal Register and solicit public comment before a collection of information requirement is submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. For the purpose of the PRA and this section of the preamble, ‘‘collection of information’’ is defined under 5 CFR 1320.3 of the PRA’s implementing regulations. To fairly evaluate whether a collection of information should be approved by OMB, section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA requires that we solicit comment on the following issues: • The need for the information collection and its usefulness in carrying out the proper functions of our agency. • The accuracy of our estimate of the information collection burden. 72831 • The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected. • Recommendations to minimize the information collection burden on the affected public, including automated collection techniques. In our November 14, 2018 (83 FR 57264) proposed rule, we solicited public comment on each of the aforementioned issues for the following sections of the rule that contained information collection requirements (ICRs). We did not receive any PRA-related public comments and are finalizing all provisions as proposed. A. Wage Estimates To derive average costs, we used data from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ May 2018 National Occupational Employment and Wage Estimates for all salary estimates (https://www.bls.gov/ oes/current/oes_nat.htm). Table 1 presents the mean hourly wage, the cost of fringe benefits and overhead (calculated at 100 percent of salary), and the adjusted hourly wage. TABLE 1—NATIONAL OCCUPATIONAL EMPLOYMENT AND WAGE ESTIMATES Occupation code Occupation title Business Operations Specialist ....................................................................... Computer Programmer .................................................................................... Actuary ............................................................................................................. Office and Administrative Support Worker ...................................................... As indicated, we are adjusting our employee hourly wage estimates by a factor of 100 percent. This is necessarily a rough adjustment, both because fringe benefits and overhead costs vary significantly from employer to employer, and because methods of estimating these costs vary widely from study to study. Nonetheless, we believe that doubling the hourly wage to estimate total cost is a reasonably accurate estimation method. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 B. Information Collection Requirements (ICRs) To estimate the burden for the requirements in part 438, we utilized state submitted data for enrollment in managed care plans for CY 2017. The enrollment data reflected 55,601,033 enrollees in MCOs, 17,702,565 enrollees in PIHPs or PAHPs, and 5,462,769 enrollees in PCCMs, for a total of 80,242,585 managed care enrollees. This includes duplicative counts when enrollees are enrolled in multiple managed care plans concurrently. This VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 13–1000 15–1131 15–2011 43–9000 data also showed 42 states that contract with 519 MCOs, 14 states that contract with 134 PIHPs or PAHPs, 16 states that contract with 21 non-emergency transportation PAHPs, 16 states with 26 PCCM or PCCM entities, and 20 states that contract with one or more managed care plans for managed LTSS). To estimate the burden for these requirements in part 457, we utilized state submitted data for enrollment in managed care plans for CY 2016. The enrollment data reflected 9,013,687 managed care enrollees. This data also showed that 32 states use managed care entities for CHIP enrollment. 1. ICRs Regarding Standard Contract Requirements (§ 438.3(t)) The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for approval under control number 0938– 0920 (CMS–10108). Subject to renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active. Amendments to § 438.3(t) will permit states to choose between requiring their MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs to sign a PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Mean hourly wage ($/hr) 35.52 43.07 55.89 17.28 Fringe benefits and overhead ($/hr) 35.52 43.07 55.89 17.28 Adjusted hourly wage ($/hr) 71.04 86.14 111.78 34.56 COBA with Medicare, or requiring an alternative method for ensuring that each MCO, PIHP, and PAHP receives all appropriate crossover claims. If the state elects to use an alternative methodology the methodology must ensure that the submitting provider is promptly informed on the state’s remittance advice that the claim has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for payment consideration. We estimate it will take 1 hour at $86.14/hr for a computer programmer to implement the message on the remittance advice. Given that 23 of the 33 states with duals in managed care have already required their plans to obtain COBAs, we estimate that half of the remaining states (5 states) will elect to pursue an alternative method. In aggregate, we estimate a one-time burden of 5 hours (5 states × 1 hr at a cost of $430.70 (5 hr × $86.14/hr)). Over the course of OMB’s anticipated 3-year approval period, we estimate an annual burden of 1.33 hours (5 hr/3 years) at a cost of $143.57 ($430.70/3 years). We are annualizing the one-time burden E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72832 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations estimate since we do not anticipate any additional burden after the 3-year approval period expires. Additionally, for the 5 states that elect to require an alternative method, the amendments to § 438.3(t) will alleviate the 25 managed care plans that are operating within those states of the onetime requirement to obtain a COBA. In aggregate, we estimate a one time savings of¥100 hr (25 plans × ¥4 hr for a business operations specialist) and ¥$7,104 (100 hr × $71.04/hr). As this will be a one-time savings, we annualize this amount to –33.33 hr (100 hr/3 years) and ¥$2,368 (¥$7,104/3 years). For the 5 states that elect to require that their plans obtain a COBA, in aggregate we estimate a one-time burden of 100 hrs (25 plans × 4 hr for a business operations specialist) at a cost of $7,104 (100 hrs × $71.04/hr specialist). As this will be a one-time burden, we annualize this amount to 33.33 hr (100 hr/3 years) and $2,368 ($7,104/3 years). We are annualizing the one-time burden estimate since we do not anticipate any additional burden after the 3-year approval period expires. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 2. ICRs Regarding Special Contract Provisions Related to Payment (§ 438.6(c)) The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for approval under control number 0938– 1148 (CMS–10398 #52). Subject to renewal, it was last approved on March 1, 2018, and remains active. Amendments to § 438.6(c) will remove the requirement for states to obtain prior approval for directed payment arrangements that utilize state plan approved rates. To obtain prior approval, states submit a preprint to CMS. Based on our experience, we estimate that 20 states may elect annually to request approval for 40 directed payments that utilize a state approved FFS fee schedule. By eliminating the requirement that states submit a preprint for each arrangement, we estimate that a state would save 1 hour at $71.04/hr for a business operations specialist per directed payment arrangement. In aggregate, we estimate an annual savings of ¥40 hours (20 states × ¥2 preprints/year × 1 hr per preprint) and ¥$2,842 (¥40 hr × $71.04/hr). 3. ICRs Regarding Rate Certification Submission (§ 438.7(c)(3)) Amendments to § 438.7(c)(3) will permit CMS to require states to submit documentation attesting that +/¥ 1.5% modifications to a capitation rate comply with specified regulatory requirements. We estimate that CMS VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 will require documentation from no more than 3 states annually and that it will take a state’s actuary 1 hour to prepare the documentation. For the 3 states that may be required to submit documentation, in aggregate we estimate an annual burden of 3 hrs (3 plans × 1 hr for an actuary) at a cost of $335.34 (3 hrs × $111.78/hr specialist). 4. ICRs Regarding Information Requirements (§ 438.10(d)(2) and (3)) Amendments to § 438.10(d)(2) and (d)(3) will no longer require states or plans to add taglines in prevalent languages to all written materials, nor to use 18-point font size. Instead, states and plans will have the ability to include taglines only on materials critical to obtaining services and could select any font size they deem to be conspicuously visible. While we have no data indicating how many states experienced increased document length or an increase in postage costs as a result of these requirements, we believe that this provision will likely reduce paper, toner, and postage costs for some states and managed care plans. Assuming that this change saves one sheet of paper (average price $25 per 5000 sheet carton or $0.005 per sheet), toner (average price $125 for 25,000 pages or $0.005 per sheet), and postage ($0.38 bulk postage per ounce) per enrollee, we estimate a savings of ¥$2,542,513 ([¥$0.005 per sheet of paper × 74,779,816 enrollees or sheets of paper] + [¥$0.005 toner per sheet of paper × 74,779,816 enrollees or sheets of paper] + [¥$.024 ($0.38/bulk postage × 0.16 oz per sheet of paper) × 74,779,816 enrollees or sheets of paper]). The estimates are based on commonly available prices for bulk paper, toner, and bulk postage rate. We estimate the ¥$2,542,513 will be shared equally between the states and managed care plans given that they each provide written materials to enrollees and potential enrollees. 5. ICRs Regarding Information Requirements § 438.10(h)(3)(i)(B) Amendments to § 438.10(h)(3) will permit states that elect to offer a mobile enabled provider directory to update the hardcopy provider directory quarterly instead of monthly. We are unable to estimate with any accuracy the cost of creating a mobile enabled provider directory; however, we assume it is substantially more than the savings that may be recognized from reducing the frequency of updating the directory since many of the data elements that are in the directory must be maintained accurately for other purposes, such as PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 claims payment. We are not estimating a burden for this provision at this time. 6. ICRs Regarding Network Adequacy Standards (§ 438.68(a)) The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for approval under control number 0938– 0920 (CMS–10108). Subject to renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active. Amendments to § 438.68(a) will eliminate a requirement that states develop time and distance standards for provider types set forth in § 438.68(b)(1) and for LTSS providers if covered in the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP contract. The provision replaces the requirement to adopt time and distance standards with a requirement to adopt a quantitative standard to evaluate network adequacy. We estimated in the May 6, 2016 final rule (81 FR 27777) a burden of $12,892 (20 states × 10 hrs at $64.46/hr for a business operations specialist) during the first year of developing the time and distance network adequacy standards for the provider types specified in § 438.68(b)(1). We further estimated a one-time state burden of $10,313.60 (16 states × 10 additional hours at $64.46/ hr for a business operations specialist) to develop LTSS standards (81 FR 27777). In each case we did not estimate additional burden for states after the first year. Since time and distance is one of many quantitative network adequacy standards, for states that used time and distance prior to the 2016 final rule or for those that have adopted time and distance to comply with the 2016 final rule, discontinuing the use of time and distance is merely an option that they may elect if they believe another measure better reflects the needs of their program. Additionally, as clarified in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27661), states have always had the ability to have network adequacy standards in addition to time and distance if they choose. We believe the change increases flexibility for states without affecting burden on states since it does not require states to take any action. 7. ICRs Regarding Grievance and Appeal System: General Requirements (§§ 438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3)). The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for approval under control number 0938– 0920 (CMS–10108). Subject to renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active. Amendments to §§ 438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) will no longer require enrollees to follow up an oral appeal with a written appeal. This change will E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations alleviate the burden on plans to follow up with enrollees that do not submit the written appeal. We estimate it will take up to 2 hours at $34.56/hr for an Office and Administrative Support Worker to call or send letters to enrollees in an effort to receive the written appeal. We estimate that 300 plans in 20 states have an average of 200 oral appeals that are not followed up with a written appeal. In aggregate, we estimate an annual private sector savings of ¥120,000 hours (300 plans × 200 appeals × 2 hr) and ¥$4,147,200 (¥120,000 hr × $34.56/hr). 8. ICRs Regarding Information Requirements (§ 457.1207) The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for approval under control number 0938– 0920 (CMS–10108). Subject to renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active. Section 438.10(d)(2) and (3) are adopted by cross-reference in the CHIP regulations at § 457.1207. As discussed in section II.B.2 of this final rule, amendments to § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) will remove requirements for states or plans to add taglines in prevalent languages to all written materials, nor to use 18-point font size. Instead, states and plans will have the ability to include taglines only on materials critical to obtaining services and could select any font size they deem to be conspicuously visible. While we have no data indicating how many states experienced increased document length and an increase in postage costs as a result of these requirements, we believe that the provision will likely reduce paper, toner, and postage costs for some states. Assuming that, the change saves one sheet of paper (average price $25 per 5,000 sheet carton or $0.005 per sheet), toner (average price $125 per 25,000 pages or $0.005 per sheet), and postage ($0.38 bulk purchase per ounce) per enrollee, we estimate a savings of ¥$1,983,013.15 [$.005 per sheet of paper × 9,013,687 sheets of paper] + $.005 toner per sheet of paper × 9,013,687 sheets of paper] + (¥$1,892,874.27= [$0.21/oz bulk postage × 9,013,687 sheets of paper]). The estimates are based on commonly available prices for bulk paper and toner. 9. ICRs for Grievance and Appeal System: Definitions (§ 457.1260) The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for approval under control number 0938– 0920 (CMS–10108). Subject to renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active. Section 438.400(b) is adopted by cross-reference in the CHIP regulations at § 457.1260. As discussed in this final 72833 rule, the amendments to § 438.400(b) will revise the definition of an ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’ to exclude claims that do not meet the definition of ‘‘clean claim’’ at § 447.45(b), thus eliminating the requirement for the plan to send an adverse benefit notice. While we have no data on the number of adverse benefit notices are sent due to denials of unclean claims, we believe that at least one unclean claim may be generated for half of all enrollees; thus, this provision could reduce paper, toner, and postage costs for some states. Assuming that the change saves one sheet of paper (average price $25 per 5,000 sheet carton or $0.005 per sheet), toner (average price $125 for 25,000 pages or $0.005 per sheet), and postage ($0.38 bulk postage per ounce) per enrollee, we estimate a savings of ¥$1,757,669.16 [ $.005 per sheet of paper × ¥4,506,844 adverse benefit notices] + [$.005 toner × ¥4,506,844 adverse benefit notices] + [ $0.38/oz bulk postage × ¥4,506,844 adverse benefit notices]. The estimates are based on commonly available prices for bulk paper and toner purchases and bulk postage rates. C. Summary of Added Burden and Burden Reduction Estimates Tables 2 and 3 set out our annual burden and burden reduction estimates. TABLE 2—SUMMARY OF ANNUAL PRA-RELATED REQUIREMENTS AND BURDEN UNDER PART 438 CFR section Number of respondents Number of responses Burden per response (hours) Total annual hours Labor rate $/hr Cost per response ($) Total cost ($) Frequency Annualized hours Annualized costs ($) § 438.3(t) ....................................................... § 438.3(t) ....................................................... § 438.3(t) ....................................................... § 438.6(c) ....................................................... § 438.7(c)(3) .................................................. § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) ................................... § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) ................................... § 438.10(d)(2) and (3) ................................... § 438.10(h) .................................................... § 438.402(c)(3)(i) ........................................... 5 5 5 20 3 42 42 42 ........................ 300 5 25 25 2 3 74,779,816 74,779,816 74,779,816 .................. 60,000 1 ¥4 4 ¥1 1 n/a n/a n/a ................ ¥2 5 ¥100 100 ¥40 3 n/a n/a n/a .................. ¥120,000 86.14 71.04 71.04 71.04 111.78 n/a n/a n/a ................ 34.56 86.14 ¥284 284 ¥71.04 111.78 ¥0.005 ¥0.005 ¥0.024 ................ ¥69.12 430 ¥7,104 7,104 ¥2,842 335.34 ¥373,899.08 ¥373,899.08 ¥1,794,715.58 ............................ ¥4,147,200 Once ........ Once ........ Once ........ Annual ..... Annual ..... Annual ..... Annual ..... Annual ..... .................. Annual ..... 0.333 ¥33.333 33.333 ¥40 3 n/a n/a n/a .................. ¥120,000 143 ¥2,368 2,368 ¥2,841 335.34 ¥373,899.08 ¥373,899.08 ¥1,794,715.58 ............................ ¥4,147,200 Total ....................................................... 342 74,779,818 varies ¥120,032 varies varies ¥6,691,789 n/a ............ ¥120,040 ¥6,692,746 TABLE 3—SUMMARY OF ANNUAL PRA-RELATED REQUIREMENTS AND BURDEN UNDER PART 457 Number of respondents CFR section Burden per response (hours) Total annual hours Labor rate $/hr Cost per response ($) Total cost ($) Frequency Annualized hours Annualized costs ($) ..................................................... ..................................................... ..................................................... ..................................................... ..................................................... ..................................................... 32 32 32 32 32 32 9,013,687 9,013,687 9,013,687 4,506,844 4,506,844 4,506,844 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a $0.005 0.005 0.21 0.005 0.005 0.38 ¥$45,068.44 ¥45,068.44 ¥1,892,874.27 ¥22,534.22 ¥22,534.22 ¥1,712,600.72 Annual Annual Annual Annual Annual Annual ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a ¥$45,068.44 ¥45,068.44 ¥1,892,874.27 ¥22,534.22 ¥22,534.22 ¥1,712,600.72 Total ....................................................... 192 40,561,593 n/a n/a n/a 0.61 ¥3,740,680.31 Annual ..... n/a ¥3,740,680.31 § 457.1207 § 457.1207 § 457.1207 § 457.1260 § 457.1260 § 457.1260 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Number of responses VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72834 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 A. Statement of Need As described in detail in section I.B. of this final rule, many of the revisions to part 438 outlined in this final rule are part of the agency’s broader efforts to reduce administrative burden and to achieve a better balance between appropriate Federal oversight and state flexibility, while also maintaining critical beneficiary protections, ensuring fiscal integrity, and improving the quality of care for Medicaid beneficiaries. This final rule streamlines the managed care regulations by reducing unnecessary and duplicative administrative burden and further reducing Federal regulatory barriers to help ensure that state Medicaid agencies are able to work efficiently and effectively to design, develop, and implement Medicaid managed care programs that best meet each state’s local needs and populations. B. Overall Impact We have examined the impact of this final rule as required by Executive Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 1993), Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review (January 18, 2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96–354), section 1102(b) of the Act, section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (March 22, 1995; Pub. L. 104–4), Executive Order 13132 on Federalism (August 4, 1999), the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)), and Executive Order 13771 on Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs (January 30, 2017). Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), the Office of lnformation and Regulatory Affairs designated this rule as not a ‘‘major rule’’, as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).’’ We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or analysis. We have examined the provisions in this final rule and determined that most of the revisions to part 438 outlined in this final rule are expected to reduce administrative burden as we noted in the Collection of Information (COI) VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 section (see section III. of this final rule). Aside from our analysis on burden reduction in the COI section, we believe that the only provision in this final rule that may have an economic impact is the provision with revisions to managed care pass-through payments because of the general magnitude associated with managed care payments and our previous efforts to analyze financial impacts associated with managed care pass-through payments. The May 6, 2016 final rule (81 FR 27830) and the January 18, 2017 passthrough payment final rule (82 FR 5425) both contained regulatory impact analyses that discussed the financial and economic effects of pass-through payments. In the May 6, 2016 final rule, we did not project a significant fiscal impact for § 438.6(d). When we reviewed and analyzed the May 6, 2016 final rule, we concluded that states will have other mechanisms to build in the amounts currently provided through pass-through payments in approvable ways, such as approaches consistent with § 438.6(c). If a state was currently building in $10 million in pass-through payments to hospitals under their current managed care contracts, we assumed that the state will incorporate the $10 million into their managed care rates in permissible ways rather than spending less in Medicaid managed care. We expected that the long passthrough payment transition periods provided under the May 6, 2016 final rule will help states to integrate existing pass-through payments into actuarially sound capitation rates or permissible Medicaid financing structures, including enhanced fee schedules or the other approaches consistent with § 438.6(c) that tie managed care payments to services and utilization covered under the contract. In the January 18, 2017 pass-through payment final rule, we noted that a number of states had integrated some form of pass-through payments into their managed care contracts for hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians. We also noted that as of the effective date of the May 6, 2016 final rule, we estimated that at least eight states had implemented approximately $105 million in pass-through payments for physicians annually; we estimated that at least three states had implemented approximately $50 million in pass-through payments for nursing facilities annually; and we estimated that at least 16 states had implemented approximately $3.3 billion in passthrough payments for hospitals annually. We noted that the amount of pass-through payments often represented a significant portion of the PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 overall capitation rate under a managed care contract, and that we had seen pass-through payments that had represented 25 percent, or more, of the overall managed care contract and 50 percent of individual rate cells. In our analysis of that final rule, we concluded that while it was difficult for CMS to conduct a detailed quantitative analysis given considerable uncertainty and lack of data, we believed that without the pass-through payment final rule, which prohibited new and increased passthrough payments that were not in place as of the effective date of the May 6, 2016 final rule, states will continue to increase pass-through payments in ways that were not consistent with the passthrough payment transition periods established in the May 6, 2016 final rule. Since there is still considerable uncertainty regarding accurate and reliable pass-through payment data, we are only including a qualitative discussion in this RIA. Under § 438.6(d)(6), we are finalizing our proposal to assist states with transitioning some or all services or eligible populations from a Medicaid FFS delivery system into a Medicaid managed care delivery system by allowing states to make pass-through payments under new managed care contracts during a specified transition period if certain criteria in the final rule are met. One of the requirements in the final rule is that the aggregate amount of the pass-through payments for each rating period of the transition period that the state requires the managed care plan to make must be less than or equal to the payment amounts attributed to and actually paid as Medicaid FFS supplemental payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians in Medicaid FFS. This means that under this new pass-through payment transition period, the aggregate payments added to Medicaid managed care contracts as pass-through payments must be budget neutral to the aggregate payments transitioned from Medicaid FFS. We also note that under the new pass-through payment transition period, states will only have 3 years to include these payments as pass-through payments before needing to transition the payments into allowable payment structures under actuarially sound capitation rates. We acknowledge that relative to the current pass-through payment baseline, this final rule permits states to incorporate new pass-through payments under a new transition period when states are transitioning some or all services or eligible populations from a Medicaid FFS delivery system into a E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations Medicaid managed care delivery system; however, the net financial impact to state and Federal governments, and the Medicaid program, must be zero given the requirements in this final rule that aggregate pass-through payments under the new transition period must be less than or equal to the payment amounts attributed to and actually paid as Medicaid FFS supplemental payments in Medicaid FFS. Since the final rule only permits payment amounts attributed to Medicaid FFS to be made under Medicaid managed care contracts, this is not an increase in Medicaid payments; rather, these payments only represent a movement of funding across Medicaid delivery systems for a limited and targeted amount of time when Medicaid populations or services are initially transitioning from a Medicaid FFS delivery system to a Medicaid managed care delivery system. Without the transition period, we believe that existing Federal pass-through payment requirements could incentivize states to retain some Medicaid populations or Medicaid services in their Medicaid FFS programs. We also believe that some states may choose to delay implementation of Medicaid managed care programs, especially if states have not already been working with stakeholders regarding existing Medicaid FFS supplemental payments. As we noted in this final rule, we wanted to ensure that Federal passthrough payment rules do not unintentionally incent states to keep populations or services in Medicaid FFS, and we do not want Federal rules to unintentionally create barriers that prevent states from moving populations or services into Medicaid managed care. As noted in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27852), potential benefits to the changes in the Medicaid managed care rule include improved health outcomes for Medicaid enrollees through improved care coordination and case management, as well as improved access to care. We believe that this limited and targeted transition period will help states further these goals. Finally, as noted throughout this final rule, this limited and targeted transition period is only available if the state actually made Medicaid FFS supplemental payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the transition period, and the aggregate amount of the pass-through payments that the state requires the managed care plan to make must be less than or equal to the amounts paid under Medicaid FFS. As noted in this final rule, states VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 will be required to calculate and demonstrate that the aggregate amount of the pass-through payments for each rating period of the transition period is less than or equal to the amounts attributed to and actually paid as Medicaid FFS supplemental payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians. As a practical matter, states will be required to use MMISadjudicated claims data from the 12month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the transition period for the purposes of these calculations, and we will verify that the pass-through payment amounts are permissible under this final rule, including that the aggregate payments added to Medicaid managed care contracts as pass-through payments must be budget neutral to the aggregate payments transitioned from Medicaid FFS. Therefore, we are not projecting a specific fiscal impact to state or Federal governments, or the Medicaid program, as we expect the net financial impact of this provision to be budget neutral. We requested public comments on our assumptions and analysis as part of the proposed rule. We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or analysis. We are setting out savings based on amendments being finalized in this rule to § 438.400(b) which will revise the definition of an ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’ to exclude claims that do not meet the definition of ‘‘clean claim’’ at § 447.45(b), thus eliminating the requirement for the plan to send an adverse benefit notice per § 438.404(a). While we have no data on the number of adverse benefit notices that are sent due to denials of unclean claims, we believe that at least one unclean claim may be generated for half of all enrollees (37,389,908); thus, this proposal could reduce paper, toner, and postage costs for some managed care plans. If we assume that in the aggregate, this change saves one sheet of paper (average price $25 per 5,000 sheet carton or $0.005 per sheet), toner (average price $125 for 25,000 pages or $0.005 per sheet), and $0.024 bulk postage ($.038/per ounce × 0.16 oz per sheet of paper) per enrollee, we estimate an annual savings of $1,084,307.30 Based on the calculations in the Collection of Information (COI) section (see section III. of this final rule, Tables 2 and 3), and the additional cost savings identified for § 438.400(b) described above, we are estimating that this final rule will result in an annual cost savings of $12,071,068. PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72835 C. Anticipated Effects The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires agencies to analyze options for regulatory relief of small businesses. For purposes of the RFA, small entities include small businesses, nonprofit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. Most hospitals and most other providers and suppliers are small entities, either by nonprofit status or by having revenues of less than $7.5 million to $38.5 million in any 1 year. Individuals and states are not included in the definition of a small entity. We believe that all Medicaid managed care plans have annual revenues in excess of $38.5 million; therefore, we do not believe that this final rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small businesses. We sought comment on this belief. We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or analysis. Therefore, we are not preparing an analysis because we have determined, and the Secretary certifies, that this final rule will not have a significant impact on the operations of a substantial number of small businesses. In addition, section 1102(b) of the Act requires CMS to prepare an RIA if a rule may have a significant impact on the operations of a substantial number of small rural hospitals. This analysis must conform to the provisions of section 604 of the RFA. For purposes of section 1102(b) of the Act, we define a small rural hospital as a hospital that is located outside a Metropolitan Statistical Area and has fewer than 100 beds. We do not anticipate that the provisions in this final rule will have a substantial economic impact on most hospitals, including small rural hospitals. The provisions in this rule place no direct requirements on individual hospitals, and we note that any impact on individual hospitals will vary according to each hospital’s current and future contractual relationships with MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs. We expect that any additional burden (or burden reduction) on small rural hospitals should be negligible. We sought comment on this analysis and our assumptions. Therefore, we are not preparing an analysis for section 1102(b) of the Act because we have determined, and the Secretary certifies, that this final rule will not have a significant impact on the operations of a substantial number of small rural hospitals. We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or analysis. Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72836 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations also requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 2020, that is approximately $156 million. We believe that this final rule will have no consequential effect on state, local, or tribal governments or on the private sector. We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or analysis. Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an agency must meet when it issues a final rule that imposes substantial direct requirements costs on state and local governments, preempts state law, or otherwise has federalism implications. This final rule does not impose any substantial direct costs on state or local governments; however, the provision at § 438.4(b)(1) may preempt state law if the differences among capitation rates for covered populations are not based on valid rate development standards and instead are based solely on network provider reimbursement requirements for covered populations that are mandated by state statute. We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or analysis. Executive Order 13771, titled Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs, was issued on January 30, 2017. Section 2(a) of Executive Order 13771 requires an agency, unless prohibited by law, to identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed when the agency publicly proposes for notice and comment, or otherwise issues, a new regulation. In furtherance of this requirement, section 2(c) of Executive Order 13771 requires that the new incremental costs associated with new regulations shall, to the extent permitted by law, be offset by the elimination of existing costs associated with at least two prior regulations. Many of the revisions to part 438 outlined in this final rule are expected to reduce administrative burden; therefore, this rule is an E.O. 13771 deregulatory action. We estimate that this final rule generates $11,704,348 million in annualized cost savings, discounted at 7 percent relative to year 2016, over a perpetual time horizon. Details on the estimated cost savings of this final rule can be found in the preceding analyses. We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or analysis. D. Alternatives Considered One alternative we considered was leaving the 2016 final rule as it is today; however, since the rule was finalized in 2016, we continued to hear from stakeholders that the 2016 final rule was overly prescriptive and included provisions that were not cost-effective for states to implement. As a result, we undertook a review of the current regulations to ascertain if there were ways to achieve a better balance between appropriate Federal oversight and state flexibility, while also maintaining critical beneficiary protections, ensuring fiscal integrity, and improving the quality of care for Medicaid beneficiaries. This final rule is the result of that review and streamlines the managed care regulations by reducing unnecessary and duplicative administrative burden and further reducing Federal regulatory barriers to help ensure that state Medicaid agencies are able to work efficiently and effectively to design, develop, and implement Medicaid managed care programs that best meet each state’s local needs and populations. We sought comment on a number of requirements included in this final rule to identify potential alternatives to proposed provisions. The following is a summary of the public comments we received on the requirements included in this final rule to identify potential alternatives to proposed provisions. Comment: One commenter expressed concerns that the only alternative considered was leaving the 2016 final rule as is. This commenter noted that there were already errors acknowledged in the previous rule and noted that rather than improving on the rule, these changes will not benefit families and their children. Response: We understand the commenter’s concerns; however, as noted, we undertook a comprehensive review of the current regulations and developed proposals to achieve a better balance between appropriate Federal oversight and state flexibility. As the commenter did not offer other alternatives for CMS to consider, we are not including additional alternatives under this final rule, other than the alternatives already discussed. E. Uncertainties We have attempted to provide a framework for common definitions and processes associated with the statutory provisions being implemented by this rule. It is possible that some states may need to use alternative definitions to be consistent with state law, and we sought comment on these kinds of issues with the intent to modify and add to the common terminology in this final rule as appropriate based on the comments received. We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or analysis. In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, this final rule was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. F. Accounting Statement As discussed in this RIA, the benefits, costs, and transfers of this final rule are identified in Table 4. TABLE 4—ACCOUNTING STATEMENT Units Category Primary estimate Low estimate High estimate Year dollars Discount rate Period covered Notes Benefits jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Non-Quantified ............. VerDate Sep<11>2014 Benefits include: consistency with the statutory requirements in section 1903(m) of the Act and regulations for actuarially sound capitation rates; improved transparency in rate development processes; greater incentives for payment approaches that are based on the utilization and delivery of services to enrollees covered under the contract, or the quality and outcomes of such services; improved support for delivery system reform that is focused on improved care and quality for Medicaid beneficiaries; and improved health outcomes for Medicaid enrollees through improved care coordination and case management, as well as improved access to care. 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations 72837 TABLE 4—ACCOUNTING STATEMENT—Continued Units Primary estimate Category Low estimate High estimate Year dollars Discount rate Period covered Notes Costs Annualized Monetized $ millions/year .............. Non-Quantified ............. ¥12 ........................ ........................ 2018 ........................ Annual Costs to state or Federal governments should be negligible. Burden and/or burden reduction estimates associated with the activities (other than information collections as defined in the Paperwork Reduction Act) that will be necessary for generating the benefits listed in this final rule. Transfers Non-Quantified ............. Relative to the current pass-through payment baseline, this final rule permits states to incorporate new pass-through payments under a new transition period when states are transitioning some or all services or eligible populations from a FFS delivery system into a managed care delivery system; however, the net financial impact to state and Federal governments, and the Medicaid program, must be zero given the requirements in this rule that aggregate pass-through payments under the new transition period must be less than or equal to the payment amounts attributed to and actually paid as FFS supplemental payments in Medicaid FFS. Therefore, we are not projecting a specific fiscal impact to state or Federal governments, as we expect the net financial impact of the provision to be budget neutral. to enter into a COBA with Medicare, that methodology must ensure that the submitting provider is promptly informed on the State’s remittance advice that the State has not denied payment and that the claim has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for payment consideration. * * * * * ■ 3. Section 438.4 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(1) to read as follows: List of Subjects 42 CFR Part 438 Grant programs-health, Medicaid, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. 42 CFR Part 457 Administrative practice and procedure, Grant programs-health, Health insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services amends 42 CFR chapter IV as set forth below: § 438.4 PART 438—MANAGED CARE 1. The authority citation for part 438 continues to read as follows: ■ Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302. 2. Section 438.3 is amended by revising paragraph (t) to read as follows: ■ § 438.3 Standard contract requirements. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 * * * * * (t) Requirements for MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs responsible for coordinating benefits for dually eligible individuals. In a State that enters into a Coordination of Benefits Agreement (COBA) with Medicare for Medicaid, an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP contract that includes responsibility for coordination of benefits for individuals dually eligible for Medicaid and Medicare must specify the methodology by which the State ensures that the appropriate MCO, PIHP, or PAHP receives all applicable crossover claims for which the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP is responsible. If the State elects to use a methodology other than requiring the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 Actuarial soundness. * * * * * (b) * * * (1) Have been developed in accordance with the standards specified in § 438.5 and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. Any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations must be based on valid rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered populations. Any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of Federal financial participation (FFP) associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs. The determination that differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations must be evaluated for the entire managed care program and include all managed care contracts for all covered populations. CMS may PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 require a State to provide written documentation and justification that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts represent actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered populations. * * * * * ■ 4. Section 438.4 is further amended, effective July 1, 2021, by adding paragraph (c) to read as follows: § 438.4 Actuarial soundness. * * * * * (c) Option to develop and certify a rate range. (1) Notwithstanding the provision at paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the State may develop and certify a range of capitation rates per rate cell as actuarially sound, when all of the following conditions are met: (i) The rate certification identifies and justifies the assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range. (ii) Both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range must be certified as actuarially sound consistent with the requirements of this part. (iii) The upper bound of the rate range does not exceed the lower bound of the rate range multiplied by 1.05. (iv) The rate certification documents the State’s criteria for paying MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points within the rate range. (v) The State does not use as a criterion for paying MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points within the rate range any of the following: E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 72838 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations (A) The willingness or agreement of the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs or their network providers to enter into, or adhere to, intergovernmental transfer (IGT) agreements; or (B) The amount of funding the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs or their network providers provide through IGT agreements. (2) When a State develops and certifies a range of capitation rates per rate cell as actuarially sound consistent with the requirements of this paragraph (c), the State must: (i) Document the capitation rates, prior to the start of the rating period, for the MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at points within the rate range, consistent with the criteria in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section. (ii) Not modify the capitation rates under § 438.7(c)(3). (iii) Not modify the capitation rates within the rate range, unless the State is increasing or decreasing the capitation rate per rate cell within the rate range up to 1 percent during the rating period. However, any changes of the capitation rate within the permissible 1 percent range must be consistent with a modification of the contract as required in § 438.3(c) and are subject to the requirements at paragraph (b)(1) of this section. Any modification to the capitation rates within the rate range greater than the permissible 1 percent range will require the State to provide a revised rate certification for CMS approval, which demonstrates that— (A) The criteria in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, as described in the initial rate certification, were not applied accurately; (B) There was a material error in the data, assumptions, or methodologies used to develop the initial rate certification and that the modifications are necessary to correct the error; or (C) Other adjustments are appropriate and reasonable to account for programmatic changes. (iv) Post on the website required in § 438.10(c)(3) the following information prior to executing a managed care contract or contract amendment that includes or modifies a rate range: (A) The upper and lower bounds of each rate cell; (B) A description of all assumptions that vary between the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the assumptions that vary, the specific assumptions used for the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell; and (C) A description of the data and methodologies that vary between the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the data and methodologies that vary, the specific VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 data and methodologies used for the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell. ■ 5. Section 438.5 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3)(ii) to read as follows: § 438.5 Rate development standards. * * * * * (c) * * * (3) * * * (ii) States that request an exception from the base data standards established in this section must set forth a corrective action plan to come into compliance with the base data standards no later than 2 years after the last day of the rating period for which the deficiency was identified. * * * * * ■ 6. Section 438.6 is amended— ■ a. In paragraph (a) by adding the definitions of ‘‘State plan approved rates’’ and ‘‘Supplemental payments’’ in alphabetical order; ■ b. By revising paragraphs (b)(1), (c)(1)(iii), and (c)(2); and ■ c. By adding paragraphs (c)(3). The revisions and additions read as follows: § 438.6 Special contract provisions related to payment. (a) * * * State plan approved rates means amounts calculated for specific services identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid State plan. Supplemental payments contained in a State plan are not, and do not constitute, State plan approved rates. Supplemental payments means amounts paid by the State in its FFS Medicaid delivery system to providers that are described and approved in the State plan or under a demonstration or waiver thereof and are in addition to State plan approved rates. Disproportionate share hospital (DSH) and graduate medical education (GME) payments are not, and do not constitute, supplemental payments. * * * * * (b) * * * (1) If used in the payment arrangement between the State and the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, all applicable risk-sharing mechanisms, such as reinsurance, risk corridors, or stop-loss limits, must be documented in the contract and rate certification documents for the rating period prior to the start of the rating period, and must be developed in accordance with § 438.4, the rate development standards in § 438.5, and generally accepted PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 actuarial principles and practices. Risksharing mechanisms may not be added or modified after the start of the rating period. * * * * * (c) * * * (1) * * * (iii) The State may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to: (A) Adopt a minimum fee schedule for network providers that provide a particular service under the contract using State plan approved rates as defined in paragraph (a) of this section. (B) Adopt a minimum fee schedule for network providers that provide a particular service under the contract using rates other than the State plan approved rates defined in paragraph (a) of this section. (C) Provide a uniform dollar or percentage increase for network providers that provide a particular service under the contract. (D) Adopt a maximum fee schedule for network providers that provide a particular service under the contract, so long as the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP retains the ability to reasonably manage risk and has discretion in accomplishing the goals of the contract. (2) Process for approval. (i) All contract arrangements that direct the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s expenditures under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section must be developed in accordance with § 438.4, the standards specified in § 438.5, and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. (ii) Contract arrangements that direct the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s expenditures under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) and (c)(1)(iii)(B) through (D) of this section must have written approval prior to implementation. Contract arrangements that direct the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s expenditures under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) of this section do not require written approval prior to implementation but are required to meet the criteria in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F) of this section. To obtain written approval, a State must demonstrate, in writing, that the arrangement— (A) Is based on the utilization and delivery of services; (B) Directs expenditures equally, and using the same terms of performance, for a class of providers providing the service under the contract; (C) Expects to advance at least one of the goals and objectives in the quality strategy in § 438.340; (D) Has an evaluation plan that measures the degree to which the arrangement advances at least one of the E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations goals and objectives in the quality strategy in § 438.340; (E) Does not condition provider participation in contract arrangements under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section on the provider entering into or adhering to intergovernmental transfer agreements; and (F) May not be renewed automatically. (iii) Any contract arrangements that direct the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s expenditures under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section must also demonstrate, in writing, that the arrangement— (A) Must make participation in the value-based purchasing initiative, delivery system reform or performance improvement initiative available, using the same terms of performance, to a class of providers providing services under the contract related to the reform or improvement initiative; (B) Must use a common set of performance measures across all of the payers and providers; (C) May not set the amount or frequency of the expenditures; and (D) Does not allow the State to recoup any unspent funds allocated for these arrangements from the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. (3) Approval timeframes. (i) Approval of a payment arrangement under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section is for one rating period unless a multi-year approval is requested and meets all of the following criteria: (A) The State has explicitly identified and described the payment arrangement in the contract as a multi-year payment arrangement, including a description of the payment arrangement by year, if the payment arrangement varies by year. (B) The State has developed and described its plan for implementing a multi-year payment arrangement, including the State’s plan for multi-year evaluation, and the impact of a multiyear payment arrangement on the State’s goals and objectives in the State’s quality strategy in § 438.340. (C) The State has affirmed that it will not make any changes to the payment methodology, or magnitude of the payment, described in the contract for all years of the multi-year payment arrangement without CMS prior approval. If the State determines that changes to the payment methodology, or magnitude of the payment, are necessary, the State must obtain prior approval of such changes under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (ii) Approval of a payment arrangement under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section is for one rating period. * * * * * VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 7. Section 438.6 is further amended, effective July 1, 2021, by adding paragraph (d)(6) to read as follows: ■ § 438.6 Special contract provisions related to payment. * * * * * (d) * * * (6) Pass-through payments for States transitioning services and populations from a fee-for-service delivery system to a managed care delivery system. Notwithstanding the restrictions on pass-through payments in paragraphs (d)(1), (3), and (5) of this section, a State may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make pass-through payments to network providers that are hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians under the contract, for each rating period of the transition period for up to 3 years, when Medicaid populations or services are initially transitioning from a fee-forservice (FFS) delivery system to a managed care delivery system, provided the following requirements are met: (i) The services will be covered for the first time under a managed care contract and were previously provided in a FFS delivery system prior to the first rating period of the transition period. (ii) The State made supplemental payments, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians during the 12month period immediately 2 years prior to the first year of the transition period. (iii) The aggregate amount of the passthrough payments that the State requires the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make is less than or equal to the amounts calculated in paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section for the relevant provider type for each rating period of the transition period. In determining the amount of each component for the calculations contained in paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C), the State must use the amounts paid for services during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the transition period. (A) Hospitals. For inpatient and outpatient hospital services, calculate the product of the actual supplemental payments paid and the ratio achieved by dividing the amount paid through payment rates for hospital services that are being transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to the managed care contract by the total amount paid through state plan approved rates for hospital services made in the State’s FFS delivery system. Both the numerator and denominator of the ratio should exclude any supplemental payments made to the applicable providers. PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72839 (B) Nursing facilities. For nursing facility services, calculate the product of the actual supplemental payments paid and the ratio achieved by dividing the amount paid through state plan approved rates for nursing facility services that are being transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to the managed care contract by the total amount paid through payment rates for nursing facility services made in the State’s FFS delivery system. Both the numerator and denominator of the ratio should exclude any supplemental payments made to the applicable providers. (C) Physicians. For physician services, calculate the product of the actual supplemental payments paid and the ratio achieved by dividing the amount paid through state plan approved rates for physician services that are being transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to the managed care contract by the total amount paid through payment rates for physician services made in the State’s FFS delivery system. Both the numerator and denominator of the ratio should exclude any supplemental payments made to the applicable providers. (iv) The State may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make pass-through payments for Medicaid populations or services that are initially transitioning from a FFS delivery system to a managed care delivery system for up to 3 years from the beginning of the first rating period in which the services were transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to a managed care contract, provided that during the 3 years, the services continue to be provided under a managed care contract with an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. * * * * * ■ 8. Section 438.7 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3) and adding paragraph (e) to read as follows: § 438.7 Rate certification submission. * * * * * (c) * * * (3) The State may increase or decrease the capitation rate per rate cell, as required in paragraph (c) of this section and § 438.4(b)(4), up to 1.5 percent during the rating period without submitting a revised rate certification, as required under paragraph (a) of this section. However, any changes of the capitation rate within the permissible range must be consistent with a modification of the contract as required in § 438.3(c) and are subject to the requirements at § 438.4(b)(1). Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph (c) of this section, CMS may E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72840 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations require a State to provide documentation that modifications to the capitation rate comply with the requirements in §§ 438.3(c) and (e) and 438.4(b)(1). * * * * * (e) Provision of additional guidance. CMS will issue guidance, at least annually, which includes all of the following: (1) The Federal standards for capitation rate development. (2) The documentation required to determine that the capitation rates are projected to provide for all reasonable, appropriate, and attainable costs that are required under the terms. (3) The documentation required to determine that the capitation rates have been developed in accordance with the requirements of this part. (4) Any updates or developments in the rate review process to reduce State burden and facilitate prompt actuarial reviews. (5) The documentation necessary to demonstrate that capitation rates competitively bid through a procurement process have been established consistent with the requirements of §§ 438.4 through 438.8. ■ 9. Section 438.8 is amended— ■ a. In paragraph (e)(4) by removing the phrase ‘‘fraud prevention as adopted’’ and adding in its place the phrase ‘‘fraud prevention consistent with regulations adopted’’; and ■ b. Revising paragraph (k)(1)(iii). The revision reads as follows: § 438.8 Medical loss ratio (MLR) standards * * * * * (k) * * * (1) * * * (iii) Fraud prevention activities as defined in paragraph (e)(4) of this section. * * * * * ■ 10. Section 438.9 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows: § 438.9 Provisions that apply to nonemergency medical transportation PAHPs. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 * * * * * (b) * * * (2) The actuarial soundness requirements in § 438.4, except § 438.4(b)(9). * * * * * ■ 11. Section 438.10 is amended by— ■ a. Revising paragraph (d)(2) and (3); ■ b. Removing paragraph (d)(6)(iv); ■ c. Revising paragraph (f)(1); ■ d. In paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) by removing the reference ‘‘paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section’’ and adding in its place the reference ‘‘paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A) of this section’’; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 e. Revising paragraphs (h)(1)(vii) and (h)(3). The revisions read as follows: ■ § 438.10 Information requirements. * * * * * (d) * * * (2) Make oral interpretation available in all languages and written translation available in each prevalent non-English language. Written materials that are critical to obtaining services for potential enrollees must include taglines in the prevalent non-English languages in the State, explaining the availability of written translations or oral interpretation to understand the information provided, information on how to request auxiliary aids and services, and the toll-free telephone number of the entity providing choice counseling services as required by § 438.71(a). Taglines for written materials critical to obtaining services must be printed in a conspicuouslyvisible font size. (3) Require each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and PCCM entity to make its written materials that are critical to obtaining services, including, at a minimum, provider directories, enrollee handbooks, appeal and grievance notices, and denial and termination notices, available in the prevalent nonEnglish languages in its particular service area. Written materials that are critical to obtaining services must also be made available in alternative formats upon request of the potential enrollee or enrollee at no cost, include taglines in the prevalent non-English languages in the State and in a conspicuously visible font size explaining the availability of written translation or oral interpretation to understand the information provided, information on how to request auxiliary aids and services, and include the tollfree and TTY/TDY telephone number of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, PAHP’s, or PCCM entity’s member/customer service unit. Auxiliary aids and services must also be made available upon request of the potential enrollee or enrollee at no cost. * * * * * (f) * * * (1) The MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and, when appropriate, the PCCM entity, must make a good faith effort to give written notice of termination of a contracted provider to each enrollee who received his or her primary care from, or was seen on a regular basis by, the terminated provider. Notice to the enrollee must be provided by the later of 30 calendar days prior to the effective date of the termination, or 15 calendar days after receipt or issuance of the termination notice. * * * * * PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 (h) * * * (1) * * * (vii) The provider’s cultural and linguistic capabilities, including languages (including American Sign Language) offered by the provider or a skilled medical interpreter at the provider’s office. * * * * * (3) Information included in— (i) A paper provider directory must be updated at least— (A) Monthly, if the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity does not have a mobile-enabled, electronic directory; or (B) Quarterly, if the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity has a mobileenabled, electronic provider directory. (ii) An electronic provider directory must be updated no later than 30 calendar days after the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity receives updated provider information. * * * * * ■ 12. Section 438.54 is amended by adding paragraph (b)(3) to read as follows: § 438.54 Managed care enrollment. * * * * * (b) * * * (3) States must provide the demographic information listed in § 438.340(b)(6) for each Medicaid enrollee to the individual’s MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity at the time of enrollment. * * * * * ■ 13. Section 438.56 is amended by revising the paragraph (d)(5) heading and paragraphs (d)(5)(i) and (iii) to read as follows: § 438.56 Disenrollment: Requirements and limitations. * * * * * (d) * * * (5) Use of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, PAHP’s grievance procedures. (i) The State agency may require that the enrollee seek redress through the MCO’s, PHIP’s, or PAHP’s grievance system before making a determination on the enrollee’s request. * * * * * (iii) If, as a result of the grievance process, the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP approves the disenrollment, the State agency is not required to make a determination in accordance with paragraph (d)(4) of this section. * * * * * ■ 14. Section 438.68 is amended by— ■ a. Revising paragraphs (b)(1) introductory text and (b)(1)(iv); ■ b. Removing paragraph (b)(1)(viii); and ■ c. Revising paragraph (b)(2). E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations The revisions read as follows: § 438.68 Network adequacy standards. * * * * * (b) * * * (1) Provider types. At a minimum, a State must develop a quantitative network adequacy standard for the following provider types, if covered under the contract: * * * * * (iv) Specialist (as designated by the State), adult, and pediatric. * * * * * (2) LTSS. States with MCO, PIHP, or PAHP contracts which cover LTSS must develop a quantitative network adequacy standard for LTSS provider types. * * * * * § 438.236 [Amended] 15. Section 438.236 is amended in paragraph (b)(3) by removing the term ‘‘contracting health care professionals’’ and adding in its place the term ‘‘network providers.’’ ■ 16. Section 438.242 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3) to read as follows: ■ § 438.242 Health information systems. * * * * * (c) * * * (3) Submission of all enrollee encounter data, including allowed amount and paid amount, that the State is required to report to CMS under § 438.818. * * * * * ■ 17. Section 438.334 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) and (c)(1) and (3) and adding paragraph (c)(4) to read as follows: § 438.334 Medicaid managed care quality rating system. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 * * * * * (b) Quality rating system. (1) CMS, after consulting with States and other stakeholders and providing public notice and opportunity to comment, will develop a framework for a Medicaid managed care quality rating system (QRS), including the identification of the performance measures, a subset of mandatory performance measures, and a methodology, that aligns where appropriate with the qualified health plan quality rating system developed in accordance with 45 CFR 156.1120, the Medicare Advantage 5-Star Rating System described in subpart D of part 422 of this chapter, and other related CMS quality rating approaches. (2) CMS, after consulting with States and other stakeholders and providing VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 public notice and opportunity to comment, may periodically update the Medicaid managed care QRS framework developed in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (c) * * * (1) A state may implement an alternative Medicaid managed care quality rating system that utilizes different performance measures or applies a different methodology from that described in paragraph (b) of this section provided that— (i) The alternative quality rating system includes the mandatory measures identified in the framework developed under paragraph (b) of this section; (ii) The ratings generated by the alternative quality rating system yield information regarding MCO, PIHP, and PAHP performance which is substantially comparable to that yielded by the framework developed under paragraph (b) of this section to the extent feasible, taking into account such factors as differences in covered populations, benefits, and stage of delivery system transformation, to enable meaningful comparison of performance across States. (iii) The State receives CMS approval prior to implementing an alternative quality rating system or modifications to an approved alternative Medicaid managed care quality rating system. * * * * * (3) In requesting CMS approval, the State must include the following: (i) The alternative quality rating system framework, including the performance measures and methodology to be used in generating plan ratings; and, (ii) Documentation of the public comment process specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, including discussion of the issues raised by the Medical Care Advisory Committee and the public. The request must document any policy revisions or modifications made in response to the comments and rationale for comments not accepted; and, (iii) Other information specified by CMS to demonstrate compliance with paragraph (c) of this section. (4) The Secretary, after consulting with States and other stakeholders, shall issue guidance which describes the criteria and process for determining if an alternative QRS system is substantially comparable to the Medicaid managed care quality rating system in paragraph (b) of this section. * * * * * ■ 18. Section 438.340 is amended— ■ a. By revising paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3)(i), and (b)(6); PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72841 b. By removing paragraph (b)(8); c. By redesignating paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs (b)(8), (9), and (10), respectively; ■ d. In newly redesignated paragraph (b)(9) by removing ‘‘; and’’ and adding a period in its place. ■ e. By revising paragraph (c)(1)(ii); and ■ f. In paragraph (c)(3)(ii) by removing the reference ‘‘paragraph (b)(11)’’ and adding in its place the reference ‘‘paragraph (b)(10)’’. The revisions read as follows: ■ ■ § 438.340 strategy Managed care State quality * * * * * (b) * * * (2) The State’s goals and objectives for continuous quality improvement which must be measurable and take into consideration the health status of all populations in the State served by the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and PCCM entity described in § 438.310(c)(2). (3) * * * (i) The quality metrics and performance targets to be used in measuring the performance and improvement of each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and PCCM entity described in § 438.310(c)(2) with which the State contracts, including but not limited to, the performance measures reported in accordance with § 438.330(c). The State must identify which quality measures and performance outcomes the State will publish at least annually on the website required under § 438.10(c)(3); and, * * * * * (6) The State’s plan to identify, evaluate, and reduce, to the extent practicable, health disparities based on age, race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, and disability status. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(6), ‘‘disability status’’ means, at a minimum, whether the individual qualified for Medicaid on the basis of a disability. States must include in this plan the State’s definition of disability status and how the State will make the determination that a Medicaid enrollee meets the standard including the data source(s) that the State will use to identify disability status. * * * * * (c) * * * (1) * * * (ii) If the State enrolls Indians in the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity described in § 438.310(c)(2), consulting with Tribes in accordance with the State’s Tribal consultation policy. * * * * * ■ 19. Section 438.358 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(1)(iii) to read as follows: E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72842 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations § 438.358 Activities related to external quality review. * * * * * (b) * * * (1) * * * (iii) A review, conducted within the previous 3-year period, to determine the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s compliance with the standards set forth in subpart D of this part, the disenrollment requirements and limitations described in § 438.56, the enrollee rights requirements described in § 438.100, the emergency and post-stabilization services requirements described in § 438.114, and the quality assessment and performance improvement requirements described in § 438.330. * * * * * ■ 20. Section 438.362 is amended by adding paragraph (c) to read as follows: § 438.362 review. Exemption from external quality * * * * * (c) Identification of exempted MCOs. The State must annually identify, on the website required under § 438.10(c)(3) and in the same location where the EQR technical reports are posted in accordance with § 438.364(c)(2)(i), the names of the MCOs exempt from external quality review by the State, including the beginning date of the current exemption period, or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate. ■ 21. Section 438.364 is amended by adding paragraph (a)(7) and revising paragraph (d) to read as follows: § 438.364 External quality review results. (a) * * * (7) The names of the MCOs exempt from external quality review by the State, including the beginning date of the current exemption period, or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate. * * * * * (d) Safeguarding patient identity. The information released under paragraph (c) of this section may not disclose the identity or other protected health information of any patient. ■ 22. Section 438.400 is amended in paragraph (b) by revising paragraph (3) of the definition of ‘‘Adverse benefit determination’’ to read as follows: § 438.400 Statutory basis, definitions, and applicability. jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 * * * * * (b) * * * Adverse benefit determination * * * (3) The denial, in whole or in part, of payment for a service. A denial, in whole or in part, of a payment for a service solely because the claim does not meet the definition of a ‘‘clean VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 claim’’ at § 447.45(b) of this chapter is not an adverse benefit determination. * * * * * ■ 23. Section 438.402 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3)(ii) to read as follows: § 438.402 General requirements. * * * * * (c) * * * (3) * * * (ii) Appeal. The enrollee may request an appeal either orally or in writing. ■ 24. Section 438.406 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(3) to read as follows: § 438.406 appeals. Handling of grievances and * * * * * (b) * * * (3) Provide that oral inquiries seeking to appeal an adverse benefit determination are treated as appeals. * * * * * ■ 25. Section 438.408 is amended by revising paragraph (f)(2) to read as follows: § 438.408 Resolution and notification: Grievances and appeals. * * * * * (f) * * * (2) State fair hearing. The enrollee must have no less than 90 calendar days and no more than 120 calendar days from the date of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s notice of resolution to request a State fair hearing. * * * * * PART 457—ALLOTMENTS AND GRANTS TO STATES 26. The authority citation for part 457 continues to read as follows: ■ Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302. 27. Section 457.1207 is revised to read as follows: ■ § 457.1207 Information requirements. The State must provide, or ensure its contracted MCO, PAHP, PIHP, PCCM, and PCCM entities provide, all enrollment notices, informational materials, and instructional materials related to enrollees and potential enrollees in accordance with the terms of § 438.10 of this chapter, except that the terms of § 438.10(c)(2), (g)(2)(xi)(E), and (g)(2)(xii) of this chapter do not apply. ■ 28. Section 457.1233 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) and (d) to read as follows: § 457.1233 Structure and operation standards. * PO 00000 * * Frm 00090 * Fmt 4701 * Sfmt 4700 (b) Subcontractual relationships and delegation. The State must ensure, through its contracts, that each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and PCCM entity complies with the subcontractual relationships and delegation requirements as provided in § 438.230 of this chapter. * * * * * (d) Health information systems. The State must ensure, through its contracts, that each MCO, PIHP, and PAHP complies with the health information systems requirements as provided in § 438.242 of this chapter, except that the applicability date in § 438.242(e) of this chapter does not apply. The State is required to submit enrollee encounter data to CMS in accordance with § 438.818 of this chapter. * * * * * ■ 29. Section 457.1240 is amended by revising paragraphs (b), (d), and (e) to read as follows: § 457.1240 Quality measurement and improvement. * * * * * (b) Quality assessment and performance improvement program. (1) The State must require, through its contracts, that each MCO, PIHP, and PAHP establish and implement an ongoing comprehensive quality assessment and performance improvement program for the services it furnishes to its enrollees, in accordance with the requirements and standards in § 438.330 of this chapter, except that the terms of § 438.330(d)(4) of this chapter (related to dually eligible beneficiaries) do not apply. (2) In the case of a contract with a PCCM entity described in paragraph (f) of this section, § 438.330(b)(2) and (3), (c), and (e) of this chapter apply. * * * * * (d) Managed care quality rating system. The State must determine a quality rating or ratings for each MCO, PIHP, and PAHP in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 438.334 of this chapter, except that the terms of § 438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) of this chapter (related to consultation with the Medical Care Advisory Committee) do not apply. (e) Managed care quality strategy. The State must draft and implement a written quality strategy for assessing and improving the quality of health care and services furnished CHIP enrollees as described in § 438.340 of this chapter, except that the reference to consultation with the Medical Care Advisory Committee described in § 438.340(c)(1)(i) of this chapter does not apply. * * * * * E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations 30. Section 457.1260 is revised to read as follows: ■ jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 § 457.1260 Grievance system. (a) Statutory basis and definitions— (1) Statutory basis. This section implements section 2103(f)(3) of the Act, which provides that the State CHIP must provide for the application of section 1932(a)(4), (a)(5), (b), (c), (d), and (e) of the Act (relating to requirements for managed care) to coverage, State agencies, enrollment brokers, managed care entities, and managed care organizations. Section 1932(b)(4) of the Act requires managed care plans to establish an internal grievance procedure under which an enrollee, or a provider on behalf of such an enrollee, may challenge the denial of coverage of or payment for covered benefits. (2) Definitions. The following definitions from § 438.400(b) of this chapter apply to this section— (i) Paragraphs (1) through (5) and (7) of the definition of ‘‘adverse benefit determination’’; and (ii) The definitions of ‘‘appeal’’, ‘‘grievance’’, and ‘‘grievance and appeal system’’. (b) General requirements. (1) The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions of § 438.402(a), (b), and (c)(2) and (3) of this chapter with regard to the establishment and operation of a grievances and appeals system. (2) An enrollee may file a grievance and request an appeal with the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. An enrollee may request a State external review in accordance with the terms of subpart K of this part after receiving notice under paragraph (e) of this section that the adverse benefit decision is upheld by the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. (3) If State law permits and with the written consent of the enrollee, a provider or an authorized representative may request an appeal or file a grievance, or request a State external review in accordance with the terms of subpart K of this part, on behalf of an enrollee. When the term ‘‘enrollee’’ is used throughout this section, it includes providers and authorized representatives consistent with this paragraph (b). (c) Timely and adequate notice of adverse benefit determination. (1) The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at § 438.404(a) and (b)(1), (2), and (5) of this chapter (regarding the content of the notice of an adverse benefit determination). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 (2) In addition to the requirements referenced in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the notice must explain: (i) The enrollee’s right to request an appeal of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s adverse benefit determination, including information on exhausting the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s one level of appeal described at § 438.402(b) of this chapter referenced in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and the right to request a State external review in accordance with the terms of subpart K of this part; and (ii) The procedures for the enrollee to exercise his or her rights provided under this paragraph (c). (3) The MCO, PIHP, or PAHP must provide timely written notice to the enrollee of the adverse benefit determination. The terms of §§ 438.404(c)(6) and 438.210(d)(2) of this chapter apply in the circumstances of expedited service authorization decisions. (d) Handling of grievances and appeals. The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at § 438.406 of this chapter. (e) Resolution and notification: Grievances and appeals. (1) The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at § 438.408(b) (relating to the timeframe for resolution of grievances and appeals), (c)(1) and (2) (the extension of timeframes for resolution of grievances and appeals), (d) (relating to the format of the notice of resolution for grievances and appeals), and (e)(1) (relating to the content of the notice of resolution for grievances and appeals) of this chapter. (2) Each MCO, PIHP, or PAHP must resolve each grievance and appeal, and provide notice, as expeditiously as the enrollee’s health condition requires, within State-established timeframes that may not exceed the timeframes specified in this paragraph (e). (3) In the case of an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP that fails to adhere to the notice and timing requirements in this section, the enrollee is deemed to have exhausted the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s appeals process. The enrollee may initiate a State external review in accordance with the terms of subpart K of this part. (4) For appeals not resolved wholly in favor of an enrollee, in addition to the information required under paragraph (e)(1) of this section and § 438.408(e)(1) of this chapter, the content of the notice of appeal resolution must include the enrollee’s right to request a State external review in accordance with the PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 72843 terms of subpart K of this part, and how to do so. (5) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, an enrollee may request a State external review only after receiving notice that the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP is upholding the adverse benefit determination. The State must provide enrollees no less than 90 calendar days and no more than 120 calendar days from the date of the MCO’s, PIHP’s, or PAHP’s notice of resolution to request a State external review. The parties to the State external review include the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, as well as the enrollee and his or her representative or the representative of a deceased enrollee’s estate. (f) Expedited resolution of appeals. The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at § 438.410 of this chapter. (g) Information about the grievance and appeal system to providers and subcontractors. The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at § 438.414 of this chapter. (h) Recordkeeping requirements. The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at § 438.416 of this chapter. (i) Effectuation of reversed appeal resolutions. If the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, or the result of a State external review, in accordance with the terms of subpart K of this part, reverses a decision to deny, limit, or delay services, the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP must authorize or provide the disputed services promptly and as expeditiously as the enrollee’s health condition requires but no later than 72 hours from the date it receives notice reversing the determination. ■ 31. Section 457.1270 is revised to read as follows: § 457.1270 Sanctions. (a) General. The State must comply with §§ 438.700 through 438.704, 438.706(c) and (d), and 438.708 through 438.730 of this chapter. (b) Optional imposition of temporary management. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the State may impose temporary management under § 438.702(a)(2) of this chapter as referenced in paragraph (a) of this section, only if it finds (through onsite surveys, enrollee or other complaints, financial status, or any other source) any of the following: (1) There is continued egregious behavior by the MCO, including but not limited to behavior that is described in § 438.700 of this chapter (as referenced in paragraph (a) of this section), or that E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2 72844 Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with RULES2 is contrary to any of the requirements of this subpart. (2) There is substantial risk to enrollees’ health. (3) The sanction is necessary to ensure the health of the MCO’s enrollees— (i) While improvements are made to remedy violations under § 438.700 of this chapter as referenced in paragraph (a) of this section. (ii) Until there is an orderly termination or reorganization of the MCO. (c) Required imposition of temporary management. The State must impose temporary management (regardless of VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:13 Nov 12, 2020 Jkt 253001 any other sanction that may be imposed) if it finds that an MCO has repeatedly failed to meet substantive requirements in this subpart. The State must also grant enrollees the right to terminate enrollment without cause, as described in § 438.702(a)(3) of this chapter as referenced in paragraph (a) of this section, and must notify the affected enrollees of their right to terminate enrollment. ■ 32. Section 457.1285 is revised to read as follows: § 457.1285 Program integrity safeguards. The State must comply with the program integrity safeguards in PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 9990 accordance with the terms of subpart H of part 438 of this chapter, except that the terms of §§ 438.604(a)(2) and 438.608(d)(4) of this chapter do not apply. Dated: September 14, 2020. Seema Verma, Administrator, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Dated: September 21, 2020. Alex M. Azar II, Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services. [FR Doc. 2020–24758 Filed 11–9–20; 11:15 am] BILLING CODE 4120–01–P E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM 13NOR2

Agencies

[Federal Register Volume 85, Number 220 (Friday, November 13, 2020)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 72754-72844]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2020-24758]



[[Page 72753]]

Vol. 85

Friday,

No. 220

November 13, 2020

Part II





Department of Health and Human Services





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





42 CFR Parts 438 and 457





Medicaid Program; Medicaid and Children's Health Insurance Program 
(CHIP) Managed Care; Final Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 85 , No. 220 / Friday, November 13, 2020 / 
Rules and Regulations

[[Page 72754]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services

42 CFR Parts 438 and 457

[CMS-2408-F]
RIN 0938-AT40


Medicaid Program; Medicaid and Children's Health Insurance 
Program (CHIP) Managed Care

AGENCY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), Health and 
Human Services (HHS).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule advances CMS' efforts to streamline the 
Medicaid and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) managed care 
regulatory framework and reflects a broader strategy to relieve 
regulatory burdens; support state flexibility and local leadership; and 
promote transparency, flexibility, and innovation in the delivery of 
care. These revisions of the Medicaid and CHIP managed care regulations 
are intended to ensure that the regulatory framework is efficient and 
feasible for states to implement in a cost-effective manner and ensure 
that states can implement and operate Medicaid and CHIP managed care 
programs without undue administrative burdens.

DATES: 
    Effective Date: These regulations are effective on December 14, 
2020, except for the additions of Sec. Sec.  438.4(c) (instruction 4) 
and 438.6(d)(6) (instruction 7), which are effective July 1, 2021.
    Compliance Dates: States must comply with the requirements of this 
rule beginning December 14, 2020, except for Sec. Sec.  438.4(c), 
438.6(d)(6), 438.340, and 438.364. States must comply with Sec. Sec.  
438.4(c) and 438.6(d)(6) as amended effective July 1, 2021 for Medicaid 
managed care rating periods starting on or after July 1, 2021. States 
must comply with Sec.  438.340 as amended for all Quality Strategies 
submitted after July 1, 2021. As Sec.  438.340 applies to CHIP through 
an existing cross-reference in Sec.  457.1240(e), separate CHIPs must 
also come into compliance with the requirements of Sec.  438.340 as 
amended for all Quality Strategies submitted after July 1, 2021. States 
must comply with Sec.  438.364 for all external quality reports 
submitted on or after July 1, 2021. Because Sec.  438.364 applies to 
CHIP through an existing cross reference in Sec.  457.1250(a), separate 
CHIPs must also come into compliance with the requirements of Sec.  
438.364 for external quality reports submitted on or after July 1, 
2021.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 
    John Giles, (410) 786-5545, for Medicaid Managed Care provisions.
    Carman Lashley, (410) 786-6623, for the Medicaid Managed Care 
Quality provisions.
    Melissa Williams, (410) 786-4435, for the CHIP provisions.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

I. Medicaid Managed Care

A. Background

    States may implement a managed care delivery system using four 
types of Federal authorities--sections 1915(a), 1915(b), 1932(a), and 
1115(a) of the Social Security Act (the Act); each is described briefly 
in this final rule.
    Under section 1915(a) of the Act, states can implement a voluntary 
managed care program by executing a contract with organizations that 
the state has procured using a competitive procurement process. To 
require beneficiaries to enroll in a managed care program to receive 
services, a state must obtain approval from CMS under one of two 
primary authorities:
     Through a state plan amendment that meets standards set 
forth in section 1932 of the Act, states can implement a mandatory 
managed care delivery system. This authority does not allow states to 
require beneficiaries who are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid 
(dually eligible), American Indians/Alaska Natives (except as permitted 
in section 1932(a)(2)(C) of the Act), or children with special health 
care needs to enroll in a managed care program. State plans, once 
approved, remain in effect until modified by the state.
     We may grant a waiver under section 1915(b) of the Act, 
permitting a state to require all Medicaid beneficiaries to enroll in a 
managed care delivery system, including dually eligible beneficiaries, 
American Indians/Alaska Natives, or children with special health care 
needs. After approval, a state may operate a section 1915(b) waiver for 
a 2-year period (certain waivers can be operated for up to 5 years if 
they include dually eligible beneficiaries) before requesting a renewal 
for an additional 2 (or 5) year period.
    We may also authorize managed care programs as part of 
demonstration projects under section 1115(a) of the Act that include 
waivers permitting the state to require all Medicaid beneficiaries to 
enroll in a managed care delivery system, including dually eligible 
beneficiaries, American Indians/Alaska Natives, and children with 
special health care needs. Under this authority, states may seek 
additional flexibility to demonstrate and evaluate innovative policy 
approaches for delivering Medicaid benefits, as well as the option to 
provide services not typically covered by Medicaid. Such flexibility is 
approvable only if the objectives of the Medicaid statute are likely to 
be met, and the demonstration is subject to evaluation.
    The above authorities may permit states to operate their programs 
without complying with the following standards of Medicaid law outlined 
in section of 1902 of the Act:
     Statewideness [section 1902(a)(1) of the Act]: States may 
implement a managed care delivery system in specific areas of the state 
(generally counties/parishes) rather than the whole state;
     Comparability of Services [section 1902(a)(10) of the 
Act]: States may provide different benefits to people enrolled in a 
managed care delivery system; and
     Freedom of Choice [section 1902(a)(23)(A) of the Act]: 
States may generally require people to receive their Medicaid services 
only from a managed care plan's network of providers or primary care 
provider.
    In the May 6, 2016 Federal Register (81 FR 27498), we published the 
``Medicaid and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Programs; 
Medicaid Managed Care, CHIP Delivered in Managed Care, and Revisions 
Related to Third Party Liability'' final rule (hereinafter referred to 
as ``the 2016 final rule'') that modernized the Medicaid and CHIP 
managed care regulations to reflect changes in the use of managed care 
delivery systems. The 2016 final rule aligned many of the rules 
governing Medicaid and CHIP managed care with those of other major 
sources of coverage; implemented applicable statutory provisions; 
strengthened actuarial soundness payment provisions to promote the 
accountability of managed care program rates; strengthened efforts to 
reform delivery systems that serve Medicaid and CHIP beneficiaries; and 
enhanced policies related to program integrity.
    In the January 18, 2017 Federal Register (82 FR 5415), we published 
the ``Medicaid Program; The Use of New or Increased Pass-Through 
Payments in Medicaid Managed Care Delivery Systems'' final rule (the 
2017 pass-through payments final rule) that made changes to the pass-
through payment transition periods and the maximum

[[Page 72755]]

amount of pass-through payments permitted annually during the 
transition periods under Medicaid managed care contract(s) and rate 
certification(s). That final rule prevented increases in pass-through 
payments and the addition of new pass-through payments beyond those in 
place when the pass-through payment transition periods were established 
in the 2016 final Medicaid managed care regulations.
    In the November 14, 2018 Federal Register (83 FR 57264), we 
published the ``Medicaid Program; Medicaid and Children's Health 
Insurance Plan (CHIP) Managed Care'' proposed rule (the 2018 proposed 
rule) which included proposals designed to streamline the Medicaid and 
CHIP managed care regulatory framework to relieve regulatory burdens; 
support state flexibility and local leadership; and promote 
transparency, flexibility, and innovation in the delivery of care. This 
2018 proposed rule was intended to ensure that the Medicaid and CHIP 
managed care regulatory framework is efficient and feasible for states 
to implement in a cost-effective manner and ensure that states can 
implement and operate Medicaid and CHIP managed care programs without 
undue administrative burdens.
    Since publication of the 2016 final rule, the landscape for 
healthcare delivery continues to change, and states are continuing to 
work toward reforming healthcare delivery systems to address the unique 
challenges and needs of their local citizens. To that end, the 
Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and CMS issued a letter 
\1\ to the nation's Governors on March 14, 2017, affirming the 
continued HHS and CMS commitment to partnership with states in the 
administration of the Medicaid program, and noting key areas where we 
intended to improve collaboration with states and move toward more 
effective program management. In that letter, we committed to a 
thorough review of the managed care regulations to prioritize 
beneficiary outcomes and state priorities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Letter to the nation's Governors on March 14, 2017: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/sec-price-admin-verma-ltr.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Since our issuance of that letter, stakeholders have expressed that 
the current Federal regulations are overly prescriptive and add costs 
and administrative burden to state Medicaid programs with few 
improvements in outcomes for beneficiaries. As part of the agency's 
broader efforts to reduce administrative burden, we undertook an 
analysis of the current managed care regulations to ascertain if there 
were ways to achieve a better balance between appropriate Federal 
oversight and state flexibility, while also maintaining critical 
beneficiary protections, ensuring fiscal integrity, and improving the 
quality of care for Medicaid beneficiaries. This review process 
culminated in the November 14, 2018 proposed rule. After reviewing the 
public comments to the 2018 proposed rule, this final rule seeks to 
streamline the managed care regulations by reducing unnecessary and 
duplicative administrative burden and further reducing Federal 
regulatory barriers to help ensure that state Medicaid agencies are 
able to work efficiently and effectively to design, develop, and 
implement Medicaid managed care programs that best meet each state's 
local needs and populations.

B. Medicaid Managed Care Provisions of the Rule and Analysis of and 
Responses to Public Comments

    We received a total of 215 timely comments from state Medicaid and 
CHIP agencies, advocacy groups, health care providers and associations, 
health insurers, managed care plans, health care associations, and the 
general public. The following sections, arranged by subject area, 
include a summary of the comments we received and our responses to 
those comments. In response to the November 14, 2018 proposed rule, 
some commenters chose to raise issues that were beyond the scope of our 
proposals. In this final rule, we are not summarizing or responding to 
those comments.
1. Standard Contract Requirements (Sec.  438.3(t))
    In the 2016 final rule, we added a new provision at Sec.  438.3(t) 
requiring that contracts with a managed care organization (MCO), 
prepaid inpatient health plan (PIHP), or prepaid ambulatory health plan 
(PAHP) that cover Medicare-Medicaid dually eligible enrollees provide 
that the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP sign a Coordination of Benefits Agreement 
(COBA) and participate in the automated crossover claim process 
administered by Medicare. The purpose of this provision was to promote 
efficiencies for providers by allowing providers to bill once, rather 
than sending separate claims to Medicare and the Medicaid MCO, PIHP, or 
PAHP. The Medicare crossover claims process is limited to fee-for 
service-claims for Medicare Parts A and B; it does not include services 
covered by Medicare Advantage plans under Medicare Part C.
    Since publication of the 2016 final rule, we heard from a number of 
states that, prior to the rule, had effective processes in place to 
identify and send appropriate crossover claims to their managed care 
plans from the crossover file the states received from us. Medicaid 
beneficiaries can be enrolled in multiple managed care plans or the 
state's fee-for-service (FFS) program. For example, a beneficiary may 
have medical care covered by an MCO, dental care covered by a PAHP, and 
behavioral health care covered by the state's FFS program. When a 
Medicaid managed care plan enters into a crossover agreement with 
Medicare, as required in Sec.  438.3(t), we then send to that plan all 
the Medicare FFS crossover claims for their Medicaid managed care 
enrollees, as well as to the state Medicaid agency. When this occurs, 
the managed care plan(s) may receive claims for services that are not 
the contractual responsibility of the managed care plan. Additionally, 
states noted that having all claims sent to the managed care plan(s) 
can result in some claims being sent to the wrong plan when 
beneficiaries change plans. Some states requested regulation changes to 
permit states to send the appropriate crossover claims to their managed 
care plans; that is, states would receive the CMS crossover file and 
then forward to each Medicaid managed care plan only those crossover 
claims for which that plan is responsible. These states have expressed 
that to discontinue existing effective processes for routing crossover 
claims to their managed care plans to comply with this provision adds 
unnecessary costs and burden to the state and plans, creates confusion 
for payers and providers, and delays provider payments.
    To address these concerns, we proposed to revise Sec.  438.3(t) to 
remove the requirement that managed care plans must enter into a COBA 
directly with Medicare and instead would require a state's contracts 
with managed care plans to specify the methodology by which the state 
would ensure that the managed care plans receive all appropriate 
crossover claims for which they are responsible. Under this proposal, 
states would be able to determine the method that best meets the needs 
of their program, whether by requiring the managed care plans to enter 
into a COBA and participate in the automated claims crossover process 
directly or by using an alternative method by which the state forwards 
crossover claims it receives from Medicare to each MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, 
as appropriate. Additionally, we proposed to require, if the state 
elects to use a methodology other than requiring

[[Page 72756]]

the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to enter into a COBA with Medicare, that the 
state's methodology would have to ensure that the submitting provider 
is promptly informed on the state's remittance advice that the claim 
has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for payment consideration.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to revise Sec.  483.3(t) and our response to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposed addition of state 
flexibility to use alternate mechanisms to send crossover claims to 
managed care plans. Commenters stated that the changes would provide 
states and plans more flexibility while continuing to promote better 
coordination of benefits for dually eligible individuals and reducing 
burden on the providers who serve them.
    Response: We appreciate the support for the proposed change to the 
regulation.
    Comment: One commenter supported the proposed rule but added that 
it is necessary for CMS to ensure that any alternative state crossover 
methodology separates Medicare claims from Medicaid rate setting and 
actuarial soundness.
    Response: While Medicare Part A or Part B cost-sharing payments--
which are Medicaid costs--must be factored into Medicaid rate setting 
if a Medicaid plan is responsible for covering them, we agree that 
other costs for the provision of Medicare covered services should not 
be. Nothing in our proposal or the revision to Sec.  438.3(t) that we 
finalize here will impact the processes for Medicaid rate-setting or 
determination of actuarial soundness.
    Comment: One commenter supported the proposed changes but offered a 
note of caution relating to potentially opening the door to subpar 
manual processes that states might adopt that could incur additional 
costs and unnecessary complexity.
    Response: As discussed in this final rule, the regulations at Sec.  
438.3(t) finalized in 2016 established a crossover process in which 
providers only bill once, rather than multiple times. The revision to 
Sec.  438.3(t) that we are finalizing here maintains a process in which 
providers only bill once (to Medicare), because the regulation only 
applies when the state enters into a COBA but allows greater state 
flexibility in how that claim is routed from Medicare to Medicaid and 
Medicaid managed care plans. We agree that automated processes are 
usually optimal and create efficiencies for states, plans, and 
providers. We encourage states that adopt alternate methodologies to 
use automated processes as appropriate to achieve efficient and 
economical systems. Regardless of the method chosen by a state, the 
provider role in the crossover claim submission process is not changed 
by this proposal.
    Comment: Some commenters noted concern that the proposed changes 
would have on plans and providers that operated across state lines. One 
commenter noted that Medicaid managed care plans that operate in 
multiple states would need to develop and maintain different processes 
in different states. Another commenter who supported the proposed 
changes noted that it may pose challenges for providers that furnish 
services in multiple states.
    Response: We carefully considered the benefits of national 
uniformity for Medicaid managed care plans and providers that serve 
multiple states. In this instance, we believe that states should have 
the flexibility to adopt the methodology that works best within their 
state to ensure that the appropriate MCO, PIHP, or PAHP will receive 
all applicable crossover claims for which the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP is 
responsible. This flexibility will allow states to maintain current 
processes and not incur unnecessary costs or burden to providers and 
beneficiaries to conform to a new mandated process. We note here that 
this revision to Sec.  438.3(t) does not require states to change their 
current cross over claim handling processes; it merely provides states 
with an option. Regardless of which methodology a state chooses to 
implement, it should not have any effect on providers, who should be 
able to submit their claims once and have it routed to the appropriate 
MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for adjudication.
    Comment: One commenter who objected to the proposed changes 
requested clarification about how it intersects with a similar 
provision in section 53102(a)(1) of the Bipartisan Budget Act (BBA) of 
2018 (Pub. L. 115-123, enacted February 9, 2018) concerning procedures 
for states processing prenatal claims when there is a known third party 
liability.
    Response: We do not believe that Sec.  438.3(t), as amended here, 
conflicts with the third party liability requirements added by section 
53102(a)(1) of the BBA of 2018. We note that section 53102(a)(1) of the 
BBA of 2018 applies when the provider bills Medicaid directly for a 
prenatal claim. As further discussed in our June 1, 2018 Informational 
Bulletin to states,\2\ that provision requires states to use standard 
cost avoidance when processing prenatal claims. Thus if the state 
Medicaid agency has determined that a third party is likely liable for 
a prenatal claim, it must reject, but not deny, the claim returning the 
claim back to the provider noting the third party that the Medicaid 
state agency believes to be legally responsible for payment. If a 
provider billed Medicaid for a prenatal claim for a dually eligible 
individual, the state would be required to reject the claim but note 
that Medicare is the liable third party, as Medicare would be the 
primary payer.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ See https://www.medicaid.gov/federal-policy-guidance/downloads/cib060118.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    By contrast, the regulation in Sec.  438.3(t), which is triggered 
because the state enters into a COBA with Medicare, applies when the 
provider bills Medicare for any Part A or B service under Medicare FFS 
for a dually eligible individual for which there is cost-sharing 
covered by Medicaid. Medicare would generate the crossover consistent 
with the COBAs in place. If the state has elected to require its 
Medicaid managed care plans to enter into a COBA with Medicare, then 
Medicare would forward the crossover claims to the Medicaid managed 
care plan. If the state has elected under Sec.  438.3(t) to use a 
different methodology for ensuring that the appropriate managed care 
plan receives the applicable crossover claims, then Medicare would 
forward the crossover claims to the state pursuant to the state's COBA 
with Medicare; the state would then forward that crossover claim to the 
Medicaid managed care plan for payment. If a state adopts an alternate 
methodology as provided in Sec.  438.3(t), the state must ensure that 
the submitting provider is promptly informed on the state's remittance 
advice that the claims have not been denied, but instead, has been sent 
to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for consideration.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CMS add regulatory language 
at Sec.  438.3(t) stating that ``The coordination methodology also must 
ensure that dually eligible individuals are not denied Medicaid 
benefits they would be eligible to receive if they were not also 
eligible for Medicare benefits.''
    Response: We agree that it is essential that dually eligible 
individuals are not denied Medicaid benefits they would be eligible to 
receive if they were not also eligible for Medicare benefits; however, 
this is outside the scope of this regulation, which is limited to how 
states must ensure the appropriate managed care plan receives all

[[Page 72757]]

applicable crossover claims for which it is responsible. We note that 
there is no regulation in part 438 that authorizes denial of Medicaid-
covered services for an enrollee who is eligible for those services 
based on the enrollee's eligibility as well for Medicare.
    Comment: One commenter suggested providing Medicare eligibility 
data to MCOs, PIHPS, and PAHPs through data feeds, file transfers, or 
an online portal for efficient coordination of benefits, to improve 
care coordination and outcomes. One commenter encouraged free and 
timely access to all clinical and administrative data to promote 
coordination among managed care plans. The commenter suggested creating 
a standardized process by which managed care organizations can receive 
timely claims and clinical data from both Medicaid and Medicare. The 
commenter noted that the proposed changes may limit full integration in 
instances where a beneficiary in a Medicaid managed long term care plan 
is enrolled in an unaligned (that is, offered by a separate 
organization) Medicare Advantage plan such as a Dual Eligible Special 
Needs Plan offered by a different organization than offers the Medicaid 
plan in which the person is enrolled.
    Response: We appreciate the value of making such data available to 
plans. We are separately exploring whether we have authority to do so 
within existing limits, such as those established under the Health 
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) (Pub. L. 
104-191, enacted August 21, 1996). For the comment on enrollment in 
different managed care plans for Medicaid and Medicare, we note that 
the Medicare crossover process is limited to Original Medicare 
(Medicare Part A and B). Claims for cost sharing for a Medicare 
Advantage enrollee are beyond the scope of this regulation.
    Comment: One commenter requested that we itemize all claim 
inclusion and exclusion selection criteria for professional claim 
services.
    Response: We do not have the authority to make the requested 
change. The National Uniform Claims Committee (NUCC), which establishes 
the standards for 837 professional claims and the CMS-1500 form, has 
chosen not to array professional and DME claims by type of bill (TOB), 
as happens with institutional claims, which are under the purview of 
the National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC).
    Comment: One commenter requested that we allow plans to continue 
their COBA with, and receive crossover claims directly from, Medicare 
in states where plans already did so as required under the 2016 final 
rule.
    Response: As we proposed the amendment and are finalizing it here, 
Sec.  438.3(t) does not require any changes for states and MCOs, PIHPs, 
and PAHPs that are already complying with the 2016 final rule. This 
final rule amends Sec.  438.3(t) to provide states with additional 
flexibility to adopt a different methodology to ensure that the 
appropriate MCO, PIHP, or PAHP will receives all applicable crossover 
claims for which the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP is responsible, subject to some 
limited parameters to ensure that the applicable provider is provided 
information on the state's remittance advice. This additional 
flexibility might result in states developing and using more efficient 
and economical processes for handling cross-over claims applicable to 
Medicaid managed care enrollees.
    Comment: One commenter who supported the proposed changes 
encouraged CMS to monitor states that adopt alternative methodologies 
to ensure that providers still receive payments in a timely manner.
    Response: While this regulation does not establish a timeframe for 
the state to forward the crossover claim to its managed care plan, we 
note that the existing regulations on timely claims payment in the 
Medicaid FFS context apply. Specifically, Sec.  447.45(d)(4)(ii) 
specifies that the state Medicaid agency must pay the Medicaid claim 
relating to a Medicare claim within 12 months of receipt or within 6 
months of when the agency or provider receives notice of the 
disposition of the Medicare claim. A state that uses an alternative 
methodology under Sec.  438.3(t) and receives crossover claims from 
Medicare would need to ensure payment within this timeframe. To do so, 
the state would need to forward crossover claims to a Medicaid plan and 
ensure the plan pays it within 6 months of when the state initially 
received it.
    Comment: A few commenters who opposed the proposed changes 
recommended that, if the regulation is finalized as proposed and a 
state elects to devise its own system, the state be required to 
promptly educate participating health care providers about any ensuing 
changes in the state's updated remittance advice. One commenter 
expressed concern that some health care providers would not be promptly 
made aware of the new requirements to submit multiple claims to the 
managed care plan for payment consideration, resulting in unpaid claims 
through no fault of their own, and that this would be antithetical to 
CMS' ``Patients Over Paperwork'' initiative.
    Response: We believe that provider education is critical whenever a 
state implements changes to how crossover claims are routed to the 
Medicaid managed care plan responsible for processing them. We 
encourage states to conduct such education prior to implementing any 
process changes.
    For the concern that without education, providers would not know 
where to submit claims for Medicare cost-sharing, this provision is 
designed to remove from providers the burden of having to identify the 
Medicaid managed care plan in which each dually eligible patient is 
enrolled, and submit the bill for the Medicare cost-sharing to the 
correct plan. Under our proposed regulation, the crossover claim is 
still routed to the Medicaid managed care plan. States may continue to 
require that plans enter into a COBA with Medicare to route crossover 
claims directly to the plan. In the alternative, states that elect to 
receive crossover claims from Medicare (or elect any other methodology 
than having the Medicaid managed care plans enter into COBAs with 
Medicare) would route the claims to the plan and issue remittance 
advice to the applicable provider. In both cases, the claims will be 
routed to the Medicaid managed care plan; there is no need for the 
provider to take any action to identify or submit the crossover claim 
to the plan. We believe this is fully in line with our ``Patients over 
Paperwork'' initiative.
    We also sponsor an enhanced secondary COBA feed (also known as the 
``Medicaid Quality project''), which is available to states that have a 
COBA and participate in the Medicare crossover process. This secondary 
feed ensures that states receive a complete array of Medicare FFS 
adjudicated Part A and B claims for individuals that the states 
submitted to CMS on their eligibility file. The state must be in 
receipt of the normal crossover claims file to be eligible to receive 
the second enhanced COBA feed.
    Comment: One commenter who opposed the proposed changes expressed 
concern that any process in which there is an intermediary would create 
confusion and delay. The commenter noted that a smoothly operating 
crossover claim process reduces burden on providers, and may make them 
more willing to serve Qualified Medicare Beneficiaries and other dually 
eligible individuals. The commenter suggested simplifying and 
streamlining the procedures so that all crossover claims can be handled 
promptly by one entity, either the state

[[Page 72758]]

Medicaid agency or the MCO. The commenter also noted that when CMS 
adopted Sec.  438.3(t), it allowed states time to have Medicaid managed 
care plans get COBAs in place, and that if more time is needed, the 
better course would be to extend the time for enforcement rather than 
to modify the regulation.
    Response: We share the preference for reducing the complexity of 
the crossover claim process and agree with the commenter that 
complexity in the crossover process can be a disincentive to serving 
dually eligible individuals. The Sec.  438.3(t) regulatory language 
that we proposed and are finalizing requires that if a state uses an 
alternate methodology, it must ensure that the appropriate managed care 
plan (that is, the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP whose contract covers the 
services being billed on the claim) receives all applicable crossover 
claims, and ensure the remittance advice conveys that the claim is 
forwarded rather than denied. In either scenario, the provider is 
relieved of the burden of determining which entity--the state or 
Medicaid managed care plan--is liable for the Medicare cost-sharing.
    Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposed changes and 
requested we leave the current regulatory requirements in place. Many 
of these commenters noted that the flexibility in the proposed change 
could increase provider administrative burden and confusion when states 
indicate multiple denials on the state's remittance advice to providers 
(that is, when they forward a crossover claim to an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP) 
and that it would create further confusion when the Medicaid managed 
care plan then processed the claim and notified the provider on the 
plan's remittance advice. Some also expressed concern that alternate 
methodologies would increase provider practice costs--especially for 
small practices.
    Response: As noted in the proposed rule and in this final rule, an 
important factor prompting the proposed change was that some states and 
providers raised concerns after the original provision was finalized in 
the 2016 final rule requiring a state to abandon effective alternative 
processes would actually add to provider burden and increase risk of 
payment delays. We believe that state flexibility would permit 
carefully crafted alternative arrangements to continue in a way that 
benefits providers, plans, and states. We reiterate that this proposal 
retains a system in which providers are only required to bill once (to 
Medicare), and that the claim will be transferred to Medicaid or the 
Medicaid managed care plan to address the payment of Medicare cost-
sharing.
    To address the commenter's concern about when states indicate 
multiple denials on the state's remittance advice, we are clarifying 
our intent by finalizing Sec.  438.3(t) with additional text specifying 
that the state's remittance advice must inform the provider that the 
claim was not denied by the state but was redirected to a managed care 
plan for adjudication. We regret that our intent was not clear in the 
proposed rule and believe this clarification will minimize provider 
confusion and reduce the risk of providers inadvertently perceiving 
forwarded claims as denied.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing Sec.  438.3(t) as proposed with one modification to clarify 
that when a state elects not to require its managed care plans to enter 
into COBAs with Medicare, the remittance advice issued by the state 
must indicate that the state has not denied payment but that the claim 
has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for payment consideration. In 
addition, we are finalizing the regulation text with slight grammatical 
corrections to use the present tense consistently.
2. Actuarial Soundness Standards (Sec.  438.4) \3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ In Texas v. United States, No. 7:15-cv-151-O, slip op. at 
40, 62 (N.D. Tex. Mar. 5, 2018), appeal docketed, No. 18-10545 (5th 
Cir. May 7, 2018) (``Texas''), six states challenged the portion of 
the regulation previously codified at 42 CFR 438.6(c)(1)(i)(C) 
(2002) (now codified in portions of 42 CFR 438.2, 438.4), defining 
``actuarially sound capitation rates'' as capitation rates ``that . 
. . [h]ave been certified . . . by actuaries who meet the 
qualification standards established by the American Academy of 
Actuaries and follow the practice standards established by the 
Actuarial Standards Board,'' on the basis that Actuarial Standard of 
Practice (``ASOP'') 49 defines ``actuarially sound capitation 
rates'' to mean rates that account for all fees and taxes, including 
the Health Insurance Provider Fee (``HIPF''). In a decision issued 
on March 5, 2018, the court declared the challenged portion of the 
regulation to be ``set aside'' under the Administrative Procedure 
Act, 5 U.S.C. 706(2)(B) through (C). Texas, slip op. at 62. In its 
decision, the court specifically allowed CMS to ``continue to use 
ASOP 49 to make internal decisions whether capitation rates are 
`actuarially sound,' '' and only ``cannot use ASOP 49 to . . . 
require Plaintiffs to pay the HIPF.'' Texas, slip op. at 21. As of 
July 2019, the court had not issued a final judgment. The government 
has appealed the court's March 5, 2018 decision; during the pendency 
of the appeal, the government is complying with the court's order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

a. Option to Develop and Certify a Rate Range (Sec.  438.4(c))
    Before the 2016 final rule was published, we considered any 
capitation rate paid to a managed care plan that fell anywhere within 
the certified rate range to be actuarially sound (81 FR 27567). 
However, to make the rate setting and the rate approval process more 
transparent, we changed that process in the 2016 final rule at Sec.  
438.4 to require that states develop and certify as actuarially sound 
each individual rate paid per rate cell to each MCO, PIHP, or PAHP with 
enough detail to understand the specific data, assumptions, and 
methodologies behind that rate (81 FR 27567). We noted in that 2016 
final rule that states could continue to use rate ranges to gauge an 
appropriate range of payments on which to base negotiations with an 
MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, but would have to ultimately provide certification 
to us of a specific rate for each rate cell, rather than a rate range 
(81 FR 27567). We believed that this change would enhance the integrity 
of the Medicaid rate-setting process and align Medicaid policy more 
closely with actuarial practices used in setting rates for non-Medicaid 
plans (81 FR 27568).
    Since publication of the 2016 final rule, we heard from 
stakeholders that the requirement to certify a capitation rate per rate 
cell, rather than to certify a rate range, has the potential to 
diminish states' ability to obtain the best rates when contracts are 
procured through competitive bidding. For example, we heard from one 
state that historically competitively bid the administrative component 
of the capitation rate that the requirement to certify a capitation 
rate per rate cell may prevent the state from realizing a lower rate 
that could have been available through the state's procurement process. 
States that negotiate dozens of managed care plans' rates annually have 
also cited the potential burden associated with losing the flexibility 
to certify rate ranges. States have claimed that the elimination of 
rate ranges could potentially increase administrative costs and burden 
to submit separate rate certifications and justifications for each 
capitation rate paid per rate cell.
    To address states' concerns while ensuring that rates are 
actuarially sound and Federal resources are spent appropriately, we 
proposed to add Sec.  438.4(c) to provide an option for states to 
develop and certify a rate range per rate cell within specified 
parameters. We designed our proposal to address our previously 
articulated concerns over the lack of transparency when large rate 
ranges were used by states to increase or decrease rates paid to the 
managed care plans without providing further notification to us or the 
public of the change. We noted that the rate range option at proposed 
paragraph (c) would allow states to certify a rate range per rate cell 
subject to specific limits and

[[Page 72759]]

would require the submission of a rate recertification if the state 
determines that changes are needed within the rate range during the 
rate year. Under our proposal, we noted that an actuary must certify 
the upper and lower bounds of the rate range as actuarially sound and 
would require states to demonstrate in their rate certifications how 
the upper and lower bounds of the rate range were actuarially sound.
    Specifically in Sec.  438.4(c)(1), we proposed the specific 
parameters for the use of rate ranges: (1) The rate certification 
identifies and justifies the assumptions, data, and methodologies 
specific to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range; (2) the 
upper and lower bounds of the rate range are certified as actuarially 
sound consistent with the requirements of part 438; (3) the upper bound 
of the rate range does not exceed the lower bound of the rate range 
multiplied by 1.05; (4) the rate certification documents the state's 
criteria for paying MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points within 
the rate range; and (5) compliance with specified limits on the state's 
ability to pay managed care plans at different points within the rate 
range. States using this option would be prohibited from paying MCOs, 
PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points within the certified rate range 
based on the willingness or agreement of the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs to 
enter into, or adhere to, intergovernmental transfer (IGT) agreements, 
or the amount of funding the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs provide through 
IGTs. We proposed these specific conditions and limitations on the use 
of rate ranges to address our concerns noted in this final rule; that 
is, that rates are actuarially sound and ensure appropriate stewardship 
of Federal resources, while also permitting limited state flexibility 
to use certified rate ranges. We stated in the proposed rule our belief 
that the proposed conditions and limitations on the use of rate ranges 
struck the appropriate balance between prudent fiscal and program 
integrity and state flexibility. We invited comment on these specific 
proposals and whether additional conditions should be considered to 
ensure that rates are actuarially sound.
    Under proposed Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(i), states certifying a rate range 
would be required to document the capitation rates payable to each 
managed care plan, prior to the start of the rating period for the 
applicable MCO, PIHP, and PAHP, at points within the certified rate 
range consistent with the state's criteria in proposed paragraph 
(c)(1)(iv). States electing to use a rate range would have to submit 
rate certifications to us prior to the start of the rating period and 
must comply with all other regulatory requirements including Sec.  
438.4, except Sec.  438.4(b)(4) as specified. During the contract year, 
states using the rate range option in Sec.  438.4(c)(1) would not be 
able to modify capitation rates within the +/- 1.5 percent range 
allowed under existing Sec.  438.7(c)(3); we proposed to codify this as 
Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(ii). We noted that this provision would enable us to 
give states the flexibility and administrative simplification to use 
certified rate ranges. We noted in the proposed rule that while the use 
of rate ranges is not standard practice in rate development, our 
proposal would align with standard rate development practices by 
requiring recertification when states elect to modify capitation rates 
within a rate range during the rating year. States wishing to modify 
the capitation rates within a rate range during the rating year would 
be required, in proposed Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(iii), to provide a revised 
rate certification demonstrating that the criteria for initially 
setting the rate within the range, as described in the initial rate 
certification, were not applied accurately; that there was a material 
error in the data, assumptions, or methodologies used to develop the 
initial rate certification and that the modifications are necessary to 
correct the error; or that other adjustments are appropriate and 
reasonable to account for programmatic changes.
    We acknowledged that our proposal had the potential to reintroduce 
some of the risks that were identified in the 2016 final rule related 
to the use of rate ranges in the Medicaid program. In the 2016 final 
rule, we generally prohibited the use of rate ranges, while finalizing 
Sec.  438.7(c)(3) to allow de minimis changes of +/- 1.5 percent to 
provide some administrative relief to states for small changes in the 
capitation rates. This change was intended to provide some flexibility 
with rates while eliminating the ambiguity created by rate ranges in 
rate setting and to be consistent with our goal to make the rate 
setting and rate approval processes more transparent. We specifically 
noted in the 2016 final rule that states had used rate ranges to 
increase or decrease rates paid to the managed care plans without 
providing further notification to us or the public of the change or 
certification that the change was based on actual experience incurred 
by the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs that differed in a material way from the 
actuarial assumptions and methodologies initially used to develop the 
capitation rates (81 FR 27567 through 27568).
    We further noted in the 2016 final rule that the prohibition on 
rate ranges was meant to enhance the integrity and transparency of the 
rate setting process in the Medicaid program, and to align Medicaid 
policy more closely with the actuarial practices used in setting rates 
for non-Medicaid health plans. We noted that the use of rate ranges was 
unique to Medicaid managed care and that other health insurance 
products that were subject to rate review submit and justify a specific 
premium rate. We stated in the 2016 final rule our belief that once a 
managed care plan has entered into a contract with the state, any 
increase in funding for the contract should correspond with something 
of value in exchange for the increased capitation payments. We also 
provided additional context that our policy on rate ranges was based on 
the concern that some states have used rate ranges to increase 
capitation rates paid to managed care plans without changing any 
obligations within the contract or certifying that the increase was 
based on managed care plans' actual expenses during the contract 
period. In the 2016 final rule, we reiterated that the prohibition on 
rate ranges was consistent with the contracting process where managed 
care plans are agreeing to meet obligations under the contract for a 
fixed payment amount (81 FR 27567-27568).
    We noted how the specific risks described in the proposed rule 
concerned us, and as such, were the reason for specific conditions and 
limitations on the use of rate ranges that we proposed. Our rate range 
proposal was intended to prevent states from using rate ranges to shift 
costs to the Federal Government. There are some states that currently 
make significant retroactive changes to the contracted rates at, or 
after, the end of the rating period. As we noted in the 2016 final 
rule, we do not believe that these changes are made to reflect changes 
in the underlying assumptions used to develop the rates (for example, 
the utilization of services, the prices of services, or the health 
status of the enrollee), but rather we are concerned that these changes 
are used to provide additional reimbursements to the plans or to some 
providers (81 FR 27834). Additionally, we noted that states would need 
to demonstrate that the entirety of rate ranges (that is, lower and 
upper bound) compliant with our proposal are actuarially sound. As 
noted in the 2016 final rule, 14 states used rate ranges with a width 
of 10 percent or smaller (that is, the low end and the high end of the 
range were within 5

[[Page 72760]]

percent of the midpoint of the range), but in some states, the ranges 
were as wide as 30 percent (81 FR 27834). We noted that we believed 
that our proposal would limit excessive ranges because proposed Sec.  
438.4(c)(1)(i) and (ii) would require the upper and lower bounds of the 
rate range to be certified as actuarially sound and that the rate 
certification would identify and justify the assumptions, data, and 
methodologies used to set the bounds. While we believed that our 
proposal struck the right balance between enabling state flexibility 
and our statutory responsibility to ensure that managed care capitation 
rates are actuarially sound, we noted that our approach may reintroduce 
undue risk in Medicaid rate-setting.
    Therefore, we requested public comments on our proposal in general 
and on our approach. We requested public comment on the value of the 
additional state flexibility described in our proposal relative to the 
potential for the identified risks described in the proposed rule and 
in the 2016 final rule, including other unintended consequences that 
could arise from our proposal that we have not yet identified or 
described. We requested public comment on whether additional conditions 
or limitations on the use of rate ranges would be appropriate to help 
mitigate the risks we identified. We also requested public comment from 
states on the utility of state flexibility in this area--specifically, 
we requested that states provide specific comments about their policy 
needs and clear explanations describing how utilizing rate ranges 
effectively meets their needs or whether current regulatory 
requirements on rate ranges were sufficiently flexible to meet their 
needs. We also requested that states provide quantitative data to help 
us quantify the benefits and risks associated with the proposal. We 
also encouraged states and other stakeholders to comment on the needs, 
benefits, risks, and risk mitigations described in the proposed rule.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to add Sec.  438.4(c) and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposed option to develop 
and certify a 5 percent rate range, stating it allows for increased 
flexibility in rate setting. Commenters noted that the rate range 
proposal will remove ambiguities in determining actuarial soundness and 
will put appropriate limits on unsustainable rates. Some commenters 
specifically noted support for the requirements to recertify rates when 
there are changes made within the approved rate range and for states to 
document the specific rates for each managed care plan. Commenters also 
noted support for the proposal that states cannot pay managed care 
plans at different rates within the range based on IGT agreements. 
Several commenters noted that the specific conditions proposed by CMS 
must be implemented and strictly enforced to ensure that actuarial 
soundness is achieved within the rate ranges. A few commenters urged 
CMS to adopt all of the conditions set forth in Sec.  438.4(c) if rate 
ranges are finalized.
    Response: We continue to believe, particularly with the support of 
commenters, that the 5 percent, or +/-2.5 percent from the midpoint, 
rate range will permit increased flexibility in rate setting, while the 
specific conditions proposed will also ensure that the rates are 
actuarially sound. The proposed parameters and guardrails carefully 
strike a balance between state flexibility and program integrity and we 
are finalizing them, with some modifications as discussed in response 
to other comments.
    Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposal to allow states to 
certify rate ranges and urged CMS not to finalize it. Some of these 
commenters expressed concerns that rate ranges decrease transparency, 
do not ensure that rates are actuarially sound, and do not enable CMS 
to ensure the adequacy of state and Federal investments in patient 
care. Some commenters noted that our proposal represents diminished 
Federal oversight of the adequacy of payment rates to Medicaid managed 
care plans and that it would result in lower payments to managed care 
plans, which could limit patient access to care. One commenter 
specifically expressed concern that wider rate ranges may result in 
lower rates to managed care plans and in turn result in contracts being 
awarded to less qualified plans, which may lead to early contract 
terminations, plan turnover, and instability for beneficiaries; this 
commenter also noted that such plans may be unable to pay competitive 
market rates, which could reduce patient access to care. Commenters 
also stated that the rate range provision is unnecessary since the 
existing +/-1.5 percent adjustment under Sec.  438.7(c)(3) is adequate 
to provide states with administrative flexibility. One commenter 
expressed concern that the rate range proposal would result in reduced 
services for enrollees and instability for managed care plans and 
providers.
    Response: We understand commenters' concerns related to the use of 
rate ranges in Medicaid managed care. We also acknowledge our own 
fiscal and program integrity concerns which were noted in the 2016 
final rule, as well as in the 2018 proposed rule. However, we proposed 
this rate range provision because we heard from states that this was a 
critical flexibility to reduce administrative burden in state Medicaid 
programs. We developed our proposal to carefully strike a balance 
between state flexibility and program integrity. Balancing this 
flexibility with the fiscal and program integrity concerns was the 
driving reason for including comprehensive guardrails around the use of 
rate ranges in the proposal and this final rule. To ensure appropriate 
Federal oversight, we specifically proposed parameters to ensure that 
rate ranges: (1) Do not inappropriately use IGTs to draw down 
additional Federal dollars with no correlating benefit to the Federal 
Government or the Medicaid program; (2) are bounded at the upper and 
lower ends with rates that are actuarially sound consistent with the 
regulations at Sec. Sec.  438.4 through 438.7; and (3) strike the 
appropriate balance between prudent fiscal and program integrity and 
state flexibility. With regard to this last point, we specifically 
proposed that states using rate ranges must document in the rate 
certification the criteria used to select the specific rate within the 
range for each managed care plan under contract with the state. The 
guardrails finalized in Sec.  438.4(c) will enable CMS to review the 
establishment and use of rate ranges by states and ensure that all 
rates actually paid to managed care plans are actuarially sound. To 
address specific concerns about unsound capitation rates, this final 
rule requires both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range to be 
actuarially sound; therefore, actuarially unsound rates would not be 
consistent with Sec.  438.4(c).
    We agree with commenters that the existing regulation that permits 
a +/-1.5 percent adjustment to certified rates can help states 
appropriately address mid-year programmatic changes or mid-year rate 
adjustments. However, we also believe that the additional option to 
certify a rate range can be helpful to states, especially in 
circumstances where states are competitively bidding the capitation 
rates. We also agree with commenters that rate ranges can obfuscate 
payment rates, and that is why we included specific guardrails around 
the use of rate ranges in the proposed rule and are finalizing those 
requirements. For

[[Page 72761]]

example, Sec.  438.4(c)(1)(i) requires that the state's rate 
certification identify and justify the assumptions, data, and 
methodologies used to develop the upper and lower bounds of the rate 
range. Also, Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(i) requires that states document the 
capitation rates, prior to the start of the rating period, for the 
managed care plans at points within the rate range, consistent with the 
state's criteria for paying managed care plans at different points 
within the rate range. This means that the contract and rate 
certification must be submitted for CMS approval before the rating 
period begins. We specifically included this timing requirement to 
limit the obfuscation of rates. We believe that the guardrails we 
proposed and are finalizing, such as these two examples, provide a 
level of transparency on the use of rate ranges and provide a mechanism 
to avoid obfuscation, especially since this regulation requires the 
actuary to describe and justify the assumptions, data, and 
methodologies used to develop the rate range in the actuarial 
certification.
    We understand that several commenters were concerned that rate 
ranges could be used to lower payments to managed care plans, thereby 
leading to reduced services for enrollees and instability for managed 
care plans and providers; however, we have incorporated safeguards to 
prevent such outcomes. Under Sec.  438.4(c)(1)(ii), both the upper and 
lower bounds of the rate range must be certified as actuarially sound 
consistent with the requirements in part 438. Actuarially sound 
capitation rates must provide for all reasonable, appropriate, and 
attainable costs that are required under the terms of the contract and 
for the operation of the managed care plan for the time period and the 
population covered under the terms of the contract. Since the lower 
bounds of rate ranges must also be actuarially sound and developed in 
accordance with the regulations in part 438 governing actuarial 
soundness and rate development, we believe that rates within the range 
must all be actuarially sound. Under Sec.  438.4(c) as finalized, 
states using rate ranges must also document the criteria for paying 
managed care plans at different points within the rate range and must 
document the capitation rates prior to the start of the rating period--
this means that the criteria used to set managed care plans' capitation 
rates must be documented prior to the start of the rating period. We 
believe that these requirements will ensure that states are not 
arbitrarily reducing payments to managed care plans. We also want to 
reiterate that the regulations in 42 CFR part 438 contain other 
beneficiary protections meant to ensure that plans are not arbitrarily 
reducing services to managed care enrollees. For example, Sec.  438.210 
requires that the services covered under the managed care contract must 
be furnished in an amount, duration, and scope that is no less than the 
amount, duration, and scope for the same services furnished to 
beneficiaries under FFS Medicaid. We would also highlight the 
requirements in Sec.  438.206 regarding the timely availability of 
services that states and managed care plans must ensure for all managed 
care enrollees.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to allow rate 
ranges but recommended that the range be expanded beyond 5 percent. 
Some commenters requested that CMS expand the rate range provision to 
10 percent. Commenters also requested that CMS restore rate ranges to 
pre-2016 regulatory levels, noting their belief that limits on a rate 
range are not necessary if the requirement of paying actuarially sound 
rates remains in place. Several commenters also recommended a narrower 
rate range to ensure the actuarial soundness of the final rates and 
recommended that actuaries be required to consider specific factors in 
determining the width (or size) of the rate range, such as maturity of 
the program, credibility/quality of the base data, amount of 
statistical variability in the underlying claim distribution, and size 
of the population. Commenters suggested additional rate ranges with a 
width (or size) of +/-2 percent (total range of 4 percent) or +/-3 
percent (total range of 6 percent) from the midpoint, or two times the 
risk margin reflected in the capitation rates as alternatives to our 
proposal. Some commenters considered the proposed 5 percent range to be 
overly broad and recommended smaller ranges for the rates to remain 
actuarially sound. Some commenters gave specific scenarios by which the 
proposed 5 percent rate range may be insufficient and recommended that 
CMS not finalize a prescriptive +/- rate range to permit additional 
state flexibility.
    Response: We are declining to adopt any of these specific 
recommendations, as some commenters requested wider permissible ranges, 
while other commenters requested narrower permissible ranges. Because 
of the mix of public comments on this topic, we believe that we struck 
the right balance in the proposed rule by permitting a rate range up to 
5 percent, or +/-2.5 percent from the midpoint, between the lower and 
upper bound. We believe that 5 percent, or +/-2.5 percent from the 
midpoint, is a reasonable rate range to permit the administrative 
flexibility requested by states and also to ensure that all rates 
within the entire rate range are actuarially sound. We proposed, and 
are finalizing, regulatory requirements that the rate certification 
identify and justify the assumptions, data, and methodologies specific 
to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range (paragraph 
(c)(1)(i)), and that both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range 
are certified as actuarially sound (paragraph (c)(1)(ii)). We believe 
that the 5 percent, or +/-2.5 percent from the midpoint, rate range is 
more appropriate to ensure that these requirements can be satisfied, 
rather than an unspecified limit, or a limit that is so wide that it 
would not be possible to find both the upper and lower bounds of the 
rate range to be actuarially sound.
    Regarding comments about the factors used in determining a rate 
range, such as maturity of the program, credibility/quality of the base 
data, amount of statistical variability in the underlying claim 
distribution, and size of the population, we believe that such factors 
would be permissible for actuaries to consider as part of the 
assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both the upper and 
lower bounds of the rate range in accordance with generally accepted 
actuarial principles and practices, and the requirements for rate 
setting in Sec. Sec.  438.4, 438.5, 438.6, and 438.7. If actuaries use 
these factors in determining the rate range, it would be appropriate to 
document these factors in the rate certification as required under 
Sec.  438.4(c)(1)(i) and (ii). However, we decline to require that 
actuaries must consider these factors when determining the width (or 
size) of the rate range, as such an approach is overly prescriptive. We 
believe that actuaries may consider other factors when identifying and 
justifying the assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both 
the upper and lower bounds of the rate range.
    Comment: Some commenters submitted technical recommendations about 
the rate range option, including that the calculation of the rate range 
should exclude risk adjustments and pass-through payments, that states 
should be able to apply or adjust risk adjustment mechanisms outside of 
setting the certified rate range, that the calculation of rate ranges 
should not reflect incentive payments for managed care plans, and that 
state budget factors should not influence the calculation of rates 
within the rate range. Other commenters recommended that administrative 
expenses should not be

[[Page 72762]]

subject to rate range variances. A few commenters recommended that 
certain government-mandated costs be considered outside of the rate 
range, including the Health Insurance Provider Fee (HIPF). One 
commenter also recommended that rate ranges be limited to include only 
underlying benefit changes.
    Response: Under Sec.  438.4(c)(1)(ii), both the upper and lower 
bounds of the rate range must be certified as actuarially sound 
consistent with the requirements of part 438. This means that the 
calculation of the rate range under Sec.  438.4(c) must include all of 
the components of the capitation rate that are currently required to be 
included in the rate development and certification under Sec. Sec.  
438.4, 438.5, 438.6, and 438.7. This includes pass-through payments, 
administrative expenses, taxes, licensing and regulatory fees, 
government-mandated costs (including the HIPF and other taxes and 
fees), and underlying benefit costs, which are all required components 
of developing the capitation rates under our existing regulations.\4\ 
We agree that it would be inappropriate to include the specific 
incentive payments for managed care plans made under Sec.  438.6(b)(2) 
in the calculation of the rate range, as per longstanding policy since 
the 1990's, those incentive arrangements are provided in excess of the 
approved capitation rate and are already limited to 105 percent of the 
approved capitation payments attributable to the enrollees or services 
covered by the incentive arrangement. We also agree that it would be 
inappropriate for state budget factors to influence the calculation of 
rates within the rate range since such factors are not considered valid 
rate development standards (that is, state budget factors are not 
relevant to the costs required to be included in setting the capitation 
rates in accordance with Sec. Sec.  438.4, 438.5, 438.6, and 438.7).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ While proceedings in Texas v. United States, No. 7:15-cv-
151-O, slip op. (N.D. Tex. Mar. 5, 2018), appeal docketed, No. 18-
10545 (5th Cir. May 7, 2018) (``Texas''), are ongoing, CMS will not 
require that the HIPF be accounted for in capitation rates for the 
six plaintiff states in Texas (Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Nebraska, 
Texas, and Wisconsin) in order for such rates to be approved as 
actuarially sound under 42 CFR 438.2 & 438.4(b)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Regarding comments about risk adjustment, we generally agree with 
commenters that risk adjustment mechanisms can be applied outside of 
setting the certified rate range, consistent with existing Federal 
regulations at Sec.  438.7(b)(5). While the state's actuary is required 
to certify rate ranges and must describe the risk adjustment 
methodology in the certification and certify the methodology, the 
state's actuary is not required to certify risk-adjusted rate ranges 
(that is, the rate ranges with the risk adjustment methodologies 
applied to reflect the actual payments potentially available to the 
managed care plan). The Federal requirements for including risk 
adjustment mechanisms in the capitation rates are found in Sec.  
438.7(b)(5). As part of the 2016 final rule, we acknowledged that risk 
adjustment methodologies can be calculated and applied after the rates 
are certified (81 FR 27595); therefore, we finalized specific standards 
for retrospective risk adjustment methodologies at Sec.  
438.7(b)(5)(ii). Further, the regulation at Sec.  438.7(b)(5)(iii), 
which we finalized in the 2016 final rule, provides that a new rate 
certification is not required when approved risk adjustment 
methodologies are applied to the final capitation rates because the 
approved risk adjustment methodology must be adequately described in 
the original rate certification; payment of rates as modified by that 
approved risk adjustment methodology would be within the scope of the 
rate certification that adequately describes the risk adjustment 
mechanism. We also clarified in the 2016 final rule, under the 
requirements in Sec.  438.7(c)(3), that the application of a risk 
adjustment methodology that was approved in the rate certification 
under Sec.  438.7(b)(5) did not require a revised rate certification 
for our review and approval (81 FR 27568). However, we noted that the 
payment term in the contract would have to be updated as required in 
Sec.  438.7(b)(5)(iii). Requirements for risk adjustment and risk 
sharing mechanisms in Sec.  438.6 must also be met. Therefore, as long 
as the Federal requirements are met for risk adjustment, we agree that 
such mechanisms can be appropriately applied outside of the certified 
rate range (meaning, applied to the rates after calculation of the rate 
range), consistent with existing Federal regulations and our analysis 
in the 2016 final rule.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS describe the permitted 
rate range in terms of a percentage.
    Response: We confirm for this commenter that the permissible rate 
range is expressed as a percentage. Section 438.4(c)(1)(iii), as 
finalized in this rule, requires that the upper bound of the rate range 
does not exceed the lower bound of the rate range multiplied by 1.05. 
This means that the upper bound of the rate range cannot exceed the 
lower bound of the rate range by more than 5 percent, or +/-2.5 percent 
from the midpoint.
    Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on the use of the 
de minimis +/-1.5 percent range that is currently codified in Sec.  
438.7(c)(3). Commenters requested detail on whether the proposal to 
allow rate ranges adds new parameters on the use of the de minimis 
flexibility that is currently codified in Sec.  438.7(c)(3). Commenters 
also requested clarity on how the new rate range provision and the +/-
1.5 percent flexibility can be used together.
    Response: As proposed and finalized, Sec.  438.4(c) does not add or 
require additional parameters on the use of the +/-1.5 percent 
adjustment as permitted under Sec.  438.7(c)(3) for any state that does 
not use rate ranges. However, under Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(ii), states that 
use rate ranges are not permitted to modify the capitation rates under 
Sec.  438.7(c)(3). States are permitted to either use the rate range 
option under Sec.  438.4(c)(1) or use the de minimis +/-1.5 percent 
range that is currently codified in Sec.  438.7(c)(3), but states are 
not permitted to use both mechanisms in combination. As noted in the 
2018 proposed rule, we believe that this prohibition on using rate 
ranges in combination with the de minimis revision permitted under 
Sec.  438.7(c)(3) is necessary to ensure program integrity and guard 
against other fiscal risks. As finalized at Sec.  438.4(c)(1)(i), the 
rate certification must identify and justify the assumptions, data, and 
methodologies specific to both the upper and lower bounds of the rate 
range. The rate range cannot be wider than 5 percent, or +/-2.5 percent 
from the midpoint; the de minimis revision permitted under Sec.  
438.7(c)(3) cannot be used in combination with this rate range. It is 
our belief that the upper and lower bounds of a 5 percent rate range 
can remain actuarially sound as long as all of the Federal requirements 
for rate development, including the requirements we are finalizing in 
Sec.  438.4(c), are met. If states were permitted to use rate ranges in 
combination with the de minimis revision permitted under Sec.  
438.7(c)(3), this could result in final rates that are outside of the 5 
percent range, and this is not permitted. As provided in this rule in a 
separate response, we continue to believe that 5 percent is a 
reasonable rate range to permit the administrative flexibility 
requested by states. We believe that the 5 percent rate range is 
appropriate to ensure that the rate development requirements in part 
438

[[Page 72763]]

can be satisfied, rather than a wider rate range where it may not be 
possible to find both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range to 
be actuarially sound.
    Comment: Several commenters expressed concern about the requirement 
to recertify modified rates within the rate range, noting that 
recertification is too rigid and is burdensome for both states and the 
Federal Government. One commenter requested that additional 
documentation could be provided rather than a requirement to recertify 
rates. A few commenters expressed concern that states cannot modify 
capitation rate ranges using the de minimis flexibility in Sec.  
438.7(c)(3) and requested that CMS allow states to employ both 
approaches to increase flexibility and reduce the need for 
recertification when rates change because of minor programmatic 
changes. Some commenters requested that mid-year rate changes be 
permitted within the rate range during the rating year without the need 
to recertify the rates to reduce burden and actuarial costs for states. 
Some commenters also recommended that CMS permit de minimis 
modifications to rates used within the 5 percent rate range.
    Response: We disagree with commenters that states should be able to 
use the de minimis rule in Sec.  438.7(c)(3) in combination with a rate 
range. We proposed and are finalizing a prohibition on such 
combinations in Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(ii). States may use either the rate 
range option under Sec.  438.4(c) or use the de minimis +/-1.5 percent 
range that is currently codified in Sec.  438.7(c)(3), but states are 
not permitted to use both mechanisms in combination. As noted in the 
2018 proposed rule, we proposed Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(ii) to enable 
appropriate state flexibility and administrative simplification without 
compromising program integrity or other fiscal risks. It is our belief 
that the upper and lower bounds of a 5 percent, or +/-2.5 percent from 
the midpoint, rate range should be permissible only as long as all of 
the Federal requirements for rate development are met. If states were 
permitted to use rate ranges in combination with the de minimis 
revision permitted under Sec.  438.7(c)(3), this could result in final 
rates that are outside of the 5 percent range and therefore could 
result in a rate that is not actuarially sound. We continue to believe 
that 5 percent is a reasonable rate range to permit the administrative 
flexibility requested by states, but also to ensure that each rate 
within the entire rate range is actuarially sound. We believe that the 
5 percent rate range is appropriate to ensure that the rate development 
requirements in part 438 can be satisfied, rather than a wider rate 
range where it may not be possible to find both the upper and lower 
bounds of the rate range to be actuarially sound.
    However, we are persuaded that our proposal at Sec.  
438.4(c)(2)(iii), which required states to recertify capitation rates 
for modifications of the capitation rates within the rate range, 
regardless of whether the modification was for minor programmatic 
changes or a material error, was too rigid and would likely add 
unnecessary administrative burden and costs for states. We reached this 
conclusion for minor changes within the rate range that would not 
result in scenarios where such changes resulted in capitation rates 
outside of the 5 percent, or +/-2.5 percent from the midpoint, range. 
Therefore, we are finalizing Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(iii) as permitting 
changes (increases or decreases) to the capitation rates per rate cell 
within the rate range up to 1 percent during the rating period without 
submission of a new rate certification, provided that such changes are 
consistent with a modification of the contract as required in Sec.  
438.3(c) and are subject to the requirements at Sec.  438.4(b)(1). Just 
as we do not permit rate ranges in combination with the de minimis 
revision permitted under Sec.  438.7(c)(3), we will not permit any 
changes that could result in final rates that are outside of the 5 
percent range or in rate ranges that have upper and lower bounds that 
are larger than 5 percent apart.
    Any modification to the capitation rates within the rate range 
greater than the permissible +/-1 percent amount will require states to 
provide a revised rate certification for CMS approval that demonstrates 
compliance with the criteria proposed and finalized at Sec.  
438.4(c)(2)(iii)(A) through (C). We believe that this modification to 
what we proposed for this regulation will address commenters' concerns 
related to mid-year programmatic changes or mid-year rate adjustments. 
We note that the permissible +/-1 percent standard under Sec.  
438.4(c)(2)(iii) is slightly smaller than the de minimis standard (+/-
1.5 percent) for changes that do not require a new rate certification 
under Sec.  438.7(c)(3) when rate ranges are not used. We believe that 
it is appropriate to use the smaller amount under Sec.  
438.4(c)(2)(iii) when rate ranges are used because when states use rate 
ranges, they are already afforded additional flexibility, as rates are 
permissible within the upper and lower bounds of the rate range, than 
they are afforded when certifying the rates to a specific point. We 
believe that the ability to make a permissible +/-1 percent change 
provides states flexibility to make small changes while easing the 
administrative burden of rate review for both states and CMS. Further, 
permitting small changes facilitates CMS' review process of rate 
certifications in accordance with the requirements for actuarially 
sound capitation rates because we would not require revised rate 
certifications for minor programmatic changes that result in minor and 
potentially immaterial changes to the capitation rates; therefore, CMS' 
review of rate certifications can be more focused on substantial issues 
that impact the capitation rates.
    Comment: Commenters requested clarification on the acceptable 
criteria for paying managed care plans at different points within the 
rate range. Specifically, commenters requested if rates can vary based 
on state negotiations with managed care plans or a competitive bidding 
process.
    Response: We note that capitation rates, including permissible rate 
ranges under Sec.  438.4(c), must comply with all rate setting 
requirements in Sec. Sec.  438.4, 438.5, 438.6, and 438.7. This means, 
as finalized in Sec.  438.4(b)(1), that capitation rates must have been 
developed in accordance with the standards specified in Sec.  438.5 and 
generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. Under this final 
rule, Sec.  438.4(b)(1) also requires that any differences in the 
assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates 
for covered populations must be based on valid rate development 
standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered 
services to the covered populations (see section I.B.2.b. of this final 
rule for a discussion of this provision in Sec.  438.4(b)(1)). We 
clarify this here to ensure that commenters are aware that the 
standards for capitation rate development, including the development of 
rate ranges under Sec.  438.4(c), do not change with the use of rate 
ranges under Sec.  438.4(c). Regarding the acceptable criteria for 
paying managed care plans at different points within the rate range, 
which must be documented in the rate certification documents under 
Sec.  438.4(c)(1)(iv), we confirm that such criteria could include 
state negotiations with managed care plans or a competitive bidding 
process, as long as states document in the rate certification how the 
negotiations or the competitive bidding process produced different 
points within the rate range. For example, if specific, documentable 
components of the capitation rates varied because of state negotiations 
or a competitive bidding process, the rate

[[Page 72764]]

certification must document those specific variations, as well as 
document how those variations produced different points within the rate 
range, to comply with Sec.  438.4(c)(1)(iv) and (c)(2)(i). We 
understand that capitation rate development necessarily involves the 
use of actuarial judgment, such as adjustments to base data, trend 
projections, etc., and that could be impacted by specific managed care 
plan considerations (for example, one managed care plan's utilization 
management policies are more aggressive versus another managed care 
plan's narrow networks); under this final rule, states must document 
such criteria as part of the rate certification to comply with Sec.  
438.4(c)(1)(iv) and (c)(2)(i).
    Comment: Several commenters recommended that CMS add minimum 
transparency requirements on the use of rate ranges. A few commenters 
recommended that states be required to provide managed care plans with 
the CMS approved rate ranges and the data underlying those rate ranges 
prior to bidding, with sufficient time and opportunity for managed care 
plans' review and input. Some commenters recommended that states be 
required to provide a comment period for managed care plans to review 
the rate ranges. One commenter recommended that CMS engage with managed 
care plans through a technical expert panel to develop appropriate 
standards for rate ranges. Another commenter recommended that CMS hold 
a public comment period during which stakeholders can raise issues 
related to rate ranges before and during the bidding process each year. 
Commenters also recommended that CMS require a dispute resolution 
process when states and managed care plans do not agree on the rate 
ranges. One commenter recommended that CMS require states to conduct 
studies to ensure that the rate ranges are sufficient to facilitate 
patient access to care.
    Response: In the proposed rule, we specifically requested public 
comment on whether additional conditions or limitations on the use of 
rate ranges would be appropriate to help mitigate the risks we 
identified. Based on the comments we received, we understand that 
commenters have significant concerns about the lack of transparency 
inherent in the use of rate ranges. The lack of transparency in the use 
of rate ranges has also been a significant concern for us; when we 
finalized the 2016 final rule, we explained that elimination of rate 
ranges would make the rate setting and the rate approval process more 
transparent (81 FR 27567). Further, we explained how the requirement to 
develop and certify as actuarially sound each individual rate paid per 
rate cell to each managed care plan with enough detail to understand 
the specific data, assumptions, and methodologies behind that rate 
would enhance the integrity of the Medicaid rate setting process (81 FR 
27567). We agree with commenters that a significant level of 
transparency is necessary, particularly if states are using rate ranges 
for competitive bidding purposes. We believe that managed care plans 
and other stakeholders should have access to the necessary information 
and data to ensure that rates are actuarially sound, and we believe 
that such transparency will also help to ensure that competitive bids 
are appropriately based on actual experience and appropriately fund the 
program, and that the bids are actuarially sound. Providing managed 
care plans with approved rate ranges prior to bidding, with sufficient 
time and opportunity for managed care plans' review and input, along 
with the data underlying those rate ranges ensures that there is 
transparency in the setting and use of rate ranges.
    Therefore, we are finalizing a requirement at Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(iv) 
to require states, when developing and certifying a range of capitation 
rates per rate cell as actuarially sound, to post specified 
information. States are required under Sec.  438.10(c)(3) to operate a 
public website that provides certain information. As finalized, Sec.  
438.4(c)(2)(iv) requires that states must post on their websites 
specified information prior to executing a managed care contract or 
contract amendment that includes or modifies a rate range. We are 
including this standard to ensure that managed care plans and 
stakeholders have access to the information with sufficient time and 
opportunity for review and input, and to ensure that the information is 
available to meaningfully inform plans' execution of a managed care 
contract with the state.
    At Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(iv)(A) through (C), we are finalizing the list 
of information that must be posted on the state's website required by 
Sec.  438.10(c)(3): (A) The upper and lower bounds of each rate cell; 
(B) a description of all assumptions that vary between the upper and 
lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the assumptions that 
vary, the specific assumptions used for the upper and lower bounds of 
each rate cell; and (C) a description of the data and methodologies 
that vary between the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, 
including for the data and methodologies that vary, the specific data 
and methodologies used for the upper and lower bounds of each rate 
cell. We believe that these requirements ensure that managed care plans 
and stakeholders have access to a minimum and standard level of 
information, for reasons outlined in the public comments. We believe 
that these requirements are also appropriate and necessary to ensure a 
minimum level of transparency when states utilize rate ranges under 
Sec.  438.4(c). We also believe that this level of information will 
help to ensure that capitation rates are appropriately based on actual 
experience and are actuarially sound since plans will have access to 
such information prior to executing a managed care contract.
    Regarding the public comments recommending public comment periods, 
technical expert panels, dispute resolution processes, and specific 
studies on access to care, we decline to adopt these specific 
recommendations. While we believe that states should seek broad 
stakeholder feedback, we do not believe that it is necessary to create 
new and expansive Federal requirements to accomplish this goal. In our 
experience, states are already working with many stakeholder groups, 
including their managed care plans, and we believe that states should 
continue to have discretion in how they convene stakeholder groups and 
obtain stakeholder feedback to inform Medicaid managed care payment 
policy. If states want to utilize public comment periods, technical 
expert panels, or conduct specific studies on access to care to help 
inform their rate setting, including rate ranges, states are welcome to 
utilize such approaches. We also understand that commenters are 
interested in Federal dispute resolution processes; however, we do not 
believe that is an appropriate role for CMS in the Medicaid program. 
When plans and/or other stakeholders do not agree on rates, we would 
refer those groups to the state Medicaid agencies to appropriately 
address specific rate setting concerns. Since state Medicaid agencies 
are the direct administrators of the Medicaid program in their 
respective states, we believe that this approach is more appropriate.
    Comment: Some commenters expressed concern that requiring states to 
document the capitation rates at points within the rate range prior to 
the start of the rating period is too rigid and unrealistic. Commenters 
noted that the time and labor-intensive process of developing and 
certifying actuarially sound rates can, and often does, result in 
unexpected delays that push the

[[Page 72765]]

process into the rating period for which the rates are being developed. 
Commenters recommended extending flexibility to states around 
submission timing in a manner that maintains proper CMS oversight and 
is consistent with current CMS practice. One commenter further 
recommended that if the timing requirement is finalized, it should be 
delayed by 3 years.
    Response: We acknowledge that our proposed requirement in Sec.  
438.4(c)(2)(i) that states document the capitation rates at points 
within the rate range prior to the start of the rating period means, as 
a practical matter, that states electing to use rate ranges must submit 
contracts and rate certifications to us prior to the start of the 
rating period. We also note that section 1903(m)(2)(A)(iii) of the Act 
and Sec.  438.806 require that the Secretary must provide prior 
approval for MCO contracts that meet certain value thresholds before 
states can claim FFP. This longstanding requirement is implemented in 
the regulation at Sec.  438.806(c), which provides that FFP is not 
available for an MCO contract that does not have prior approval from 
us. This requirement is necessary and appropriate to ensure that rate 
ranges are not used to shift costs onto the Federal Government and to 
protect fiscal and program integrity. As we noted in the 2018 proposed 
rule, one of the goals of the guardrails we proposed, and are 
finalizing here, for use of rate ranges is to prevent states from using 
rate ranges to make significant retroactive changes to the contracted 
rates at or after the end of the rating period; this goal is served by 
the requirement that rate ranges and the specific rates per cell be 
documented and provided to CMS prior to the beginning of the rating 
period. While we are not prohibiting outright all retroactive rate 
changes, the limits on when rates can be changed under Sec.  
438.4(c)(2) will necessarily limit the types of retroactive changes 
that raise the most issues. As we noted in the 2016 final rule and the 
2018 proposed rule, we do not believe that retroactive changes are made 
to reflect changes in the underlying assumptions used to develop the 
rates (for example, the utilization of services, the prices of 
services, or the health status of the enrollee), but rather we are 
concerned that these changes are used to provide additional 
reimbursements to the managed care plans or to some providers without 
adding corresponding new obligations under the contract. We do not 
believe that such changes are consistent with actuarially sound rates 
and represent cost-shifting to the Federal Government.
    Because of these specific concerns, we decline to adopt commenters' 
recommendations about the timing guardrails included in Sec.  438.4(c), 
including the recommendation that we delay this proposal by 3 years. We 
are finalizing the rule with the requirement in Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(i) 
that states document the capitation rates (consistent with the 
requirements for developing and documenting capitation rates) at points 
within the rate range prior to the start of the rating period. However, 
since rate ranges were previously prohibited under the 2016 final rule 
(and before this final rule), we believe a transition period is 
appropriate to allow states that elect to utilize the rate range option 
at Sec.  438.4(c) time to appropriately develop rate ranges and submit 
the rate certifications and contracts in advance of the start of a 
rating period. Therefore, we are delaying the effective date of this 
provision to rating periods starting on or after July 1, 2021.
    Comment: A few commenters expressed concern about the proposal to 
prohibit states from paying MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points 
within the certified rate range based on the willingness or agreement 
of the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs to enter into, or adhere to, 
intergovernmental transfer (IGT) agreements, or the amount of funding 
the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs provide through IGTs. One commenter expressed 
concern that the proposal is too restrictive on states' ability to make 
use of non-Federal share sources and that our proposal constrains 
states' authority under sections 1902(a)(2) and 1903(w) of the Act to 
draw upon a variety of state and local sources to fund the non-Federal 
share of medical assistance costs, including in the managed care 
context. One commenter stated that the prohibition on varying payments 
within a certified rate range based on the existence of IGT 
arrangements is an expansive Federal restriction on the longstanding 
ability of states to make use of a variety of non-Federal share sources 
to improve reimbursement to safety-net providers in managed care. 
Commenters recommended that the regulation be amended to allow using 
IGT agreements in conjunction with other criteria for paying managed 
care plans at different points within the rate range.
    Response: We disagree that our proposal unnecessarily constrains 
states' authority under sections 1902(a)(2) and 1903(w) of the Act to 
draw upon a variety of state and local sources to fund the non-Federal 
share of medical assistance costs, as our proposal does not limit 
states from using permissible sources of the non-Federal share to fund 
costs under the managed care contract. Under Sec.  438.4(c)(1)(v), the 
state is not permitted to use as a criterion for paying managed care 
plans at different points within the rate range either of the 
following: (1) The willingness or agreement of the managed care plans 
or their network providers to enter into, or adhere to, IGT agreements; 
or (2) the amount of funding the managed care plans or their network 
providers provide through IGT agreements. This prohibition is specific 
to states using amounts transferred pursuant to an IGT agreement to pay 
managed care plans at different points within the rate range under 
Sec.  438.4(c) and is not a prohibition on states' authority to use 
permissible sources of the non-Federal share to fund costs under the 
managed care contract. Further, we explicitly clarify here that certain 
financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across 
the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, 
fee-for-service, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are 
similarly applicable whether a state elects to use rate ranges or not. 
Such requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on 
financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health care-related 
taxes and bona fide provider-related donations.
    We are concerned that without these specific parameters in the 
regulation, states could try to use rate ranges to inappropriately use 
IGTs to draw down additional Federal dollars with no correlating 
benefit to the Federal Government or the Medicaid program. To address 
commenters' concerns related to increasing levels of provider 
reimbursement for safety-net providers, we note that states can use the 
authority for state directed payments under Sec.  438.6(c) to direct 
specific payments to providers. However, we clarify here that certain 
financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across 
the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, 
fee-for-service, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are 
similarly applicable whether a state elects to direct payments under 
Sec.  438.6(c). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, 
limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health 
care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations. These 
financing requirements similarly apply when a state elects to direct 
payments under Sec.  438.6(c). We understand that safety-

[[Page 72766]]

net providers play a critical role in serving underserved populations 
in states, including Medicaid managed care enrollees. We also 
understand that safety-net providers are critical to maintaining 
network adequacy and adequate access to care in many communities, 
including rural areas of the state, and we do not believe our proposal 
unnecessarily constrains states' authority under sections 1902(a)(2) 
and 1903(w) of the Act to draw upon a variety of state and local 
sources to fund the non-Federal share of medical assistance costs, as 
our proposal does not limit states from using permissible sources of 
the non-Federal share to fund costs under the managed care contract.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing Sec.  438.4(c) as proposed with the following modifications:
     At Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(iii), we are finalizing authority for 
a state to make changes to the capitation rates within the permissible 
rate range of up to 1 percent of each certified rate within the rate 
range without the need for the state to submit a revised rate 
certification. Under final Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(iii), a state may increase 
or decrease the capitation rate per rate cell within the rate range up 
to 1 percent of each certified rate during the rating period provided 
that any changes of the capitation rate within the permissible +/-1 
percent amount must be consistent with a modification of the contract 
as required in Sec.  438.3(c) and are subject to the requirements at 
Sec.  438.4(b)(1). Any modification to the capitation rates within the 
rate range greater than the permissible +/-1 percent amount will 
require states to provide a revised rate certification for CMS approval 
and to meet the requirements listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(A) 
through (C).
     At Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(iv), we are finalizing a requirement 
that states, when developing and certifying a range of capitation rates 
per rate cell as actuarially sound, must post the following specified 
information on their public websites: (A) The upper and lower bounds of 
each rate cell; (B) a description of all assumptions that vary between 
the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the 
assumptions that vary, the specific assumptions used for the upper and 
lower bounds of each rate cell; and (C) a description of the data and 
methodologies that vary between the upper and lower bounds of each rate 
cell, including for the data and methodologies that vary, the specific 
data and methodologies used for the upper and lower bounds of each rate 
cell.
    States certifying a rate range must document the capitation rates 
payable to each managed care plan prior to the start of the rating 
period for the applicable MCO, PIHP or PAHP under Sec.  438.4(c)(2)(i). 
As noted previously in this final rule, this requirement means that 
states electing to use a rate range would have to submit rate 
certifications to us prior to the start of the rating period and must 
comply with all other regulatory requirements including Sec.  438.4, 
except Sec.  438.4(b)(4) as specified. In order to publish additional 
guidance needed to implement this requirement, we are delaying the 
effective date of this provision until the first contract rating period 
beginning on or after July 1, 2021. States that elect to adopt rate 
ranges must comply with Sec.  438.4(c) as amended effective July 1, 
2021 for Medicaid managed care rating periods starting on or after July 
1, 2021.
b. Capitation Rate Development Practices That Increase Federal Costs 
and Vary With the Rate of Federal Financial Participation (FFP) (Sec.  
438.4(b)(1) and (d))
    In the 2016 final rule, at Sec.  438.4(b), we set forth the 
standards that capitation rates must meet to be approved as actuarially 
sound capitation rates eligible for FFP under section 1903(m) of the 
Act. Section 438.4(b)(1) requires that capitation rates be developed in 
accordance with generally accepted actuarial principles and practices 
and meet the standards described in Sec.  438.5 dedicated to rate 
development standards. In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27566), we 
acknowledged that states may desire to establish minimum provider 
payment rates in the contract with the managed care plan. We also 
explained that because actuarially sound capitation rates must be based 
on the reasonable, appropriate, and attainable costs under the 
contract, minimum provider payment expectations included in the 
contract must necessarily be built into the relevant service components 
of the rate. We finalized in the regulation at Sec.  438.4(b)(1) a 
prohibition on different capitation rates based on the FFP associated 
with a particular population as part of the standards for capitation 
rates to be actuarially sound. We explained in the 2015 proposed rule 
(80 FR 31120) and the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27566) that different 
capitation rates based on the FFP associated with a particular 
population represented cost-shifting from the state to the Federal 
Government and were not based on generally accepted actuarial 
principles and practices.
    In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27566), we adopted Sec.  438.4(b)(1) 
largely as proposed and provided additional guidance and clarification 
in response to public comments. We stated that the practice intended to 
be prohibited in Sec.  438.4(b)(1) was variance in capitation rates per 
rate cell that was due to the different rates of FFP associated with 
the covered populations. We also provided an example in the 2016 final 
rule, in which we explained that we have seen rate certifications that 
set minimum provider payment requirements or established risk margins 
for the managed care plans only for covered populations eligible for 
higher percentages of FFP. Under the 2016 final rule, such practices, 
when not supported by the application of valid rate development 
standards, were not permissible. We further explained that the 
regulation did not prohibit the state from having different capitation 
rates per rate cell based on differences in the projected risk of 
populations under the contract or based on different payment rates to 
providers that were required by Federal law (for example, section 
1932(h) of the Act). In the 2016 final rule, we stated that, as 
finalized, Sec.  438.4(b)(1) provided that any differences among 
capitation rates according to covered populations must be based on 
valid rate development standards and not on network provider 
reimbursement requirements that apply only to covered populations 
eligible for higher percentages of FFP (81 FR 27566).
    Since publication of the 2016 final rule, we have continued to hear 
from stakeholders that more guidance is needed regarding the regulatory 
standards finalized in Sec.  438.4(b)(1). At least one state has stated 
that if arrangements that vary provider reimbursement pre-date the 
differences in FFP for different covered populations, the regulation 
should not be read to prohibit the resulting capitation rates. We 
explained in the 2018 proposed rule that while we believe that the 
existing text of Sec.  438.4(b)(1) is sufficiently clear, we also want 
to be responsive to the comments from stakeholders and to eliminate any 
potential loophole in the regulation. Therefore, we proposed to revise 
Sec.  438.4(b)(1) and added a new paragraph Sec.  438.4(d) to clearly 
specify our standards for actuarial soundness. We did not propose 
changes to the existing regulatory requirement in Sec.  438.4(b)(1) 
that capitation rates must have been developed in accordance with the 
standards specified in Sec.  438.5

[[Page 72767]]

and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices but proposed 
to revise the remainder of Sec.  438.4(b)(1).
    We proposed that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, 
or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations 
must be based on valid rate development standards that represent actual 
cost differences in providing covered services to the covered 
populations. Further, we proposed that any differences in the 
assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates 
must not vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered 
populations in a manner that increases Federal costs consistent with a 
new proposed paragraph (d). Our proposal was intended to eliminate any 
ambiguity in the regulation and clearly specify our intent that 
variation in the assumptions, methodologies, and factors used to 
develop rates must be tied to actual cost differences and not to any 
differences that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP. 
The proposed revisions to Sec.  438.4(b)(1) used the phrase 
``assumptions, methodologies, and factors'' to cover all methods and 
data used to develop the actuarially sound capitation rates.
    In conjunction with our proposed revisions to Sec.  438.4(b)(1), we 
also proposed a new paragraph (d) to provide specificity regarding the 
rate development practices that increase Federal costs and vary with 
the rate of FFP. We proposed in Sec.  438.4(d) a regulatory requirement 
for an evaluation of any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, 
or factors used to develop capitation rates for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs 
that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP associated 
with the covered populations. We explained that this evaluation would 
have to be conducted for the entire managed care program and include 
all managed care contracts for all covered populations. We proposed to 
require this evaluation across the entire managed care program and all 
managed care contracts for all covered populations to protect against 
state contracting practices in their Medicaid managed care programs 
that may cost-shift to the Federal Government. We noted that this would 
entail comparisons of each managed care contract to others in the 
state's managed care program to ensure that variation among contracts 
does not include rate setting methods or policies that would be 
prohibited under our proposal.
    We also proposed at Sec.  438.4(d)(1) to list specific rate 
development practices that increase Federal costs and would be 
prohibited under our proposal for Sec.  438.4(b)(1) and (d): (1) A 
state may not use higher profit margin, operating margin, or risk 
margin when developing capitation rates for any covered population, or 
contract, than the profit margin, operating margin, or risk margin used 
to develop capitation rates for the covered population, or contract, 
with the lowest average rate of FFP; (2) a state may not factor into 
the development of capitation rates the additional cost of 
contractually required provider fee schedules, or minimum levels of 
provider reimbursement, above the cost of similar provider fee 
schedules, or minimum levels of provider reimbursement, used to develop 
capitation rates for the covered population, or contract, with the 
lowest average rate of FFP; and (3) a state may not use a lower 
remittance threshold for a medical loss ratio for any covered 
population, or contract, than the remittance threshold used for the 
covered population, or contract, with the lowest average rate of FFP. 
We proposed Sec.  438.4(d)(1) to be explicit about certain rate 
development practices that increase Federal costs and vary with the 
rate of FFP. Our proposal was to explicitly prohibit the listed rate 
development practices under any and all scenarios; we also noted that 
the rate development practices under Sec.  438.4(d)(1) were not 
intended to represent an exhaustive list of practices that increase 
Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP, as we recognized that 
there may be additional capitation rate development practices that have 
the same effect and would also be prohibited under our proposed rule. 
In the 2018 proposed rule, we explained our goal of ensuring that the 
regulatory standards for actuarial soundness clearly prevent cost-
shifting from the state to the Federal Government.
    Finally, in Sec.  438.4(d)(2), we proposed to specify that we may 
require a state to provide written documentation and justification, 
during our review of a state's capitation rates, that any differences 
in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop 
capitation rates for covered populations or contracts, not otherwise 
referenced in paragraph (d)(1), represent actual cost differences based 
on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered 
populations. We noted that our proposal was consistent with proposed 
revisions to Sec.  438.7(c)(3), to add regulatory text to specify that 
adjustments to capitation rates would be subject to the requirements at 
Sec.  438.4(b)(1), and to require a state to provide documentation for 
adjustments permitted under Sec.  438.7(c)(3) to ensure that 
modifications to a final certified capitation rate comply with our 
regulatory requirements. We requested public comments on our revisions 
to Sec.  438.4(b)(1) and new Sec.  438.4(d), including on whether these 
changes were sufficiently clear regarding the rate development 
practices that are prohibited in Sec.  438.4(b)(1).
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to revise Sec.  438.4(b)(1) and add Sec.  438.4(d) and our 
responses to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to prohibit certain 
rate development practices and to require a state to provide written 
documentation that rate variations are based on actual cost 
differences. Many commenters also opposed this proposal and noted that 
there are often legitimate and actuarially sound reasons for varying 
pricing assumptions between rate cells that are independent of 
differing levels of FFP. Commenters stated that there are valid 
actuarial reasons where varying rating components would be supported by 
actuarial experience and data. Commenters recommended that were CMS to 
finalize the proposed amendments to Sec.  438.4(b)(1) and (d), we do it 
in a way that would allow states to continue to have differentials in 
margins, payment levels, and MLR remittance thresholds for higher FFP 
contracts when those differences are justified in data and actuarial 
experience.
    Commenters stated that valid rate development practices would be 
prohibited under the proposal, including using a lower margin 
assumption for populations with more stable costs, varying MLR 
thresholds based on actual administrative cost differences, adjusting 
the underwriting gain used, and using higher reimbursement for highly 
specialized providers or services or in areas where it is difficult to 
recruit providers. Commenters stated that the proposal is too 
prescriptive and duplicative of current requirements and recommended 
that CMS allow states to use assumptions that reflect different levels 
of risk so that rate cells are appropriately funded. Commenters stated 
that restricting actuarial variables from being determined by certain 
program characteristics will result in rates that are not actuarially 
sound. A few commenters also believed that the proposal could 
unintentionally result in new cost-shifting to the Federal Government, 
such as requiring higher margin assumptions for certain populations or 
requiring higher levels of provider reimbursement in specific

[[Page 72768]]

programs. One commenter requested that the regulation differentiate 
situations where rate development assumptions are intended to increase 
Federal costs from those where such an outcome is incidental and that 
CMS should only prohibit the former.
    Several commenters recommended that instead of prohibiting certain 
rate development practices, CMS should instead require documentation 
and justification that variations related to margin, provider 
reimbursement, or MLR are actuarially valid. One commenter recommended 
that CMS only require such documentation in circumstances when we 
believe that the variation is related to FFP. One commenter expressed 
concern that the requirement to provide documentation duplicates 
existing policy. One commenter requested clarification on whether the 
written justification is part of the rate certification process and 
supporting documents, the managed care contract review, or is an 
additional requirement.
    Response: Our goal in proposing these revisions to Sec.  
438.4(b)(1) and (d) was to clarify the standards that capitation rates 
must meet to be approved as actuarially sound capitation rates eligible 
for FFP under section 1903(m) of the Act. Our proposal was also 
intended to eliminate any ambiguity in the regulations and to clearly 
specify that variation in the assumptions, methodologies, and factors 
used to develop rates must be tied to actual cost differences and not 
to any differences that increase Federal costs and vary with the rate 
of FFP. We remain committed to these goals, and to our overarching 
goals of improving fiscal and program integrity within Medicaid managed 
care rate setting. However, we believe it is appropriate to finalize 
the proposal with changes to address the concerns of commenters that 
our proposal was too restrictive and overlooked scenarios by which our 
prohibited rate development practices under proposed Sec.  438.4(d) may 
be actuarially appropriate in limited circumstances.
    We reiterate that our overarching policy goal of prohibiting 
variation in capitation rates associated with the FFP for a particular 
population, which we explained in the 2015 proposed rule, 2016 final 
rule, and the 2018 proposed rule, has not changed and is not changing 
as part of this final rule. Specifically, we explained in the 2015 
proposed rule (80 FR 31120) that different capitation rates based on 
the FFP associated with a particular population represented cost-
shifting from the state to the Federal Government and were not based on 
generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. In the 2016 
final rule (81 FR 27566), we finalized, at Sec.  438.4(b)(1), a 
prohibition on different capitation rates based on the FFP associated 
with a particular population as part of the standards for capitation 
rates to be actuarially sound. Also in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 
27566), we provided additional guidance and clarification in response 
to public comments that the practice intended to be prohibited in Sec.  
438.4(b)(1) was variance in capitation rates per rate cell that was due 
to the different rates of FFP associated with the covered populations; 
that discussion included an example where rate certifications set 
minimum provider payment requirements or established risk margins for 
the managed care plans only for covered populations eligible for higher 
percentages of FFP. We note that setting minimum provider payment 
requirements for covered populations under the managed care contract is 
permissible as long as such requirements apply broadly, are not 
selectively applied to only those covered populations eligible for 
higher percentages of FFP, are supported by valid rate development 
standards that represent actual cost differences in providing covered 
services to the covered populations, and do not shift costs to the 
Federal Government. In the 2016 final rule, we explained how Sec.  
438.4(b)(1), as adopted there, required that any differences among 
capitation rates according to covered populations must be based on 
valid rate development standards and not on network provider 
reimbursement requirements that apply only to covered populations 
eligible for higher percentages of FFP (81 FR 27566). In the 2018 
proposed rule (83 FR 57268), we clarified our policy that Sec.  
438.4(b)(1) was intended to prohibit variances in capitation rates 
based on the rate of FFP, even if such variances in capitation rates 
were the result of variances in provider reimbursement that pre-date 
the differences in FFP for different covered populations. We explained 
that our current proposal would eliminate ambiguity on this point and 
eliminate any potential loophole in Sec.  438.4(b)(1) by more clearly 
specifying the scope of the prohibition. We reiterate these published 
statements here as part of this final rule and remind commenters that 
CMS has not changed our position on this topic. As finalized with the 
amendments in this final rule, Sec.  438.4(b)(1) prevents states from 
cost-shifting onto the Federal Government and prohibits any variances 
in capitation rates associated with the rate of FFP for different 
covered populations. Further, we explicitly clarify here that Sec.  
438.4(b)(1) is not premised on nor require a state's intention to shift 
costs to the Federal Government; we believe that an intent to cost 
shift is immaterial compared to the actual effect of cost shifting.
    Therefore, as part of this final rule, we are finalizing amendments 
to Sec.  438.4(b)(1) to codify this policy clearly. Section 
438.4(b)(1), as amended, continues to require that capitation rates be 
developed in accordance with the standards specified in Sec.  438.5 and 
generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. We are also 
finalizing the proposed new and revised regulation text that any 
differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to 
develop capitation rates for covered populations must be based on valid 
rate development standards that represent actual cost differences in 
providing covered services to the covered populations and that any 
differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to 
develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of FFP associated 
with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs. 
We are not finalizing the text proposed in paragraph (d)(1) to address 
the concerns from commenters that proposed Sec.  438.4(d)(1) was too 
restrictive and overlooked scenarios where the proposed list of 
prohibited rate development practices may be actuarially appropriate.
    We will generally use the list of prohibited rate development 
practices in interpreting the prohibition finalized in paragraph (b)(1) 
and we will consider the state's documentation and justification in 
applying the prohibition. We originally proposed Sec.  438.4(d)(1) in 
conjunction with our proposed revisions to Sec.  438.4(b)(1) to provide 
specificity regarding the rate development practices that we believed 
increased Federal costs and varied with the rate of FFP; however, based 
on public comments, we agree with commenters that there could be 
legitimate and actuarially sound reasons for varying pricing 
assumptions between rate cells that are (and must be) independent of 
differing levels of FFP, and that there could be valid actuarial 
reasons for an actuary to vary rating components that would be 
supported by actuarial experience and data. Therefore, as part of this 
final rule, we are not finalizing the list of rate development 
practices that we proposed in Sec.  438.4(d)(1). We agree with the 
commenters that we are unable to

[[Page 72769]]

predict every future scenario and there might be situations where one 
or more of the items on that list of rate development practices is 
actuarially appropriate. We remind commenters that it is still our view 
that these rate development practices generally increase Federal costs 
and vary with the rate of FFP. As such, in situations where one of 
those practices is not actuarially appropriate and where it increases 
Federal costs, we will apply Sec.  438.4(b)(1) to deny rates that have 
been developed based on such practices. To fully evaluate scenarios 
where differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to 
develop capitation rates appear to vary with the rate of FFP, we 
believe that we will need additional information and explanation from 
the state. If states or actuaries intend to utilize these rate 
development practices, we need to be able to require written 
documentation and justification that any differences in the 
assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates 
for covered populations or contracts represent actual cost differences 
based on the characteristics and mix of the covered services or the 
covered populations. We had originally proposed a requirement for 
submission of information and documentation for this purpose under 
Sec.  438.4(d)(2). Since we are not finalizing Sec.  438.4(d), we are 
finalizing this proposed standard as part of the new text in Sec.  
438.4(b)(1). To address commenters' request for clarity, we note that 
such written documentation and justification would be required as part 
of CMS' review of the rate certification.
    We are finalizing the introduction in proposed paragraph (d) as 
part of the new text in Sec.  438.4(b)(1) that the evaluation of 
compliance with Sec.  438.4(b)(1) be on a program-wide basis, including 
all managed care contracts and covered populations. The final rule 
continues to prohibit any differences in the assumptions, 
methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates that vary 
with the rate of FFP associated with a covered population in a manner 
that increases Federal costs. To ensure that this requirement is met, 
the final rule requires an evaluation of any differences in the 
assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates 
for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs that increase Federal costs and vary with 
the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations. This 
evaluation must be conducted for the entire managed care program and 
include all managed care contracts for all covered populations. We are 
finalizing this requirement for an evaluation across the entire managed 
care program and all managed care contracts for all covered populations 
to protect against any potential loopholes where state managed care 
contracting practices may cost-shift to the Federal Government. 
Specifically, as noted in the proposed rule, this requirement would 
entail comparisons of each managed care contract to others in the 
state's managed care program to ensure that variation among contracts 
does not include rate setting methods or policies that would be 
prohibited under Sec.  438.4(b)(1).
    Comment: A few commenters noted that risk margin differences can 
apply between TANF, ABD, and LTSS populations and expressed concern 
that the proposal would require inappropriate comparisons between 
populations that have legitimate cost differences. Other commenters 
provided that the proposed regulation may have the unintended effect of 
causing actuaries to increase margins on disabled or LTSS populations 
to maintain justifiable higher margin assumptions for non-LTSS 
populations, which could increase Federal and state costs for the 
Medicaid program. Commenters stated that from an actuarial standpoint, 
the percentage risk margin may appropriately vary by population 
characteristics due to insurance risk differences. Commenters also 
explained that populations may have very different PMPM costs and, in 
particular, that expansion populations may require higher risk margins 
to account for unknown risks associated with a population not 
previously covered by the Medicaid program. Commenters recommended that 
CMS monitor for inappropriate rate setting practices or require 
additional documentation if we believe that cost-shifting is occurring, 
but these commenters recommended that CMS not finalize the proposal 
prohibiting specific rate development practices. One commenter stated 
that existing CMS authority enables us to enforce appropriate rate 
setting and that the proposed revisions to Sec.  438.4(b)(1) and (d) 
are unnecessary.
    Response: We understand the issues raised by commenters and 
reiterate that to the degree the pricing assumptions are based on 
actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered 
populations under the contract, these varying pricing assumptions would 
be permissible under Sec.  438.4(b)(1) as valid rate development 
factors. To the degree that varying pricing assumptions represent 
actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered 
populations, we would find the assumptions to be consistent with valid 
rate development standards. If a population has documented higher 
costs, supported by actual experience, we would not find the pricing 
assumptions to be in violation of finalized Sec.  438.4(b)(1), even if 
the higher cost population is also one with a higher FFP percentage. 
However, we emphasize that varying pricing assumptions must not include 
using a rate development practice that increases Federal costs and 
varies with the rate of FFP when not supported by valid rate 
development standards that represent actual cost differences in 
providing covered services to the covered populations. As finalized in 
this rule under Sec.  438.4(b)(1), any differences in the assumptions, 
methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not 
vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations in a 
manner that increases Federal costs unless those variances represent 
actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered 
population.
    Under the regulations governing rate setting at Sec. Sec.  438.4 
through 438.7, including as revised in this final rule, states and 
actuaries can vary the pricing assumptions based on actual cost 
differences in providing covered services to the covered populations 
under the contract, but the prohibition on shifting costs to the 
Federal Government through use of such variances remains. We also 
believe that there are other tools that can be used to mitigate the 
issues that were raised by commenters without inappropriately shifting 
costs onto the Federal Government and running afoul of Sec.  
438.4(b)(1). Although we are not finalizing a list of specifically 
prohibited rate development practices (as proposed at Sec.  438.4(d)), 
it is still our view that these rate development practices generally 
increase Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP, and as such, are 
generally prohibited under Sec.  438.4(b)(1) as finalized in this rule. 
If states or actuaries intend to utilize these rate development 
practices (for example, higher margin assumptions for non-LTSS 
populations), we will require written documentation and justification 
that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used 
to develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts 
represent actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix 
of the covered services or the covered populations.
    Comment: Several commenters provided that our proposal to restrict 
capitation rate development practices that are based on minimum levels 
of

[[Page 72770]]

provider reimbursement would likely result in unintended consequences 
for states seeking to comply with the provisions under at least two 
scenarios: (1) States would be required to decrease provider 
reimbursement rates to the lowest common denominator of the lowest FFP 
contracts, which could diminish access to care for some Medicaid 
populations; or (2) States would be required to increase provider 
reimbursement rates to the highest common denominator of the higher FFP 
contracts for the lowest FFP contracts, which could increase Federal 
and state Medicaid expenditures. Commenters also provided that many 
states have contracts for a specific population, such as a population 
at the average FMAP rate, with state statute setting the rate structure 
at the state's FFS rates; in these circumstances, this proposal would 
make the state's FFS rate structure the standard by which other managed 
care contracts would be evaluated, which may not be actuarially 
appropriate. A few commenters also expressed concern that fee schedule 
variation is limited under the proposal and noted that there is often a 
need to increase the fee schedules for certain provider types to meet 
network adequacy and encourage provider participation. These commenters 
expressed concern that such limitations on provider fee schedules may 
unfairly burden managed care plans. Commenters urged CMS not to 
finalize this provision as part of the proposal.
    Response: We understand the issues raised by commenters and 
reiterate that to the degree the pricing assumptions are based on 
actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered 
populations under the contract, these varying pricing assumptions would 
be permissible under Sec.  438.4(b)(1) as valid rate development 
factors. To the degree that varying pricing assumptions represent 
actual cost differences in providing covered services to the covered 
populations, we would find the assumptions to be consistent with valid 
rate development standards. If a population has documented higher 
costs, supported by actual experience, we would not find the pricing 
assumptions to be in violation of finalized Sec.  438.4(b)(1). However, 
in our experience in reviewing and approving capitation rates, we have 
seen rate certifications that set minimum provider payment requirements 
for the managed care plans for covered populations eligible for higher 
percentages of FFP. We note here that such practices, when they shift 
costs to the Federal Government and when not supported by the 
application of valid rate development standards, are not permissible. 
Any differences among capitation rates according to covered populations 
must not shift costs to the Federal Government and must be based on 
valid rate development standards rather than network provider 
reimbursement requirements that apply to covered populations eligible 
for higher percentages of FFP even in cases where provider 
reimbursement requirements for such populations are mandated by state 
statute. Furthermore, we reiterate that setting minimum provider 
payment requirements for covered populations under the managed care 
contract is not permissible if such requirements shift costs to the 
Federal Government, even if such differential provider payments are 
authorized under Sec.  438.6(c). For example, we have seen one state 
use Sec.  438.4(b)(1) to vary provider reimbursement for covered 
populations eligible for higher percentages of FFP, as mandated by 
state law and not on valid rate development standards, and this state 
has stated that when such arrangements pre-date differences in FFP, the 
regulation should not be read to prohibit the resulting capitation 
rates. Our proposal and the amendment to Sec.  438.4(b)(1) we are 
finalizing here eliminates that particular argument as a potential 
loophole. Regardless of when the differential rates were started, Sec.  
438.4(b)(1) as amended in this rule requires that differential rates be 
based on valid rate development standards and that they not shift costs 
to the Federal Government; such non-compliant differential rates must 
be eliminated. As revised, Sec.  438.4(b)(1) prevents states from cost-
shifting onto the Federal Government and prohibits any variances in 
capitation rates based on the rate of FFP for different covered 
populations, regardless of whether arrangements that vary provider 
reimbursement are mandated by state statute and/or pre-date the 
differences in FFP for different covered populations. We note that this 
state also stated that the different rates were intended to better 
align Medicaid rates with commercial rates but did not demonstrate that 
differential provider payments for one covered population was a valid 
rate development factor. As noted above in a previous response to 
public comments in this section, setting minimum provider payment 
requirements for covered populations under the managed care contract is 
permissible as long as such requirements apply broadly, are not 
selectively applied to covered populations eligible for higher 
percentages of FFP, are supported by valid rate development standards 
that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to 
the covered populations and do not shift costs to the Federal 
Government. We note that varying pricing assumptions based on provider 
payment requirements mandated by state legislation that shift costs to 
the Federal Government do not constitute actual cost differences in 
providing covered services.
    To the extent that states need to enhance reimbursement for 
specific providers or specific services, we believe that states can 
utilize other means to accomplish that goal, such as enhancing fees for 
covered services across all of their programs rather than varying fee 
schedules only for higher FMAP populations. We also understand that 
some states may have legislatively mandated fee schedules; however, as 
long as such states comply with all applicable regulatory requirements 
and are not including additional costs or mandating higher levels of 
reimbursement for higher FMAP populations, states can comply with 
mandated fee schedules and this regulation without a conflict. Mandated 
fee schedules that comply with all applicable regulatory requirements 
and do not result in higher payment for higher FMAP populations may be 
used as the basis for rate setting for the managed care contracts. We 
emphasize that varying pricing assumptions must not include using a 
rate development practice that increases Federal costs and varies with 
the rate of FFP when not supported by valid rate development standards 
that represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to 
the covered populations regardless of whether such differences are 
mandated by state legislation. As finalized in this rule under Sec.  
438.4(b)(1), any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or 
factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of 
FFP associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases 
Federal costs.
    Although we are not finalizing a list of prohibited rate 
development practices (as proposed at Sec.  438.4(d)), it is still our 
view that these rate development practices generally increase Federal 
costs and vary with the rate of FFP, and as such, are prohibited in 
most cases under Sec.  438.4(b)(1) as finalized in this rule. If states 
or actuaries intend to utilize these rate development practices, we 
will require written documentation and justification that any 
differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or

[[Page 72771]]

factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or 
contracts represent actual cost differences based on the 
characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered 
populations.
    Comment: A few commenters expressed concern with the proposal (at 
proposed Sec.  438.4(d)(1)(iii)) that states may not use a lower MLR 
remittance threshold for expansion populations than the MLR remittance 
threshold used for TANF, ABD, and LTSS contracts. Commenters stated 
that it is impractical and not actuarially sound to use an average MLR 
remittance threshold without acknowledging the actual costs of each 
managed care program and covered population. One commenter noted that 
remittance thresholds vary as a function of the administrative load of 
a product and is unrelated to the FFP for the program. Some commenters 
expressed concern that the proposal will force states to reduce MLR 
remittance thresholds for all managed care contracts, which will 
increase Federal Medicaid costs. Some commenters also stated that there 
are valid actuarial reasons to establish a higher MLR remittance 
threshold for LTSS populations, and that states should not be 
prohibited from designing such reasonable approaches based on 
actuarially sound practices. Commenters provided that the 
administrative costs for an LTSS program as a percent of revenue is 
lower than an expansion program (managed care plan covering the 
Medicaid benefits for the expansion population). As such, if a minimum 
MLR threshold is developed with an equal likelihood of being triggered 
by each program, the LTSS MLR threshold would need to be higher for the 
LTSS program.
    Response: We agree with commenters and acknowledge that our 
proposed rule failed to account for varying MLR thresholds for high-
cost populations, such as LTSS populations. We agree that if a minimum 
MLR threshold is developed with an equal likelihood of being triggered, 
the MLR may need to be higher for LTSS programs because the 
administrative costs, as a percent of revenue, may be lower. Under 
Sec.  438.4(b)(1) as finalized here, we will require states to provide 
valid reasons for varying the MLR threshold component in contracts 
where the FFP percentages are different. For approval of rates that are 
developed using such different MLR thresholds, a state could 
demonstrate that it has used factors to develop rates based on valid 
rate development standards and not on differences that increase Federal 
costs and vary with the rate of FFP, and it has applied the same 
methodologies for developing the administrative costs within the 
capitation rate, and therefore, the corresponding MLR remittance 
threshold is based on those same underlying methodologies. In such a 
situation, we would not find this approach to be a violation of Sec.  
438.4(b)(1) despite the different MLR thresholds used in setting the 
rates for high and low FMAP populations.
    We emphasize that varying pricing assumptions must not include 
using a rate development practice that increases Federal costs and 
varies with the rate of FFP when not supported by valid rate 
development standards that represent actual cost differences in 
providing covered services to the covered populations. We note that 
varying pricing assumptions based only on provider payment requirements 
mandated by state legislation do not constitute actual cost differences 
in providing covered services. As finalized in this rule under Sec.  
438.4(b)(1), any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or 
factors used to develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of 
FFP associated with the covered populations in a manner that increases 
Federal costs. Although we are not finalizing a list of prohibited rate 
development practices (as proposed at Sec.  438.4(d)(1)), it is still 
our view that these rate development practices generally increase 
Federal costs and vary with the rate of FFP, and as such, are 
prohibited in most cases under Sec.  438.4(b)(1) as finalized in this 
rule. If states or actuaries intend to utilize these rate development 
practices, we will require written documentation and justification that 
any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to 
develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts represent 
actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the 
covered services or the covered populations.
    Comment: One commenter expressed concern that the proposal does not 
account for recent statutory changes made by section 4001 of the 
Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Recovery and 
Treatment (SUPPORT) for Patients and Communities Act (Pub. L. 115-271, 
enacted October 24, 2018), which allows states to retain a larger share 
of the remittances collected from managed care plans by remitting funds 
back to the Federal Government for expansion enrollees at the state's 
standard rate of FFP, provided that certain statutory conditions are 
met.
    Response: Section 4001 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities 
Act, enacted October 24, 2018, amended section 1903(m) of the Act to 
add a new paragraph (m)(9). Section 1903(m)(9) provides a time-limited 
opportunity (after fiscal year 2020 but before fiscal year 2024) for 
states that collect an MLR remittance from their Medicaid managed care 
plans for the eligibility group described in section 
1902(a)(10(A)(i)(VIII) to apply the state's regular Federal medical 
assistance percentage (FMAP) match rate (calculated pursuant to section 
1905(b) of the Act) to determine the Federal share of that remittance 
instead of the higher FMAP match rate specified under 1905(y) for use 
in connection with the Medicaid expansion group. Since this statutory 
provision is limited to requirements on the amounts paid to the Federal 
Government on certain MLR remittances within the specified parameters 
of the statute, and not related to varying the remittance thresholds 
for specific populations or contracts, section 4001 of the SUPPORT for 
Patients and Communities Act is outside the scope of this final rule. 
Specifically, we clarify for this commenter that this final rule does 
not implicate the requirements under section 4001 of the SUPPORT for 
Patients and Communities Act regarding the amounts paid to the Federal 
Government on certain MLR remittances.
    Comment: A few commenters requested clarification regarding whether 
the proposal would apply to CHIP programs.
    Response: We clarify here that our proposal under Sec.  438.4(d) 
was never intended to and our amendment of Sec.  438.4(b)(1) does not 
apply to CHIP programs. The CHIP requirements for rate development are 
found in Sec.  457.1203, which does not incorporate or reference the 
Medicaid managed care regulations on actuarial soundness and rate 
setting.
    Comment: A few commenters expressed concern that CMS refers to a 
list of prohibited rate development practices that are ``including but 
not limited to'' certain practices. These commenters expressed concern 
that this non-exhaustive list requires additional clarification and 
recommended that specific rate development practices be identified 
through notice and comment rulemaking.
    Response: The list of specific rate development practices that we 
proposed to prohibit outright in proposed Sec.  438.4(d) is not being 
finalized. However, should such practices be used and result in rates 
that violate the standard we proposed and are finalizing in the 
amendment of Sec.  438.4(b)(1), the

[[Page 72772]]

resulting rates will not be approved. We confirm for commenters that 
should we find it necessary to prohibit specific rate development 
practices in the future, we would do so through notice and comment 
rulemaking. Here, however, we are limiting how rates must be developed 
to ensure that differences in the assumptions, methodologies, and 
factors used to develop rates are based on valid rate development 
factors that represent actual cost differences and do not vary with the 
rate of FFP in a manner that increases Federal costs.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing our proposed amendments to Sec.  438.4(b)(1) with 
modifications and are not finalizing the proposed addition of Sec.  
438.4(d); specifically, we are finalizing amendments to Sec.  
438.4(b)(1) as follows:
     At Sec.  438.4(b)(1), we are finalizing the proposal to 
add regulation text to provide that any differences in the assumptions, 
methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered 
populations must be based on valid rate development standards that 
represent actual cost differences in providing covered services to the 
covered populations and that any differences in the assumptions, 
methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates must not 
vary with the rate of Federal financial participation (FFP) associated 
with the covered populations in a manner that increases Federal costs.
     At Sec.  438.4(b)(1), we are finalizing that the 
evaluation of compliance with Sec.  438.4(b)(1) be on a program-wide 
basis, including all managed care contracts and covered populations. 
The final rule will require an evaluation of any differences in the 
assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to develop capitation rates 
for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs that increase Federal costs and vary with 
the rate of FFP associated with the covered populations. This 
evaluation must be conducted for the entire managed care program and 
include all managed care contracts for all covered populations. This 
provision was proposed as part of the introduction text to paragraph 
(d).
     At Sec.  438.4(b)(1), we are also finalizing the authority 
for CMS to require a state to provide written documentation and 
justification that any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, 
or factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations or 
contracts represent actual cost differences based on the 
characteristics and mix of the covered services or the covered 
populations. This provision was proposed as part of paragraph (d)(2).
     At Sec.  438.4(b)(1), we are not finalizing any references 
to paragraph (d).
3. Rate Development Standards: Technical Correction (Sec.  
438.5(c)(3)(ii))
    In the 2016 final rule, we finalized at Sec.  438.5(c)(3) an 
exception to the base data standard at Sec.  438.5(c)(2) in recognition 
of circumstances where states may not be able to meet the standard at 
paragraph (c)(2) regarding base data. We explained in the 2016 final 
rule preamble (81 FR 27574) that states requesting the exception under 
Sec.  438.5(c)(3) must submit a description of why the exception is 
needed and a corrective action plan detailing how the state will bring 
their base data into compliance no more than 2 years after the rating 
period in which the deficiency was discovered.
    Regrettably, the regulation text regarding the corrective action 
timeline at Sec.  438.5(c)(3)(ii) was not as consistent with the 
preamble or as clear as we intended. The regulation text finalized in 
2016 provided that the state must adopt a corrective action plan to 
come into compliance ``no later than 2 years from the rating period for 
which the deficiency was identified.'' The preamble text described the 
required corrective action plan as detailing how the problems ``would 
be resolved in no more than 2 years after the rating period in which 
the deficiency was discovered.'' This discrepancy resulted in ambiguity 
that confused some stakeholders as to when the corrective action plan 
must be completed and when a state's base data must be in compliance. 
To remove this ambiguity, we proposed to replace the word ``from'' at 
Sec.  438.5(c)(3)(ii) with the phrase ``after the last day of.'' The 
preamble of the 2016 final rule used the term ``discovered'', while the 
regulatory text used the term ``identified.'' We proposed to retain the 
term ``identified'' in the regulatory text since we believed this term 
to be more appropriate in this context. We explained that our proposed 
change would clarify the corrective action plan timeline for states to 
achieve compliance with the base data standard; that is, states would 
have the rating year for which the corrective action period request was 
made, plus 2 years following that rating year to develop rates using 
the required base data. For example, if the state's rate development 
for calendar year (CY) 2018 did not comply with the base data 
requirements, the state would have 2 calendar years after the last day 
of the 2018 rating period to come into compliance. This means that the 
state's rate development for CY 2021 would need to use base data that 
is compliant with Sec.  438.5(c)(2).
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to revise Sec.  438.5(c)(3)(ii) and our responses to those 
comments.
    Comment: A few commenters supported the proposed language change. 
One of these commenters supported the proposal to use the term 
``identified'' in Sec.  438.5(c)(3)(ii) instead of the word 
``discover,'' which was used in the preamble of the 2016 final rule to 
describe the regulation. One of these commenters also urged CMS to 
ensure that the base data used by a state submitting a corrective 
action be improved to meet the standards in Sec.  438.5 and recommended 
that CMS enforce these requirements. One of these commenters also 
requested that the base data be required to include all available and 
emerging experience, such as pharmacy utilization experience.
    Response: We agree with commenters that the term ``identified'' in 
the regulatory text is appropriate, and therefore, we used it in the 
proposed rule and this final rule. We also agree with commenters that 
states and actuaries should be utilizing base data that is compliant 
with the standards and requirements set forth in the 2016 final rule, 
and we assure commenters that CMS is enforcing those rules. While we 
also agree with commenters that our base data standards should include 
the use of appropriate available and emerging experience, we did not 
propose any changes to the standards governing base data and are not 
finalizing any changes to those standards in Sec.  438.5(c)(1) and (2). 
We remind commenters that the general rule for base data at Sec.  
438.5(c)(2) already requires states and their actuaries to use the most 
appropriate data, with the basis of the data being no older than from 
the 3 most recent and complete years prior to the rating period, for 
setting capitation rates. Such base data must be derived from the 
Medicaid population, or, if data on the Medicaid population is not 
available, derived from a similar population and adjusted to make the 
utilization and price data comparable to data from the Medicaid 
population. Data must also be in accordance with actuarial standards 
for data quality.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing the amendment to Sec.  438.5(c)(3)(ii) as proposed.

[[Page 72773]]

4. Special Contract Provisions Related to Payment (Sec.  438.6)
a. Risk-Sharing Mechanism Basic Requirements (Sec.  438.6(b))
    In the ``Medicaid and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) 
Programs; Medicaid Managed Care, CHIP Delivered in Managed Care, 
Medicaid and CHIP Comprehensive Quality Strategies, and Revisions 
Related to Third Party Liability'' proposed rule (the 2015 proposed 
rule) (80 FR 31098, June 1, 2015), we proposed to redesignate the basic 
requirements for risk contracts previously in Sec.  438.6(c)(2) as 
Sec.  438.6(b). In Sec.  438.6(b)(1), we proposed a non-exhaustive list 
of risk-sharing mechanisms (for example, reinsurance, risk corridors, 
and stop-loss limits) and required that all such mechanisms be 
specified in the contract. In the preamble, we stated our intent to 
interpret and apply Sec.  438.6(b)(1) to any mechanism or arrangement 
that has the effect of sharing risk between the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, and 
the state (80 FR 31122). We did not receive comments on paragraph 
(b)(1) and finalized the paragraph as proposed in the 2016 final rule 
(81 FR 27578) with one modification.
    In the 2016 final rule, we included the standard from the then-
current rule (adopted in 2002 in the ``Medicaid Program; Medicaid 
Managed Care: New Provisions'' final rule (67 FR 40989, June 14, 2002) 
(hereinafter referred to as the ``2002 final rule'')) that risk-sharing 
mechanisms must be computed on an actuarially sound basis. The 2015 
proposed rule inadvertently omitted the requirement that risk-sharing 
mechanisms be computed on an actuarially sound basis but we finalized 
Sec.  438.6(b)(1) with that standard included in the 2016 final rule 
(81 FR 27578). As managed care contracts are risk-based contracts, 
mechanisms that share or distribute risk between the state and the 
managed care plan are inherently part of the capitation rates paid to 
plans for bearing the risk. Therefore, the risk-sharing mechanisms 
should be developed in conjunction with the capitation rates and using 
the same actuarially sound principles and practices.
    We explained in the 2018 proposed rule how we expect states to 
identify and apply risk-sharing requirements prior to the start of the 
rating period because they are intended to address the uncertainty 
inherent in setting capitation rates prospectively. Because we believed 
that the 2016 final rule was clear on the prospective nature of risk-
sharing and our expectations around the use of risk-sharing mechanisms, 
we did not specifically prohibit retroactive adoption and use of risk-
sharing mechanisms. However, since publication of the 2016 final rule, 
we have found that some states have applied new or modified risk-
sharing mechanisms retrospectively; for example, some states have 
sought approval to change rates, or revise a medical loss ratio (MLR) 
requirement, after the claims experience for a rating period became 
known to the state and the managed care plan. As noted in the 2018 
proposed rule, we acknowledge the challenges in setting prospective 
capitation rates and encourage the use of appropriate risk-sharing 
mechanisms; in selecting and designing risk-sharing mechanisms, states 
and their actuaries are required to only use permissible strategies, 
use appropriate utilization and price data, and establish reasonable 
risk-sharing assumptions.
    We also acknowledged in the 2018 proposed rule how, despite a 
state's best efforts to set accurate and appropriate capitation rates, 
unexpected events can occur during a rating period that necessitate a 
retroactive adjustment to the previously paid rates. We explained that 
when this occurs, states should comply with Sec.  438.7(c)(2), which 
provides the requirements for making a retroactive rate adjustment. 
Section 438.7(c)(2) clarifies that the retroactive adjustment must be 
supported by an appropriate rationale and that sufficient data, 
assumptions, and methodologies used in the development of the 
adjustment must be described in sufficient detail and submitted in a 
new rate certification along with the contract amendment.
    To address the practice of adopting or amending risk-sharing 
mechanisms retroactively, we proposed to amend Sec.  438.6(b)(1) to 
require that risk-sharing mechanisms be documented in the contract and 
rate certification documents prior to the start of the rating period. 
We also proposed to amend the regulation at Sec.  438.6(b)(1) to 
explicitly prohibit retroactively adding or modifying risk-sharing 
mechanisms described in the contract or rate certification documents 
after the start of the rating period.
    In the proposed rule, we acknowledged that our proposed requirement 
that risk-sharing mechanisms be documented in a state's contract and 
rate certification documents prior to the start of the rating period 
meant, as a practical matter, that states electing to use risk-sharing 
mechanisms would have to submit contracts and rate certifications to us 
prior to the start of the rating period. We noted that section 
1903(m)(2)(A)(iii) of the Act, as well as implementing regulations at 
Sec.  438.806, require that the Secretary must provide prior approval 
for MCO contracts that meet certain value thresholds before states can 
claim FFP. This longstanding requirement is implemented in the 
regulation at Sec.  438.806(c), which provides that FFP is not 
available for an MCO contract that does not have prior approval from 
us. We have, since the early 1990s, interpreted and applied this 
requirement by not awarding FFP until the contract has been approved 
and permitting FFP back to the initial date of a contract approved 
after the start of the rating period if an approvable contract were in 
place between the state and the managed care plan. This practice is 
reflected in the State Medicaid Manual, section 2087.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.6(b)(1) and our responses to those 
comments.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed amendment that 
risk-sharing mechanisms be documented in a state's contract and rate 
certification documents prior to the start of the rating period. 
Commenters noted that doing so would improve transparency and 
facilitate CMS' oversight of these risk-sharing mechanisms. One 
commenter noted the proposed amendment to Sec.  438.6(b)(1) would 
promote a more reliable and predictable method for risk-adjusting 
payments to managed care plans. Commenters also stated that risk-
sharing mechanisms should be documented in the contract prior to the 
start of the rating period to provide certainty to both states and 
their contracted managed care plans.
    Response: We appreciate commenters' support and agree that risk-
sharing mechanisms should be documented in a state's contract(s) and 
rate certification(s) prior to the start of the rating period for all 
of the reasons commenters provided. As risk-sharing mechanisms are 
intended to address the uncertainty inherent in setting capitation 
rates prospectively, we believe that states should develop risk-sharing 
requirements prior to the start of the rating period and that risk-
sharing mechanisms should be developed in accordance with actuarially 
sound principles and practices.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that retroactive adjustments 
should not be limited to adjustments to rates but should also apply to 
risk-sharing mechanisms. These commenters stated that states 
transitioning new populations or services into managed

[[Page 72774]]

care programs, such as LTSS, are more likely to need retroactive 
adjustments to payment structures due to the unknown risks in covering 
new populations in managed care for the first time.
    Response: We disagree with commenters on permitting retroactive 
adjustments to risk-sharing mechanisms. We do not believe that it is 
appropriate to modify risk-sharing mechanisms between states and plans 
after the claims experience for a rating period is known, because such 
retroactive changes undercut the need for states and plans to address 
uncertainty prospectively. We are not foreclosing retroactive 
adjustments to rates when appropriate. As provided by Sec.  
438.7(c)(2), if the state determines that a retroactive adjustment to 
the capitation rate is necessary, the retroactive adjustment must be 
supported by a rationale for the adjustment and the data, assumptions, 
and methodologies used to develop the magnitude of the adjustment must 
be adequately described with enough detail to allow CMS or an actuary 
to determine the reasonableness of the adjustment. These retroactive 
adjustments must be certified by an actuary in a revised rate 
certification and submitted as a contract amendment to be approved by 
CMS. These types of changes are distinct from application of a 
previously set risk-sharing mechanism that is retrospective. While CMS 
will not permit a retroactive change to the risk-sharing mechanism 
under this final rule, the state can pursue a retroactive change to the 
capitation rates if the requirements under Sec.  438.7(c)(2) are 
satisfied.
    Comment: Commenters requested that CMS clarify the difference 
between risk adjustment and risk mitigation. One commenter requested 
that CMS create definitions for risk adjustment and risk mitigation. 
Commenters also requested that CMS clarify that the proposed change in 
this section does not apply to risk adjustments as permitted in Sec.  
438.7(b)(5). Another commenter noted that the new language explicitly 
prohibiting retroactively adding or modifying risk-sharing mechanisms 
may be seen as not allowing retroactive rate adjustments and requested 
that CMS add language to this section that clearly states retroactive 
rate adjustments under Sec.  438.7(c)(2) are still permitted.
    Response: First, we clarify here that risk-sharing mechanisms, 
which can include a risk mitigation strategy, are a distinct and 
separate concept from risk adjustment. We note that ``risk mitigation'' 
is not a phrase used in part 438. Risk adjustment is defined at Sec.  
438.5(a) as a methodology to account for the health status of enrollees 
via relative risk factors when predicting or explaining costs of 
services covered under the contract for defined populations or for 
evaluating retrospectively the experience of MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs 
contracted with the state. The requirements regarding risk adjustment 
are found at Sec. Sec.  438.5(g) and 438.7(b)(5). Risk-sharing 
mechanisms, on the other hand, are any means, mechanism, or arrangement 
that has the effect of sharing risk between the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, and 
the state. A risk mitigation strategy is a means to protect the state, 
or the managed care plan, against the risk that assumptions (not only 
based on health status of enrollees) underlying the rate development 
will not match later actual experience. In other words, ``risk-
sharing'' is about the aggregate actual experience, while ``risk 
adjustment'' is about paying based on the health status of enrollees at 
the individual level and how health status is assumed to result in 
higher costs.
    Second, we explain how the regulations that address these concepts 
interact or do not interact. We confirm here that Sec.  438.6(b)(1), 
including the proposed change that we are finalizing here, does not 
regulate and has no impact on risk adjustment as addressed in 
Sec. Sec.  438.5(g) and 438.7(b)(5). We also confirm that our proposed 
change to Sec.  438.6(b)(1) does not impact states' ability to revise 
or adjust capitation rates retroactively under Sec.  438.7(c)(2) when 
unexpected events or programmatic changes occur during a rating period 
that necessitate a retroactive change or adjustment to the previously 
paid rates. Section 438.7(c)(2) clarifies that the retroactive 
adjustment (or change) to capitation rates must be supported by an 
appropriate rationale and that sufficient data, assumptions, and 
methodologies used in the development of the adjustment must be 
described in sufficient detail and submitted in a new rate 
certification along with the contract amendment. Changes to a risk-
sharing mechanism are not changes to the capitation rates themselves; 
they are changes to an arrangement or mechanism that results in a 
separate payment from a state to a managed care plan or a remittance to 
a state from a managed care plan.
    Section 438.6(b)(1) applies to any and all mechanisms or 
arrangements that have the effect of sharing risk between the MCO, 
PIHP, or PAHP, and the state on an aggregate level. We believe that 
this concept includes risk mitigation strategies and other arrangements 
that protect the state or the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP against the risk that 
the assumptions used in the initial development of capitation rates are 
different from actual experience. Common risk mitigation strategies 
include a medical loss ratio (MLR) with a remittance, a risk corridor, 
or a risk[hyphen]based reconciliation payment. Under Sec.  438.6(b)(1), 
we included a non-exhaustive list of risk-sharing mechanisms, such as 
reinsurance, risk corridors, or stop-loss limits. We also defined risk 
corridor in Sec.  438.6(a) as a risk-sharing mechanism in which states 
and MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs may share in profits and losses under the 
contract outside of a predetermined threshold amount. Because the 
regulations in part 438 do not use the term ``risk mitigation 
strategy,'' we do not believe it is necessary to define the term or add 
it to the regulations. Section 438.6(b)(1) is clear that all risk-
sharing mechanisms are subject to its scope.
    Comment: One commenter requested CMS add risk pools to the list of 
risk-sharing arrangements in Sec.  438.6(b)(1) to clarify that such 
arrangements are subject to actuarial soundness requirements and must 
be documented in the managed care contract prospectively.
    Response: If a risk pool is used as a mechanism to share risk 
between the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, and the state, then we agree with 
commenters that a risk pool is subject to the requirements in Sec.  
438.6(b)(1). We reiterate that any mechanism, strategy, or arrangement 
that protects the state or the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP against the risk that 
the assumptions used in the initial development of capitation rates are 
different from actual experience is subject to the requirements in 
Sec.  438.6(b)(1). We decline to add a specific mention of ``risk 
pools'' into the regulations because we believe that Sec.  438.6(b)(1) 
adequately indicates that it applies to all risk-sharing mechanisms and 
only lists certain mechanisms as examples.
    Comment: One commenter requested clarification from CMS regarding 
whether restrictions on profits are to be considered a risk-sharing 
mechanism, including minimum MLR requirements and contractual profit 
caps. Another commenter requested that the proposed risk-sharing 
mechanism be open to modifications while CMS is reviewing the rates, so 
that if CMS does not accept the initially proposed risk-sharing 
mechanism, then the state can modify and propose to CMS an alternative, 
acceptable strategy.
    Response: We confirm that a minimum MLR requirement with a 
remittance would be considered a risk-sharing mechanism and subject to 
the requirements in Sec.  438.6(b)(1). We also

[[Page 72775]]

confirm that additional restrictions on profits or contractual profit 
caps would also be considered risk-sharing mechanisms under this 
regulation. To the degree that arrangements (like the examples provided 
by the commenter or other arrangements) function to explicitly share 
risk between states and managed care plans, such arrangements would be 
risk-sharing mechanisms and subject to the requirements in Sec.  
438.6(b)(1). Regarding possible modifications to a risk-sharing 
mechanism while CMS is reviewing the rates, we confirm for commenters 
that such modifications would only be possible prior to the start of 
the rating period to comply with the final regulation text. The 
requirements in Sec.  438.6(b)(1) to document the risk-sharing 
mechanism in the contract and rate certification documents prior to the 
start of the rating period, as well the prohibition on adding or 
modifying risk-sharing mechanisms after the start of the rating period, 
would apply to states, plans, and CMS. If states are seeking CMS review 
and approval prior to the start of the rating period, CMS and states 
can work toward modifications that would ensure that arrangements are 
reasonable, appropriate, and compliant with Federal requirements, as 
long as such modifications are in place and documented in the contract 
and rate certification documents for the rating period prior to the 
start of the rating period and CMS' approval of such documents.
    Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposed change and 
requested CMS allow states flexibility to retroactively adjust risk-
sharing mechanisms. Commenters expressed concern that the proposed 
section may restrict states from employing important tools for paying 
plans in a volatile health care environment. Commenters noted that the 
addition of new technologies, drugs, and populations to the Medicaid 
managed care program often require retroactive adjustment of plan 
payments. Commenters further noted that rates may be adjusted, but 
states have also effectively employed risk-sharing mechanisms to ensure 
that plans receive appropriate payment. Commenters stated that 
continuing to allow retroactive addition or modification of risk-
sharing mechanisms will allow states to pay plans adequately when 
substantial coverage changes occur mid-year. A few commenters noted 
that states often make adjustments to rates to address disease 
outbreaks, launches of high-cost prescription drugs, other unforeseen 
circumstances that increase benefit costs, and refinements to risk 
adjustment methodologies that improve rate accuracy. One commenter 
requested CMS allow for appropriate flexibility for states to make 
applicable retroactive modifications to risk-sharing mechanisms through 
the development of an exception process as an option to account for 
either lack of performance or unforeseen events that detrimentally 
impact performance or trend.
    Response: We disagree with commenters about permitting retroactive 
adjustments to risk-sharing mechanisms, and we also disagree with 
creating an exception process to permit such retroactive adjustments to 
risk-sharing arrangements. We do not believe that it is appropriate to 
modify risk-sharing mechanisms between states and plans after the 
claims experience for a rating period is known, as we believe that this 
approach undercuts the need for states and plans to address uncertainty 
prospectively using risk-sharing mechanisms. As discussed in the 
proposed rule and in our responses here, we have specific concerns that 
permitting modification of risk-sharing mechanisms after claims 
experience for a rating period is known could be used inappropriately 
to shift costs onto the Federal Government.
    We note that we are not foreclosing retroactive rate adjustments 
(that is, changes to the rates themselves as opposed to changes to the 
risk-sharing mechanism) when appropriate, such as when substantial 
coverage changes occur mid-year, adjustments are necessary to address 
disease outbreaks, launches of high-cost prescription drugs, or other 
unforeseen circumstances that increase benefit costs (some of the 
examples provided by commenters). We agree that it would be appropriate 
to implement retroactive rate adjustments to accommodate unexpected 
programmatic changes; however, modifying existing risk-sharing 
mechanisms, or adding new risk-sharing mechanisms, after claims 
experience for a rating period is known is not the appropriate tool for 
states to use to address such concerns. States should adjust rates 
using the appropriate requirements under Sec.  438.7(c)(2) to address 
unexpected events that necessitate a retroactive adjustment (that is, 
change) to previously paid rates. As provided by Sec.  438.7(c)(2), if 
the state determines that a retroactive adjustment to the capitation 
rate is necessary, the retroactive adjustment must be supported by a 
rationale for the adjustment and the data, assumptions, and 
methodologies used to develop the magnitude of the adjustment must be 
adequately described with enough detail to allow CMS or an actuary to 
determine the reasonableness of the adjustment. These retroactive 
adjustments must be certified by an actuary in a revised rate 
certification and submitted as a contract amendment to be approved by 
CMS.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing Sec.  438.6(b)(1) as proposed.
b. Delivery System and Provider Payment Initiatives Under MCO, PIHP, or 
PAHP Contracts (Sec.  438.6(a) and (c))
    As finalized in the 2016 final rule, Sec.  438.6(c)(1) permits 
states to, under the circumstances enumerated in Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(i) 
through (iii), direct the managed care plan's expenditures under the 
contract. Among other criteria, such directed payment arrangements 
require prior approval by CMS, per Sec.  438.6(c)(2); our approval is 
based on meeting the standards listed in Sec.  438.6(c)(2), including 
that the state expects the directed payment to advance at least one of 
the goals and objectives in the state's quality strategy for its 
Medicaid managed care program. We have been reviewing and approving 
directed payment arrangements submitted by states since the 2016 final 
rule, and we have observed that a significant number of them require 
managed care plans to adopt minimum rates, and that most commonly, 
these minimum rates are those specified under an approved methodology 
in the Medicaid state plan. We explicitly clarify here that certain 
financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across 
the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, 
fee-for-service, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are 
similarly applicable whether a state elects to direct payments under 
Sec.  438.6(c). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, 
limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health 
care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations.
    Due to the frequency and similarities of these types of directed 
payment arrangements, we proposed to specifically address them in an 
amendment to Sec.  438.6. At Sec.  438.6(a), we proposed to add a 
definition for ``state plan approved rates'' to mean amounts calculated 
as a per unit price of services described under CMS approved rate 
methodologies in the state Medicaid plan. We also proposed to revise 
Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) to specifically reference a directed payment 
arrangement that is based on an

[[Page 72776]]

approved state plan rate methodology. We explicitly noted how, as with 
all directed payment arrangements under Sec.  438.6(c), a directed 
payment arrangement established under proposed paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) 
would have to be developed in accordance with Sec.  438.4, the 
standards specified in Sec.  438.5, and generally accepted actuarial 
principles and practices.
    We explained in the proposed rule that supplemental payments 
contained in a state plan are not, and do not constitute, state plan 
approved rates as proposed in Sec.  438.6(a); we proposed to include a 
statement to this effect under proposed paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A). We 
noted in the proposed rule our view that a rate described in the 
approved rate methodology section of the state plan reflects only the 
per unit price of particular services. Supplemental payments are not 
calculated or paid based on the number of services rendered on behalf 
of an individual beneficiary, and therefore, would be separate and 
distinct from state plan approved rates under our proposal. We also 
proposed to define supplemental payments in Sec.  438.6(a) as amounts 
paid by the state in its FFS Medicaid delivery system to providers that 
are described and approved in the state plan or under a waiver and are 
in addition to the amounts calculated through an approved state plan 
rate methodology.
    Further, we proposed to redesignate current paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii)(A) as paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(B) and to revise the regulation 
to distinguish a minimum fee schedule for network providers that 
provide a particular service using rates other than state plan approved 
rates from those using state plan approved rates. To accommodate our 
proposal, we also proposed to redesignate current paragraphs 
(c)(1)(iii)(B) and (C) as paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(C) and (D), 
respectively.
    We also noted that as we have reviewed and approved directed 
payment arrangements submitted by states since publication of the 2016 
final rule, we have observed that our regulation does not explicitly 
address some types of potential directed payments that states are 
seeking to implement. To encourage states to continue developing 
payment models that produce optimal results for their local markets and 
to clarify how the regulatory standards apply in such cases, we 
proposed to add a new Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(E) that would allow states 
to require managed care plans to adopt a cost-based rate, a Medicare 
equivalent rate, a commercial rate, or other market-based rate for 
network providers that provide a particular service under the contract. 
We explained how authorizing these additional types of payment models 
for states to implement would eliminate the need for states to modify 
their payment models as only minimum or maximum fee schedules to fit 
neatly into the construct of the current rule.
    Along with the proposed changes in Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A), we 
also proposed a corresponding change to the approval requirements in 
Sec.  438.6(c)(2). In the 2016 final rule, we established an approval 
process that requires states to demonstrate in writing that payment 
arrangements adopted under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(i) through (iii) meet the 
criteria specified in Sec.  438.6(c)(2) prior to implementation. Since 
implementing this provision of the 2016 final rule, states have noted 
that the approval process for contract arrangements that include only 
minimum provider reimbursement rate methodologies that are already 
approved by CMS and included in the Medicaid state plan are 
substantially the same as the approval requirements under the Medicaid 
state plan. Some states have stated that the written approval process 
in Sec.  438.6(c)(2) is unnecessary given that a state will have 
already justified the rate methodology associated with particular 
services in the Medicaid state plan (or a state plan amendment) to 
receive approval by us that the rates are efficient, economical, and 
assure quality of care under section 1902(a)(30)(A) of the Act.
    Therefore, to avoid unnecessary and duplicative Federal approval 
processes, we proposed to eliminate the prior approval requirement for 
payment arrangements that are based on state plan approved rates. To do 
so, we proposed to redesignate existing paragraph (c)(2)(ii) as 
(c)(2)(iii), to add a new paragraph (c)(2)(ii), and to redesignate 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) as paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through 
(F), respectively. We also proposed to revise the remaining paragraph 
at Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(i) to require, as in the current regulation, that 
all contract arrangements that direct the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's 
expenditures under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) must be developed 
in accordance with Sec.  438.4, the standards specified in Sec.  438.5, 
and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices; we proposed 
to delete the remaining regulatory text from current paragraph 
(c)(2)(i).
    In proposed new paragraph (c)(2)(ii), we specified prior approval 
requirements for payment arrangements under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and 
(ii) and (c)(1)(iii)(B) through (E). We proposed amended paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii) as explicitly providing that payment arrangements under 
paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) do not require prior approval from us; we 
proposed to retain the requirement that such payment arrangements meet 
the criteria in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F). We justified this 
proposed revision as a means to reduce administrative burden for many 
states by eliminating the need to obtain written approval prior to 
implementation of this specific directed payment arrangement that 
utilizes previously approved rates in the state plan. With the 
redesignation of paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F), we proposed to 
keep in place the existing requirements for our approval to be granted.
    In the 2016 final rule, we specified at Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(C) 
that contract arrangements which direct expenditures made by the MCO, 
PIHP, or PAHP under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (ii) for delivery system or 
provider payment initiatives may not direct the amount or frequency of 
expenditures by managed care plans. At that time, we believed that this 
requirement was necessary to deter states from requiring managed care 
plans to reimburse particular providers specified amounts with 
specified frequencies. However, based on our experience in reviewing 
and approving directed payment arrangements since the 2016 final rule, 
we now recognize that this provision may have created unintended 
barriers to states pursuing innovative payment models. Some states have 
adopted or are pursuing payment models, such as global payment 
initiatives, which are designed to move away from a volume-driven 
system to a system focused on value and population health. These 
innovative payment models are based on the state directing the amount 
or frequency of expenditures by the managed care plan to achieve the 
state's goals for improvements in quality, care, and outcomes under the 
payment model. Therefore, we proposed to delete existing Sec.  
438.6(c)(2)(ii)(C) which would permit states to direct the amount or 
frequency of expenditures made by managed care plans under paragraph 
(c)(1)(i) or (ii). As a conforming change, we proposed to redesignate 
existing Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(D) as Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(iii)(C).
    Under existing Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(i)(F) (which we proposed to 
redesignate as Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(F)), a contract arrangement 
directing a managed care plan's expenditure may not be renewed 
automatically. While Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(i)(F) does not permit an 
automatic renewal of a contract arrangement described in paragraph 
(c)(1), it does not prohibit

[[Page 72777]]

states from including payment arrangements in a contract for more than 
one rating period. We have received numerous payment arrangement 
proposals from states requesting a multi-year approval of their payment 
arrangement to align with their delivery system reform efforts or 
contract requirements.
    To provide additional guidance to states on the submission and 
approval process for directed payments, on November 2, 2017, we issued 
a CMCS Informational Bulletin (CIB) entitled ``Delivery System and 
Provider Payment Initiatives under Medicaid Managed Care Contracts'' 
(available at https://www.medicaid.gov/federal-policy-guidance/downloads/cib11022017.pdf). The CIB explained that based on our 
experience with implementation of Sec.  438.6(c)(2), we recognize that 
some states are specifically pursuing multi-year payment arrangements 
to transform their health care delivery systems. The CIB also described 
that states can develop payment arrangements under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(i) 
and (ii), which are intended to pursue delivery system reform, over a 
period of time that is longer than one year so long as the state 
explicitly identifies and describes how the payment arrangement will 
vary or change over the term of the arrangement.
    In the 2018 proposed rule, we stated that some payment 
arrangements, particularly value-based purchasing arrangements or those 
tied to larger delivery system reform efforts, can be more complex and 
may take longer for a state to implement. We noted that setting the 
payment arrangement for longer than a one-year term would provide a 
state with more time to implement and evaluate whether the arrangement 
meets the state's goals and objectives to advance its quality strategy 
under Sec.  438.340. We reiterated our position from the CIB that we 
interpret the regulatory requirements under Sec.  438.6(c) to permit 
multi-year payment arrangements when certain criteria were met. The CIB 
identified the criteria for multi-year approvals of certain directed 
payment arrangements, and we proposed to codify those criteria in a new 
Sec.  438.6(c)(3).
    Specifically, we proposed in new paragraph (c)(3)(i) that we would 
condition a multi-year approval for a payment arrangement under 
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) on the following criteria: (1) The state 
has explicitly identified and described the payment arrangement in the 
contract as a multi-year payment arrangement, including a description 
of the payment arrangement by year, if the payment arrangement varies 
by year; (2) the state has developed and described its plan for 
implementing a multi-year payment arrangement, including the state's 
plan for multi-year evaluation, and the impact of a multi-year payment 
arrangement on the state's goal(s) and objective(s) in the state's 
quality strategy in Sec.  438.340; and (3) the state has affirmed that 
it will not make any changes to the payment methodology, or magnitude 
of the payment, described in the contract for all years of the multi-
year payment arrangement without our prior approval. If the state 
determines that changes to the payment methodology, or magnitude of the 
payment, are necessary, the state must obtain prior approval of such 
changes using the process in paragraph (c)(2). We noted that in 
addition to codifying criteria for the approval of multi-year payment 
arrangements, the proposed new paragraph (c)(3)(i) would address any 
potential ambiguity on the narrow issue of the permissibility of states 
to enter into multi-year payment arrangements with managed care plans.
    Finally, in alignment with our guidance in the November CIB, we 
proposed to specify at paragraph (c)(3)(ii) that the approval of a 
payment arrangement under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) would be for one rating 
period only. We explained that while we understood that value-based 
purchasing payment arrangements or those tied to larger delivery system 
reform efforts can be more complex and may take longer for a state to 
implement, we believed that more traditional payment arrangements and 
fee schedules permitted under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) should continue to 
be reviewed and evaluated on an annual basis by both states and us. We 
explained how it was important to continue ensuring that such payment 
arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) are consistent with states' 
and our goals and objectives for directed payments under Medicaid 
managed care contracts.
    We proposed several revisions in Sec.  438.6(c) including 
specifying different types of potential directed payments such as 
arrangements based on a Medicare equivalent rate, a commercial rate, a 
cost-based rate, or other market-based rate (Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(E)) 
and permitting states to direct the amount or frequency of expenditures 
by deleting existing Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(C). Some commenters were 
supportive, some were not, and others raised related policy issues with 
state directed payments that we believe warrant additional 
consideration. For example, several commenters stated that these 
proposals increased flexibility for states to design directed payment 
arrangements which would help drive innovation and enable states to 
better optimize their programs to accommodate their own unique policy 
and demographic conditions. Other commenters noted that Medicare, 
commercial, and market-based rates would, in some cases, reduce 
provider reimbursement rates and jeopardize quality and access to 
Medicaid services. A few commenters were concerned about the ability of 
managed care plans to manage risk as it relates to state-directed 
payment arrangements. One commenter stated that the regulatory 
requirements under Sec.  438.6(c) were too rigid for managed care plans 
and can degrade the utility and effectiveness of value-based 
arrangements.
    Based on the diverse range of public comments and our continued 
experience with state directed payments since the proposed rule was 
published in November 2018, we have decided not to finalize the 
revisions proposed at Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(E) and (c)(2)(ii)(C) in 
this final rule. However, we will consider addressing these and other 
state directed payment policies in future rulemaking. We thank 
commenters for their valuable input and will use it to inform our 
future rulemaking.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.6(a) and (c) and our responses to those 
comments.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the changes to Sec.  
438.6(a), including the addition of a definition for state plan 
approved rates and the additional clarification in Sec.  
438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) that supplemental payments are not, and do not 
constitute, state plan rates. Several commenters disagreed with 
proposed Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) and recommended that CMS revise the 
proposed definitions of state plan approved rates and supplemental 
payments to acknowledge the legitimacy and importance of supplemental 
payments in the Medicaid program. One commenter recommended that we 
define or explain our meaning for ``per unit''. One commenter requested 
that CMS confirm that state plan approved rates also include state plan 
approved payments that are based on a provider's actual or projected 
costs. One commenter requested that CMS clarify whether the proposed 
definition of supplemental payments in Sec.  438.6(a) included 
disproportionate share hospital (DSH) or graduate medical education 
(GME) payments.
    Response: We do not agree with commenters that further revisions 
are needed to address the role of supplemental payments in the Medicaid 
program; we believe that our policies

[[Page 72778]]

finalized in this final rule, specifically to define the term 
``supplemental payments'' for purposes of part 438, including Sec.  
438.6, and to adopt (in Sec.  438.6(d)(6)) a period for pass-through 
payments to be used for states transitioning new services or new 
populations to Medicaid managed care, demonstrate that CMS understands 
the role of supplemental payments in the Medicaid program. We note that 
our proposed definition of ``supplemental payments'' may not have been 
as clear as it could be, so we are finalizing the definition by adding 
``or demonstration'' to recognize 1115 demonstration authority as well 
as waiver authority.
    Regarding the definition of ``per unit,'' we have reconsidered the 
use of that term and acknowledge that this definition may not have been 
clear. To correct this, we have revised the definition to remove ``per 
unit'' and instead, reference amounts calculated for specific covered 
services identifiable as having been provided to an individual 
beneficiary described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the 
Medicaid State plan. Moreover, we explicitly clarify here that certain 
financing requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across 
the Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, 
fee-for-service, managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are 
similarly applicable whether a state elects to direct payments under 
Sec.  438.6(c). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, 
limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health 
care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations.
    We agree with commenters that clarification is needed regarding 
whether ``supplemental payments,'' as the term is defined and used in 
Sec.  438.6, includes DSH or GME payments. It was never our intent to 
include DSH or GME payments in our definition of supplemental payments 
for the purposes of Medicaid managed care under part 438. Therefore, we 
are finalizing the definition of supplemental payments at Sec.  
438.6(a) with an additional sentence stating that DSH and GME payments 
are not, and do not constitute, supplemental payments. We note that DSH 
and GME payments would not meet the definition, finalized at Sec.  
438.6(a), of state plan approved rates because such payments are not 
calculated as amounts for specific covered services identifiable as 
having been provided to an individual beneficiary. We are also 
finalizing a technical change to the definition of supplemental 
payments by revising the phrase ``amounts calculated through an 
approved state plan rate methodology'' to ``state plan approved 
rates.'' This revision eliminates ambiguity and uses terminology that 
is being finalized in this final rule.
    We also believe that the definition of state plan approved rates 
should include the clarification that was proposed in Sec.  
438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) that supplemental payments are not, and do not 
constitute, state plan approved rates as they are not directly 
attributable to a covered service furnished to an individual 
beneficiary. We are finalizing the definition of the term ``state plan 
approved rates'' in Sec.  438.6(a) with this clarifying sentence 
included in the definition instead of at paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A).
    Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on the difference 
between a state plan approved rate and a supplemental payment. 
Commenters noted that in some states there are situations where there 
is a per unit price set at an amount higher than the Medicaid fee 
schedule for a class of providers, and this higher price has been 
approved in the state plan. The difference between the higher rate and 
the Medicaid fee schedule amount is paid retrospectively, but the total 
payment is still based on the number of units incurred for the 
applicable services. Commenters questioned whether rates in this 
situation would be a state plan approved rate or a supplemental 
payment.
    Response: As finalized in this rule, state plan approved rates 
means amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as 
having been provided to an individual beneficiary described under the 
CMS approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid state plan. We confirm 
for commenters that state plan approved rates can include payments that 
are higher than the traditional Medicaid FFS fee schedule for a 
specific class of providers when the payment methodology has been 
approved in the state plan and is for specific covered services 
identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary. We 
have also revised the definition to note that supplemental payments are 
not, and do not constitute, state plan approved rates. Supplemental 
payments approved under a Medicaid state plan are often made to 
providers in a lump sum and often cannot be linked to specific covered 
services provided to an individual Medicaid beneficiary; therefore, 
supplemental payments are not directly attributable to a covered 
service furnished to an individual beneficiary. We understand that some 
payment methodologies are calculated retrospectively for specific 
reasons, such as when payments are made based on a provider's actual 
costs. We emphasize that payment amounts calculated for specific 
covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual 
beneficiary must be directly tied to the provision of covered services 
to Medicaid beneficiaries, which is why these payment amounts are 
consistent with our definition of ``state plan approved rates'' under 
part 438, including Sec.  438.6 (and why these payment amounts are not 
considered supplemental payments for the purposes of Sec.  438.6).
    Comment: A few commenters requested clarification that state plan 
approved rates include FFS payments that are described and approved in 
the state plan when the payment is for a specific service or benefit 
provided to enrollees covered under a contract.
    Response: As finalized in this rule, state plan approved rates 
means amounts calculated for specific covered services identifiable as 
having been provided to an individual beneficiary described under 
approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid state plan. As defined 
here, the term ``state plan approved rates'' includes Medicaid FFS 
payments for a specific service or benefit provided to enrollees when 
the payment methodology results in amounts calculated for specific 
covered services identifiable as having been provided to an individual 
beneficiary and has been approved in the state plan. As long as the 
payment amounts are calculated for specific covered services 
identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary and 
described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the state plan, the 
payment amounts will meet our definition for state plan approved rates 
under Sec.  438.6(c).
    Comment: Some commenters recommended changing the language in 
proposed Sec.  438.6(a) to indicate that state plan approved rates 
means amounts paid on a ``per claim'' basis by the state in its FFS 
Medicaid delivery system to providers for services as described under 
CMS approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid state plan. Other 
commenters recommended changing the language for supplemental payments 
to mean amounts paid separately by the state in its FFS Medicaid 
delivery system to providers that are described and approved in the 
state plan or under a waiver thereof and are in addition to state plan 
approved rates. One commenter requested that CMS consider changing the 
proposed definition of supplemental payments to be amounts paid by the 
state in its FFS

[[Page 72779]]

Medicaid delivery system to providers that are described and approved 
in the state plan or under a waiver thereof; are not for a specific 
service or benefit provided to a specific enrollee covered under the 
contract; and are in addition to the amounts calculated through an 
approved state plan rate methodology.
    Response: After reviewing the specific recommendations made by 
commenters, we do not believe that these specific revisions to the 
definitions are necessary. However, we have reconsidered the use of 
``per unit'' and acknowledge that this may not have been clear. To 
correct this, we have revised the definition to remove ``per unit'' and 
instead, reference amounts calculated for specific covered services 
identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary 
described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the Medicaid State 
plan. The recommendation to use the term ``per claim'' instead of ``per 
unit'' in the definition for state plan approved rates is also not 
necessary as we are not finalizing the term ``per unit'' as described 
elsewhere. The other recommendations add the phrases ``paid 
separately'' and ``are not for a specific service or benefit provided 
to a specific enrollee covered under the contract'' to the definition 
of supplemental payments. These recommendations do not add clarity to 
the definition, and we believe that these same concepts are already 
present in our proposed definitions in Sec.  438.6(a). For example, in 
the definition of supplemental payments, we proposed and are finalizing 
the phrase ``and are in addition to'' which could include whether the 
payment amounts are paid separately or not. We also do not believe that 
it is necessary to add the phrase ``are not for a specific service or 
benefit provided to a specific enrollee covered under the contract'' to 
the definition of supplemental payments because we believe that our 
proposed definition is broad enough to include this concept, especially 
since the definition for state plan approved rates means that payments 
are calculated as amounts calculated for specific covered services 
identifiable as having been provided to an individual beneficiary and 
supplemental payments are paid in addition to those state plan approved 
rates. We are also finalizing a technical change to the definition of 
supplemental payments by revising the phrase ``amounts calculated 
through an approved State plan rate methodology'' to ``State plan 
approved rates.'' This revision eliminates ambiguity and uses 
terminology that is being finalized in this final rule.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposals that eliminate the 
prior approval requirement for payment arrangements that use state plan 
approved rates, allowing states to mirror FFS rates in their managed 
care plans and develop rates tied to a variety of payment options. 
Commenters noted that the proposals reduce states' and CMS' 
administrative burden and create greater flexibility for states to 
develop stable, long-term payment strategies that can be applied 
equally in both FFS and managed care delivery systems. Commenters noted 
that the proposals allow for flexibility that can help states and CMS 
focus on those payment methodologies that are truly unprecedented or 
novel, while bringing financial predictability to safety-net providers 
who rely on Medicaid funding. Some commenters opposed the proposed 
changes to eliminate prior approval for state plan approved rates, 
stating that the proposals do not provide a mechanism for frequent and 
consistent oversight or ensure that the proposals will provide access 
to care.
    Response: We agree that our modifications to Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii) 
will reduce state and Federal burden by eliminating the requirement 
that states obtain written prior approval for payment arrangements that 
have already been approved by CMS in the Medicaid state plan. We 
disagree with commenters that our proposed changes would increase 
unintended risk or a lack of Federal oversight because we are only 
eliminating the prior approval requirement for those payment 
arrangements which have already been reviewed and approved by CMS under 
the Medicaid state plan. We do not believe that a duplicative review 
and approval process has value or provides any necessary additional 
Federal oversight. We believe that prudent program management is 
necessary to efficiently and effectively administer the Medicaid 
program and eliminating unnecessary and duplicative review processes 
will improve states' efforts to implement payment arrangements that 
meet their local goals and objectives. To ensure appropriate oversight 
and prudent program management, we have initiated a review of state-
directed payments and may issue future guidance and/or rulemaking based 
on the findings of this evaluation. This review was initiated based on 
our experience reviewing state requests for state-directed payments, as 
we have seen proposals for significant changes to provider 
reimbursement, which may in turn have an impact on program 
expenditures.
    Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on whether prior 
approval under Sec.  438.6(c) would be required if a state implemented 
a uniform percentage increase for managed care plan provider payments 
concurrently with an increase to the state's FFS rates. These same 
commenters noted that the managed care plan provider payments would not 
match the state's FFS rates and that the per unit prices of services 
for managed care and FFS would vary.
    Response: In the scenario described by the commenters, the state's 
requirement for managed care plans to provide a uniform increase to 
health care providers would be consistent with Sec.  
438.6(c)(1)(iii)(C) as proposed and finalized, which permits states to 
require their managed care plans to provide a uniform dollar or 
percentage increase for providers that provide a particular service 
covered under the contract, provided that the other requirements in 
Sec.  438.6(c) are met. Section 438.6(c)(2)(ii), as finalized in this 
rule, requires that contract arrangements that direct the managed care 
plan's expenditures under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(B) through (D) must 
have written approval from CMS prior to implementation. This means that 
the uniform percentage increase for managed care plan provider payments 
would require prior approval. We note that a state-directed payment 
mandating a managed care plan pay the state's FFS rates is authorized 
under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) and prior approval would not be 
required under Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii), as amended in this rule under 
this section.
    Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on the 
requirement of written approval for state-directed payments under 
proposed Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A). These commenters noted that the 
proposed regulation states that these arrangements ``do not require 
written approval prior to implementation'' and questioned if these 
arrangements ever require written approval from CMS.
    Response: If the state requires managed care plans to adopt a 
minimum fee schedule for network providers that provide a particular 
service covered under the contract using state plan approved rates as 
defined in Sec.  438.6(a), written approval is not required from us 
under Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii), as amended in this rule. This means that 
states may implement these specific payment arrangements, which have 
already been reviewed and approved by CMS under the Medicaid state 
plan,

[[Page 72780]]

without obtaining any additional approvals from CMS under Sec.  
438.6(c). However, this exemption from the prior approval requirement 
only applies to required use by managed care plans of the state plan 
approved rates for the FFS program. If the state requires a managed 
care plan to apply increases or other adjustments to those state plan 
approved rates, it is not an arrangement described in paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii)(A), and therefore, paragraph (c)(2)(ii) would apply and 
require prior written approval.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CMS confirm that the 
evaluation requirement at Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(D) and the prohibition 
against automatic renewal at Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(F) are inapplicable 
to state direction that a managed care plan use the state plan minimum 
fee schedules under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A). If CMS will still 
require documentation of these factors, this commenter recommended CMS 
allow that documentation to be incorporated into the traditional rate 
certification submission to avoid duplicative administrative review 
processes.
    Response: Under Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii), contract arrangements that 
require managed care plans to adopt a minimum fee schedule for network 
providers that provide a particular service under the contract using 
state plan approved rates do not require prior approval from us; 
however, we proposed and are finalizing that such directed payment 
arrangements must meet the criteria described in Sec.  
438.6(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F). These criteria include that states have 
an evaluation plan that measures the degree to which the payment 
arrangement advances at least one the state's quality goals and 
objectives, and that such payment arrangements are not renewed 
automatically. We confirm here, only for payment arrangements that 
utilize minimum fee schedules based on state plan approved rates (as 
specified in Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A)), that while there is no 
regulatory requirement for the submission of any documentation from the 
state to demonstrate that state directed arrangements described in 
Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) meet the criteria described in Sec.  
438.6(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F), these criteria apply and CMS may 
require states to submit evidence of compliance with the criteria in 
Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F) if we have reason to believe the 
state is not complying with the requirements. Because the requirement 
to comply with these criteria, even if written approval from us is not 
required, applies nonetheless to arrangements described in Sec.  
438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A), we expect that states will maintain their 
evaluation plans and will continue monitoring and evaluating these 
payment arrangements. Further, the other criteria listed in Sec.  
438.6(c)(2)(ii), such as the prohibition related to IGTs, continue to 
apply even if we do not require the state to document that compliance 
to us, and we may require states to submit evidence of compliance with 
the criteria in Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F) if we have reason 
to believe the state is not complying with the requirements. Under the 
plain language of Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii), all contract arrangements that 
direct a managed care plan's expenditures, regardless of whether the 
payment arrangement requires prior approval under Sec.  438.6(c)(2), 
must meet the criteria listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F). 
In addition, we clarify here that certain financing requirements in 
statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program 
irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-for-service, 
managed care, and demonstration authorities). Such requirements 
include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing of the non-
Federal share applicable to health care-related taxes and bona fide 
provider-related donations. These financing requirements similarly 
apply when a state elects to direct payments under Sec.  438.6(c), 
including Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A).
    Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS provide guidance to 
states on adopting the Medicaid FFS outpatient drug reimbursement 
methodology as a minimum fee schedule or a separate and distinct cost-
based rate for pharmacy payments in the Medicaid managed care program.
    Response: Under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A), states are permitted to 
contractually require their managed care plans to adopt a minimum fee 
schedule for providers that provide a particular service covered under 
the contract using state plan approved rates. The state plan approved 
rates, under the definition finalized at Sec.  438.6(a), can include 
the Medicaid FFS outpatient drug reimbursement methodologies that are 
approved by CMS and in the Medicaid state plan. States may implement 
payment arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A), which have already 
been reviewed and approved by CMS under the Medicaid state plan, 
without obtaining any additional approvals from us under Sec.  
438.6(c). If cost-based rate methodologies are approved in the Medicaid 
state plan, states could implement the payment arrangements under 
paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) if the contract requirement is implemented as 
a minimum fee schedule and if it comports with other regulatory 
requirements. We note that after consideration of the overall goals and 
purposes of Sec.  438.6(c), we have reconsidered our proposal in Sec.  
438.6(c)(1)(iii)(E) to permit states to direct their Medicaid managed 
care plans to use a cost-based rate, Medicare-equivalent rate, 
commercial rate, or other market-based rate as explained elsewhere in 
this regulation.
    Comment: Commenters requested that CMS finalize the proposals at 
Sec.  438.6(c) with the condition that such arrangements only be 
applied in a manner that accounts for potential adverse effects on 
access to care or other unintended impacts to dental benefits. 
Commenters requested that states be required to consult and seek public 
comment from dental plans and providers prior to including dental 
services in a value-based payment model.
    Response: We proposed and are finalizing additional types of 
payment arrangements that states may direct their managed care plans to 
use for paying providers that furnish covered services, to enable 
states to achieve specific state goals and objectives related to 
Medicaid payment, access to care, and other delivery system reforms at 
a local level. Under Sec.  438.6(c)(2), we require that states 
demonstrate that the arrangement complies with specific criteria prior 
to implementing the payment arrangements. One of those criteria is that 
the payments advance at least one of the goals and objectives in the 
state's Medicaid managed care quality strategy (such as an access to 
care, or quality of care, goal and/or objective); another is that the 
state has an evaluation plan to assess the degree to which the payment 
arrangements achieve the state's objectives. While it might be 
theoretically possible for a state to design and mandate a particular 
provider payment arrangement that does not consider access to care as 
part of setting the provider payment, there are other regulatory 
requirements (such as required quantitative network adequacy standards) 
in part 438 that ensure that states consider access to care in 
contracting with managed care plans. We believe that our regulations, 
including Sec.  438.6(c) and other requirements in part 438, are 
sufficient to ensure that payment arrangements account for potential 
adverse effects on access to care or other unintended impacts; 
therefore, we decline to adopt

[[Page 72781]]

additional conditions as part of this final rule.
    We also decline to adopt new regulations or new requirements that 
states consult and seek public comment from plans and providers before 
mandating a payment arrangement that is permitted under Sec.  438.6(c). 
While we believe that states should be seeking broad stakeholder 
feedback when developing and implementing delivery system reforms and 
performance payment initiatives, we do not believe that it is necessary 
to create new Federal requirements to accomplish this goal. In our 
experience, states are already working with many stakeholder groups 
when designing and implementing new payment requirements for providers 
in the managed care context, and we believe that states should continue 
to have discretion in how they convene stakeholder groups and obtain 
stakeholder feedback to inform state Medicaid policy in this specific 
area.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CMS clarify that states may 
set minimum payment rates for providers within a class that meet 
certain criteria. The commenter noted that such criteria could include 
the provision of a particular type of service, such as a public health 
service.
    Response: We agree that states are permitted to establish state-
directed payments and direct them equally, and using the same terms of 
performance, for a class of providers providing services under a 
contract. We explained this in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27586) and 
our position on this standard has not changed since the 2016 final 
rule, and we agree that states could develop minimum payment rates 
under Sec.  438.6(c) for a class of providers in accordance with the 
requirements in Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(B).
    Comment: A few commenters were concerned about the ability of 
managed care plans to manage risk as it relates to state-directed 
payment arrangements. Commenters recommended that CMS confirm that 
managed care plans retain the ability to manage risk effectively and 
have discretion in managing their contracts relating to minimum fee 
schedules and pay increases, as well as maximum fee schedules. 
Commenters recommended that CMS require states to consult with managed 
care plans prior to implementing state directed payments. One commenter 
stated that the regulatory requirements under Sec.  438.6(c) were too 
rigid for managed care plans and can degrade the utility and 
effectiveness of value-based arrangements. Commenters also noted that 
plans, similar to states, should be given the flexibility to deploy 
specific tactics aimed at encouraging the provision of high-quality and 
cost-efficient care, and that CMS can continue to add value in this 
area by disseminating various state approaches and sharing both policy 
and operational best practices.
    Response: We agree with commenters that managed care plans should 
have adequate authority and flexibility to be able to effectively 
manage risk and have discretion in managing their contracts with 
providers. This was part of our rationale for adopting the limits on 
pass-through payments and state-directed payments in Sec.  438.6 in the 
2016 final rule (81 FR 27587-27592). We also agree with commenters that 
plans should be able to deploy specific tactics aimed at encouraging 
the provision of high-quality and cost-efficient care. However, while 
we do not agree with commenters that additional revision to Sec.  
438.6(c) is necessary at this time, after consideration of the overall 
goals and purposes of Sec.  438.6(c) and public comments, we have 
reconsidered our proposal to delete existing Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii)(C) 
which prohibits states from directing the amount or frequency of 
expenditures made by managed care plans under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(i) or 
(ii). While we stated in the proposed rule that this provision may have 
created unintended barriers to states pursuing innovative payment 
models, after further consideration, we believe the Sec.  438.6(c) 
criteria established in the 2016 final rule struck the appropriate 
balance between the need for autonomy by managed care plans and 
flexibility for state Medicaid agencies (81 FR 27582 and 27583). 
Further, we believe retaining this provision will achieve our goal of 
ensuring managed care plans have the authority and flexibility to 
effectively manage risk and discretion in managing their contracts with 
providers. We acknowledge that state direction of provider payments by 
managed care plans, as permitted under Sec.  438.6(c), can require that 
managed care plans adopt specific payment parameters for specified 
providers and can require that managed care plans participate in 
specified value-based purchasing or performance improvement 
initiatives; however, we believe that managed care plans retain the 
ability to reasonably manage risk and still have adequate discretion in 
managing their contracts with providers, even in circumstances where 
states may require managed care plans to adopt specific parameters for 
provider payment. We discussed these issues in the 2016 final rule and 
why the specific permitted payment arrangements and criteria identified 
in Sec.  438.6(c) struck the appropriate balance between the need for 
autonomy by managed care plans and flexibility for state Medicaid 
agencies (81 FR 27582 and 27583).
    Section Sec.  438.6(c) is not intended to take discretion away from 
managed care plans in managing their risk; rather, Sec.  438.6(c) is 
intended to help states implement delivery system and provider payment 
initiatives under Medicaid managed care contracts and permit states to 
direct specific payments made by managed care plans to providers under 
certain circumstances to assist states in furthering the goals and 
priorities of their Medicaid programs. We believe that the payment 
requirements under Sec.  438.6(c) can assist both states and managed 
care plans in achieving their overall objectives for delivery system 
and payment reform and performance improvement without compromising 
managed care plans' ability to manage risk with their providers. We 
also note that the requirements under Sec.  438.6(c) do not prohibit 
managed care plans from adopting their own (or additional) value-based 
payment arrangements that are aimed at encouraging the provision of 
high-quality and cost-efficient care. We expect states and managed care 
plans to work together in developing and implementing delivery system 
reforms that will be the most impactful for each state's local needs.
    We also decline to require that states consult managed care plans 
before implementing a payment arrangement under Sec.  438.6(c). While 
we believe that states should be seeking broad stakeholder feedback, 
including from managed care plans, when developing and implementing 
delivery system reforms and performance payment initiatives, we do not 
believe that it is necessary to create new Federal requirements to 
accomplish this goal. In our experience, states are already working 
with many stakeholder groups, including managed care plans, when 
designing and implementing new payment requirements under Sec.  
438.6(c), and we believe that states should continue to have discretion 
in how they convene stakeholder groups and obtain stakeholder feedback 
to inform state Medicaid policy.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the allowance of multi-year 
approval of directed payment arrangements under certain conditions in 
Sec.  438.6(c)(3). Commenters praised the added flexibility, citing 
that these payment arrangements encourage providers to make multi-year 
commitments to quality outcomes and

[[Page 72782]]

savings goals, reduce administrative burden, and support the expansion 
of value-based payment models. A few commenters urged CMS to expand the 
proposal permitting multi-year approvals at Sec.  438.6(c)(3)(i) to 
include payment arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii); commenters 
suggested that this would require a state to explicitly identify the 
payment arrangement in a contract as multi-year, describe its 
implementation plan including multi-year evaluation, and seek CMS 
approval for changes. Commenters noted that annual approvals for 
directed payments are challenging for states because of the lack of 
data to support the required annual evaluation to renew payment 
arrangements. One commenter requested that CMS reconsider the 
requirement that state-directed payments under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii) 
be approved annually because states generally implement minimal changes 
to fee schedules from one year to the next and delays in CMS approval 
of directed payments create uncertainty for states, managed care plans, 
and the provider community.
    Response: We agree with commenters that multi-year approval of 
specific payment arrangements listed at paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) 
can reduce administrative burden and support the expansion of value-
based payment models. We also agree that multi-year approval of payment 
arrangements listed at paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) can encourage 
providers to make multi-year commitments to quality outcomes. We also 
understand that commenters would like the option for multi-year 
approval for payment arrangements listed at paragraph (c)(1)(iii); 
however, we decline to adopt this recommendation. We continue to 
believe that the approval of a payment arrangement under paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii) should be for one rating period. As we explained in our 
proposed rule (83 FR 57272), while we understand and acknowledge that 
value-based purchasing payment arrangements and those tied to larger 
delivery system reform efforts can be more complex, we believe that 
more traditional payment arrangements and fee schedules under paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii) should continue to be reviewed and evaluated on an annual 
basis by both states and CMS to ensure that the payments are consistent 
with states' and CMS' goals and objectives for directed payments under 
Medicaid managed care contracts. Based on our experience with 
implementing state directed payments, states have been submitting 
proposals to CMS for significant changes to provider fee schedules 
under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii), particularly for uniform dollar or 
percentage increases, and we believe at this time that we should 
continue to monitor these payment arrangements on an annual basis. 
Moreover, to ensure appropriate oversight and prudent program 
management, we have initiated a review of state-directed payments and 
may issue future guidance and/or rulemaking based on the findings. This 
review was initiated based on our experience reviewing state requests 
for state-directed payments, as we have seen proposals for significant 
changes to provider reimbursement, which may in turn have an impact on 
program expenditures.
    Regarding commenters' concerns about the lack of data to support 
the required annual evaluation in Sec.  438.6(c)(2), we understand that 
states will not always have finalized evaluation results before 
requesting the next year's approval; however, we expect states to have 
a finalized evaluation plan. As noted in the November 2017 CIB, 
directed payments must have an evaluation plan to assess the degree to 
which the directed payment arrangement achieves its objectives. The 
basis and scope of the evaluation plan should be commensurate with the 
size and complexity of the payment arrangement. For example, a state 
implementing a minimum fee schedule to promote access to care may be 
able to utilize existing mechanisms to evaluate the effectiveness of 
the payment arrangement, such as external quality review (EQR) or an 
existing consumer or provider survey. States also have the ability to 
identify performance measures that are most appropriate for this 
evaluation and may wish to consider using performance measures 
currently being used by the state or other existing measure sets in 
wide use across the Medicaid, CHIP, and Medicare programs to facilitate 
alignment and reduce administrative burden.
    Regarding commenters' concerns related to delays in CMS approval of 
directed payments, we committed in our November 2017 CIB to a timely 
review process for states. CMS committed to process Sec.  438.6(c) 
preprints that do not contain significant policy or payment issues 
within 90 calendar days after receipt of a complete submission. Since 
publishing this CIB, we have continued to be committed to this 
timeframe, and in our recent experience in processing and approving 
Sec.  438.6(c) payment arrangements, we are generally working with 
states to approve these payments within 90 calendar days.
    Comment: Some commenters recommended that CMS consider automatic 
renewals of payment arrangements if either the state or the managed 
care plan can attest that the key characteristics of the payment 
arrangement that were used to make the initial determination remain in 
place. Commenters stated that an automatic renewal option would 
encourage more participation among physicians and physician specialty 
groups in various value-based contracts.
    Response: We do not agree with commenters that we should permit 
automatic renewals of payment arrangements under Sec.  438.6(c). 
Section 438.6(c)(2)(ii)(F), which was adopted in the 2016 final rule, 
prohibits payment arrangements under Sec.  438.6(c) from being renewed 
automatically. In the 2016 final rule, we explained that because we 
sought to evaluate and measure the impact of these payment reforms, 
such agreements could not be renewed automatically (81 FR 27583). 
Automatic renewal is not consistent with our view that these payment 
arrangements must be reviewed to ensure that the requirements in Sec.  
438.6(c)(2) are met and continue to be met. Our policy on this issue 
has not changed. Under Sec.  438.6(c)(3), we are finalizing in this 
rule, the option for states to seek multi-year approval of specific 
payment arrangements listed at paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii), as we 
believe this will encourage more providers to make commitments to 
quality outcomes and support the expansion of value-based payment 
models. These payment arrangements will continue to be reviewed on a 
periodic basis.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CMS clarify in Sec.  
438.6(c)(3) that a state does not need prior CMS approval to adjust for 
inflation or rebase an approved multi-year payment threshold.
    Response: We do not agree with commenters that prior approval is 
not needed to adjust rates for inflation or when states rebase rates 
for an approved payment methodology, as this is not consistent with 
paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C) as proposed and finalized. Under this final 
rule, the state must affirm that it will not make changes to the 
payment methodology, or magnitude of the payment, described in the 
managed care contract for all years of the multi-year payment 
arrangement without our prior approval. If a state plans to adjust the 
payments for inflation or rebase a previously approved payment 
arrangement, the state must obtain prior approval of such changes under 
paragraph (c)(2), consistent with the text in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C). 
This approach is consistent with our view that these payment 
arrangements must be

[[Page 72783]]

reviewed to ensure that the requirements in Sec.  438.6(c)(2) are met, 
including that the payments continue to be consistent with Sec.  438.4, 
the standards specified in Sec.  438.5, and generally accepted 
actuarial principles and practices.
    Comment: One commenter requested clarification on whether state 
directed payments under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A) are subject to 
approval for one rating period or are excluded from this limitation 
because they are already approved under the state plan rate 
methodology.
    Response: Under Sec.  438.6(c)(2)(ii) as finalized, payment 
arrangements under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) do not require written 
prior approval from CMS; therefore, the approval timeframes in Sec.  
438.6(c)(3) are not applicable to those payment arrangements.
    Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS establish time 
parameters for CMS' review and approval of state directed payment 
proposals.
    Response: While we decline to adopt commenters' request to 
establish specific time parameters for our review and approval of 
payment arrangements under Sec.  438.6(c), we committed in our November 
2017 CIB to a timely review process for states. We committed to process 
Sec.  438.6(c) preprints that do not contain significant policy or 
payment issues within 90 calendar days after receipt of a complete 
submission. Since publishing this CIB, we have continued to be 
committed to this timeframe, and in our recent experience in processing 
and approving Sec.  438.6(c) payment arrangements, we are generally 
working with states to approve these payments within 90 calendar days.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing Sec.  438.6(a) and (c) as proposed with the following 
modifications:
     At Sec.  438.6(a), included a sentence in the definition 
of supplemental payments that states DSH and GME payments are not, and 
do not constitute, supplemental payments; and included a technical 
change to the definition of supplemental payments by revising the 
phrase ``amounts calculated through an approved State plan rate 
methodology'' to ``State plan approved rates.''
     At Sec.  438.6(a), included a sentence (which had been 
proposed to be codified in Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A)) in the definition 
of state plan approved rates that a state's supplemental payments 
contained in a state plan are not, and do not constitute, state plan 
approved rates under our definition.
     At Sec.  438.6(a), deleted the phrase ``per unit price for 
services'' and replaced it with ``for specific services identifiable as 
having been provided to an individual beneficiary''.
     At Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(iii)(A), finalizing the provision 
without the sentence that states supplemental payments contained in a 
state plan are not, and do not constitute, state plan approved rates.
c. Pass-Through Payments Under MCO, PIHP, and PAHP Contracts (Sec.  
438.6(d))
    In the 2016 final rule, and the 2017 ``Medicaid Program; The Use of 
New or Increased Pass-Through Payments in Medicaid Managed Care 
Delivery Systems'' final rule (82 FR 5415), we finalized a policy to 
limit state direction of payments, including pass-through payments, at 
Sec.  438.6(c) and (d). We defined pass-through payments at Sec.  
438.6(a) as any amount required by the state, and considered in 
calculating the actuarially sound capitation rate, to be added to the 
contracted payment rates paid by the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to hospitals, 
physicians, or nursing facilities that is not for the following 
purposes: A specific service or benefit provided to a specific enrollee 
covered under the contract; a provider payment methodology permitted 
under Sec.  438.6(c)(1)(i) through (iii) for services and enrollees 
covered under the contract; a subcapitated payment arrangement for a 
specific set of services and enrollees covered under the contract; 
graduate medical education (GME) payments; or federally-qualified 
health center (FQHC) or rural health clinic (RHC) wrap around payments. 
We noted in our 2017 pass-through payment final rule that a 
distinguishing characteristic of a pass-through payment is that a 
managed care plan is contractually required by the state to pay 
providers an amount that is disconnected from the amount, quality, or 
outcomes of services delivered to enrollees under the contract during 
the rating period of the contract (82 FR 5416).\5\ We noted that when 
managed care plans only serve as a conduit for passing payments to 
providers independent of delivered services, such payments reduce 
managed care plans' ability to control expenditures, effectively use 
value-based purchasing strategies, implement provider-based quality 
initiatives, and generally use the full capitation payment to manage 
the care of enrollees.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ Medicaid Program; The Use of New or Increased Pass-Through 
Payments in Medicaid Managed Care Delivery Systems, Final Rule, (82 
FR 5415-5429, January 18, 2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the 2016 final rule, we also noted that section 1903(m)(2)(A) of 
the Act requires that capitation payments to managed care plans be 
actuarially sound and clarified our interpretation of that standard as 
meaning that payments under the managed care contract must align with 
the provision of services to beneficiaries covered under the contract. 
We clarified the statutory and regulatory differences between payments 
made on a FFS basis and on a managed care basis (81 FR 27588). We 
provided an analysis and comparison of section 1902(a)(30)(A) of the 
Act regarding FFS payments and implementing regulations that impose 
aggregate upper payment limits (UPL) on rates for certain types of 
services or provider types to section 1903(m)(2)(A) regarding the 
requirement that capitation payments in managed care contracts be 
actuarially sound and implementing regulations that require payments to 
align with covered services delivered to eligible populations. Based on 
that analysis, we concluded that pass-through payments were not 
consistent with our regulatory standards for actuarially sound rates 
because they do not tie provider payments to the provision of specific 
services. Despite this conclusion, we acknowledged in the 2016 final 
rule that, for many states, pass-through payments have been approved in 
the past as part of Medicaid managed care contracts and served as a 
critical source of support for safety-net providers caring for Medicaid 
beneficiaries (81 FR 27589). We therefore adopted a transition period 
for states that had already transitioned services or eligible 
populations into managed care and had pass-through payments in their 
managed care contracts as part of the regulations that generally 
prohibit the use of pass-through payments in actuarially sound 
capitation rates. Although Sec.  438.6(d) was not explicitly limited to 
pass-through payments in the context of an established managed care 
program, the use of pass-through payments in place as of the 2016 final 
rule as an upper limit on permitted pass-through payments during the 
transition periods described in Sec.  438.6(d) effectively precludes 
new managed care programs from adopting pass-through payments under the 
current law.
    We used the 2016 final rule to identify the pass-through payments 
in managed care contract(s) and rate certification(s) that were 
eligible for the pass-through payment transition period. We provided a 
detailed description of the policy rationale (81 FR 27587 through 
27592) for why we established

[[Page 72784]]

pass-through payment transition periods and limited pass-through 
payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians, and this 
policy rationale has not changed. We focused on the three provider 
types identified in Sec.  438.6(d) because these were the most common 
provider types to which states made supplemental payments within 
Federal UPLs under state plan authority in Medicaid FFS.
    Since implementation of the 2016 and 2017 final rules, we have 
worked with many states that have not transitioned some or all services 
or eligible populations from their FFS delivery system into a managed 
care program. We have understood that some states would like to begin 
to transition some services or eligible populations from FFS to managed 
care but would also like to continue to make supplemental payments to 
hospitals, physicians, or nursing facilities. In the 2018 proposed 
rule, we acknowledged the challenges associated with transitioning 
supplemental payments into payments based on the delivery of services 
or value-based payment structures. We acknowledged the transition from 
one payment structure to another requires robust provider and 
stakeholder engagement, broad agreement on approaches to care delivery 
and payment, establishing systems for measuring outcomes and quality, 
planning, and evaluating the potential impact of change on Medicaid 
financing mechanisms. We also recognized that implementing value-based 
payment structures or other delivery system reform initiatives, and 
addressing transition issues, including ensuring adequate base rates, 
are central to both delivery system reform and to strengthening access, 
quality, and efficiency in the Medicaid program.
    To address states' requests to continue making supplemental 
payments for certain services and assist states with transitioning some 
or all services or eligible populations from a FFS delivery system into 
a managed care delivery system, we proposed to add a new Sec.  
438.6(d)(6) that would allow states to make pass-through payments under 
new managed care contracts during a specified transition period if 
certain criteria are met. We explained that when we refer to 
transitioning services from FFS Medicaid to Medicaid managed care 
plan(s) for purposes of our proposal at Sec.  438.6(d)(6), we are 
referring to both when a state expands the scope of its managed care 
program in terms of services (for example, covering behavioral health 
services through Medicaid managed care that were previously provided 
under Medicaid FFS for populations that are already enrolled in managed 
care) and populations (that is, adding new populations to Medicaid 
managed care when previously those populations received all Medicaid 
services through FFS delivery systems).
    Specifically, we proposed in Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(i) through (iii) 
that states may require managed care plans to make pass-through 
payments, as defined in Sec.  438.6(a), to network providers that are 
hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians, when Medicaid populations 
or services are initially transitioning or moving from a Medicaid FFS 
delivery system to a Medicaid managed care delivery system, provided 
the following requirements are met: (1) The services will be covered 
for the first time under a Medicaid managed care contract and were 
previously provided in a Medicaid FFS delivery system prior to the 
first rating period, as defined in Sec.  438.2, of the specified 
transition period for pass-through payments (``pass-through payment 
transition period''); (2) the state made supplemental payments, as 
defined in Sec.  438.6(a), to hospitals, nursing facilities, or 
physicians during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the 
first rating period of the pass-through payment transition period for 
those specific services that will be covered for the first time under a 
Medicaid managed care contract (this 12-month period is identified in 
Sec.  438.6(d)(2) and used in calculating the base amount for hospital 
pass-through payments under Sec.  438.6(d)(3)); and (3) the aggregate 
amount of the pass-through payments that the state requires the managed 
care plan to make is less than or equal to the amounts calculated in 
proposed paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A), (B), or (C) for the relevant 
provider type for each rating period of the pass-through payment 
transition period--this requirement means that the aggregate amount of 
the pass-through payments for each rating period of the specified pass-
through payment transition period that the state requires the managed 
care plan to make must be less than or equal to the payment amounts 
attributed to and actually paid as FFS supplemental payments to 
hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians during the 12-month period 
immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-
through payment transition period for each applicable provider type.
    We also proposed at Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(iv) that the state may 
require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make pass-through payments for 
Medicaid populations or services that are transitioning from a FFS 
delivery system to a managed care delivery system for up to 3 years 
from the beginning of the first rating period in which the services 
were transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to a managed 
care contract, provided that during the 3 years, the services continue 
to be provided under a managed care contract with an MCO, PIHP, or 
PAHP.
    We proposed paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C) to address the 
maximum aggregate pass-through payment amounts permitted to be directed 
to hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians for each rating period 
of the specified 3-year pass-through payment transition period; that 
is, we proposed three paragraphs to identify the maximum aggregate 
amount of the pass-through payments for each rating period of the 3-
year pass-through payment transition period that the state can require 
the managed care plan to make to ensure that pass-through payments 
under proposed Sec.  438.6(d)(6) are less than or equal to the payment 
amounts attributed to and actually paid as FFS supplemental payments to 
hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians, respectively, during the 
12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of 
the pass-through payment transition period for each applicable provider 
type. This means that the aggregate pass-through payments under the new 
3-year pass-through payment transition period must be less than or 
equal to the payment amounts attributed to and actually paid as FFS 
supplemental payments in Medicaid FFS.
    To include pass-through payments in the managed care contract(s) 
and capitation rates(s) under new paragraph (d)(6), we proposed that 
the state would have to calculate and demonstrate that the aggregate 
amount of the pass-through payments for each rating period of the pass-
through payment transition period was less than or equal to the amounts 
calculated as described in proposed paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A), (B), or 
(C) for the relevant provider type. In Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(iii), we 
proposed that for determining the amount of each component for the 
calculations contained in proposed paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through 
(C), the state must use the amounts paid for services during the 12-
month period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of 
the pass-through payment transition period. As a practical matter, the 
proposed calculation would require the state to use Medicaid Management 
Information System (MMIS) adjudicated claims data from the 12-month 
period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the 
pass-through payment transition period. This

[[Page 72785]]

timeframe and use of 2-year old data was chosen so that the state has 
complete utilization data for the service type that would be subject to 
the pass-through payments. Under our proposal for this calculation, the 
state would also be required to restrict the amount used in each 
component of the calculation to the amount actually paid through a 
supplemental payment for each applicable provider type. Our proposal 
referred to the most common provider types to which states made 
supplemental payments within Federal UPLs under state plan authority in 
Medicaid FFS. In the proposed rule, we provided the following four 
basic steps for making the calculation:
     Step 1: For each applicable provider type, identify the 
actual payment amounts that were attributed to and actually paid as FFS 
supplemental payments during the 12-month period immediately 2 years 
prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment transition 
period.
     Step 2: Divide (a) the payment amounts, excluding 
supplemental payments, paid for the services that are being 
transitioned from payment in FFS to the managed care contract for each 
applicable provider type by (b) the total payment amounts paid through 
payment rates for services provided in FFS for each applicable provider 
type to determine the ratio. In making these calculations, the state 
must use the amounts paid for each provider type during the 12-month 
period immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the 
pass-through payment transition period.
     Step 3: Multiply the amount in Step 1 by the ratio 
produced by Step 2.
     Step 4: The aggregate amount of pass-through payments that 
the state may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make for each rating 
period of the 3-year pass-through payment transition period must be 
demonstrated to be less than or equal to the result achieved in Step 3.
    In the proposed rule, we provided the following formula to help 
illustrate the aggregate amount of pass-through payments for each 
rating period of the pass-through payment transition period for each 
applicable provider type:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO20.000

    In the proposed rule, we also provided an example to help 
demonstrate how the calculation would be performed. In the example, we 
assumed that a state Medicaid program paid $60 million in claims in FFS 
for inpatient hospital services in CY 2016. To acknowledge the Medicaid 
FFS UPL, we assumed that those same services would have been reimbursed 
at $100 million using Medicare payment principles. The difference 
between the amount that Medicare would have paid and the amount 
Medicaid actually paid in claims is $40 million.
    For Step 1, of the $40 million difference, the state actually paid 
$20 million in supplemental payments to inpatient hospitals in CY 2016. 
For this example, we assumed that CY 2016 was the 12-month period 
immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the pass-
through payment transition period in which inpatient hospital services 
would be transitioned to a managed care contract; therefore, we assumed 
the pass-through payments were to be made during CY 2018. This 
transition to managed care could be either by moving Medicaid 
beneficiaries from FFS to coverage under managed care contracts that 
cover inpatient hospital services or by moving inpatient hospital 
services into coverage under an existing managed care program (that is, 
for enrollees who are already enrolled in managed care for other 
services).
    Next, in Step 2, the state determines the ratio of the payment 
amounts paid in FFS for inpatient hospital services that will be 
transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to the managed care 
contract for the specific provider category and requisite period in 
relation to the total payment amounts paid in FFS for all inpatient 
hospital services within the same provider category during the same 
period. For example, if the state paid $36 million in FFS for inpatient 
hospital services for a specific population out of the $60 million in 
total claims paid in FFS for inpatient hospital services during 2016, 
and the state wants to transition the population associated with the 
$36 million in paid claims to the managed care contract, then the ratio 
is $36 million divided by $60 million, or 60 percent.
    In Step 3, the state multiplies the $20 million in actual 
supplemental payments paid by 60 percent (the ratio identified in step 
2), resulting in $12 million. The $12 million is the amount used in 
Step 4 as the total amount that the state would be permitted under our 
proposal to require the managed care plans to make in pass-through 
payments to inpatient hospitals for each rating period during the pass-
through payment transition period.
    In an effort to provide network providers, states, and managed care 
plans with adequate time to design and implement payment systems that 
link provider reimbursement with services, we also proposed, in Sec.  
438.6(d)(6)(iv), to allow states a transition period of up to 3 years 
to transition FFS supplemental payments into payments linked to 
services and utilization under the managed care contract. We proposed 
the 3-year pass-through payment transition period to provide states 
with time to integrate pass-through payment arrangements into allowable 
payment structures under actuarially sound capitation rates, including 
value-based purchasing, enhanced fee schedules, Medicaid-specific 
delivery system reform, or the other approaches consistent with Sec.  
438.6(c). We noted that a state may elect to use a shorter transition 
period but would be permitted a maximum of 3 years to phase out the 
pass-through payments. We explained that we believed that the proposed 
3-year pass-through payment transition period was appropriate because 
the services (and corresponding supplemental payments) would not yet 
have been transitioned at all into managed care contracts; therefore, 
we believed that states should be in a better position to design 
payment structures that appropriately account for these payments during 
the transition to managed care (unlike the current pass-through 
payments rules, which only provide transition periods for pass-through 
payments that have already been incorporated into managed care 
contracts and rates prior to the adoption of specific limits on the 
state direction

[[Page 72786]]

of payments made by managed care plans). We specifically invited 
comment on whether the 3-year pass-through payment transition period 
was an appropriate amount of time.
    Unlike the 2016 final rule, our proposal did not set a specific 
calendar date by which states must end pass-through payments; rather, 
our proposal provided a transition period for up to 3 years from the 
beginning of the first rating period in which the services were 
transitioned from payment in a FFS delivery system to a managed care 
contract, provided that during the 3 years, the services continue to be 
provided under a managed care contract with an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. We 
noted that by providing states, network providers, and managed care 
plans time and flexibility to integrate current pass-through payment 
arrangements into permissible managed care payment structures, states 
would be able to avoid disruption to safety-net provider systems that 
they have developed in their Medicaid programs.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.6(d)(6) and our responses to those 
comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to allow states to 
include new pass-through payments which encourage providers to 
participate in new managed care arrangements. Commenters noted that 
allowing states to have a set period of time to transition away from 
existing FFS supplemental payment programs when the state moved 
services (or populations) into a managed care program will be helpful 
in preventing abrupt reductions in services or access to providers 
because of the lack of supplemental payments. Commenters noted that 
pass-through payments are critical for ensuring that safety-net 
providers remain profitable enough to continue to treat their patients. 
Commenters also noted that states have long used these payments to 
combat provider shortages in areas of need by increasing reimbursement 
for providers who accept a proportionally large number of Medicaid 
patients.
    Response: We agree that the new pass-through payment transition 
period under Sec.  438.6(d)(6) can assist states with transitioning 
some or all services or eligible populations from a FFS delivery system 
into a managed care delivery system. We believe the new pass-through 
payment transition period will provide states, network providers, and 
managed care plans time and flexibility to integrate such payment 
arrangements into permissible managed care payment structures. States 
can use the transition period to avoid unnecessary disruption to any 
safety-net provider systems that they have developed in their Medicaid 
programs when the state moves services or populations into managed 
care. We understand that some states have previously used pass-through 
payments to increase reimbursement for safety-net providers; however, 
we note that there are other mechanisms that states can use to increase 
reimbursement to providers in a managed care program that do not 
implicate the pass-through payment restrictions. For example, states 
can use the payment arrangements under Sec.  438.6(c) to direct managed 
care plans to link the delivery of services and quality outcomes for 
Medicaid managed care enrollees under the managed care contract. 
However, we reiterate here that certain financing requirements in 
statute and regulation are applicable across the Medicaid program 
irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-for-service, 
managed care, and demonstration authorities), and are similarly 
applicable whether a state elects to direct payments under Sec.  
438.6(c). Such requirements include, but are not limited to, 
limitations on financing of the non-Federal share applicable to health 
care-related taxes and bona fide provider-related donations. These 
financing requirements similarly apply when a state elects to direct 
payments under Sec.  438.6(c) or the payment transition periods under 
Sec.  438.6(d). We continue to view pass-through payments as 
problematic and not consistent with our regulatory standards for 
actuarially sound rates because they do not tie provider payments with 
the provision of services to Medicaid beneficiaries covered under the 
contract. Therefore, while we proposed and are finalizing a pass-
through payment transition period under Sec.  438.6(d)(6), that 
transition period is limited and the amount of pass-through payments 
permitted during that period is subject to restrictions as outlined in 
the regulation. In the proposed rule, we provided the 4 step 
calculation noted above and the proposed regulation text incorporated 
the steps in paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C) and in paragraph 
(d)(6)(iv) without affirmatively identifying the process as steps 1 
through 4. We are finalizing the regulation with a technical edit to 
Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C) to clarify that both the 
numerator and denominator of the ratio described in Step 2 should 
exclude any supplemental payments as defined in Sec.  438.6(a) made to 
the applicable providers and counted in Step 11. In paragraphs 
(d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C), we are also finalizing the text using the 
phrase ``State plan approved rates'' instead of ``payment rates'' to 
clarify how those ratios do not include supplemental payments.
    We encourage states to plan for how FFS supplemental payments can 
be incorporated into standard capitation rates or permissible payment 
arrangements in a managed care program as quickly as possible.
    Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS clarify how DSH 
payments will be considered when determining the amount of FFS 
supplemental payments that can be continued as pass-through payments in 
managed care. Commenters noted that it appears from the preamble 
discussion that the new pass-through payment provision is intended to 
be limited to non-DSH supplemental payments, but the proposed 
definition of supplemental payments in Sec.  438.6(a) could be 
interpreted as including DSH payments. A few commenters also requested 
clarity on the treatment of GME payments when determining the amount of 
FFS supplemental payments that can be continued as pass-through 
payments in managed care. Several commenters recommended that CMS allow 
for GME funding to be distributed to providers directly by the state.
    Response: We never intended for DSH or GME payments to be included 
in our proposed definition of supplemental payments in Sec.  438.6(a) 
and therefore never intended for the pass-through payments subject to 
the limits in paragraph (d) to apply to DSH or GME payments. As 
proposed in the 2018 proposed rule, one of the requirements for the new 
pass-through payment transition period was that the state had 
previously made supplemental payments, as defined in Sec.  438.6(a), to 
hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians during the 12-month period 
immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the transition 
period. As noted in this final rule in the responses to comments for 
Sec.  438.6(a) (Definitions), we agree with commenters that the 
definition of supplemental payments must be revised to clarify that DSH 
and GME payments are not supplemental payments as that term is defined 
and used for part 438. DSH and GME payments are made under separate and 
distinct authorities in the Medicaid program under 42 CFR part 447. As 
discussed in I.B.4.b. of this final rule, we are finalizing the 
definition of supplemental payments at Sec.  438.6(a) with a 
modification to include a sentence in the definition that states

[[Page 72787]]

DSH and GME payments are not, and do not constitute, supplemental 
payments.
    The existing definition of pass-through payment in Sec.  438.6(a) 
excludes GME payments. We have not revised that definition since the 
2016 final rule so the prohibition on pass-through payments in Sec.  
438.6(d) does not apply to GME payments. Further, under existing Sec.  
438.60, state Medicaid agencies may make direct payments to network 
providers for GME costs approved under the state plan without violating 
the prohibition of additional payments for services covered under 
managed care contracts.
    Comment: Some commenters requested that CMS confirm the standard 
``12-month period immediately 2 years prior'' that is used in Sec.  
438.6(d)(6)(ii) and (iii). These commenters requested that CMS confirm 
that the first month of the 12-month period used to calculate the 
maximum aggregate payment is 24 months (and not 36 months) before the 
first month of the first rating period for the managed care contract 
into which the new services or populations are moving. Commenters also 
requested that additional flexibility be applied to the term ``relevant 
provider type'' to consider more granular provider classifications 
relevant to a specific supplemental payment mechanism, such as academic 
medical hospitals. Commenters also requested clarity on whether the 
transition mechanism will require three equal reductions (33\1/3\ 
percent annually) to the calculated aggregate supplemental payment 
maximum or whether reductions are required under the new transition 
period.
    Response: We confirm that the standard ``12-month period 
immediately 2 years prior'' that is used in Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(ii) and 
(iii), as well as the standard that is currently codified in existing 
pass-through payment regulations at Sec.  438.6(d)(2) in relation to 
the calculation of the base amount for hospital pass-through payments 
under Sec.  438.6(d)(3), means that the first month of the twelve-month 
period used to calculate the maximum aggregate payment is twenty-four 
months before the first month under managed care. In the 2018 proposed 
rule, we provided an example that illustrates our response here: in the 
example we assumed that CY 2016 was the 12-month period immediately 2 
years prior to the first rating period of the pass-through payment 
transition period in which inpatient hospital services were to be 
transitioned to a managed care contract; therefore, we noted in the 
example that the pass-through payments were for CY 2018 (83 FR 57274). 
If the first month of the managed care contract is January 2018, the 
first month of the 12-month period described in Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(ii) 
and (iii) is January 2016.
    We understand that commenters would like us to include additional 
provider types under Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(iii), or that we expand the 
phrase ``relevant provider type'' that is used in Sec.  
438.6(d)(6)(iii) to include more granular provider classifications; 
however, we decline to make these modifications. As noted in the 2016 
final rule (81 FR 27590) and the 2018 proposed rule (83 FR 57272), we 
focused on the three provider types identified in Sec.  438.6(d) 
because these were the most common provider types for which states made 
supplemental payments within Federal UPLs under state plan authority, 
and we note that these are the provider types for which states have 
typically sought to continue making payments as pass-through payments 
under managed care programs. Further, the rules at Sec.  438.6(d)(6) 
need to be consistent with the existing pass-through payment 
regulations at Sec.  438.6(d)(3) and (5), which currently recognize 
pass-through payments for hospitals, nursing facilities, and 
physicians. We focused on the three provider types identified in Sec.  
438.6(d) because these were the most common provider types to which 
states made supplemental payments within Federal UPLs under state plan 
authority in Medicaid FFS.
    Unlike existing hospital pass-through payments made under Sec.  
438.6(d)(3), which requires a phasedown of the pass-through payment 
amounts over the transition period (up to 10 years), we confirm for 
commenters that the pass-through payment transition period of 3-years 
at Sec.  438.6(d)(6) does not require three equal reductions to the 
calculated aggregate payment maximum. We also confirm that the pass-
through payment transition period under Sec.  438.6(d)(6) does not 
require any reductions or a phase-down across the 3-year transition 
period. As noted in the proposed rule, a state may elect to use a 
shorter transition period but would be permitted a maximum of 3-years 
to phase out the pass-through payments. The regulation does not require 
any reductions from one year to the next during the 3-year transition 
period in Sec.  438.6(d)(6), but once the 3-year transition period 
ends, all of the pass-through payments must be completely phased out of 
the managed care contracts and rates because the prohibition in Sec.  
438.6(d) applies. We note that states are permitted to phase the pass-
through payments down by three equal reductions or otherwise to the 
aggregate payment maximum, but the regulation we are finalizing does 
not require or discourage states use of this approach.
    Comment: A few commenters noted that a state's transition to 
phasing out pass-through payments may take longer than 3 years and 
suggested that CMS increase the transition period to 5 years. One 
commenter urged CMS to allow pass-through payments for network 
hospitals to be phased out on a longer timeline than the proposed 3-
year transition period, until at least July 1, 2027. One commenter 
suggested that the 3-year transition period was inadequate and that a 
10-year transition period was more appropriate under Sec.  438.6(d)(6).
    Response: We do not agree with commenters that we should increase 
the length of the pass-through payment transition period under Sec.  
438.6(d)(6). We continue to view pass-through payments as problematic 
and not consistent with our regulatory standards for actuarially sound 
rates because they do not tie provider payments with the provision of 
services. However, as noted in the 2018 proposed rule, we understand 
that network providers, states, and managed care plans need adequate 
time to design and implement payment systems that link provider 
reimbursement with services when the state is transitioning new 
services or new populations to a managed care contract. We proposed and 
are finalizing this amendment to Sec.  438.6(d) to assist with that. 
However, we still believe that the 3-year pass-through payment 
transition period provides states with a reasonable amount of time to 
integrate pass-through payment arrangements into allowable payment 
structures under actuarially sound capitation rates, including value-
based purchasing, enhanced fee schedules, Medicaid-specific delivery 
system reform, or the other approaches consistent with Sec.  438.6(c). 
Further, states that have not yet transitioned these services (and 
corresponding supplemental payments) into managed care contracts should 
be in a better position to design payment structures that appropriately 
account for these payments during the transition to managed care. We 
find the commenters' recommended timeframes of 5 years, 10 years, and 
through July 1, 2027 to be unreasonably long, and we believe that a 
transition period of these lengths would unnecessarily delay the 
transition of these payments into allowable payment structures under 
actuarially sound capitation rates. Therefore, we decline to make 
modifications to the length of the

[[Page 72788]]

transition period and will finalize 3-years at Sec.  438.6(d)(6).
    Comment: Some commenters stated that pass-through payments should 
not be prohibited so long as the overall payments made to Medicaid 
managed care plans are actuarially sound. One commenter noted that our 
proposal would redefine state supplemental FFS payments and could 
exclude transitioning pass-through payments to state directed payment 
arrangements in the future. This commenter requested clarification on 
whether these pass-through payments under the new transition period 
could be transitioned into state directed payments at the end of the 3-
year transition period. Commenters also requested that CMS collect and 
make pass-through payment data publicly available so that stakeholders 
can examine the amount of pass-through payments and to whom they are 
being made.
    Response: We disagree with commenters that pass-through payments, 
beyond those payments permitted under a pass-through payment transition 
period, should be permissible under Medicaid managed care. As explained 
in our proposed rule, pass-through payments are not consistent with our 
regulatory standards for actuarially sound rates because they do not 
tie provider payments with the provision of services. When managed care 
plans only serve as a conduit for passing payments to providers 
independent of delivered services, such payments reduce managed care 
plans' ability to control expenditures, effectively use value-based 
purchasing strategies, implement provider-based quality initiatives, 
and generally use the full capitation payment to manage the care of 
enrollees. We have also previously provided a detailed description of 
our policy rationale (81 FR 27587 through 27592) related to pass-
through payments and our position has not changed. Therefore, we will 
not amend or eliminate the prohibition against pass through payments in 
Sec.  438.6(d) beyond the specific change we proposed for Sec.  
438.6(d)(6) to assist states with transitioning new populations or new 
services to managed care.
    We also disagree with commenters that Sec.  438.6(d)(6) limits the 
state's ability to transition pass-through payments to state-directed 
payment arrangements under Sec.  438.6(c). We believe that the pass-
through payment transition period under Sec.  438.6(d)(6) provides 
states with a reasonable amount of time to integrate pass-through 
payment arrangements into allowable payment structures under 
actuarially sound capitation rates, including value-based purchasing, 
enhanced fee schedules, Medicaid-specific delivery system reform, or 
the other approaches consistent with Sec.  438.6(c). Since the 2016 
final rule, we have worked with many states to transition some or all 
of the state's pass-through payments into actuarially sound capitation 
rates that do not limit the plan's discretion or permissible payment 
arrangements under Sec.  438.6(c). States can work with their managed 
care plans and network providers to transition the amounts currently 
provided through pass-through payments in approvable ways, such as 
actuarially sound capitation rates that do not limit the plan's 
discretion or the approaches consistent with Sec.  438.6(c).
    Regarding the recommendation that CMS collect and make pass-through 
payment data publicly available, we have traditionally deferred to 
states for making specific components of rate development publicly 
available. We note that pass-through payments are added to the 
contracted payment rates and considered in calculating the actuarially 
sound capitation rate; therefore, pass-through payments are a specific 
component of capitation rate development. As such, we will continue to 
defer to states on making these amounts publicly available.
    Comment: A few commenters noted that current CMS regulations apply 
only to hospitals, nursing facilities, and physicians. These commenters 
requested that CMS change the terminology from ``physician'' to 
``provider'' to ensure that all health care providers are eligible for 
the pass-through payments. Some commenters requested clarity on whether 
nurse practitioners are included in the physician pass-through payment 
category.
    Response: We understand that commenters would like us to include 
additional provider types under Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(iii) (such as by 
replacing the term ``physician'' as used in Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(iii)(C) 
to the more general and broader term ``provider'') to recognize 
additional health care providers; however, we decline to make these 
modifications. As noted in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27590) and the 
2018 proposed rule (83 FR 57272), we focused on the three provider 
types identified in Sec.  438.6(d) because these were the most common 
provider types for which states made the majority of supplemental 
payments within Federal UPLs under state plan authority, and we note 
that these are the provider types for which states have typically 
sought to continue making payments as pass-through payments under 
managed care programs. We also do not want our rules at Sec.  
438.6(d)(6) to be inconsistent with the existing pass-through payment 
regulations at Sec.  438.6(d)(3) and (5), which currently recognize 
pass-through payments for hospitals, nursing facilities, and 
physicians.
    Regarding the request for clarity on whether nurse practitioners 
are included in the physician pass-through payment category, we clarify 
here that nurse practitioners are not included in the physician 
category for purposes of the pass-through payment transition periods 
under Sec.  438.6(d). While CMS has not defined the term ``physician'' 
in regulation for purposes of the pass-through payment transition 
periods under Sec.  438.6(d), we rely on section 1905(a)(5) of the Act, 
which incorporates the definition for physician from sections 
1861(r)(1) and (r)(2) of the Act, and the implementing regulation at 42 
CFR 440.50 to provide meaning for physicians' services for the purpose 
of medical assistance under Title XIX. Under sections 1861(r)(1) and 
1861(r)(2) of the Act, the term ``physician'' means a doctor of 
medicine or osteopathy legally authorized to practice medicine and 
surgery by the state in which he or she performs such services, and a 
doctor of dental surgery or of dental medicine who is legally 
authorized to practice dentistry by the state in which he or she 
performs such services and who is acting within the scope of his or her 
license, to the extent that such services may be performed under state 
law either by a doctor of medicine or by a doctor of dental surgery or 
dental medicine if furnished by a physician.
    Comment: One commenter suggested updating the language in Sec.  
438.6(d)(6)(i) to read: ``The Medicaid populations or services will be 
covered for the first time under a managed care contract and were 
previously provided in a FFS delivery system prior to the first rating 
period of the transition period.'' One commenter suggested that Sec.  
438.6(d)(6)(i) be clarified to allow new pass-through payments for 
geographic areas that are newly transitioning to Medicaid managed care.
    Response: We decline to add the phrase ``The Medicaid population 
or'' at the beginning of Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(i) because it is not 
necessary. As proposed and finalized, Sec.  438.6(d)(6) used the phrase 
``when Medicaid populations or services are initially transitioning 
from a FFS delivery system to a managed care delivery system.'' 
Therefore, we believe that the rule is clear on this point.
    Regarding pass-through payments for geographic areas that are newly 
transitioning to Medicaid managed care,

[[Page 72789]]

we confirm that the pass-through payment transition period at Sec.  
438.6(d)(6) would be appropriate as long as the conditions and 
requirements under Sec.  438.6(d)(6)(i) through (iv) are met, including 
that the populations or services will be covered for the first time 
under a managed care contract and were previously provided in a FFS 
delivery system prior to the first rating period of the transition 
period. When states transition a new geographic area into Medicaid 
managed care, the services and populations in that new geographic area 
are newly moving into managed care.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing Sec.  438.6(d)(6) as proposed with the following 
modifications:
     At Sec.  438.6(d)(iii)(A) through (C), included the 
following sentence, ``Both the numerator and denominator of the ratio 
should exclude any supplemental payments made to the applicable 
providers'' and using the phrase ``State plan approved rates'' instead 
of ``payment rates'' to clarify how those ratios do not include 
supplemental payments.
    To ensure states have adequate time to plan and implement a 
transition from a fee-for-service system to a managed care delivery 
system, we are delaying the effective date of this provision. States 
that are initially transitioning populations and services from fee-for-
service to managed care must comply with Sec.  438.6(d)(6) as amended 
effective July 1, 2021 for Medicaid managed care rating periods 
starting on or after July 1, 2021.
d. Payments to MCOs and PIHPs for Enrollees That Are a Patient in an 
Institution for Mental Disease (IMD) (Sec.  438.6(e))
    Under the policies we adopted in the 2016 final rule at Sec.  
438.6(e), we permitted FFP for a full monthly capitation payment to an 
MCO or PIHP for an enrollee aged 21 to 64 who received inpatient 
treatment in an institution for mental diseases (IMD) for part of the 
month when certain requirements are met, including a requirement that 
the stay in the IMD be for no more than 15 days in the month for which 
the capitation payment is made (81 FR 27563). Since publication of the 
2016 final rule, we have heard from states and other stakeholders that 
FFP should be provided for capitation payments made for months that 
include stays longer than 15 days, especially on behalf of Medicaid 
enrollees who may require substance use disorder (SUD) treatment as a 
result of the ongoing opioid crisis.
    We considered proposing changes to the regulation at Sec.  438.6(e) 
but, after careful review, did not do so because of our belief that the 
underlying analysis regarding the transfer of risk that underpinned the 
policy in the 2016 final rule was appropriate. We also conducted a 
literature and data review and did not identify any new data sources 
other than those we relied upon in the 2016 final rule that supported 
15 days (81 FR 27560). We requested public comment on additional data 
sources that we should review.
    The following summarizes the public comments received and our 
responses to those comments.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the policy to not extend the 
availability of FFP for capitation payments made for months that 
include stays longer than 15 days. Commenters stated that making 
payments under those circumstances would incentivize the provision of 
care in institutions rather than community-based settings. Other 
commenters disagreed with the CMS decision to not extend the 
availability of FFP for capitation payments made for months that 
include stays longer than 15 days. These commenters noted that the 15-
day limit is not based on an individual's care needs and suggested that 
the 15-day limitation creates inappropriate incentives around the 
timing of admissions. Other commenters recommended alternatives to the 
15-day policy, such as adjusting the length of stay in the IMD to 25 
days.
    Response: We remind commenters that we did not propose changes to 
the regulation because we continue to believe that the underlying 
analysis regarding the transfer of risk that underpinned the policy in 
the 2016 final rule is appropriate. Our detailed analysis and 
explanation of the rule can be found in the 2016 final rule at 81 FR 
27555 through 27563. In the 2018 proposed rule, we requested public 
comment on additional data sources that we should review, and these 
commenters did not provide such data. We also remind commenters that we 
have developed section 1115(a) demonstration initiatives aimed at (1) 
improving access to and quality of treatment for Medicaid beneficiaries 
to address substance use disorders (SUDs) and the ongoing opioid 
crisis; \6\ and (2) designing innovative service delivery systems, 
including systems for providing community-based services, for adults 
with a serious mental illness (SMI) or children with a serious 
emotional disturbance (SED) who are receiving medical assistance.\7\ 
These demonstrations enable states to receive FFP for longer lengths of 
stay in IMDs within specified parameters. We also note that section 
5052 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act, which provides a 
state plan option to provide Medicaid coverage for certain individuals 
with substance use disorders who are patients in certain IMDs from 
October 1, 2019 through September 30, 2023, may also provide mechanisms 
to receive FFP for longer lengths of stay in IMDs consistent with 
section 5052 of the SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ SMD #17-003: Strategies to Address the Opioid Epidemic; 
available at https://www.medicaid.gov/federal-policy-guidance/downloads/smd17003.pdf.
    \7\ SMD #18-011: Opportunities to Design Innovative Service 
Delivery Systems for Adults with a Serious Mental Illness or 
Children with a Serious Emotional Disturbance; available at https://www.medicaid.gov/federal-policy-guidance/downloads/smd18011.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Comment: One commenter noted that the 15-day policy has caused 
confusion in the industry, stating some managed care plans have 
interpreted this part of the 2016 final rule to mean IMDs should 
reimburse the managed care plans for the care provided for only the 
first 15 days if a patient stays beyond day 15. Given the confusion 
around this issue, the commenter requested that CMS clarify that 
repayments between IMDs and managed care plans are not covered by the 
2016 final rule.
    Response: There is no requirement in Sec.  438.6(e) that requires 
IMDs to reimburse managed care plans for the care provided for only the 
first 15 days if a patient stays beyond day 15; nor does Sec.  438.6(e) 
address repayment arrangements between a Medicaid managed care plan 
(that is, a MCO or PIHP) and a provider that is an IMD. Section 
438.6(e) only governs the availability of FFP when states make 
capitation payments to an MCO or PIHP for enrollees aged 21-64 
receiving inpatient treatment in an IMD. The rule permits FFP to the 
state for the capitation payment only if specified conditions are met, 
including that the length of stay in the IMD is for a short term stay 
of no more than 15 days during the period of the monthly capitation 
payment. Any requirements for repayment from IMDs to managed care plans 
are not governed by this rule, but instead appear to be within the 
scope of the contractual arrangements between IMDs and managed care 
plans.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CMS confirm that states are 
not precluded from using the flexibility afforded by Sec.  438.6(e) to 
collect FFP on

[[Page 72790]]

capitation payments made for enrollees under age 21 in an IMD when an 
individual is receiving substance use disorder (SUD) services.
    Response: CMS does not agree with the commenter that Sec.  438.6(e) 
permits states to collect FFP on capitation payments made for enrollees 
under age 21 in an IMD when that individual is receiving SUD services. 
Section 438.6(e) permits FFP when the state makes a capitation payment 
to an MCO or PIHP for an enrollee aged 21-64 receiving inpatient 
treatment in an IMD so long as certain conditions outlined in the 
regulation are met. While Sec.  438.6(e) is not the appropriate 
authority for enrollees under the age of 21, many states provide 
inpatient psychiatric and SUD services for individuals under age 21 as 
part of their state plan, which can include stays in an IMD, subject to 
the requirements at part 441 Subpart D. In accordance with Sec.  
438.3(c) and part 438 subpart J, if the service provided to enrollees 
under the age of 21 is a Medicaid state plan service and included under 
the managed care contract, FFP would be available for the monthly 
capitation payment.
    Comment: A few commenters made recommendations for additional data 
sources that CMS should review to support the availability of FFP for 
capitation payments made for months that include stays in an IMD. One 
commenter recommended that CMS use the data that we collect as required 
by the 21st Century Cures Act (Cures Act) (Pub. L. 114-255, enacted 
December 13, 2016) to study the effects of the 15-day in-lieu-of 
provision, which also requires CMS to issue a report in December 2019. 
One commenter also recommended that CMS use data that becomes available 
through approved section 1115(a) SUD demonstrations.
    Response: We agree with commenters that once data becomes available 
through these potential sources, such data should be used to inform 
future policy decisions and rulemaking. We will take these 
recommendations under advisement.
    As we did not propose any modifications to Sec.  438.6(e), we are 
not finalizing any changes to Sec.  438.6(e) under this final rule.
5. Rate Certification Submission (Sec.  438.7)
    Section 438.7(c)(3) gives states flexibility to make de minimis 
rate adjustments during the contract year by enabling states to 
increase or decrease the capitation rate certified per rate cell by 1.5 
percent without submitting a revised rate certification. We stated in 
the 2016 final rule that a rate that is within +/-1.5 percent of a 
certified rate is also actuarially sound as that percentage is 
generally not more than the risk margin incorporated into most states' 
rate development process (81 FR 27568). By giving states the 
flexibility to make small adjustments around the certified rate, we 
intended to ease the administrative burden of rate review on states 
while meeting our goals of transparency and integrity in the rate-
setting process.
    Since the publication of the 2016 final rule, some stakeholders 
have expressed a desire for us to clarify that once a state has 
certified the final capitation rate paid per rate cell under each risk 
contract, the state can adjust the certified rate +/-1.5 percent at any 
time within the rating period without submitting justification to us. 
We clarified in the 2018 proposed rule that when states are adjusting a 
final certified rate within the contract year within the range of 1.5 
percent up or down from the final certified rate, states do not need to 
submit a revised rate certification or justification to us, unless 
documentation is specifically requested by us in accordance with our 
proposed revisions in paragraph (c)(3) (83 FR 57275).
    We proposed to amend Sec.  438.7(c)(3) to clarify the scope of 
permissible changes to the capitation rate per rate cell and the need 
for a contract modification and rate certification. Proposed Sec.  
438.7(c)(3) included the existing text authorizing the state to 
increase or decrease the capitation rate per rate cell up to 1.5 
percent without submitting a revised rate certification. Proposed 
paragraph (c)(3) also retained the remaining text in current Sec.  
438.7(c)(3) that such adjustments to the final certified rate must be 
consistent with a modification of the contract as required in Sec.  
438.3(c) and included new text to specify that the adjustments would be 
subject to the requirements at Sec.  438.4(b)(1) and to authorize us to 
require a state to provide documentation for adjustments permitted 
under Sec.  438.7(c)(3) to ensure that modifications to a final 
certified capitation rate comply with the requirements in Sec. Sec.  
438.3(c) and (e) and 438.4(b)(1). We reiterate here that all capitation 
rates, regardless of whether they are established through the initial 
rate certification or through a contract amendment, must comply with 
the requirements in Sec. Sec.  438.3(c) and (e) and 438.4 through 
438.7. Further, we explicitly clarify here that certain financing 
requirements in statute and regulation are applicable across the 
Medicaid program irrespective of the delivery system (for example, fee-
for-service, managed care, and demonstration authorities). Such 
requirements include, but are not limited to, limitations on financing 
of the non-Federal share applicable to health care-related taxes and 
bona fide provider-related donations.
    In the 2016 final rule, we highlighted our concerns that different 
capitation rates based on the FFP associated with a particular 
population could be indicative of cost shifting from the state to the 
Federal Government and were not consistent with generally accepted 
actuarial principles (81 FR 27566). The rate development standards we 
instituted with the final rule sought to eliminate such practices. The 
+/-1.5 percent rate changes permitted in Sec.  438.7(c)(3) were not 
intended to be used by states to shift costs to the Federal Government. 
To protect against cost shifting and eliminate any potential loophole 
in Sec.  438.7(c)(3), we proposed that any changes of the capitation 
rate within the permissible 1.5 percent would be subject to the 
requirements in Sec.  438.4(b)(1), which prohibits differing capitation 
rates based on FFP and requires that any proposed differences among 
capitation rates according to covered populations be based on valid 
rate development standards and not vary with the rate of FFP associated 
with the covered populations (see also section I.B.2.b. of this final 
rule for a discussion of Sec.  438.4(b)(1) and this prohibition on 
rates varying with the FFP percentage). In addition, Sec.  438.4(b)(1) 
requires that rates be developed in accordance with Sec.  438.5 and 
generally accepted actuarial principles and practices; we noted in our 
proposal that using this cross-reference to regulate mid-year changes 
of capitation rates within the +/-1.5 percent range would ensure that 
such changes were not arbitrary or designed to shift costs to the 
Federal Government. The proposed amendment to Sec.  438.7(c)(3) would 
permit us to require documentation that the adjusted rate complied with 
our proposed requirements and other criteria related to the actuarial 
soundness of rates.
    We also proposed Sec.  438.7(e), which commits us to issuing annual 
guidance that describes: (1) The Federal standards for capitation rate 
development; (2) the documentation required to determine that the 
capitation rates are projected to provide for all reasonable, 
appropriate, and attainable costs that are required under the terms of 
a contract; (3) the documentation required to determine that the 
capitation rates have been developed in accordance part 438; (4) any 
updates or developments in the rate review process to reduce state 
burden and facilitate prompt actuarial reviews;

[[Page 72791]]

and (5) the documentation necessary to demonstrate that capitation 
rates competitively bid through a procurement process have been 
established consistently with the requirements of Sec. Sec.  438.4 
through 438.8. We noted in our proposal that such guidance would 
interpret and provide guidance on the part 438 regulations and specify 
procedural rules for complying with the regulations; we specifically 
explained how the guidance would therefore address the information 
required to be in rate certifications. This guidance will be published 
as part of the annual rate guide for Medicaid managed care under the 
PRA package, CMS-10398 #37, OMB control number 0938-1148.
    We solicited comments on our proposals and whether additional areas 
of guidance would be helpful to states.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.7 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: A few commenters supported the proposal to allow de 
minimis adjustments without further rate justifications. A few 
commenters recommended that CMS always require documentation 
accompanying de minimis rate changes as well as certification that 
revised rates are actuarially sound. A few commenters recommended that 
CMS should also require documentation that disclosed other de minimis 
changes made during the year that may not have changed the capitation 
rates. A few commenters requested clarification that the +/-1.5 percent 
was intended to be calculated as a percentage of the certified rate. 
One commenter requested that CMS clarify that states cannot use the de 
minimis rate adjustment to reduce rates in this final rule beyond the 
lower bound of the newly proposed five percent rate range.
    Response: We disagree with commenters that recommended that CMS 
always require documentation or a rate certification for any change in 
the rate, even for de minimis rate changes within the +/-1.5 percent 
threshold, as this approach is not consistent with either our position 
(explained in the 2016 final rule) that de minimis changes of +/-1.5 
percent do not affect the actuarial soundness of the capitation rate or 
our intent to provide additional state flexibility under this final 
rule. Adopted in the 2016 final rule, Sec.  438.7(c)(3) provides states 
with the flexibility to make de minimis rate adjustments during the 
contract year by enabling states to increase or decrease the capitation 
rate certified per rate cell by 1.5 percent without submitting a 
revised rate certification. We determined that the fluctuation of +/-
1.5 percent did not change the actuarial soundness of a capitation rate 
and reasoned that the resulting rate will remain actuarially sound (81 
FR 27568). Providing states this flexibility to make de minimis 
adjustments around the certified rate eases the administrative burden 
of rate review on states while meeting our goals of transparency and 
integrity in the rate-setting process. We also decline to add new 
regulation text requiring states to document other changes made during 
the year that may not have changed rates because any changes would have 
to be included as modifications to the managed care plan contract and 
submitted to CMS for approval under Sec.  438.3(a). We do not believe 
that requiring additional documentation is necessary and believe that 
our existing processes for the submission of contract modifications is 
sufficient without adding a new documentation requirement for states.
    We confirm that the +/-1.5 percent is to be calculated as a 
percentage of the certified rate. Section 438.7(c)(3) permits rate 
adjustments during the contract year by increasing or decreasing the 
capitation rate certified per rate cell by 1.5 percent without 
submitting a revised rate certification. This means that the certified 
rate per rate cell can be adjusted by the +/- 1.5 percent without a 
revised certification. However, states cannot use both the de minimis 
rate adjustment under Sec.  438.7(c)(3) and the newly proposed 5 
percent, or +/- 2.5 percent from the midpoint, rate range under 
proposed Sec.  438.4(c). As proposed and finalized, Sec.  
438.4(c)(2)(ii) prohibits a state that is using a rate range from also 
modifying capitation rates under Sec.  438.7(c)(3) by +/-1.5 percent 
(see also section I.B.2.a. of this final rule for a discussion of Sec.  
438.4(c)).
    Comment: Several commenters described the regulation under Sec.  
438.7(c)(3) as permitting de minimis rate changes during the contract 
year or during the rating period.
    Response: While these commenters did not specifically recommend a 
revision to the regulation, the public comments highlighted a need for 
CMS to clarify this issue here. In developing our responses to the 
public comments, we noticed a technical error in the regulatory text in 
Sec.  438.7(c)(3). In the 2018 proposed rule, we described our proposal 
by stating that Sec.  438.7(c)(3) gives states flexibility to make de 
minimis rate adjustments during the contract year by enabling states to 
increase or decrease the capitation rate certified per rate cell by 1.5 
percent (resulting in an overall 3 percent range) without submitting a 
revised rate certification (83 FR 57275). In the 2016 final rule, when 
we originally finalized Sec.  438.7(c)(3), we described the final rule 
as providing the ability for the state to adjust the actuarially sound 
capitation rate during the rating period by +/-1.5 percent (81 FR 
27568). However, we noticed that the regulatory text in Sec.  
438.7(c)(3) does not actually contain this language, even though the 
preamble of the 2016 final rule does describe the rate changes under 
Sec.  438.7(c)(3) as changes made during the rating period or during 
the contract year. Therefore, we are finalizing a revision to Sec.  
438.7(c)(3) to include the language ``during the rating period'' as 
part of the standard for using the 1.5 percent adjustment. A 
retroactive adjustment to the capitation rate must meet the 
requirements in Sec.  438.7(c)(2) as there is no regulatory provision 
carving de minimis rate changes out of the scope of Sec.  438.7(c)(2) 
and the preamble discussions in the 2016 final rule and 2018 proposed 
rule limited the de minimis rate changes to those changes made during 
the contract year or rating period.
    Comment: Several commenters appreciated the proposal to provide 
annual rate development and documentation guidance for capitation 
rates, documentation requirements, updates in the rate review process, 
and demonstrating competitive bidding. Some commenters requested that 
states be provided the opportunity to give feedback on proposed changes 
prior to implementation. Some commenters recommended that the following 
topics be addressed in any subregulatory guidance: value-added 
benefits, changes to rates with changes in scope of services, the role 
of states versus CMS in certifying rates, guidelines for documentation, 
calculation definitions, and information on the appropriateness of 
withholds. One commenter requested that guidance be issued with 
sufficient time for managed care plans to negotiate payment rates with 
providers.
    Response: We will take these comments under advisement as we 
develop and publish future subregulatory guidance. As we noted in the 
2018 proposed rule, we have published rate review guidance every year 
since 2014, and we proposed Sec.  438.7(e) to demonstrate our 
commitment to efficient review and approval processes. We will continue 
to work with states and managed care plans to ensure greater 
transparency regarding the rate review process and ensure that states 
are optimally informed to prepare and submit rate

[[Page 72792]]

certifications for our review and approval.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing Sec.  438.7(c)(3) and (e) as proposed, with a modification 
in Sec.  438.7(c)(3) to include the language ``during the rating 
period'' as part of the standard for using the 1.5 percent adjustment.
6. Medical Loss Ratio (MLR) Standards: Technical Correction (Sec.  
438.8)
    The MLR numerator is defined in Sec.  438.8(e); the numerator of an 
MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's MLR for a MLR reporting year is the sum of the 
MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's incurred claims; the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's 
expenditures for activities that improve health care quality; and fraud 
prevention activities. In the 2015 proposed rule (80 FR 31109), we 
proposed at Sec.  438.8(e)(4) that expenditures related to fraud 
prevention activities, as set forth in Sec.  438.608(a)(1) through (5), 
(7), and (8) and (b), may be attributed to the numerator but would be 
limited to 0.5 percent of MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's premium revenues. 
This proposal was never finalized and does not align with the MLR 
requirements for Medicare Part C or Part D or the private market. We 
also proposed at that time a corresponding requirement, at paragraph 
(k)(1)(iii), for submission by each managed care plan of data showing 
the expenditures for activities described in Sec.  438.608(a)(1) 
through (5), (7), and (8) and (b). In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 
27530), we did not finalize Sec.  438.8(e)(4) as proposed, and instead 
finalized Sec.  438.8(e)(4) to provide that MCO, PIHP, or PAHP 
expenditures on activities related to fraud prevention, as adopted for 
the private market at 45 CFR part 158, will be incorporated into the 
Medicaid MLR calculation in the event the private market MLR 
regulations were amended. However, we erroneously finalized Sec.  
438.8(k)(1)(iii) as proposed instead of referencing the updated 
finalized regulatory language in Sec.  438.8(e)(4). Therefore, in the 
2018 proposed rule, we proposed to revise Sec.  438.8(k)(1)(iii) to 
replace ``expenditures related to activities compliant with Sec.  
438.608(a)(1) through (5), (7), (8) and (b)'' with ``fraud prevention 
activities as defined in Sec.  438.8(e)(4)'' to be consistent with our 
changes to Sec.  438.8(e)(4) in the previous final rule. We also 
proposed to correct a technical error in paragraph (e)(4) by removing 
the phrase ``fraud prevention as adopted'' and adding in its place the 
phrase ``fraud prevention consistent with regulations adopted'' to 
clarify the regulatory text.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.8 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to revise Sec.  
438.8(k)(1)(iii) to replace ``expenditures related to activities 
compliant with Sec.  438.608(a)(1) through (5), (7), (8) and (b)'' with 
``fraud prevention activities as defined in Sec.  438.8(e)(4),'' 
consistent with how Sec.  438.8(e)(4) was finalized in the 2016 final 
rule. One commenter stated that it was pleased that CMS did not 
substantially modify the MLR requirements for Medicaid and CHIP managed 
care plans.
    Response: We believe that it is critical for our rules to be 
technically accurate and our proposed revisions correct technical 
errors from the 2016 final rule.
    Comment: One commenter requested clarification on what activities 
CMS expects states to require their MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs to report on 
as a result of the revision to Sec.  438.8(k)(1)(iii). One commenter 
requested clarification on whether the technical correction to Sec.  
438.8(k)(1)(iii) would allow Medicaid and CHIP plans' fraud-related 
costs to be included in the Quality Improvement Activities (QIAs) 
portion of the numerator. Several commenters also recommended that CMS 
align Medicaid policy with Medicare Advantage and permit fraud 
prevention expenditures as QIAs in the MLR numerator.
    Response: Our proposed rule did not propose any policy changes for 
the Medicaid MLR regulation. The technical amendments were proposed to 
correct errors from the 2016 final rule and ensure that Sec.  438.8 is 
internally consistent. Section 438.8(e) provides, irrespective of the 
corrections adopted here, that fraud prevention activities, as defined 
in paragraph (e)(4), are included in the numerator. With the revision 
we are finalizing to Sec.  438.8(e)(4), the regulation is clear that 
MCO, PIHP, or PAHP expenditures on activities related to fraud 
prevention will be incorporated into the Medicaid MLR calculation, 
using the same standards for identifying fraud prevention activities in 
the private market MLR regulations at 45 CFR part 158. We intend that 
if and when those part 158 regulations defining fraud prevention 
activities are amended in the future, the updated standards will 
likewise be used for the Medicaid MLR requirements. The correction to 
Sec.  438.8(k)(1)(iii) makes the Medicaid MLR requirements consistent 
by requiring reporting from MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs of fraud prevention 
activities as defined in paragraph (e)(4), which are the activities 
that are used in the MLR calculation.
    We are aware that Medicare Advantage adopted different regulations 
on the treatment of fraud prevention expenditures and expanded the 
definition of QIA in Sec. Sec.  422.2430 and 423.2430 to include all 
fraud reduction activities, including fraud prevention, fraud 
detection, and fraud recovery. We note that when we finalized the MLR 
requirements in the 2016 final rule, we specifically aligned Medicaid 
MLR standards with the regulations for the private market at 45 CFR 
part 158. As such, the Medicaid MLR rules do not reference the QIAs in 
Medicare Advantage, and instead we adopted the terminology used in the 
private market MLR regulations in part 158 related to activities that 
improve health care quality as specified in Sec.  438.8(e)(3). While we 
will take commenters' recommendations to align with Medicare Advantage 
on this point under advisement, we are not finalizing such 
modifications as part of this final rule. We note, however, that fraud 
prevention activities, subject to the different definitions and 
limitations specified for the different programs, are ultimately 
included in the numerator for the MLR for Medicaid managed care plans, 
private market insurance, Medicare Advantage plans, and Medicare Part D 
plans.
    Comment: Commenters opposed the proposed technical clarification 
and recommended that CMS reconsider our alignment with regulations in 
the private market at 45 CFR part 158.
    Response: We disagree with commenters and believe that it is 
critical for our rules to be technically accurate. Our proposed 
revisions only correct technical errors from the 2016 final rule and we 
did not propose to reconsider our alignment with regulations in the 
private market. We do not see a reason to reconsider or change that 
alignment.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing the technical amendments to Sec.  438.8(e)(4) and 
(k)(1)(iii) as proposed.
7. Non-Emergency Medical Transportation PAHPs (Sec.  438.9)
    In the 2016 final rule, at Sec.  438.9(b)(2), we inadvertently 
failed to exempt NEMT PAHPs from complying with Sec.  438.4(b)(9). 
Section 438.9(b) generally exempts NEMT PAHPs from complying with 
regulations in part 438 unless the requirement is listed. Under the 
regulation, NEMT PAHPs are not

[[Page 72793]]

required to comply with the MLR standards. The inclusion of all of 
Sec.  438.4 in Sec.  438.9(b)(2) causes a conflict because Sec.  
438.4(b)(9) specifically addresses states' responsibility to develop 
capitation rates to achieve a medical loss ratio of at least 85 
percent. To eliminate that conflict, we proposed to revise Sec.  
438.9(b)(2) by adding ``except Sec.  438.4(b)(9).''
    The following summarizes the public comment received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.9 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: One commenter supported the proposal to amend Sec.  
438.9(b)(2) to clarify that NEMT PHAPs are not required to comply with 
the MLR standards.
    Response: Amending Sec.  438.9(b)(2) will conform the regulation 
text to our policy for how rates for NEMT PAHPs are developed and 
ensure that there isn't a Federal requirement for such plans to develop 
and report an MLR.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing the amendment to Sec.  438.9(b)(2) as proposed.
8. Information Requirements (Sec.  438.10)
a. Language and Format (Sec.  438.10(d))
    In the 2016 final rule, we finalized provisions at Sec.  
438.10(d)(2) and (3) and (d)(6)(iv), requiring that states and managed 
care plans include taglines in prevalent non-English languages and in 
large print on all written materials for potential enrollees and 
enrollees. Based on print document guidelines from the American 
Printing House for the Blind, Inc., we defined large print to mean no 
smaller than 18-point font (81 FR 27724).\8\ Taglines required to be 
large print are those that explain the availability of written 
translation or oral interpretation, how to request auxiliary aids and 
services for individuals who have limited English proficiency or a 
disability, and the toll-free phone number of the entity providing 
choice counseling services and the managed care plan's member/customer 
service unit.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ American Printing House for the Blind, Inc. Print Document 
Guidelines. https://www.aph.org/research/design-guidelines/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We explained in the November 2018 proposed rule how our goal 
remains to ensure that materials for enrollees and potential enrollees 
are accessible for individuals who are vision-impaired. However, since 
the publication of the 2016 final rule, states and managed care plans 
have found that requiring taglines in 18-point font size sometimes 
increases overall document length, thereby decreasing the ease of use 
by enrollees and eliminating the use of certain effective formats such 
as postcards and trifold brochures.
    To address these issues, we proposed to revise Sec.  438.10(d)(2) 
by deleting the definition of large print as ``no smaller than 18-
point'' and adopting the ``conspicuously visible'' standard for 
taglines that is codified at 45 CFR 92.8(f)(1), a regulation 
implementing section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care 
Act of 2010 (PPACA) (Pub. L. 111-148, enacted March 23, 2010 as amended 
by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 
111-152, enacted March 30, 2010)).\9\ Section 1557 of the PPACA 
prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, 
sex, age, or disability in certain health programs, including Medicaid. 
We explained our rationale that adopting a more flexible requirement 
would encourage states to use effective forms of written communication 
and avoid unnecessarily long documents. For example, taglines in a font 
size smaller than 18-point would permit states to more easily use 
postcards and tri-fold brochures, which may be more effective for 
relaying certain information since they are shorter and offer more 
design options for visual appeal. We noted as well how states would 
retain the ability to create additional requirements for greater 
specificity of font size for taglines for written materials subject to 
Sec.  438.10 as long as they meet the standard of conspicuously-visible 
and comply with all other Federal non-discrimination standards, 
including providing auxiliary aids and services to ensure effective 
communication for individuals with disabilities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ Nondiscrimination in Health Programs and Activities final 
rule (81 FR 31376 (May 18, 2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Additionally, we proposed to replace the requirement to include 
taglines on ``all written materials'' with a requirement for taglines 
only on materials for potential enrollees that ``are critical to 
obtaining services'' in Sec.  438.10(d)(2). This proposed change would 
align the documents that require taglines with the documents that must 
be translated into prevalent non-English languages and would facilitate 
the use of smaller, more user-friendly documents. We note that states 
would have the ability to require taglines on any additional materials 
that they choose, as including taglines only on documents that are 
critical to obtaining services would be a minimum standard.
    In Sec.  438.10(d)(3), we proposed to make the same substantive 
changes proposed for Sec.  438.10(d)(2), as well as to reorganize the 
paragraph for clarity. We believed that combining the requirements for 
the provision of alternative formats, taglines, and inclusion of the 
managed care plan's member/customer service unit telephone number into 
one sentence in paragraph (d)(3), would improve readability and 
clarity.
    Section 438.10(d)(6) addresses requirements for all written 
materials provided by states and MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, primary care case 
management (PCCM) and PCCM entities to enrollees and potential 
enrollees. As we proposed to limit the tagline requirement to materials 
that are critical to obtaining services, we proposed to delete Sec.  
438.10(d)(6)(iv).
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.10 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to adopt the 
``conspicuously visible'' standard for taglines in place of the ``no 
smaller than 18-point'' large print definition. Many commenters stated 
that the proposal would provide greater flexibility for communicating 
with beneficiaries, increase readability for beneficiaries, reduce 
costs and logistical efficiencies associated with printing and mailing, 
and provide greater consistency with overlapping Federal regulations. 
Many commenters supported the proposal to amend Sec.  438.10(d)(2), 
(3), and (6) but requested that CMS define ``conspicuously visible.''
    Response: We continue to believe that a more flexible requirement 
for taglines will continue to put enrollees and potential enrollees on 
notice of the availability of written translation, oral interpretation, 
and auxiliary aids and services for people who have limited English 
proficiency or a disability while helping to avoid unnecessarily long 
documents. We decline to include a specific definition or minimum font 
size in Sec.  438.10, other than as specified in current Sec.  
438.10(d)(6)(iii). When adopting 45 CFR 92.8(f)(1), a regulation 
implementing section 1557 of the PPACA, the Office for Civil Rights 
(OCR), clarified that assessing the effectiveness of taglines ``is 
whether the content is sufficiently conspicuous and visible that 
individuals seeking services from, or participating in, the health 
program or activity could reasonably be expected to see and be able to 
read the

[[Page 72794]]

information.'' \10\ We believe that definition is appropriate for 
Medicaid managed care programs, and we will use this in interpreting 
and enforcing the standards in Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and (3) as revised. 
Notwithstanding this change in the regulation text, states and managed 
care plans have continuing obligations under Federal disability rights 
laws that in some circumstances require the provision of large print 
materials as an appropriate auxiliary aid or service, including 
materials in 18-point or larger font size, unless certain exceptions 
apply.\11\ Additionally, we remind states and managed care plans of 
their obligations to comply with all Federal and state laws as 
specified at Sec. Sec.  438.3(f) and 438.100(d) and that enrollment 
discrimination is expressly prohibited in Sec.  438.3(d). States that 
elect to change the required font size for taglines should work with 
their managed care plans and stakeholders and local experts on 
disabilities to gather input on selecting the most appropriate 
characteristics of ``conspicuously visible.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ 81 FR 31397.
    \11\ See, for example, 28 CFR 35.104 (defining ``auxiliary aids 
or services'') and 35.160(a) through (b); 28 CFR part 164; 28 CFR 
36.303(a) through (c) and (h); 45 CFR 84.52(d) and 92.202(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We note that OCR issued a notice of proposed rulemaking on June 14, 
2019,\12\ that proposed to eliminate Sec.  92.8 and thus the use of the 
term ``conspicuously visible.'' In doing so, HHS stated that the 
proposed elimination of Sec.  92.8 was intended in part to reduce 
redundancies while maintaining enforcement of civil rights statutes (84 
FR at 27887). HHS did not intend in that proposed rule to direct the 
parameters of tagline requirements set forth in regulations such as 
Sec.  438.10(d), which derive from statutory authorities other than 
section 1557 of the PPACA. Consequently, the intent of the proposed 
1557 rule is not inconsistent with Medicaid's exercise of discretion in 
amending these regulations. We believe ``conspicuously visible'' 
reflects an appropriate level of protection for enrollees of Medicaid 
managed care plans and of the flexibility that we desire to provide to 
states and managed care plans. Therefore, regardless of whether that 
proposed rule is finalized, we are finalizing ``conspicuously visible'' 
in Sec.  438.10(d)(2), (3), and (6) as explained in this final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ Docket No.: HHS-OCR-2019-0007 (https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2019/06/14/2019-11512/nondiscrimination-in-health-and-health-education-programs-or-activities).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A typographical error was made in the proposed regulatory text at 
Sec.  438.10(d)(2). The word ``language'' was erroneously written as 
singular: ``Written materials that are critical to obtaining services 
for potential enrollees must include taglines in the prevalent non-
English language . . .'' It was not our intention to propose a change 
along those lines and `language'' should have remained plural in the 
2018 proposed rule. We are correcting this error in this final rule and 
finalizing the amendment to Sec.  438.10(d)(2) with ``languages.''
    Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to adopt the 
``conspicuously visible'' standard for tag lines in place of the ``no 
smaller than 18-point'' large print definition. Commenters stated that 
this change would result in reduced access to plan information by 
enrollees and potential enrollees with visual impairment and the harm 
caused by this result should outweigh any possible benefit to other 
stakeholders. One commenter suggested that 12-point Times New Roman be 
adopted as the minimum. Several commenters stated that while aligning 
requirements across the health system is favorable, the ``conspicuously 
visible'' requirement adopted under the PPACA is overly vague and 
requested CMS provide greater clarity to the requirement to eliminate 
ambiguity. One commenter recommended that CMS include a requirement for 
states to provide a sample to CMS of what they determine meets the 
``conspicuously visible'' standard.
    Response: We acknowledge that adopting ``conspicuously visible'' is 
less descriptive and specific than ``no less than 18-point'' but do not 
believe that states will apply the conspicuously visible standard in a 
way that will reduce access to information or cause harm to 
beneficiaries with disabilities. States and managed care plans 
understand the importance of the information required by Sec.  438.10 
and benefit when beneficiaries read and utilize the information. We 
note that current Sec.  438.10(d)(6)(iii) requires that all written 
materials for potential enrollees and enrollees use a font size no 
smaller than 12 point. We do not believe that it will be necessary for 
us to review a sample of what states determine to be conspicuously 
visible; we expect states and managed care plans to exercise due 
diligence in gathering input from experts in disabilities and other 
stakeholders in developing their materials to comply with the 
regulation as revised in this final rule.
    We note that states and managed care plans were required to comply 
with Sec.  438.10(d) by the beginning of rating periods that started on 
or after July 1, 2017 and finalizing the ``conspicuously visible'' 
standard in place of the 18-point font standard does not require states 
and managed care plans already in compliance to make changes. Continued 
use of 18-point font will comply with the regulation as amended here. 
This revision simply provides states and managed care plans with an 
option to select and use a different conspicuously visible font size to 
achieve the desired outcome. We remind states and managed care plans 
that they will be held accountable for compliance with Sec.  
438.10(d)(2) through (6) and with ensuring that all necessary steps are 
taken to adequately accommodate enrollees and potential enrollees that 
request information in large print or that request other formats or 
auxiliary aids and services. States and managed care plans have 
continuing obligations under Title VI and section 1557 of the PPACA to 
take reasonable steps to provide meaningful access to programs to 
individuals who have limited English proficiency. This may require 
states and managed care plans to provide documents and information in 
other languages to LEP individuals, including documents and information 
that are not ``critical to obtaining services''. Further, in assessing 
whether states and managed care plans have met this obligation, the 
Department considers whether recipients of Federal financial assistance 
take steps to identify LEP persons with whom it has contact, by 
providing notice of the availability of language assistance. HHS, 
Guidance to Federal Financial Assistance Recipients Regarding Title VI 
Prohibition Against National Origin Discrimination Affecting Limited 
English Proficient Persons, https://www.hhs.gov/civil-rights/for-individuals/special-topics/limited-english-proficiency/guidance-federal-financial-assistance-recipients-title-vi/.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that CMS failed to provide any 
evidentiary basis for how vision-impaired persons would be able to 
access plan information under this standard and stated that vision 
impairment is more common among the Medicaid-eligible population. Some 
commenters stated that this proposal violates section 1557 of the 
PPACA, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, 
national origin, sex, age, and disability.
    Response: Persons with disabilities, including vision impairments, 
make up a significant proportion of the Medicaid population. Under 
regulations implementing the ADA, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act 
of 1973 and section 1557 of the PPACA, states and

[[Page 72795]]

managed care plans must take appropriate steps to provide effective 
communication to people with disabilities. This includes providing 
appropriate auxiliary aids and services to individuals with 
disabilities ``where necessary to afford individuals with disabilities, 
. . . [ ] an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the 
benefits of, a service, program, or activity of a public entity.'' (28 
CFR 35.160(b)(1); see also 28 CFR 36.303; 45 CFR 84.52(d) and 92.202.) 
``Auxiliary aids and services'' is defined to include large print, and 
many other alternative formats used by individuals who are blind and 
vision-impaired. (28 CFR 35.104; 28 CFR 36.303(b)(1); 45 CFR 92.4.) 
Thus, separate and apart from these regulations, states and managed 
care plans have an obligation to make materials and information 
accessible to blind and visually impaired individuals. Regardless of 
how states and managed care plans apply the ``conspicuously visible'' 
standard, they must provide auxiliary aids and services, including 
large-print type under certain circumstances, to potential enrollees 
and enrollees upon request and at no cost under Sec.  438.10(d)(3), 
(d)(5)(ii), and (d)(6)(iii). While we did not provide any empirical 
studies to address the use of a ``conspicuously visible'' standard, we 
do not believe that is necessary because it is a qualitative and not a 
quantitative standard; using a standard that focuses on whether the 
information is sufficiently conspicuous and visible that enrollees 
could reasonably be expected to see and be able to read the information 
avoids the ``one size fits all'' hazard that a quantitative standard 
that focuses only on font size could raise. We expect that states and 
managed care plans will be able to use size, font, color and other 
elements of their printed materials to make information conspicuously 
visible. It may be that for some materials, the font and color used are 
as effective, if not more effective, than merely making the font larger 
for individuals with disabilities to be able to see and read the 
information.
    Comment: One commenter expressed concern that the proposed 
``conspicuously visible'' standard will result in additional challenges 
for managed care plans if states create standards that greatly exceed 
the proposed requirement and as a result, requested that CMS adopt 
safeguards that would allow managed care plans to work with states to 
define standards that balance enrollee accessibility with 
administrative burden.
    Response: We decline to include further criteria or safeguards in 
Sec.  438.10. We encourage states to collaborate with their managed 
care plans, experts in older adults and persons with disabilities, and 
other stakeholders to determine appropriate characteristics of 
``conspicuously visible''. However, we also remind stakeholders that 
states, under their own authority and state law, may impose higher or 
more protective standards to ensure enrollee access to information than 
the minimum imposed by Sec.  438.10(d).
    Comment: Many commenters agreed with the proposal to only require 
taglines on materials critical to obtaining services. They agreed that 
putting taglines on all written materials was unnecessary, impeded the 
use of certain effective forms of written communication, and created 
unnecessarily long documents that were not easy for enrollees to use.
    Response: We agree that requiring taglines only on materials 
critical to obtaining services will help states and managed care plans 
create consumer-friendly documents that maximize effectiveness for the 
enrollee.
    Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to replace the 
requirement to include taglines on ``all written materials'' with the 
requirement for taglines only on materials for potential enrollees and 
enrollees that ``are critical to obtaining services.'' Many commenters 
stated that taglines have proven to be a low-cost and effective means 
of communicating information to individuals with limited English 
proficiency (LEP) and people with disabilities and that this change 
would weaken beneficiary protections and result in reduced access to 
plan information by some enrollees and potential enrollees. Commenters 
also stated that the proposed requirement would give managed care plans 
or state agencies the ability to decide what materials meet this 
requirement, possibly resulting in important materials failing to be 
included, thereby reducing access and ability to make well-informed 
plan decisions for disabled, or LEP individuals. Many commenters 
further stated that this change is inconsistent with section 1557 of 
the PPACA and regulations implemented by HHS' OCR that ``covered 
entities'' must provide taglines on all ``significant'' documents and 
creates conflicting standards.
    Response: As noted in this rule, ``conspicuously visible'' will be 
used to assess the effectiveness of taglines based on whether the 
content is sufficiently conspicuous and visible that enrollees and 
potential enrollees in the Medicaid managed care plan could reasonably 
be expected to see and be able to read the information.
    In addition, we expect that states and managed care plans will 
exercise due diligence in determining which documents are critical to 
obtaining services. Requiring taglines on less than all written 
materials is consistent with Medicare Advantage, qualified health plans 
in the Marketplace, and current implementing regulations for section 
1557 of the PPACA as issued by the HHS and OCR. While requiring 
taglines only on materials that are critical to obtaining services is a 
change from the 2016 final rule, we do not believe that it will 
disadvantage certain populations. Further, the availability of other 
resources for assistance such as a state's beneficiary support system 
or a managed care plan's phone lines and websites provide additional 
opportunities for potential enrollees and enrollees to access the 
information they need or want. We remind states and managed care plans 
that they have independent obligations under Title VI of the Civil 
Rights Act of 1964, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 
section 1557 of the PPACA, and the ADA that may require them to do more 
than what 42 CFR part 438 requires.
    We do not believe that we are creating a conflicting standard 
between documents that are ``critical to obtaining services'' versus 
requiring taglines on ``significant documents'' as used in Sec.  92.8. 
The standard ``critical to obtaining services'' cuts to the heart of 
the role of Medicaid managed care plans: The provision of services to 
enrollees. By adopting a different standard, we preserve for the 
Medicaid program the ability to make different determinations about 
which documents must contain taglines. Therefore, we are finalizing the 
amendments to Sec.  438.10 using the standard ``critical to obtaining 
services'' to identify the documents that must contain taglines. We 
believe states are in the best positon to apply the standard since they 
have the necessary information and familiarity with the documents to 
analyze the scope and purpose of each document. This standard and the 
lack of a definitive list provides the means to ensure that the proper 
documents used in each program and managed care plan contain taglines, 
based on the use and audience of each document.
    Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS provide a targeted 
list of publications that require taglines. Many commenters requested 
that CMS include additional definitions clarifying which materials are 
``critical to obtaining services'' to remove ambiguity to the greatest 
extent possible; however,

[[Page 72796]]

commenters did not provide specific examples. One commenter requested 
that CMS consider permitting taglines and non-discrimination statements 
be provided annually on at least one document that is critical to 
obtaining services, as opposed to on all ``significant'' publications.
    Response: Section 438.10(d)(3) includes a non-exhaustive list of 
documents that are critical to obtaining services; we decline to 
further list documents that are ``critical to obtaining services.'' We 
do not believe that an exhaustive list can be provided in the Sec.  
438.10(d)(3) regulation as each state and managed care plan produces 
different types of documents and that states and managed care plans 
must apply the standard in the regulation to determine which documents 
are critical to obtaining services. Providing a list also runs the risk 
that regulated entities focus only on the list without conducting the 
necessary analysis to think through the purpose and scope of each 
document to identify each document that is critical to obtaining 
services. We clarify here that including taglines only on documents 
critical to obtaining services is a minimum standard, and therefore, 
states and managed care plans have the option to continue requiring 
(and including) taglines on all written materials. We also decline to 
adopt the commenter's suggestion that taglines only be required 
annually on at least one document that is critical to obtaining 
services. Finalizing the text as proposed provides states and managed 
care plans with sufficient responsibility and authority to identify the 
documents that require taglines. Only providing taglines annually and 
on as few as one document is not sufficient notification to enrollees.
    Comment: One commenter expressed concern that the proposed changes 
to Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and (3) seemed to be in conflict. Commenter 
stated that paragraph (d)(2) requires that written materials that are 
critical to obtaining services for potential enrollees include taglines 
explaining the availability of written translations or oral 
interpretation to understand the information provided and the toll-free 
telephone number of the entity providing choice counseling services as 
required by Sec.  438.71(a). The commenter noted that paragraph (d)(3) 
requires that written materials that are critical to obtaining services 
include taglines explaining the availability of written translation or 
oral interpretation to understand the information provided and include 
the toll-free and TTY/TDY telephone number of the MCO's, PIHP's, PAHP's 
or PCCM entity's member/customer service unit. Commenter stated that if 
the written materials that are critical to obtaining services for 
potential enrollees overlap with written materials for enrollees, it is 
unclear what the tagline should say and requested clarification.
    Response: As the tagline information required in Sec.  438.10(d)(2) 
and (3) is the same except for the telephone number, we believe the 
commenter is requesting clarification on that aspect. As such, we 
clarify that if documents are intended for use with both potential 
enrollees and enrollees, the documents would need to comply with the 
requirements in both Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and (3); that is, the document 
would need to include both the toll-free telephone number of the entity 
providing choice counseling services and the toll-free and TTY/TDY 
telephone number of the MCO's, PIHP's, PAHP's or PCCM entity's member/
customer service unit.
    Comment: Commenters expressed concern that allowing managed care 
plans to decide which documents are critical to obtaining services has 
the potential to result in adverse selection, whereby plans would 
discourage enrollment by persons with significant health needs.
    Response: States and managed care plans must comply with all 
applicable laws under Sec.  438.3(f). Enrollment discrimination, 
including on the basis of health status, as well as on other prohibited 
bases, is expressly prohibited in Sec.  438.3(d). Section 438.3(f) 
requires compliance with applicable civil rights laws, which prohibit 
discrimination more broadly than just with regard to enrollment. We 
believe that these requirements are sufficient to address this issue 
and remind stakeholders that nothing in our amendment to Sec.  438.10 
changes these other obligations.
    Comment: One commenter expressed concern that the proposal to 
delete Sec.  438.10(d)(6)(iv) appeared to delete the requirement that 
information on how to request auxiliary aids and services be included 
in a tagline and sought clarification as to whether that was CMS' 
intent.
    Response: Our intent was to delete the requirement that the tagline 
be large print in a font size no smaller than 18-point, not to delete 
the requirement that a tagline provide information on how to access 
auxiliary aids and services. Instructions on how to access auxiliary 
aids and services is important information that should be included in a 
tagline. To correct this inadvertent error, we are finalizing 
additional revisions in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) so that the list of 
information required to be included in taglines in Sec.  438.10(d)(2) 
and (3) includes information on how enrollees can request auxiliary 
aids and services. We believe having all of the tagline elements in one 
sentence in each paragraph makes the requirements clear and easy to 
understand. We acknowledge that the availability of auxiliary aids and 
services is already addressed as a requirement in Sec.  438.10(d)(3), 
(d)(5)(ii), (d)(6)(iii), and (g)(2)(xiii) but those references do not 
specifically require that the information be provided in a tagline nor 
precisely how a potential enrollee or enrollee can make a request. We 
believe revising the lists in Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and (3) is the most 
effective way to ensure that the information on how to request 
auxiliary aids and services is provided as a tagline on all documents 
critical to obtaining services.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing amendments to Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and (3) and (d)(6)(iv) 
substantially as proposed with a modification to Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and 
(3) to add how enrollees can request auxiliary aids and services to the 
list of information required to be included in taglines and to make 
``language'' plural in Sec.  438.10(d)(2).
b. Information for All Enrollees of MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, and PCCM 
Entities: General Requirements (Sec.  438.10(f))
    In the comprehensive revision to Federal regulations governing 
Medicaid managed care in 2002, we required notice to certain specified 
enrollees of a provider's termination within 15 days of a covered 
plan's receipt or issuance of the termination notice (67 FR 41015, 
41100). We established the 15-day time-period following receipt of 
notice because we wanted to ensure that enrollees received notice of 
the provider terminations in advance given the reality that providers 
often give little notice of their plans to terminate participation in a 
network (67 FR 41015). Currently, Sec.  438.10(f)(1) requires that a 
managed care plan must make a good-faith effort to provide notice of 
the termination of a contracted in-network provider to each affected 
enrollee within 15 days of receipt or issuance of the termination 
notice. However, there can be circumstances when plans or providers 
send a termination notice to meet their contractual obligations but 
continue negotiating in an effort to resolve the issue(s) that 
triggered the decision to commence termination procedures. If the 
issue(s) can be

[[Page 72797]]

amicably resolved, then the termination notice is usually rescinded and 
the provider remains in the network. In these situations, the issuance 
of notices by a state to enrollees before resolution efforts have been 
attempted, can cause alarm and confusion for enrollees who believe that 
they need to locate a new provider.
    In an effort to prevent unnecessary notices from being sent to 
enrollees, we proposed at Sec.  438.10(f)(1) to change the requirement 
that managed care plans issue notices within 15 calendar days after 
receipt or issuance of the termination notice to the later of 30 
calendar days prior to the effective date of the termination or 15 
calendar days after the receipt or issuance of the notice. For example, 
if the plan receives a termination notice from a provider on March 1 
for a termination that is effective on May 1, the proposed regulation 
would require that written notice to enrollees be provided by April 1 
(30 days prior to effective date) or by March 16 (within 15 days of 
receipt of the termination notice), whichever is later. In this 
example, the managed care plan would have to issue a notice to the 
enrollees by April 1, since it is later.
    The following summarizes the public comments we received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.10(f) and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to change the 
requirement that managed care plans issue termination notices within 15 
calendar days after receipt or issuance of the termination notice to 
the later of 30 calendar days prior to the effective termination date 
or 15 calendar days after the receipt or issuance of the notice. Many 
commenters agreed with CMS' rationale that it would reduce beneficiary 
confusion by reducing the number of unnecessary notices that they 
receive. Commenters also noted that the proposal aligns with commercial 
coverage practices and provides additional flexibility for managed care 
plans to negotiate with providers who are considering terminating their 
network contract and attempt to resolve the provider's underlying 
issue. One commenter stated that CMS should work with states to 
develop, implement, and deploy enforcement measures for this provision. 
One commenter recommended that CMS should monitor implementation of the 
new timeline.
    Response: We believe it is prudent to allow managed care plans time 
to work with providers to potentially resolve the underlying issue and 
maintain a provider's network participation to avoid disrupting care 
for enrollees. To the extent that the new timelines for this notice 
that we are finalizing in this rule will permit Medicaid managed care 
plans to align their processes across different lines of business, we 
believe that is a bonus benefit to our goal of reducing the potential 
for confusion to enrollees. We do not believe that states nor CMS will 
need to develop new or unique enforcement mechanisms for this 
provision. States have existing oversight and monitoring processes 
which should be updated to reflect these new timeframes.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that CMS require states or plans 
to maintain a hotline that enrollees can call to ask questions about 
and better understand notices of provider terminations to reduce 
confusion.
    Response: States are required to have beneficiary support systems 
under Sec.  438.71 and managed care plans customarily use their member/
customer service units to assist enrollees with questions and 
information to comply with Sec.  438.10(c)(7), which requires plans to 
have mechanisms to help enrollees and potential enrollees understand 
the requirements and benefits of the plan. We do not believe it is 
necessary to mandate a separate mechanism to address questions about 
provider termination notices. We encourage plans to be proactive in 
notifying enrollees about the availability of the call center and other 
existing resources to deal with a provider's termination from the 
plan's network.
    Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to change the 
requirement that managed care plans issue termination notices within 15 
calendar days after receipt or issuance of the termination notice to 
the latter of 30 calendar days prior to the effective termination date 
or 15 calendar days after the receipt or issuance of the notice. Many 
commenters stated that patients should be given as much notice as 
possible to find a replacement provider to avoid disruptions in 
continuity of care which can have negative health outcomes and increase 
costs, especially with regard to specialists, patients with chronic 
conditions, disabilities, or linguistic challenges, and patients in 
rural areas. A few commenters stated that the risk of beneficiary 
confusion is outweighed by the risk to patients who may experience gaps 
in care as they seek alternative providers. Another commenter stated 
that the currently approved timeline is not adequate to maintain 
continuity of care and should instead be lengthened to at least 90 
days. A few commenters provided additional recommendations, including 
ensuring that authorizations for services and the established timeframe 
be honored for patients transitioning to new providers.
    Response: We understand that in some situations, permitting managed 
care plans to issue notices of certain provider terminations within the 
later of 30 calendar days prior to the effective date of the 
termination or 15 calendar days after the receipt or issuance of the 
notice, will result in an enrollee notification period that is shorter 
than the notification period currently required by Sec.  438.10(f). We 
clarify here that the new timeframe finalized in Sec.  438.10(f) is a 
minimum notification period; managed care plans are encouraged to 
provide enrollees more than the minimum required notification period to 
reduce the possibility of disruption in care. Additionally, enrollees 
should be educated and encouraged to utilize the numerous resources 
that can assist them with locating providers, such as their managed 
care plans member/customer service units, the state's beneficiary 
support system, and their managed care plan's provider directory. Some 
enrollees also have a case manager or care coordinator from whom they 
can receive assistance in locating a comparable provider. Managed care 
plans often include the contact information for comparable providers 
near the enrollee in the notice of termination and some plans utilize 
proactive outreach calls to assist enrollees in these situations. We 
encourage all plans to provide customized information and assistance to 
prevent disruptions in care from occurring. We agree with commenters 
that managed care plans should review existing authorizations for 
enrollees affected by a provider termination to ensure that disruptions 
in care are prevented. We remind states and managed care plans of their 
obligations under Sec.  438.206 to ensure that all covered services 
must be available and accessible in a timely manner and that if a 
provider network is unable to provide necessary services covered under 
the contract, the managed care plan must timely and adequately provide 
them out-of-network. States also have program monitoring obligations 
under Sec.  438.66 that should be used to monitor for access and 
continuity of care issues that arise from this change in notification 
time frame and adjust program policies accordingly.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that notification of provider 
termination should include information on how the affected beneficiary 
can disenroll or select a plan

[[Page 72798]]

in which his or her provider participates.
    Response: Section 438.56(c) and (d) list the reasons for which 
disenrollment from a Medicaid managed plan (including to switch to 
another plan, if offered) may be requested by an enrollee; termination 
of a provider from the plan network is not cause for disenrollment 
except in limited circumstances under that regulation. Aside from those 
reasons, and subject to certain limitations, states have the authority 
to determine additional reasons or periods for disenrollment. States 
and managed care plans have been addressing changes in provider 
networks based on provider terminations since the beginning of network-
based managed care programs. In the absence of significant, systemic 
problems that need a Federal solution, we do not believe that 
additional regulation of states and plans in this way is necessary.
    After consideration of public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing the amendment to Sec.  438.10(f)(1) as proposed.
c. Information for All Enrollees of MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, and PCCM 
Entities: Enrollee Handbooks (Sec.  438.10(g))
    In the 2016 final rule, an erroneous reference was included in 
Sec.  438.10(g)(2)(ii)(B) to paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) which does not 
exist. We proposed in this rule to correct the reference to paragraph 
(g)(2)(ii)(A), which describes the applicable services to which 
paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) refers.
    We received no public comments on this proposal and will finalize 
Sec.  438.10(g)(2)(ii)(B) as proposed.
d. Information for All Enrollees of MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, and PCCM 
Entities: Provider Directories (Sec.  438.10(h))
    In the 2016 final rule, we added the requirement at Sec.  
438.10(h)(1)(vii) requiring each managed care plan to include 
information in its provider directory on whether the provider has 
completed cultural competence training. We added this requirement to 
the final rule in recognition of the linguistic and cultural diversity 
of Medicaid beneficiaries (81 FR 27724). After the final rule was 
published, the Cures Act amended section 1902 of the Act,\13\ to add 
requirements for publication of a FFS provider directory.\14\ Now that 
the Congress has established new standards for provider directories in 
FFS Medicaid, we believe that it is beneficial to Medicaid managed care 
enrollees to align the requirements for Medicaid managed care 
directories with the FFS directories, especially since many managed 
care enrollees also receive some services on a FFS basis. The proposed 
amendment would require that the information in a directory include a 
provider's cultural and linguistic capabilities, including the 
languages spoken by the provider or by the skilled medical interpreter 
providing interpretation services at the provider's office. The statute 
does not require information on whether the provider has completed 
cultural competence training; therefore, we proposed to amend Sec.  
438.410(h)(1)(vii) to eliminate the phrase `and whether the provider 
has completed cultural competence training.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ Section 1902(a)(83)(A)(ii)(II) of the Act.
    \14\ Section 5006 of the Cures Act added paragraph 
(83)(A)(ii)(II) to section 1902(a) of the Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the 2016 final rule, we finalized at Sec.  438.10(h)(3) 
requirements that information in a paper directory must be updated at 
least monthly and that information in an electronic directory must be 
updated no later than 30 calendar days after the managed care plan 
receives updated provider information. In paragraph (h)(1), we 
clarified that paper provider directories need only be provided upon 
request, and we encouraged plans to find efficient ways to provide 
accurate directories within the required timeframes (81 FR 27729).
    Since the publication of the 2016 final rule, states and managed 
care plans have raised concerns about the cost of reprinting the entire 
directory monthly. While the final rule did not require that the 
directory be reprinted in its entirety monthly, many managed care plans 
were forced to do so to recognize savings from printing in large 
quantities. To address this inefficiency, as well as to provide managed 
care plans with another option for reducing the number of paper 
directories requested by enrollees due to the lack of access to a 
computer, we proposed to modify the requirements for updating a paper 
provider directory that would permit less than monthly updates if the 
managed care plan offers a mobile-enabled, electronic directory.
    We noted in the 2018 proposed rule that research has shown that 64 
percent of U.S. adults living in households with incomes less than 
$30,000 a year owned smartphones in 2016 (83 FR 57278); using updated 
data, research has shown that 67 percent of U.S. adults living in 
households with incomes less than $30,000 a year owned smartphones in 
2018.\15\ We discussed access to information through smartphones in the 
proposed rule: Lower-income adults are more likely to rely on a 
smartphone for access to the internet, because they are less likely to 
have an internet connection at home \16\ and recent studies show that 
the majority of Americans have used their smartphones to access 
information about their health,\17\ and consider online access to 
health information important.\18\ We explained our belief that 
providing mobile-enabled access to provider directories may provide 
additional value to enrollees by allowing them to access the 
information anytime, anywhere--which is not feasible with a paper 
directory. Mobile applications for beneficiaries are increasingly 
available in programs serving older adults and individuals with 
disabilities and include access to Medicare marketing materials \19\ 
and medical claims on Blue Button \20\ to empower enrollees to better 
manage and coordinate their healthcare. For enrollees that request a 
paper directory, we opined that quarterly updates would not 
significantly disadvantage them as other avenues for obtaining provider 
information are readily available, such as the managed care plan's 
customer service unit or the state's beneficiary support system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ https://www.pewinternet.org/fact-sheet/mobile/.
    \16\ Id.
    \17\ https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2015/04/30/racial-and-ethnic-differences-in-how-people-use-mobile-technology/.
    \18\ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27413120.
    \19\ 2016 Medicare Marketing Guideline 100.6. https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Health-Plans/ManagedCareMarketing/Downloads/2017MedicareMarketingGuidelines2.pdf.
    \20\ https://bluebuttonconnector.healthit.gov/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To reflect this change in access to data and modify the 
requirements for updating a paper provider directory to permit less 
than monthly updates if the managed care plan offers a mobile-enabled 
directory, we proposed several revisions to Sec.  438.10(h)(3). First, 
we proposed to add paragraphs (h)(3)(i) and (ii) to Sec.  438.10 which 
would delineate requirements for paper directories from those for 
electronic directories. Second, we proposed to add paragraphs 
(h)(3)(i)(A) and (B) which would reflect, respectively, that monthly 
updates are required if a plan does not offer a mobile enabled 
directory and that only quarterly updates would be required for plans 
that do offer a mobile enabled directory. Lastly, we proposed to make 
``directories'' singular (``directory'') at

[[Page 72799]]

Sec.  438.10(h)(3)(ii) which would avoid implying that a managed care 
plan must have more than one directory of providers.
    In the proposed rule, we explicitly reminded managed care plans 
that some individuals with disabilities, who are unable to access web 
applications or require the use of assistive technology to access the 
internet, may require auxiliary aids and services to access the 
provider directory. In keeping with the requirement that managed care 
plans must provide auxiliary aids and services to ensure effective 
communication for individuals with disabilities consistent with section 
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, enacted on 
September 26, 1973) and section 1557 of the PPACA, these individuals 
should, upon request, be given the most current provider directories in 
the same accessible format (paper or electronic) that they receive 
other materials.
    We also encouraged managed care plans to perform direct outreach to 
providers on a regular basis to improve the accuracy of their provider 
data and to ensure that all forms of direct enrollee assistance (such 
as telephone assistance, live web chat, and nurse help lines) are 
effective, easily accessible, and widely publicized.
    The following summarizes the public comments we received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.10(h)(1)(vii) and our responses to those 
comments.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to no longer 
require provider directories to note whether a provider has completed 
cultural compliance training and noted that doing so would ease 
administrative burden on plans and providers by better aligning the 
Medicaid managed care policy with the amendment to section 1902(a)(83) 
of the Act, made by the Cures Act. One commenter noted that completion 
of the cultural competency course was not an indicator of a provider's 
cultural capabilities for any particular culture and that many 
beneficiaries do not understand the significance of the notation in the 
provider directory, thereby reducing its importance.
    Response: We appreciate the support for no longer requiring managed 
care plans to include an indication of cultural competence training as 
a required element in a provider directory. The statute does not 
require information on whether the provider has completed cultural 
competence training and we believe it's important to facilitate states 
aligning the requirements for their FFS directories with those of their 
managed care plans.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that provider self-reported data 
be acceptable to meet the proposed requirement for the directory to 
report linguistic and cultural capabilities and that, if after 
solicitation, no capabilities are reported, the directory should list 
``none reported'' as the cultural capabilities of that provider.
    Response: We decline to amend the regulation to specify how to 
collect cultural competence data, including the degree to which self-
reported data is reliable, and how a provider's cultural competencies 
or lack of cultural competencies should be displayed in a provider 
directory. We believe states are better suited to determine how to 
collect this information and how it should be displayed, particularly 
given that some states may elect to use a consistent format for their 
FFS and managed care programs.
    Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal to 
eliminate the phrase ``and whether the provider has completed cultural 
competence training'' from provider directories. These commenters 
stated that the change is unnecessary, removes important information 
for many beneficiaries seeking new providers and providers seeking to 
make effective referrals for existing patients, removes the incentive 
for providers to complete cultural competency training, and may 
increase health disparities in underserved beneficiary populations by 
potentially limiting a patient's confidence in choosing a provider that 
is best suited for them and preventing adequate access to healthcare 
services. Commenters noted that inclusion of the phrase would help 
ensure that a provider is sensitive to a patient's beliefs, practices, 
and culture, thereby strengthening the patient-provider relationship 
and improving the possibility of better health outcomes.
    Response: We understand that some commenters consider an indication 
of cultural competence training in provider directories as useful 
information for enrollees and providers. However, we do not believe 
that removing a ``yes'' or ``no'' indicator reflecting the completion 
of training impacts the usefulness of the other information presented 
about cultural competencies nor that it necessarily indicates whether a 
provider is more sensitive to patients' beliefs, practices, and 
culture. Given that states are required to also display a provider's 
cultural and linguistic capabilities--which is far more descriptive 
than a ``yes/no'' indicator about training--in their FFS directories, 
we believe that they will select clear, consistent, and meaningful ways 
to display the information and ensure that their managed care plans do 
so as well.
    Comment: A few commenters noted that displaying a provider's 
cultural and linguistic capabilities without also indicating whether 
the provider took a cultural competence training is not enough to 
adequately convey whether the individual has the skills or training to 
effectively communicate or provide language assistance. One commenter 
suggested that states should be required to maintain a list of 
providers who have completed cultural competency training.
    Response: We clarify that displaying whether a provider has 
completed cultural competence training is not prohibited, it is merely 
not required under the amendment to Sec.  438.10(h)(1)(vii) that we are 
finalizing in this rule. If managed care plans determine that 
displaying the information is useful, they may continue including it in 
their directory; similarly, states can adopt standards to require the 
directory to include more information than the Federal minimum adopted 
in Sec.  438.10(h)(1). Additionally, if enrollees do not find a 
provider's linguistic competency adequate for effective communication, 
we encourage them to contact their managed care plan immediately for 
assistance. Under Sec.  438.206(b)(1) plans are required to ensure 
adequate access to all services covered under the contract for all 
enrollees, including those with limited English proficiency or physical 
or mental disabilities. We decline to require states and managed care 
plans to maintain a list of providers who have completed training and 
defer to states and managed care plans to decide if doing so would be 
useful for their enrollees.
    After consideration of public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing the amendment to Sec.  438.10(h)(1)(vii) as proposed.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.10(h)(3) and our responses to those 
comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to require only 
quarterly updates for paper directories for plans that offer a mobile 
enabled directory in lieu of monthly updates. These commenters stated 
that the proposal strikes a suitable balance for streamlining access 
between electronic and print formats, increases consistency with the 
Medicare Advantage program, reduces administrative burden and 
environmental impact while having

[[Page 72800]]

minimal negative impact to enrollees, and incentivizes plans to invest 
in mobile enabled features that improve beneficiary experience.
    Response: We believe enrollees will appreciate the increased ease 
of access to provider directory information and believe that decreasing 
the rate of updates to paper directories when there is a mobile-enabled 
electronic alternative to the paper provider directory is an 
appropriate way to ensure enrollee access to information about the 
network of providers.
    Comment: Several of the commenters cited concerns with potential 
ambiguity regarding the term ``mobile-enabled'' and requested CMS 
provide a definition of the term to ensure that states and plans are 
able to take full advantage of the offered flexibility while reducing 
administrative burden for plans that may be required to meet different 
standards across multiple states. Several commenters recommended that 
CMS not limit rulemaking to mobile ``applications'' and that ability to 
access an online printable directory, search tool, or provider 
directory formatted for viewing on a mobile device should be considered 
compliant with the proposed requirement.
    Response: We use the term ``mobile-enabled'' to mean a mobile 
website or a mobile application; we defer to states and managed care 
plans to determine whether a mobile website or application is most 
appropriate for each applicable managed care program and managed care 
plan, provided that the end result is that the provider directory is 
mobile-enabled as explained here. As we outlined in the proposed rule, 
we believe that making the provider directory information usable for 
smartphone or mobile technology users is the key point, not the 
technology or format used to accomplish that. A mobile-enabled website 
could include a mobile friendly, mobile optimized, or a responsive 
design. A true mobile enabled website will automatically detect what 
environment each visitor is using to access the website, then display 
it in the format best for that device, whether a smartphone, tablet, or 
other mobile device is used. With a mobile-enabled website, the 
navigation and content are reorganized so that the web page fits the 
browser window for the device used, and the pages are made ``lighter,'' 
so they download more quickly. Our goal with proposing to reduce the 
frequency of paper directory updates if a mobile-enabled directory is 
available is to improve the enrollee's ability to navigate and utilize 
the directory information when accessing it on a mobile device. We 
would expect features such as small image sizes to allow for fast 
loading, simplified navigation that is ``thumb'' friendly, reduced 
graphics that do not interrupt access to critical information, and 
text-based phone numbers, physical addresses, or email addresses that 
can trigger a call, directions, or email message from the mobile device 
to be included in a mobile-enabled provider directory. Managed care 
plans may find it helpful to visit HHS' website for Building and 
Managing websites; it sets out different stages of ``mobile'' that 
could serve as a useful guide when determining which enhancements would 
be useful to the end user.\21\ HHS guidance notes that when developing 
exclusively mobile versions of websites, these ``microsites'' should be 
designed for mobile accessibility. These sites should contain code 
specific to, and designed for, mobile web tasks and browsing. These 
microsites often contain pared down information on the same topics 
covered on the main site. Additionally, content should be written in 
such a way as to be read easily on a mobile device, usually in small 
text groupings of about three to four lines of text and provide the 
most important information at the top of the page, so that the site 
user has access to the most important information quickly.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ https://www.hhs.gov/web/building-and-managing-websites/mobile/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    By providing guidance on what it means for the provider directory 
to be mobile-enabled, we aim to establish a base for the 
characteristics of a mobile-enabled website without restricting website 
developers. States and managed care plans can determine whether a 
mobile website or application is most appropriate to provide access 
that meets the regulatory standard.
    We do not consider merely being able to access a managed care 
plan's provider directory from its website on a mobile device or a 
printable online directory to be mobile-enabled. A website that is not 
mobile-enabled, is usually very difficult to read when accessed using a 
mobile device, often requiring the user to zoom, scroll, and manipulate 
the image to view it. Additionally, we clarify that Sec.  438.10(c)(6) 
already requires that required enrollee information, which would 
include a provider directory, provided electronically by a managed care 
plan must be in an electronic format which can be retained and printed; 
the standard for mobile-enabled provider directories, which are only 
relevant for purposes of identifying the frequency of updates to the 
paper provider directory, is different than what is required by Sec.  
438.10(c)(6).
    Comment: Commenters recommended that CMS clarify that the proposed 
changes apply to duals programs, including Dual Eligible Special Needs 
Plans (D-SNP) and Medicare-Medicaid Plans (MMP).
    Response: To the extent Part 438 applies to (1) a D-SNP (if it is 
also a Medicaid MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and, in some cases, PCCM, or PCCM 
entity), or (2) a MMP under the capitated financial alignment model 
demonstrations, Sec.  438.10(h)(3)(i)(B) would also apply.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS require electronic 
notification to enrollees and providers of availability of updates and 
another commenter recommended that CMS work with states to develop, 
implement and deploy enforcement measures for these provisions.
    Response: We are not finalizing a new rule to require electronic 
notification to enrollees and providers of updates to the provider 
directory. We believe the commenter is referencing updates necessary 
for mobile applications. If so, the use of a mobile enabled application 
is at the option of the state and managed care plan as a means to 
provide a mobile-enabled provider directory as described in Sec.  
438.10(h)(3). However, if a software application is used and updates to 
the application are required, we would expect the necessary 
notifications to be sent to users of the application. We do not believe 
that states will need to develop new or unique enforcement mechanisms 
for this provision.
    Comment: Several commenters expressed that CMS should only require 
that printed provider directories be distributed upon request.
    Response: Managed care plans must provide paper directories upon 
request per Sec.  438.10(h)(1), which provides that each MCO, PIHP, 
PAHP, and when appropriate the PCCM entity, must make available in 
paper form upon request and electronic form. We remind managed care 
plans that if required information is provided electronically instead 
of on paper, Sec.  438.10(c)(6) applies. Therefore, use of a mobile-
enabled directory will not satisfy the requirement to provide the 
provider directory in electronic form; use of a mobile-enabled provider 
directory is relevant only for purposes of identifying the updating 
schedule with which a managed care plan must comply under Sec.  
438.10(h).
    Comment: A few commenters recommended that CMS require managed care 
plans that meet the condition for quarterly updates to produce update 
flyers upon request or a customer support phone line with after-

[[Page 72801]]

hours capacity. Some of these commenters also expressed that the 
customer support phone line should not only provide contact information 
for providers, but also assist in making appointments and allow for 
patients and providers to update Medicaid managed care plan network 
records.
    Response: We are not incorporating these suggestions into the 
regulatory requirements for managed care plans as we do not believe 
that they are necessary to ensure enrollee access to the provider 
directory. We encourage managed care plans to insert errata sheets into 
paper directories to reflect the most up-to-date provider information, 
provide extended customer service hours, offer appointment setting 
assistance, and utilize effective electronic mechanisms for collecting 
provider directory information.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that printed provider 
directories be provided in a format that permit directories for certain 
geographic areas--as Medicare permits--rather than by the entire 
managed care plan's service area. This commenter further noted that in 
a large state, provider information for the entire state may not be 
useful to members in a specific region and that member's need provider 
information on a reasonable service area based on where they access 
health services. Another commenter recommended that printed directories 
for an entire service region of a managed care plan should only be 
required annually.
    Response: Section 438.10(h) requires that each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and 
when appropriate PCCM and PCCM entity make available--in paper form 
upon request and electronic form--certain specified information about 
the providers in its network. There is no requirement in Sec.  
438.10(h) for a single directory to be printed for a managed care 
plan's entire service area. States can permit or require their managed 
care plans to print directories for areas less than the entire service 
area if the state has determined that best meets the needs of their 
enrollees given known utilization and travel patterns within the state. 
This would allow more customized, consumer friendly directories to be 
sent and is well suited to on-demand printing rather than bulk 
printing. On-demand printing allows managed care plans to print the 
directory data from the current on-line version, thus allowing 
enrollees using printed versions to receive the same information as 
enrollees using an electronic directory. We remind managed care plans 
that enrollees must be able to access information on a plan's entire 
network if they choose to and that all information required by Sec.  
438.10 must be provided in paper form upon request, at no cost, and 
within five business days. Plans subject to this requirement can 
provide paper versions of directories that cover smaller areas (if 
permitted by the state) so long as, in aggregate, the paper directories 
provide the necessary information for the plan's entire service area 
and entire network.
    Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS consider alternatives 
to the proposed requirements for printing provider directories such as 
providing monthly updates or inserts.
    Response: We believe the commenter is suggesting that errata sheets 
alone should be permitted to be sent to enrollees in lieu of an entire 
directory but the comment is not clear as an errata sheet is merely an 
update to what is included in the provider directory, so sending only 
the errata sheet would not seem useful if the paper directory that was 
being updated with new provider information had not first been 
provided. If being used to meet the monthly paper director update 
requirement in Sec.  438.10(h)(3), errata sheets must be inserted into 
a paper directory. We point the commenter to the response in this final 
rule which clarifies another option that states may permit; 
specifically, that the printing of partial directories is permissible 
when requested by an enrollee and if allowed by the state.
    Comment: One commenter stated that managed care plans exempted from 
the requirement to timely update their paper directories should be 
required to display conspicuously on their paper directories and 
websites that real-time assistance is available along with the number 
to call to obtain such assistance.
    Response: We do not believe that additional revision to paragraph 
(h)(3) along these lines is necessary. The phone number for assistance 
is already required in Sec.  438.10(d)(3) which specifies that managed 
care plans must include a tagline on all provider directories and that 
taglines must contain the toll-free and TTY/TDY telephone number of the 
plan's customer/member services unit. This requirement for providing 
the tagline about the customer/member services unit applies regardless 
whether the managed care plan makes available a mobile-enabled provider 
directory and regardless of the updating schedule for the provider 
directory.
    Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to only 
require quarterly updates to paper provider directories if mobile 
enabled directories are available. Many commenters stated that there 
continues to be too high a percentage of people among the Medicaid-
eligible population and among people with disabilities that do not have 
sufficient understanding of or have access to mobile devices or 
broadband internet service \22\ to justify reducing the frequency of 
updates to paper directories and that this proposal would result in 
increased difficulty and burden navigating the healthcare system and 
accessing care. Several commenters cited census data indicating half of 
households with annual incomes under $25,000 lack a computer, broadband 
internet access, or both, expressed that the proposed changes are 
premature given the absence of research on enrollee preferences for 
print versus mobile/electronic formats, and stated that CMS should 
engage in active compliance monitoring and enforcement actions when 
plans fail to meet existing standards. One commenter cited the National 
Association of Insurance Commissioners' (NAIC) recent update to their 
network adequacy model act which included provisions requiring plans to 
update their provider directory at least monthly.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2017/04/07/disabled-americans-are-less-likely-to-use-technology/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Response: We acknowledge that not all Medicaid enrollees have a 
smartphone or internet access, but studies have shown that 67 percent 
of U.S. adults living in households with incomes less than $30,000 a 
year owned smartphones in 2018.\23\ We understand that the challenges 
of paper printing do not diminish a segment of the population's need 
for paper directories, nor should it diminish plans' efforts to produce 
accurate paper directories.\24\ However, we do not believe those issues 
lessen the value of increasing access to the directory for those 
portions of the population that choose to utilize electronic methods. 
Per Sec.  438.10(h)(3), managed care plans must update paper provider 
directories at least monthly after the managed care plan receives 
updated provider information. Managed care plans could take steps to 
alleviate discrepancies between directory updates such as inserting an 
errata sheet before mailing, printing on demand a directory that covers 
less than a plan's entire service area when requested by an enrollee, 
and ensuring that their customer service, care management, and nurse 
help line (if applicable) staff have

[[Page 72802]]

access to the most updated data and are prepared to assist enrollees 
with locating network providers. Managed care plans should also ensure 
that their network primary care providers have easy access to updated 
provider directory information since primary care providers are 
frequently the source of specialty referrals for enrollees. Lastly, 
managed care plans should be sensitive to the disparities in the use of 
electronic information when providing resources for their telephone 
hotline, and providing auxiliary aids and services to people with 
disabilities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ https://www.pewinternet.org/fact-sheet/mobile/.
    \24\ https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2017/04/07/disabled-americans-are-less-likely-to-use-technology/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    After consideration of public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing the amendments to Sec.  438.10(h)(3) as proposed.
9. Disenrollment: Requirements and Limitations (Sec.  438.56)
    We inadvertently included PCCMs and PCCM entities in Sec.  
438.56(d)(5) related to grievance procedures. Because PCCMs and PCCM 
entities are not required by Sec.  438.228, which does impose such a 
requirement on MCOs, PIHPs and PAHPs, to have an appeals and grievance 
process, we proposed to revise Sec.  438.56(d)(5) to delete references 
to PCCMs and PCCM entities. We note that states may impose additional 
requirements on their managed care plans but believe that our 
regulations should be internally consistent on this point.
    No public comments were received on this provision. For the reasons 
outlined in the proposed rule, we are finalizing the amendment to Sec.  
438.56(d)(5) as proposed.
10. Network Adequacy Standards (Sec.  438.68)
    Currently, Sec.  438.68(b)(1) requires states to develop time and 
distance standards for specified provider types if covered under the 
contract. In the 2016 final rule, we declined to set other national 
requirements or specific benchmarks for time and distance (for example, 
30 miles or 30 minutes) as we believed it best not to be overly 
prescriptive and we wanted to give states the flexibility to build upon 
the required time and distance standards as they deemed appropriate and 
meaningful for their programs and populations. (81 FR 27661). We 
proposed revisions to Sec.  438.68(b)(1) to require states to use a 
quantitative standard, rather than only a time and distance standard, 
for providers. We explained in the proposed rule how as states have 
worked to comply with the 2016 final rule, they have alerted us to 
increasing concerns about the appropriateness of uniformly applying 
time and distance standards to the specified provider types across all 
programs. In some situations, time and distance may not be the most 
effective type of standard for determining network adequacy and some 
states have found that the time and distance analysis produces results 
that do not accurately reflect provider availability. For example, a 
state that has a heavy reliance on telehealth in certain areas of the 
state may find that a provider to enrollee ratio is more useful in 
measuring meaningful access, as the enrollee could be well beyond a 
normal time and distance standard but can still easily access many 
different providers on a virtual basis. To address states' concerns and 
facilitate states using the most effective and accurate standards for 
their programs, we proposed to revise Sec.  438.68(b)(1) and (2) by 
deleting the requirements for states to set time and distance standards 
and adding a more flexible requirement that states set a quantitative 
network adequacy standard for specified provider types. We explained in 
the proposed rule that quantitative standards that states may elect to 
use include, but are not limited to, minimum provider-to-enrollee 
ratios; maximum travel time or distance to providers; a minimum 
percentage of contracted providers that are accepting new patients; 
maximum wait times for an appointment; hours of operation requirements 
(for example, extended evening or weekend hours); and combinations of 
these quantitative measures. We encouraged states to use the 
quantitative standards in combination--not separately--to ensure that 
there are not gaps in access to, and availability of, services for 
enrollees.
    We stated that this proposed change would enable states to choose 
from a variety of quantitative network adequacy standards that meet the 
needs of their respective Medicaid programs in more meaningful and 
effective ways, particularly for LTSS programs given the often very 
limited supply of providers and the potential functional limitations of 
the LTSS population. We proposed to remove Sec.  438.68(b)(2)(i) and 
(ii) and reflect all LTSS network adequacy requirements in Sec.  
438.68(b)(2). Currently, Sec.  438.68(b)(1) specifies the provider 
types for which states are required to establish network adequacy 
standards and Sec.  438.68(b)(1)(iv) requires states to establish time 
and distance standards for ``specialist, adult and pediatric.'' As 
noted in the 2016 final rule, we believed that states should set 
network adequacy standards that are appropriate at the state level and 
are best suited to define the number and types of providers that fall 
into the ``specialist'' category based on differences under managed 
care contracts, as well as state Medicaid programs. Therefore, we 
believed it was inappropriate for us to define ``specialist'' at the 
Federal level (81 FR 27661). Since the publication of the 2016 final 
rule, we have received numerous questions from states and other 
stakeholders about who should define the types of providers to be 
included as specialists. We clarified that our proposal would give 
states the authority under the final rule to define ``specialist'' in 
whatever way they deem most appropriate for their programs. To make 
this authority clear, we proposed to revise Sec.  438.68(b)(1)(iv) to 
add ``(as designated by the state)'' after ``specialist.'' This 
proposed change would eliminate potential uncertainty regarding who has 
responsibility to select the provider types included in this category 
for the purposes of network adequacy.
    Currently, Sec.  438.68(b)(1)(viii) requires states to establish 
time and distance standards for ``additional provider types when it 
promotes the objectives of the Medicaid program, as determined by CMS, 
for the provider type to be subject to time and distance access 
standards.'' In the 2016 final rule, we finalized the language in Sec.  
438.68(b)(1)(viii) because it provided the flexibility to address 
future national provider workforce shortages and future network 
adequacy standards (81 FR 27660). Since the 2016 final rule was 
published, states have expressed concern that if we rely on this 
authority and its flexibility of identifying ``additional provider 
types,'' managed care plans may have to assess network adequacy and 
possibly build network capacity without sufficient time. Based on this 
state input, we proposed to remove Sec.  438.68(b)(1)(viii) to 
eliminate any uncertainty states may have regarding this requirement.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.68 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to delete the 
requirement for states to establish time and distance standards and 
instead require any quantitative standard. Commenters stated that not 
requiring the use of time and distance increases flexibility to states 
and will have a positive impact on more accurately assessing access to 
telemedicine. Many commenters offered recommendations including 
requiring states to use a combination of data-driven quantitative

[[Page 72803]]

and qualitative standards for capacity, availability, and accessibility 
that have been cooperatively developed with stakeholders to ensure 
appropriate network access and patient satisfaction that is reasonable 
and achievable. A few commenters recommended requiring states to 
establish separate standards for rural and urban areas that align with 
the Medicare Advantage managed care program. One commenter recommended 
setting a maximum number of measures that can be implemented by states.
    Response: While we agree that states should use a combination of 
data-driven quantitative and qualitative standards that have been 
developed with stakeholder input to comprehensively assess network 
adequacy, we do not believe that it is appropriate to include that as a 
requirement in the regulation. As we noted in the proposed rule, we 
encourage states to use the quantitative standards in combination--not 
separately--to ensure that there are not gaps in access to and 
availability of services for enrollees. We decline to require states to 
establish separate standards for rural and urban areas or to align 
their standards with those used in the Medicare Advantage program, but 
note that Sec.  438.68(b)(3) permits states to vary network adequacy 
standards for the same provider type based on geographic areas. We also 
decline to limit the number of measures a state can implement to assess 
network adequacy. We believe states are in the best position to 
determine the most appropriate number and type of quantitative measures 
to provide them with the information needed to effectively manage their 
programs, as well as fulfill their obligations under Sec. Sec.  438.206 
and 438.207.
    Comment: Commenters recommended requiring states and health plans 
to routinely monitor their standards and network performance for 
alignment with needs of the enrolled population and that states enforce 
these standards through corrective action when necessary. Additionally, 
commenters recommended requiring states to measure network access at 
the subnetwork level, that is, when a managed care plan restricts its 
enrollees to using only a portion of the plan's larger network, if 
managed care plans impose subnetwork access requirements on enrollees. 
Some commenters recommended requiring adequacy standards for specific 
specialties and provider types. A few commenters suggested that CMS 
encourage states to acknowledge differences in provider types, 
particularly for pharmacies, as patients have multiple options outside 
of brick-and-mortar establishments to fill prescriptions such as mail 
order and home delivery, which do not lend themselves easily to 
inclusion under typical network adequacy standards. Commenters stated 
CMS should give states the flexibility to set different standards for 
pharmacies due to their unique features.
    Response: We expect states and health plans to routinely monitor 
their network performance against the standards established by the 
state under Sec.  438.68 as amended in this final rule; we believe that 
states will set these standards in alignment with, and taking into 
account, the needs of the covered population. We also expect that 
states will take corrective action when necessary. The timeframes for 
submission of network adequacy documentation required by Sec.  
438.207(c) is a minimum, and states and managed care plans should use 
network adequacy measurement as a tool that can be utilized at any time 
to proactively identify trends and address issues. Under Sec.  438.68, 
network adequacy standards can be set at whatever level a state deems 
appropriate; thus, states that have plans utilizing subnetworks, could 
establish and measure network adequacy at that level. We decline to 
specify additional provider types as suggested by commenters in Sec.  
438.68(b)(1) nor to add more categories or types of ``pharmacies'' in 
Sec.  438.68(b)(1)(vi), but clarify here that the provider types listed 
are a minimum. States are free to apply network adequacy standards to 
additional provider types as they deem appropriate for their programs.
    Comment: One commenter recommended stipulating that telehealth 
providers may only be counted toward a managed care plan's network 
adequacy when that provider is actively providing services to CHIP/
Medicaid beneficiaries in that community and the managed care plan has 
demonstrated that its telehealth coverage policies and practices offer 
parity to telehealth providers.
    Response: We defer to each state to determine the criteria to be 
applied to telehealth providers and how such providers would be taken 
into account when evaluating network adequacy of the state's Medicaid 
managed care plans. Section 438.68(b) does not set criteria of this 
nature that states must use. Under Sec.  438.68(c)(1)(ix), states must 
consider the availability and use of telemedicine when developing their 
network adequacy standards. If states elect to include telehealth 
providers in their network adequacy analysis, we believe that the 
states will establish criteria that appropriately reflect the unique 
nature of telehealth, as well as the availability and practical usage 
of telehealth in their state.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that CMS should, at minimum, 
encourage states to consider the following when establishing standards 
and measuring network adequacy: Regionalization of specialty care; co-
located service offerings; enrollee ratios by specialty; geographic 
accessibility including proximity to state lines; foreseeable road 
closures; wait times by specialty based on provider hours and 
availability; volume of technological and specialty services available 
to serve the needs of covered persons requiring technologically 
advanced or specialty care; diagnostics or ancillary services; patient 
experience survey data, and minimum appropriate providers available to 
meet the needs of children and adults with special health care needs.
    Response: We believe these factors could be valuable additions to 
states' network adequacy review process, and therefore, encourage 
states to consider them, although we decline to mandate their use in 
Sec.  438.68. We also remind states to be cognizant of the mental 
health parity provisions applicable to MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs in Sec.  
438.910(d) when selecting measures of network adequacy. Plans also need 
to be mindful of their responsibilities for mental health parity under 
part 438, subpart K, in network development and evaluation. We believe 
that states are in the best position to determine the most appropriate 
measures for use in their programs to address the local needs of their 
populations.
    Comment: A few commenters recommended baseline or minimum provider 
time and distance, patient-provider ratios, and timely access standards 
which could be used to inform state-developed network adequacy 
standards. A few commenters suggested specific minutes and miles 
standards while another suggested specific appointment wait time 
standards. One commenter stated that giving states too much flexibility 
could result in significant variability across states thereby 
increasing administrative burden for plans which operate in multiple 
states.
    Response: As we stated in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27661), we 
decline ``to adopt quantitative standards for time and distance.'' 
Underlying that 2016 final rule with regard to Sec.  438.68(b) and our 
2018 proposed rule is a belief that states should be allowed to set 
appropriate and meaningful quantitative standards for their respective 
programs. States are in the best position to set specific quantitative 
standards that

[[Page 72804]]

reflect the scope of their programs, the populations served, and the 
unique demographics and characteristics of each state.'' We reiterated 
this position in the proposed rule and continue to believe that we 
should defer to states and not set Federal standards as prescriptive as 
the commenters suggest. We understand that providing states this level 
of flexibility could result in widely varied standards but given the 
diversity and complexity of Medicaid managed care programs, such 
variation may be warranted. We encourage states and managed care plans 
to collaborate on the development of network adequacy standards and for 
plans that participate in Medicaid in multiple states, to share 
information with states so that best practices and lessons learned can 
be leveraged to improve network adequacy measurement in all states. 
States should consider using technical expert panels and multiple 
sources of stakeholder input to ensure that they develop robust and 
appropriate network adequacy measures for their programs.
    Comment: A few commenters suggested that CMS provide additional 
clarification and detail regarding ``quantitative network adequacy 
standards,'' specifically asking if CMS recommends weighing variables a 
certain way, whether variables will be adjusted for different provider 
types that might have varying data based on their demands and location, 
what will be the reporting sources for network adequacy data and if 
they are self-reported, how will states ensure minimal subjectivity in 
the data, and how will standards such as ``minimum percentage of 
contracted providers that are accepting new patients'' be implemented.
    Response: We decline to include additional specificity in Sec.  
438.68 addressing considerations for state development or 
implementation of network adequacy standards. We believe the list in 
Sec.  438.68(c) reflects an appropriate level of detail. The 
commenters' suggestions may be useful to states and we encourage states 
to consider them as appropriate.
    Comment: A few commenters recommended that CMS outline possible 
quantifiable standards that could supplement time and distance 
standards or provide additional guidance regarding the types of 
quantitative network adequacy standards that could be adopted by a 
state. A few commenters suggested that CMS convene a group of 
stakeholders or experts to address issues regarding network adequacy 
standards such as clear definition and suggested guidelines of what 
constitutes network adequacy, including as they relate to populations 
that access LTSS provided in the home.
    Response: We decline to adopt or implement these recommendations as 
we believe that providing states with the flexibility to identify the 
type of quantitative standard, as well as the standard itself for 
purposes of establishing and measuring network adequacy in Medicaid 
managed care programs, is appropriate in light of the traditional role 
of states in administering Medicaid. We continue to believe that we 
should defer to states and not set overly prescriptive Federal 
standards. We note here that we convened a group of states to gather 
information on their best practices and lessons learned about network 
adequacy. The resulting document was published in April 2017: Promoting 
Access in Medicaid and CHIP Managed Care: A Toolkit for Ensuring 
Provider Network Adequacy and Service Availability and is available at 
https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/managed-care/downloads/guidance/adequacy-and-access-toolkit.pdf. This toolkit, designed as a resource 
guide for state Medicaid and CHIP agency staff, is intended to: Assist 
state Medicaid and CHIP agencies with implementing the requirements of 
the new Federal rule related to network adequacy and service 
availability standards; provide an overall framework and suggest 
metrics for monitoring provider network adequacy and service 
availability, as well as Medicaid and CHIP managed care enrollees' 
access to care overall; and highlight effective or promising practices 
that states currently use to develop and monitor provider network and 
access standards, and promote access to care. We encourage states and 
managed care plans to review the Toolkit as they establish standards 
under Sec.  438.68.
    Comment: One commenter noted that states should be required to 
consult with American Indian/Alaskan Native (AI/AN) tribes to determine 
quantitative network adequacy standards and specialists to which the 
standards would apply, such that gaps in coverage and limitations in 
access to care for AI/ANs in tribal communities are minimized.
    Response: We agree that states should engage in robust stakeholder 
engagement when developing their network adequacy standards to ensure 
inclusion of appropriate provider types based on the needs of the 
covered populations. We remind states of their obligations for tribal 
consultation as specified in Section 1902(a)(73) of the Act as well as 
additional guidance issued in State Medicaid Director Letter 10-001 
(https://www.medicaid.gov/Federal-Policy-Guidance/downloads/SMD10001.PDF).
    Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to delete the 
requirement for states to set time and distance standards and instead 
require a quantitative minimum access standard. Commenters stated that 
current requirements already provide states with adequate flexibility 
in establishing network adequacy standards and are necessary to avoid 
narrowing of existing networks to ensure plans make every effort to 
safeguard patient access. Several commenters expressed that not enough 
time has passed since the associated provisions in the 2016 final rule 
became effective to form an evidentiary basis from which to determine 
whether the proposed changes are necessary.
    Response: We believe that, while useful and appropriate for many 
plans and areas, time and distance analysis may not always produce 
results that accurately reflect provider availability within a network. 
We believe that deleting the requirement to use a time and distance 
standard for all of the required provider types will enable states to 
choose from a variety of quantitative network adequacy standards that 
meet the needs of their respective Medicaid managed care programs in 
more meaningful and effective ways. We clarify that the proposed change 
to Sec.  438.68(b)(1) does not require states currently using a time 
and distance standard to cease using, or make changes to, their 
standard. The proposed change merely offers states an option to use a 
different adequacy standard if they believe that time and distance is 
not the most appropriate standard for their program.
    Comment: Many commenters noted that removal of current measures may 
result in additional burden to providers, as well as enrollees residing 
in rural areas and would increase risk and negatively impact health 
outcomes for children and underserved populations.
    Response: We do not believe that providing states with the option 
to use a different quantitative standard than time and distance will 
add provider burden or negatively impact health outcomes for children 
and underserved populations. Our expectation is that if states use a 
variety of quantitative measures designed to produce the most accurate 
and comprehensive assessment possible of network adequacy of providers 
needed for services covered under the contract, providers and enrollees 
should benefit from that because adequate access to necessary providers 
will have been ensured.

[[Page 72805]]

    Comment: One commenter stated that the proposed rule fails to meet 
the statutory requirement that the Medicaid managed care plans provide 
assurances that it ``maintains a sufficient number, mix, and geographic 
distribution of providers of services'' as directed in section 
1932(b)(5) of the Act and that time and distance standards are the only 
standards described in the proposed rule which can make these 
assurances. This commenter further stated that CMS lacks the legal 
authority to eliminate the statutory requirement that Medicaid managed 
care plans assure the state and the Secretary that it maintains a 
sufficient ``geographic distribution of providers of services.''
    Response: We disagree that time and distance is the only standard 
that can produce information sufficient to enable a managed care plan 
to attest that it maintains a sufficient number, mix, and geographic 
distribution of providers of services. Time and distance standards are 
one of many quantitative measures that states and managed care plans 
can use, alone or in combination, to assess provider networks and 
ensure a sufficient number, mix, and distribution of providers. 
Quantitative standards that states may elect to use include, but are 
not limited to, minimum provider-to-enrollee ratios; maximum travel 
time or distance to providers; a minimum percentage of contracted 
providers that are accepting new patients; maximum wait times for an 
appointment; hours of operation requirements (for example, extended 
evening or weekend hours). We clarify that our proposal in no way 
eliminates the statutory requirement that managed care plans assure the 
state and the Secretary that it maintains a sufficient geographic 
distribution of providers of services. That requirement is unaffected 
by this change and implemented by Sec.  438.207.
    Comment: Many commenters expressed concern with CMS' rationale for 
the proposal regarding the impact of telemedicine on the efficacy of 
time and distance standards (83 FR 57278). Commenters noted that 
telehealth and telemedicine cannot offer the full array of services 
that are otherwise available to a patient who is physically present in 
a provider's office. Commenters stated that states should be required 
to develop separate network adequacy standards for telemedicine, but 
maintain standards for traditional service delivery, and noted that in-
person access should remain a priority when measuring network access as 
many situations are not applicable for the use of technology-enabled 
care.
    Response: We understand the commenters' concerns but clarify that 
it was not our intent to imply that telehealth offers the full array of 
services that are otherwise available to a patient who is physically 
present in a provider's office. We used telehealth as an example of a 
situation where measuring access using a time and distance standard may 
not be optimally effective to evaluate the adequacy of a provider 
network and the ability of the plan to ensure access to services. We 
agree that states need to balance the use of telehealth with the 
availability of providers that can provide in-person care and 
enrollees' preferences for receiving care to ensure that they establish 
network adequacy standards under Sec.  438.68 that accurately reflect 
the practical use of both types of care in their state. Under Sec.  
438.68(c)(1)(ix), states must consider the availability and use of 
telemedicine when developing their network adequacy standards.
    Comment: Some commenters recommended requiring states to establish 
standards that align with other regulatory provisions (such as those 
applicable to Qualified Health Plans (QHPs) or Medicare Advantage 
plans), and the Medicaid statute at section 1932(c) of the Act (cited 
by the commenter as 42 U.S.C. 1396u-2(c)), which requires states to 
establish standards for access to care so that covered services are 
available within reasonable timeframes and in a manner that ensures 
continuity of care and adequate primary care and specialized services 
capacity. The commenters stated that alignment with these provisions 
would ensure reasonable timelines for access to care and continuity of 
care. A few commenters recommended requiring states, contracted managed 
care plans, and pharmacy benefit managers to follow Medicare Part D 
regulatory guidance on access to specialty medications.
    Response: We decline to require states to align their network 
adequacy standards with the standards applicable to other programs 
(such as standards for QHPs, Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part D). We 
believe that the states establishing and assessing their managed care 
plans' networks using the standards required in Sec.  438.68 will 
ensure compliance with the statute. However, we clarify that Sec.  
438.68 is consistent with section 1932(c)(1)(A)(i) of the Act, which 
requires states to develop and implement a quality strategy that 
includes standards for access to care so that covered services are 
available within reasonable timeframes and that ensure continuity of 
care. We believe that the managed care regulations at Sec.  438.206, 
which requires that states ensure that all services covered under the 
contract are available and accessible to enrollees, and Sec.  438.68, 
which requires states to develop network adequacy standards, work 
together to ensure that states meet their obligations under the Act. We 
acknowledge that states may find some of those standards to be 
appropriate for their Medicaid managed care programs and that adopting 
existing measures may reduce the amount of time states have to spend 
developing standards, as well as reduce operational burden on managed 
care plans that also participate in other programs. States should 
review standards used by other programs and evaluate their potential 
usefulness in their Medicaid managed care programs. However, we believe 
that state flexibility on this point is paramount and will not impose 
alignment as a requirement.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to give states 
the authority to define ``specialist'' in whatever way they deem 
appropriate for their programs. Some commenters offered suggestions for 
specific types of specialists that we should require states to include 
in their definition of ``specialist.'' A few commenters recommended 
that CMS provide guidance to states on specialties that should be 
considered or included in each category listed in Sec.  438.68(b)(1) 
and prioritize provider types to help avoid undue administrative burden 
on plans due to variability across states.
    Response: We appreciate the comments in support of our proposal to 
clarify that states have the authority to designate ``specialists'' to 
which network adequacy standards will apply under Sec.  438.68(b)(1). 
We decline to identify additional specific specialties or provider 
types for states to include in this category. We believe states are 
best suited to identify the provider types for which specific access 
standards should be developed in order to reflect the needs of their 
populations and programs. We note that States' network adequacy 
standards are included in their quality strategies and are subject to 
publication and public comment consistent with existing transparency 
provisions in Sec.  438.340(c)(1).
    Comment: Many commenters disagreed with the proposal to allow 
states to define ``specialist'' in whatever way they deem appropriate 
and recommended that CMS identify specific provider types as 
specialists. One commenter stated that CMS should define specialists to 
include providers who focus on a specific area of health and include 
sub-specialists who have additional training beyond that of a 
specialist. Some commenters

[[Page 72806]]

recommended requiring states to include specific specialists including 
hematologists, adult and pediatric oncologists, surgical specialists, 
pulmonologists, allergists, and emergency physicians. One commenter 
recommended that CMS revise its proposed language to state ``(as 
designated by the state in a manner that ensures access to all covered 
services),'' which would reiterate the need for states to ensure that 
managed care plan's provider networks guarantee full access to all 
benefits covered under the state plan and are representative of the 
types of providers that frequently provide services to consumers within 
their corresponding service areas.
    Response: We understand commenters' concerns but do not agree CMS 
should define ``specialist'' in Sec.  438.68(b)(1)(iv). As noted in the 
2016 final rule on this topic, we believe that states should set 
network adequacy standards that are appropriate at the state level and 
are best suited to designate the number and types of providers that 
fall into the ``specialist'' category based on differences under 
managed care contracts, as well as state Medicaid programs; therefore, 
we believe it would be inappropriate for us to identify at the Federal 
level specific specialists for which each state must establish an 
access standard (81 FR 27661). We expect states to apply network 
adequacy standards to all provider types and specialties necessary to 
ensure that all services covered under the contract are available and 
accessible to all enrollees in a timely manner as required by Sec.  
438.206.
    Comment: Commenters noted that allowing states to define 
``specialist'' may inadvertently limit access for enrollees to covered 
services, result in higher costs if certain categories of specialists 
are no longer in-network, lead to inconsistent application of the 
policy when patients see physicians in another state that defines 
specialists in different ways, and decrease quality of care in states 
that create standards which allow less qualified providers (for 
example, nurse practitioners in lieu of doctors) to meet ``specialist'' 
criteria. One commenter expressed concern that allowing states to 
define ``specialist'' could negatively affect national quality measures 
that rely heavily on certain provider types rendering care to count 
towards numerator compliance.
    Response: We do not agree that allowing states to designate which 
specialists are subject to the required network adequacy standards is 
likely to limit access, increase costs, lead to lower quality of care, 
promote inconsistent application due to differing designations among 
states, or affect the accuracy of national quality measures. Network 
adequacy standards are utilized by managed care plans and states to 
assess network adequacy at an aggregate level on a periodic basis. 
Meaning, network adequacy standards are not used to determine the 
availability of, or authorize care by, a particular type of provider 
for an individual enrollee. We believe that Sec.  438.206 is 
sufficiently clear on states' and managed care plans' responsibilities 
for ensuring that all covered services are available and accessible to 
enrollees in a timely manner, including specifically addressing 
situations when an enrollee's managed care plan's network is unable to 
provide necessary services in Sec.  438.206(b)(4). Managed care plans 
must necessarily develop their networks in ways that enable them to 
comply with all of their obligations under Sec. Sec.  438.206 and 
438.207. Lastly, although we do not see a correlation between the 
specialists a state chooses to include for network adequacy purposes 
and provider types necessary for calculating quality measures, states 
can include specialists that are implicated in quality measure 
calculations if they so choose.
    Comment: Several commenters suggested that the final rule should 
instruct states that their designations of specialists for purposes of 
Sec.  438.68(b), and any network adequacy standards, must be consistent 
with existing state laws regarding licensure and certification, as well 
as the Medicaid managed care nondiscrimination regulation which 
prohibits managed care plans from discriminating against providers 
based on their licensure or certification.
    Response: States and managed care plans must comply with all 
applicable Federal and state laws as specified in Sec. Sec.  438.3(f) 
and 438.100(d) and provider discrimination is specifically prohibited 
in Sec. Sec.  438.12 and 438.214. Specifically, Sec.  438.12 prohibits 
managed care plans from discrimination in the participation, 
reimbursement, or indemnification of any provider who is acting within 
the scope of his or her license or certification under applicable state 
law, solely on the basis of that license or certification and Sec.  
438.214(c) specifies that managed care plans are prohibited from 
discriminating against providers that serve high-risk populations or 
specialize in conditions that require costly treatment. We do not 
believe that the requirement on states to establish network adequacy 
standards in Sec.  438.68(b) contravenes or limits these other 
provisions, or that an amendment to Sec.  438.68 to incorporate similar 
requirements about non-discrimination is necessary or appropriate.
    Comment: A few commenters agreed with the proposal to eliminate the 
requirement for states to establish time and distance standards for 
``additional provider types'' identified by CMS because it will foster 
experimentation and innovation to improve care delivery as well as 
streamline assessment of network adequacy.
    Response: We believe removing the requirement for states to 
establish time and distance standards for ``additional provider types'' 
identified by CMS will enable states to recognize and react more 
quickly to local needs and developing trends in care.
    Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal to no 
longer require states to establish time and distance standards for 
``additional provider types when it promotes the objectives of the 
Medicaid program.'' Commenters stated that the current requirement 
gives CMS an efficient way to address changes in Medicaid benefits, 
workforce shortages, or concerns regarding access to care without going 
through the rulemaking process, which impairs CMS' ability to respond 
to emergent concerns. Several commenters suggested that rather than 
eliminating the provision, it could be amended to provide states with 
advanced notice (specifically one year) before including a new provider 
type. A few commenters stated that any concerns regarding 
implementation timelines could be addressed in informal guidance or by 
allowing states to create implementation standards within certain 
parameters established through agency instruction.
    Response: We believe that deleting Sec.  438.68(b)(1)(viii) removes 
an unnecessary level of administrative burden and makes it clear that 
designating additional provider types that are subject to network 
adequacy analysis is a state responsibility. This revision is 
consistent with the other revisions proposed at Sec.  438.68(b) 
introductory text and (b)(1)(iv). We considered proposing a specific 
timeline for advance notice instead of deleting Sec.  
438.68(b)(1)(viii) completely, but ultimately concluded that that 
approach was not consistent with the overall goal and purpose of Sec.  
438.68(b).
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed network adequacy 
requirements allowing states to use any quantitative standard when 
developing network adequacy standards for long term services and 
supports programs, specifically noting appreciation for flexibility in 
determining how networks are developed and stated that CMS'

[[Page 72807]]

emphasis on states developing standards that ensure beneficiary access 
and provider availability rather than just time and distance is 
appropriate.
    Response: We appreciate the comments in support of our revisions to 
reorganize Sec.  438.68(b)(2) to reflect consistency with the 
requirement in Sec.  438.68(b)(1) for states to develop network 
adequacy standards for specified provider types.
    Comment: Commenters suggested that CMS develop meaningful and 
appropriate network adequacy standards (including national standards) 
for LTSS providers that recognize the realities of various settings and 
locations in which these services are delivered as well different 
provider types (agency employees versus independent personal care 
workers). One commenter also stated that any national standards 
developed by CMS should be subject to a stakeholder notice and comment 
period and ensure that standards support consumer choice of providers 
and community living. One commenter encouraged CMS to provide states 
with increased guidance rather than less, including, network adequacy 
metrics based on choice standards, service fulfillment standards, and 
provider ratios. The commenter continued that guidance should ensure 
that networks for LTSS services in which the provider travels to the 
enrollee are just as robust as those in which the enrollee travels to 
the provider.
    Response: We decline to set national network adequacy standards. We 
believe it is particularly important that states have flexibility to 
set network adequacy standards customized for their LTSS programs given 
the wide variation in program design, the often very limited supply of 
providers, the provision of services outside of an office setting, and 
the potential functional limitations of the LTSS population. We 
encourage states to solicit stakeholder input in the development of 
their LTSS network standards to ensure that they adequately address 
situations when enrollees travel to the provider as well as when the 
provider travels to the enrollee. CMS issued guidance on setting 
network adequacy standards in April 2017: Promoting Access in Medicaid 
and CHIP Managed Care: A Toolkit for Ensuring Provider Network Adequacy 
and Service Availability and is available at https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/managed-care/downloads/guidance/adequacy-and-access-toolkit.pdf. This toolkit, designed as a resource guide for state 
Medicaid and CHIP agency staff, includes a specific chapter on LTSS. 
See Chapter V ``Network and Access Standards and Monitoring for Special 
Provider and Service Types.''
    Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal to delete 
the requirement for states to set time and distance standards for LTSS 
providers and stated that such standards are highly beneficial to 
guiding how LTSS network adequacy standards are developed and judged, 
and that these standards are particularly relevant for LTSS given the 
provider shortages for direct-care staff in many areas. Commenters 
further stated that time and distance standards help ensure that there 
are providers available in a given area and provide home care agencies, 
managed care plans, and state agencies with a standard that is easy to 
use and understand to assess whether provider shortages are due to long 
travel times that require additional compensation. Another commenter 
stated that for nursing facility and other institutional-type LTSS 
providers, time and distance standards also ensure that enrollees are 
able to maintain their relationships with their community and family 
during their time in a facility and that if an enrollee has to enter a 
facility far way (either in time or distance), the enrollee is less 
likely to be able to maintain the support networks they will ultimately 
need to successfully transition back into the community.
    Response: We agree that time and distance may be useful network 
adequacy standards for certain provider types and we clarify that our 
proposed revisions do not prohibit nor discourage the use of time and 
distance as a network adequacy standard. Our proposed revisions merely 
remove the requirement that time and distance standards be used as the 
standard for all provider types. States and managed care plans can 
continue using time and distance--alone or in conjunction with other 
standards such as enrollee-to-provider ratios--for any provider types 
that they deem appropriate. Nursing facilities and other institutional-
type facilities that provide LTSS are not specifically included in 
Sec.  438.68(b)(1); as such, the development and application of network 
adequacy standards to these provider types is at state discretion 
because we do not designate the LTSS provider types for which specific 
evaluation standards must be developed and used in paragraph (b)(2); 
identifying specific provider types at the Federal level is unnecessary 
as states have the requisite knowledge and expertise about the services 
covered under their managed care plans to know which provider types 
should be individually evaluated for access. We agree that facilitating 
the maintenance of the support networks that will help enrollees 
transition back to and stay in the community after an institutional 
stay is important and we urge states and managed care plans to consider 
this in the development of their network adequacy standards.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing Sec.  438.68 as proposed.
11. Adoption of Practice Guidelines (Sec.  438.236)
    In the 2016 final rule, we attempted to remove the terminology 
``contracting health care professionals'' throughout the rule because 
it is not defined in any regulation or statute and we believed that use 
of ``network provider'' as defined in Sec.  438.2 was more accurate. We 
inadvertently missed removing the term at Sec.  438.236(b)(3). To 
correct this, we proposed to remove the words ``contracting health care 
professionals'' and insert ``network providers'' in Sec.  
438.236(b)(3).
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.236 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: One commenter supported the proposed language change to 
remove the words ``contracting health care professionals'' and insert 
``network providers'' in Sec.  438.236(b)(3).
    Response: We thank the commenter for the support. Consistent Use of 
``network provider,'' which is a defined term in Sec.  438.2 promotes 
clarity in the regulations.
    After consideration of public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we will 
finalize Sec.  438.236(b)(3) as proposed.
12. Enrollee Encounter Data (Sec.  438.242(c))
    In Sec.  438.242(b)(3) of the final rule, we required that all 
contracts between a state and an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP provide for the 
submission by the managed care plan of all enrollee encounter data that 
the state is required to submit to us under Sec.  438.818. Since the 
final rule, some states and managed care plans have expressed concern 
about, and been hesitant to submit, certain financial data--namely, the 
allowed amount and the paid amount. Some managed care plans consider 
this information to be proprietary and inappropriate for public 
disclosure. We explained in the proposed rule that we understand their 
concern but emphasize the importance of these data for proper

[[Page 72808]]

monitoring and administration of the Medicaid program, particularly for 
capitation rate setting and review, financial management, and encounter 
data analysis. Additionally, the allowed and paid amounts of claims are 
routinely included on explanation of benefits provided to enrollees; 
thus making this information already publicly available. To clarify the 
existing requirement and reflect the importance of this data, we 
proposed to revise Sec.  438.242(c)(3) to explicitly include ``allowed 
amount and paid amount.'' We explained in the proposed rule that the 
proposed change to Sec.  438.242(c)(3) would in no way change the 
rights of Federal or state entities using encounter data for program 
integrity purposes to access needed data. Nor would it change the 
disclosure requirements for explanation of benefits notices (EOBs) or 
other disclosures to enrollees about their coverage.
    In the proposed rule, we noted that the health insurance industry 
has consistently stated that the contractual payment terms between 
managed care plans and providers are confidential and trade secret 
information and that the disclosure of this information could cause 
harm to the competitive position of the managed care plan or provider. 
We also stated that we would treat data as trade secret when the 
requirements for such a classification are met. We stated that we 
recognize the significance of the volume of data collected in the T-
MSIS and take our obligations seriously to protect from disclosure 
information that is protected under Federal law. Our goal in proposing 
to explicitly name allowed and paid amount in Sec.  438.242(b)(3) is to 
ensure that the scope of the collection of encounter data is clear. We 
affirmed our commitment to safeguarding data protected by Federal law 
from inappropriate use and disclosure.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.242(c) and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposed revision to Sec.  
438.242(c)(3) and agreed that more accurate and complete Medicaid data 
and transparency are needed and that data on allowed and paid amounts 
are critical to monitoring and administering the Medicaid program. 
Commenters noted that this clarification will strengthen the ability of 
state and Federal officials to monitor managed care plan payments to 
network providers for their effect on access to care, is consistent 
with statutory provisions regarding reporting of encounter data 
established in the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 
(PPACA) (Pub. L. 111-148, enacted March 23, 2010 as amended by the 
Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152, 
enacted March 30, 2010)) (``Affordable Care Act''),\25\ and will help 
to identify potential fraud, waste, and abuse. A few commenters 
supported this proposal because they believe that managed care plans 
erroneously state that this information is trade secret. Several 
commenters stated that the proposed revision to Sec.  438.242(c) will 
improve the accuracy, transparency, and accountability of encounter 
data.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ Sections 6402(c)(3) and 6504(b)(1) of the Affordable Care 
Act reorganize, amend, and add to sections 1903(i)(25) and 
1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act by adding provisions related to routine 
reporting of encounter data as a condition for receiving Federal 
matching payments for medical assistance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Response: We agree that it is important for states and us to have 
complete and accurate encounter data for proper program administration. 
We appreciate the support and recognition of this important program 
policy from commenters.
    Comment: Several commenters requested clarifications about the 
proposed changes to Sec.  438.242(c). A few commenters requested more 
guidance on the definitions of ``allowed amount'' and ``paid amount'', 
and one commenter recommended that CMS seek input from managed care 
plans and other stakeholders on the proposed definitions. A few 
commenters requested clarification on how the requirement to report 
allowed and paid amounts will apply to subcapitated arrangements with 
providers that do not have clear payments for individual services and 
do not use a per service payment structure. Specifically, a few 
commenters requested clarification regarding whether the allowed and 
paid amounts that the state is required to report to CMS are the 
amounts the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP or subcontractor allowed and paid to the 
direct healthcare provider.
    Response: We understand the request for additional clarification on 
how the allowed and paid amount fields should be populated in T-MSIS 
submissions. For provider claims paid by the managed care plan or 
subcontractor on a FFS basis, ``allowed amount'' and ``paid amount'' 
have the same meaning as used for completing EOBs sent to enrollees; 
that is, the allowed amount reflects the amount the managed care plan 
or subcontractor expects to pay for a service based on its contract 
with the provider and the paid amount reflects the amount the managed 
care plan or subcontractor actually sends to the provider after 
adjudicating the claim. This would be the same for claims paid by the 
state Medicaid agency or a managed care plan.
    We acknowledge that there are many types of payment arrangements 
including other than a per service payment arrangement, used in 
Medicaid managed care and that data fields in T-MSIS may need to be 
populated in different ways to accurately capture the data associated 
with the different arrangements. It is critical that Transformed 
Medicaid Statistical Information System (T-MSIS) data reflect all data 
associated to services provided to managed care enrollees, including 
services provided by subcontractors. For example, comprehensive data on 
pharmacy services subcontracted to a pharmacy benefit manager must be 
submitted to T-MSIS with the same level of accuracy and completeness as 
data for claims paid by the managed care plan directly. The 
requirements for populating fields in T-MSIS are documented in a data 
dictionary and accompanying guidance issued by CMS. We also have 
technical assistance available for states that have questions about 
submitting T-MSIS data. For more information, visit: https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/data-and-systems/macbis/tmsis/. The 
dynamic nature of health care payment arrangements necessitates that we 
use flexible and rapid methods for distributing T-MSIS information to 
states in the most efficient and effective manner. As such, including 
overly specific details to address every type of payment arrangement in 
a regulation is not prudent nor feasible. States should consult T-MSIS 
requirements and guidance documents and request technical assistance as 
needed to ensure that their T-MSIS submissions meet current standards.
    Comment: One commenter stated that the allowed amount is not needed 
for administering the Medicaid program because it is not necessary for 
invoicing Federal rebates or capturing Federal reimbursement for 
Medicaid expenditures. Another commenter stated that the capitation 
rates should be set based on the paid amount, not the allowed amount, 
and that if CMS has concerns about amounts paid, it should look towards 
addressing policies that drive up costs, such as state-mandated 
formularies or any willing provider provisions, and adopt proven 
benefit design tools used in the commercial market to keep costs down.
    Response: We disagree with the commenter that the information about

[[Page 72809]]

the allowed amount should not be collected. While allowed amount data 
submitted by managed care plans to states may not be utilized as 
routinely as paid amount data in setting capitation rates or oversight 
activities, it nonetheless provides states and CMS insight into 
important aspects of a managed care plan's network, namely, its fee 
schedule and contractually negotiated rates. Analyzing allowed amount 
data can facilitate plan comparisons that are not possible with paid 
amounts as well as provide insight into possible causes for access 
issues within a plan's network. We clarify here that we did not intend 
to convey in our proposal that we had ``concerns with paid amounts,'' 
but rather to clarify the meaning of ``all enrollee encounter data'' in 
Sec.  438.242(c)(3) as finalized in the 2016 final rule by explicitly 
stating the mandatory submission of encounter data includes allowed 
amount and paid amount data. Under Sec.  438.818, states must submit 
all enrollee encounter data to CMS; Sec.  438.242(c) requires states to 
require Medicaid managed care plans to submit to the state the same 
encounter data that must be submitted in their T-MSIS submissions to 
us. As explained in the 2016 final rule, Sections 6402(c)(3) and 
6504(b)(1) of the Affordable Care Act reorganize, amend, and add to the 
provisions of sections 1903(i)(25) and 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act by 
adding provisions related to routine reporting of encounter data as a 
condition for receiving Federal matching payments for medical 
assistance. Section 1903(i)(25) of the Act mandates that, effective 
March 23, 2010, Federal matching payments to the states must not be 
made for individuals for whom the state does not report enrollee 
encounter data to us. The PPACA amendment to section 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) 
of the Act specifies that the obligation for an MCO to report ``patient 
encounter data'' was, for contract years after January 1, 2010, to the 
state in a timeframe and level of detail specified by the Secretary. 
The data that must be collected and reported under these provisions is 
the same, but the population covered by section 1903(i)(25) of the Act, 
compared to the population covered by section 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the 
Act, included enrollees of PIHPs and PAHP. (81 FR 27737). These 
statutory changes or the data required from Medicaid managed care plans 
were reflected in Sec. Sec.  438.242 and 438.818 of the 2016 final 
rule.
    Comment: Several commenters appreciated CMS' commitment to 
safeguarding data protected by Federal law from inappropriate use and 
disclosure but recommended that CMS reinforce this assurance in 
regulatory language by including an affirmative statement in Sec.  
438.242(c) that would make the submissions subject to applicable 
Federal and state confidentiality laws and regulations. A few 
commenters stated that they appreciate CMS' recognition that 
contractual payment terms between managed care plans and providers may 
be confidential and trade secret information, the disclosure of which 
could potentially harm competition among managed care plans and 
providers.
    Response: We decline to include additional regulatory text 
indicating the applicability of Federal and state laws and regulations 
to the collection of enrollee encounter data that states are required 
to submit to T-MSIS. We exercise due diligence to comply with all 
applicable laws and regulations with respect to all data in T-MSIS. We 
do not believe that this final rule is the appropriate place to discuss 
fully the scope and applicability of various confidentiality and data 
protection laws to encounter data that must be submitted under sections 
1903(i)(25) and 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act. If, and when, there is a 
request for disclosure of this data (or if we seek to disclose without 
a request), we will evaluate the applicable law and whether encounter 
data submissions are protected from release or disclosure under Federal 
law. The facts of each situation, including the age and scope of the 
data, are necessarily key components in any such analysis.
    Comment: A few commenters disagreed that the allowed amount is 
already in the public domain in the form of EOBs because EOBs are not 
public documents. Several commenters stated that the allowed amount is 
considered proprietary information by most plans and is not appropriate 
for public disclosure.
    Response: We understand commenters' concern; however, there are no 
restrictions on an enrollee's use or disclosure of their EOBs. We 
recognize the significance of managed care plans' concerns and commit 
to treating these data as confidential under applicable law when the 
requirements for such treatment are met. We also acknowledge the 
significance of the large volume of data collected in T-MSIS as opposed 
to the very limited amount of data available from individual EOBs, and 
the potential uses the quantity would enable. We take our obligations 
seriously to safeguard information that is protected under Federal law 
from inappropriate use and disclosure.
    Comment: One commenter urged CMS to not only ensure that 
contractual payment terms are safeguarded from disclosure, but also 
stated that aggregated data that could be used to reverse engineer 
contractual payment terms is safeguarded. Another commenter requested 
additional information about the measures CMS uses or proposes to use 
to safeguard the allowed and paid amount data and recommended that CMS 
apply stringent safeguards in how this information is used to ensure 
that this data is only used for its intended purposes and not in 
manners that have the potential to adversely impact competition for 
plans and providers. One commenter requested that the final rule 
clarify that any additional disclosure of allowed and paid amounts, 
beyond that made to the state and CMS, is at the discretion of the 
managed care plan. One commenter stated that they discourage requiring 
submission of allowed and paid amounts, and that at a minimum, managed 
care plans need to better understand the purpose of this data 
collection and CMS' intended use for this data.
    Response: We understand the concern that the large quantity of data 
maintained in T-MSIS could be used to reverse engineer payment terms 
and fee schedules. Safeguarding information that is protected under 
Federal law from inappropriate use and disclosure is a priority for us. 
However, there are adequate protections in other Federal law (for 
example, exemption 4 in the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 
552(b)(4), the Trade Secrets Act, 18 U.S.C. 1905) so adding a new 
regulatory protection here is not appropriate. Further, we decline to 
include regulatory text giving plans discretion over the use and 
distribution of T-MSIS data. CMS will comply with all applicable 
Federal requirements associated with use and disclosure of data. As we 
stated in the proposed rule, we consider encounter data invaluable for 
proper monitoring and administration of the Medicaid program, 
particularly for capitation rate setting and review, financial 
management, program integrity, and utilization analysis. As we 
explained in SMD 13-004 (https://www.medicaid.gov/federal-policy-guidance/downloads/smd-13-004.pdf), our goal is for T-MSIS data to be 
used for initiatives such as to study encounters, claims, and 
enrollment data by claim and beneficiary attributes; analyze 
expenditures by medical assistance and administration categories; 
monitor expenditures within

[[Page 72810]]

delivery systems and assess the impact of different types of delivery 
system models on beneficiary outcomes; examine the enrollment, service 
provision, and expenditure experience of providers who participate in 
our programs; and observe trends or patterns indicating potential 
fraud, waste, and abuse in the programs so we can prevent or mitigate 
the impact of these activities. We are committed to collecting accurate 
and comprehensive data, meeting our obligations to safeguard that data, 
and using it to reach our goals to improve the Medicaid program and the 
health outcomes of its beneficiaries.
    Comment: A few commenters expressed concerns about the impact of 
reporting the allowed amount on costs associated with modifying 
encounter data collection and IT systems for states and health plans. 
One commenter stated that the allowed amount is not currently an 
available field in either the National Council for Prescription Drug 
Programs (NCPDP) standard reporting layouts frequently used by states 
as the basis for capturing their pharmacy encounters, or in the 837 ASC 
\26\ X12 standards used to report professional claims. One commenter 
recommended that instead of requiring the allowed amount to be reported 
with enrollee encounter data, CMS should use the approach taken by the 
837 ASC X12 workgroup that permits calculation of the allowed amount 
from the fields needed to calculate it in the data already captured in 
the current layout. Commenter stated that calculating allowed amount in 
this manner would promote greater consistency in reporting and allow 
CMS to achieve its goal of more accurately identifying administrative 
costs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ Accredited Standards Committee.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Response: We believe the commenter is referring to the pre-
adjudicated allowed amount field. If so, we understand that the allowed 
amount is no longer a required field in 837 ASC X12 for pre-adjudicated 
claims. However, Loop 2400 HCP02 (Priced/Repriced Allowed Amount) data 
element does still exist in the 5010 format and is applicable to post-
adjudicated claims. The allowed amount added by the managed care plan 
or subcontractor during adjudication is the data that should be 
submitted to T-MSIS. We clarify here that we are not requiring the 
creation of new fields in any of the standardized transaction formats 
referenced in Sec.  438.242(c)(4); existing fields should be populated 
consistent with the T-MSIS data dictionary. As such, we do not believe 
states nor managed care plans will need to invest significant, if any, 
IT resources to comply. We decline to adopt a requirement for a 
calculated allowed amount over one populated when the claim is 
adjudicated.
    Comment: A few commenters recommended ways to implement the 
proposed change to Sec.  438.242. Commenters stated that, given the 
variety of contracting and subcontracting arrangements, consultation 
should occur between Medicaid plans, states, and CMS on how best to 
define and implement this provision to ensure that all appropriate 
costs are captured for rate development. A few commenters recommended 
that there be sufficient time for implementation because the use of new 
fields in the encounter system will require considerable programming 
for point of service claims, and one commenter requested a future 
effective date for these changes.
    One commenter recommended making reporting the allowed amount 
optional. One commenter recommended that CMS work with healthcare 
stakeholders to create industry standard formats for encounter file 
submissions and seek public input through future formal rulemaking. 
Commenters also recommended that CMS finalize any such industry 
standard formats with sufficient time and definitive guidance in 
advance of required use.
    Response: The size and scope of today's Medicaid programs need 
robust, timely, and accurate data to ensure the highest financial and 
program performance, support policy analyses, and maintain ongoing 
improvement that enables data-driven decision making. Encounter data 
are the basis for any number of required or voluntary activities, 
including rate setting, risk adjustment, quality measurement, value-
based purchasing, program integrity, and policy development. Since 
1999, states have been required to electronically submit data files to 
MSIS, including eligibility and paid claims files. The paid claims 
files have always required the same fields of data that are present on 
a claim form or standardized electronic format. Submitting allowed and 
paid amounts for encounter data to CMS is not a new requirement for 
states, although their compliance rates of completeness and accuracy 
have varied widely. Congress enacted sections 6402(c)(3) and 6504(b)(1) 
of the PPACA which reorganized, amended, and added to the provisions of 
sections 1903(i)(25) and 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act by adding 
provisions related to routine reporting of encounter data as a 
condition for receiving Federal matching payments for medical 
assistance. Section 1903(i)(25) of the Act mandates that, effective 
March 23, 2010, Federal matching payments to the states must not be 
made for individuals for whom the state does not report enrollee 
encounter data to us. Further, section 1903(m)(2)(A)(xi) of the Act 
specifies that an MCO must report ``patient encounter data'' for 
contract years after January 1, 2010, to the state in a timeframe and 
level of detail specified by the Secretary. We do not believe that the 
clarification we are adding to the regulation (by incorporating 
explicit wording that the allowed amount and paid amount are part of 
the required encounter data reporting) for the purpose of emphasizing 
the importance of accurate and complete submission by Medicaid managed 
care plans necessitates additional consultation or significant 
implementation efforts. We do not believe there is a need for one 
industry standard reporting format solely for encounter data 
submissions. We addressed data standardization and file formats for 
submission of encounter data in the 2016 final rule in Sec.  
438.242(c)(4), which specifies submission of encounter data to the 
state in standardized ASC X12N 837 and NCPDP formats, and the ASC X12N 
835 format as appropriate. As noted previously in our responses to 
comment on the proposal to amend Sec.  438.242(c)(3), we believe that 
populating the existing field in the X12N 837 and NCPDP formats, and 
the ASC X12N 835 format will not entail significant burden.
    Generally, all regulations have future effective dates, and we do 
not believe we need to set an additionally delayed or unique compliance 
date for Sec.  438.242(c)(3) as revised in this final rule given the 
lengthy history of this requirement.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing Sec.  438.242(c) as proposed.
13. Medicaid Managed Care Quality Rating System (MAC QRS) (Sec.  
438.334)
    In the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27686), we established at Sec.  
438.334 the authority to require states to operate a Medicaid managed 
care quality rating system (QRS) and incorporated this provision in its 
entirety into CHIP at Sec.  457.1240(d). That regulation provides that 
we, in consultation with states and other stakeholders, and after 
providing public notice and opportunity to comment, will identify 
performance measures and a methodology for a Medicaid and CHIP managed 
care quality rating system. That regulation

[[Page 72811]]

also provides that states will have the option to use the CMS-developed 
QRS or establish an alternative state-specific QRS (``state alternative 
QRS''), provided that the state alternative QRS produces substantially 
comparable information about plan performance. Under the regulation, 
any state alternative QRS is subject to CMS approval.
    In the 2016 final rule, we used the acronym Medicaid Managed Care 
Quality Rating System QRS (MMC QRS). In this final rule, we refer to 
the Medicaid and CHIP Managed Care Quality Rating System (``MAC QRS''), 
as both Medicaid and CHIP are subject to the QRS regulations.
    In the November 14, 2018 proposed rule, we proposed to make several 
revisions to the QRS regulations at Sec.  438.334. These proposed 
revisions were intended to better balance the goal of facilitating 
inter-state comparisons of plan performance and reducing plan burden 
through standardization with the need for state flexibility and the 
practical challenges inherent in producing comparable ratings across 
heterogeneous states. We proposed no changes to Sec.  457.1240(d), 
therefore all proposed changes to Sec.  438.334 would be incorporated 
by Sec.  457.1240(d)'s cross-reference and apply equally to both a 
state's Medicaid and CHIP programs.
    Specifically, we proposed to revise the requirement in Sec.  
438.334(c)(1)(i) (redesignated at paragraph (c)(1)(ii) in this final 
rule) to make explicit our intention to take feasibility into account 
when requiring that the information yielded by a state alternative QRS 
be substantially comparable to the information yielded by the CMS-
developed QRS, by taking into account differences in state programs 
that may complicate comparability. We also proposed to add a new 
paragraph (c)(4) to explicitly provide that we would engage with states 
and other stakeholders in developing sub regulatory guidance on what it 
means for an alternative QRS to yield substantially comparable 
information, and how a state would demonstrate it meets that standard.
    Current Sec.  438.334(b) provides that CMS ``will identify 
performance measures and a methodology'' for the MAC QRS. We proposed 
to revise paragraph (b) to provide that CMS will develop a MAC QRS 
framework, including the identification of a set of mandatory 
performance measures and a methodology.
    We proposed to redesignate Sec.  438.334(c)(1)(i) and (ii) as 
paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and (iii), respectively, and proposed to add new 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) to require a state alternative QRS to include the 
mandatory measures identified in the framework. We noted that states 
will retain flexibility to include additional measures important to 
serving their quality goals and meeting the needs of their 
beneficiaries and stakeholder communities. The purpose of the proposed 
change is to facilitate comparable ratings while continuing to provide 
flexibility for states to include additional measures important to 
serving their beneficiaries and achieving their quality goals. We also 
noted that, as the MAC QRS and our recently launched Medicaid and CHIP 
Scorecard serve related goals, we expect to coordinate the measures 
selected for the Scorecard and those selected for the CMS-developed 
QRS. The Scorecard includes measures from the Child and Adult Core Sets 
that CMS identifies and publishes pursuant to sections 1139A and 1139B 
of the Act and that are voluntarily reported by states, as well as 
federally-reported measures in three areas: State health system 
performance, state administrative accountability, and Federal 
administrative accountability. Both the Child and Adult Core Sets and 
the Scorecard are reviewed annually and are expected to continue to 
evolve. More information about the Scorecard is available at https://www.medicaid.gov/state-overviews/scorecard/.
    We proposed to revise Sec.  438.334(b) to provide that the CMS-
developed QRS will align where appropriate with the Qualified Health 
Plan (QHP) quality rating system developed in accordance with 45 CFR 
156.1120, the Medicare Advantage 5-Star Rating System, and other 
related CMS quality rating approaches. We noted that alignment would be 
determined as part of the ongoing development of the proposed measures 
and methodologies and would be addressed in the MAC QRS-specific 
rulemaking.
    Finally, we proposed to revise the current introductory language in 
Sec.  438.334(c)(1) introductory text and (c)(1)(ii) to eliminate the 
requirement that states obtain prior approval from CMS before 
implementing a state alternative QRS to reduce the upfront 
administrative burden on states and speed time to implementation. 
Instead of prior CMS approval, we proposed at Sec.  438.334(c)(3) that 
states would, upon CMS request, submit the following information to CMS 
to demonstrate compliance with Sec.  438.334(c): The state's 
alternative QRS framework, including the performance measures and 
methodology to be used in generating plan ratings; documentation of the 
public comment process described in Sec.  438.334(c)(2)(i) and (ii), 
including issues raised by the Medical Care Advisory Committee and the 
public, any policy revisions or modifications made in response to the 
comments, and the rationale for comments not accepted; and other 
information specified by CMS. We noted that as part of our general 
oversight responsibilities, we would still review states' alternative 
QRS and work with states on any identified deficiencies. We described 
the proposed approach as similar to the oversight process we use for 
states' Medicaid eligibility verification plans (Sec.  435.945(j)), and 
CHIP eligibility verification plans (Sec.  457.380(i)), which require 
states to submit eligibility verification plans to CMS upon request, in 
a manner and format prescribed by CMS. However, our proposal for the 
state alternative QRS would not have required prior approval.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.334 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: We received many comments supporting the establishment of 
a minimum mandatory measure set that would be applicable across both 
the CMS-developed QRS and state alternative QRS. A number of commenters 
stated that this proposal will reduce administrative burden on plans 
and providers and allow for more easily comparable data across states. 
Several commenters supported the proposal to apply the minimum 
mandatory measure set across the CMS-developed QRS and state 
alternative QRS, noting this will establish a level of consistency 
across states but continue to give states additional flexibility to add 
measures important to the state. One commenter supported coordinating 
the minimum set with Scorecard and offered to work with CMS on 
exploring how the QRS and Scorecard can support one another.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support and are finalizing 
the proposed policies for (1) adoption by CMS of a minimum mandatory 
measure set within the full MAC QRS measure set and of a methodology 
developed in accordance with Sec.  438.334(b) with some modifications 
as discussed in this section of this final rule; and (2) application of 
the minimum mandatory measure set to state alternative QRS in Sec.  
438.334(c)(1)(i).
    Comment: A number of commenters recommended that the minimum set of 
mandatory measures should include measures that are focused on 
outcomes; are clinically credible; address potentially avoidable 
outcomes; are comprehensive in scope; have

[[Page 72812]]

quantifiable financial impact; use standard data; and are comparable 
across states.
    Response: We will take commenters' suggestions under advisement as 
we continue the stakeholder engagement and MAC QRS development process 
leading to a future MAC QRS-specific rulemaking.
    Comment: One commenter sought confirmation that health plans will 
not be responsible for reporting measures that are specific to types of 
services not included in their benefit packages, in situations where 
states have provided carve-outs for those services such as pharmacy, 
behavioral health or dental.
    Response: While the reporting requirements for plans associated 
with the MAC QRS are beyond the scope of this rule, we agree that it 
would not be reasonable to hold plans accountable for services that are 
not included in their contracts and which they do not provide. We 
intend to take this and other considerations related to service carve-
outs and limited benefit plans into account as part of the stakeholder 
engagement process, in development of the proposed MAC QRS-specific 
rulemaking.
    Comment: Many commenters expressed concern with aligning the MAC 
QRS with other CMS quality rating approaches and/or with the proposals 
to develop the minimum set of mandatory measures and to coordinate that 
minimum set with the Scorecard initiative. Several commenters noted 
deficiencies or gaps in the current QHP and Medicare Advantage 5-Star 
Quality Rating System methodologies, and pointed out that the Medicaid/
CHIP programs serve different populations than Medicare and QHP 
programs and cover different services. As such, these commenters 
believed that alignment with the Medicare Advantage 5-Star Quality 
Rating System may not provide an accurate picture of the care being 
provided. A few commenters expressed concern with the proposed 
alignment because Medicaid and CHIP serve a significant number of 
children and recommended that CMS ensure pediatric specific ratings are 
available and that the measure set include measures relevant to 
children and their caregivers.
    Some commenters noted that the current version of Scorecard 
contains only 16 quality measures and expressed concern that a measure 
set comprised only of Scorecard measures would leave large measurement 
gaps for key Medicaid populations, such as adults and children with 
disabilities, pregnant women and newborns, persons receiving long term 
services and supports, and aging populations. A few commenters noted 
that a mandatory measure set may not be applicable across disparate 
managed care programs within a state that serves unique populations. 
One commenter did not support the proposal to require mandatory 
measures, because the mandatory measures may be in clinical domains in 
which their state already excels. The commenter also noted that a 
mandatory measure set would not consider the resources states with an 
existing QRS may have already spent to gain support for the measures 
already contained in such an existing QRS.
    Response: We are finalizing the authority and requirements for (1) 
a framework for the MAC QRS, including the identification of the 
performance measures, a minimum mandatory measure set within the full 
MAC QRS measure set, methodology, and (2) an alignment where 
appropriate with the qualified health plan (QHP) quality rating system 
developed in accordance with 45 CFR 156.1120, the Medicare Advantage 5-
Star Rating System, and other related CMS quality rating approaches in 
the amendment to Sec.  438.334(b), which we are redesignating as 
paragraph (b)(1). We use the term framework to encompass all of the 
critical components of a QRS, which include, but are not necessarily 
limited to, the selected performance measures and methodology. Although 
alignment, where appropriate, with other CMS quality rating systems and 
approaches is required under the rule we are finalizing, the 
regulation, as proposed and finalized, does not limit MAC QRS measures 
only to those included in the Scorecard, the listed rating systems, or 
other CMS quality rating systems. For example, measures not currently 
included in Scorecard but important to beneficiaries and pertinent to 
specialty services and specific populations (for example, MLTSS 
measures) will also be considered for the full MAC QRS measure set. 
Moreover, states will continue to have the flexibility to add measures 
for services, programs and populations that are important to each 
state, should the full MAC QRS measure set (including the minimum 
mandatory subset) not include specific measures important to a 
particular state for its quality improvement goals. Therefore, we are 
finalizing the amendments to Sec.  438.334(b), redesignated as 
paragraph (b)(1), with modification to clarify that the MAC QRS 
framework includes the identification of the performance measures, as 
well as a subset of mandatory performance measures, and a methodology. 
Per Sec.  438.334(b)(1), we will consult with states and other 
stakeholders in developing the framework including the MAC QRS measure 
set and subset of minimum mandatory measures, which then will be 
subject to formal public notice and comment so we expect that 
stakeholders and the public will have ample opportunity to provide 
comment on the measures identified by us, including the mandatory 
measures.
    Further, while the proposed and final rule call for the MAC QRS to 
be aligned with the QHP QRS, the Medicare Advantage 5-Star rating 
system and other related CMS quality rating approaches (such as 
Scorecard) where appropriate, this does not mean alignment in all 
aspects. Differences would be appropriate, for example, to address the 
different populations and services covered in the Medicaid and CHIP 
programs.
    Comment: Many commenters supported our proposal to align the CMS-
developed MAC QRS with other CMS rating approaches where appropriate. 
Several commenters agreed that alignment across programs will reduce 
administrative burden and promote high-quality care.
    Response: As we noted in the proposed rule, we proposed to expand 
the requirement to align the MAC QRS, where appropriate, with other 
CMS-developed quality rating approaches, based on feedback gathered 
through early stages of the stakeholder engagement process that a more 
expansive approach to alignment would reduce reporting burden on plans 
that operate across multiple markets, such as Medicare Advantage and 
the Marketplace. We are finalizing the amendment to include alignment 
with the Medicare Advantage 5-Star rating system and other CMS quality 
rating approaches in addition to the QHP QRS at Sec.  438.334(b)(1). In 
the final regulation text, we are making a technical modification to 
the citation of the Medicare Advantage 5-Star rating system to indicate 
that it is described in 42 CFR part 422, subpart D.
    Comment: A few commenters requested clarification on the process 
CMS will use to develop the MAC QRS framework including measures and 
methodology and requested that CMS provide a timeline for development 
of the MAC QRS framework.
    Response: As we noted in the proposed rule, we have begun the early 
stages of a stakeholder engagement process needed for the MAC QRS 
framework. We have conducted interactive listening sessions with 
various stakeholders, including state

[[Page 72813]]

and health plan stakeholder groups' directors, and interviewed several 
beneficiaries. We also have convened a diverse technical expert panel 
(TEP) to meet periodically to advise us on the framework, objectives, 
measures, and methodologies for the MAC QRS. The TEP includes 
representatives from state Medicaid and CHIP agencies, plans, 
beneficiary advocates, and quality measurement experts. We intend to 
continue this type of stakeholder engagement to develop the MAC QRS, 
culminating in the publication of a MAC QRS-specific proposed rule in 
the Federal Register, consistent with at the requirements in Sec.  
438.334(b), which we are redesignating as paragraph (b)(1). We also 
intend to provide technical assistance and guidance to states to assist 
them with implementation of the MAC QRS.
    As we explained in both the 2015 Medicaid managed care proposed 
rule (80 FR 31153) and the 2016 final rule response to comments (81 FR 
27688), after finalizing the initial CMS-developed QRS, we may 
periodically review it to determine the need for modifications, such as 
refining the methodology and updating the measures to ensure continuing 
alignment. However, we realize that the current regulations do not 
clearly reflect the policy described in the preambles; therefore, we 
are adding a new paragraph at Sec.  438.334(b)(2) to make clear that 
CMS would follow the same stakeholder engagement and rulemaking process 
prior to updating the CMS-developed QRS, including consulting with 
States and other stakeholders and then providing public notice and 
opportunity to comment, in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of Sec.  
438.334.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed language change 
that clarified and reinforced our intention to include stakeholders in 
developing the MAC QRS framework, including a set of performance 
measures, a subset of mandatory measures, and methodology for 
determining a rating based on reported measures. A few commenters 
recommended working with the Core Measures Quality Collaborative. A few 
commenters recommended including beneficiaries, providers and 
researchers in the process. One commenter recommended that Medicaid 
MCOs have an opportunity to participate in the development of the QRS 
framework. A few commenters supported CMS' proposal to work with 
stakeholders to develop sub regulatory guidance on what it means for an 
alternative QRS to yield substantially comparable information. A few 
commenters requested that health plans be included in the process. One 
commenter suggested that CMS should seek input from The Partnership for 
Medicaid.
    Response: We appreciate commenters' interest and willingness to 
participate in the development of the MAC QRS. We are committed to a 
stakeholder engagement process that captures the diverse viewpoints of 
the Medicaid and CHIP community. Our current regulation at Sec.  
438.334(b), redesignated as Sec.  438.334(b)(1) in this final rule, 
provides for CMS consultation with states and other stakeholders in the 
development of the CMS-developed QRS. Our proposal at Sec.  
438.334(c)(4) (for the Secretary to issue guidance in consultation with 
states and other stakeholders) was intended to codify our intention 
similarly to actively engage with states and other stakeholders in the 
development of the ``substantially comparable'' guidance for state 
alternative QRSs as well. We are retaining the policy to require 
consultation in development of the CMS-developed QRS in Sec.  
438.334(b)(1) of the final rule and finalizing proposed paragraph 
(c)(4), with a technical modification in both paragraphs to clarify 
that issuance of the MAC QRS-specific rulemaking and the subregulatory 
guidance on substantial comparability will be ``after consulting,'' 
rather than ``in consultation,'' with states and other stakeholders. We 
believe this technical change eliminates potential confusion about the 
timing of stakeholder consultation and clarifies that it is a distinct 
engagement process that will happen before the rulemaking used to adopt 
or revise the framework for the CMS-developed QRS. We recognize the 
broad range of stakeholders interested in the development of the MAC 
QRS and are committed to working with them in the development of both 
the MAC QRS and subregulatory guidance related to alternative QRS.
    Comment: Several commenters supported our proposal, in Sec.  
438.334(c)(1)(ii), to take feasibility into account when applying the 
substantial comparability requirements to a state alternative QRS. A 
few commenters appreciated CMS's effort to clarify the considerations 
that will be taken into account in applying the standard and providing 
additional flexibility to states, but continued to question how the 
substantially comparable standard will be implemented. Many other 
commenters expressed concerns that this proposal would create too much 
flexibility, limiting comparability and allowing states to implement 
inadequate rating systems with measures that are not useful for 
Medicaid populations, especially vulnerable populations within their 
state.
    Response: We agree that comparability is an important goal and that 
utilization of meaningful measures is key, but we also believe 
feasibility is an important consideration because states' covered 
populations and program design, as well as their information 
technology, data collection and reporting capacity, differ. We are 
finalizing paragraph (c)(1)(ii) as proposed. We will engage with states 
and other stakeholders in developing the sub regulatory guidance 
specifying the criteria and process for determining the substantially 
comparability standard, as required under Sec.  438.334(c)(4). We look 
forward to working with states and other stakeholders to strike the 
right balance between comparability and flexibility under the standard 
for state alternative QRSs, set forth in Sec.  438.334(c)(1)(ii) of the 
final rule, while producing ratings that are meaningful and useful for 
beneficiaries, plans, and states. As Sec.  438.334(c)(4) requires that 
we consult with states and other stakeholders before issuing the 
guidance on the substantial comparability standard, it would be 
premature to provide specific guidance on that point here. We also 
expect that the MAC QRS will evolve, and with continued CMS support and 
technical assistance to states, what may not be initially feasible may 
become more feasible over time.
    Comment: Many commenters recommended additional measures and 
measure sets for alignment with and inclusion in the MAC QRS. Several 
commenters recommended including the Medicaid and CHIP Core Measure 
Sets. Several commenters recommended aligning the MAC QRS measures with 
the ``Meaningful Measures'' initiative by CMS for use across CMS 
programs. A few commenters encouraged CMS to utilize standard, 
nationally developed and consensus-based measures. A few commenters 
encouraged CMS to use reliable and valid measures that reflect quality 
of care and plan performance. A few commenters recommended that any 
mandatory measures should be relevant to long-term care and LTSS 
programs and one commenter recommended that the CMS-developed QRS and 
any state alternative QRS be required to include at least the domains 
listed in Sec.  438.330(c)(1)(ii) on quality of life, rebalancing, and 
community integration. Several commenters requested that the mandatory 
measure set include sufficient measures for pharmacy, cancer care, 
screenings and preventive care. One commenter urged

[[Page 72814]]

CMS to recognize the importance of access to care as a summary 
indicator when developing a standardized Medicaid QRS.
    A few commenters suggested including Healthcare Effectiveness Data 
and Information Set (HEDIS) measures. A few commenters also encouraged 
the use of medication use-related metrics and aligning with the 
Pharmacy Quality Alliance (PQA) measures. A few commenters requested 
that CMS define pharmacy quality within the QRS and urged that measures 
related to pharmacy performance be standardized, achievable, and have 
proven criteria that measure individual pharmacy performance. One 
commenter recommended including the Consumer Assessment of Healthcare 
Providers and Systems (CAHPS) survey. Another commenter recommended 
aligning with the Medicare Part D star rating program. One commenter 
encouraged aligning with the Dental Quality Alliance for oral health. A 
few commenters encouraged CMS to ensure that states have a dental-
specific QRS domain rather than a single measure within a broader set. 
One commenter suggested that measures related to cancer care should be 
included and that these measures should focus on the specifics of 
cancer treatment, be meaningful to patients and relevant to all 
oncology specialties. One commenter suggested using existing summary 
indicators for the qualified health plans (QHPs).
    Response: We did not propose specific measures or measure sets in 
this rule, which is focused on the overarching authority for the MAC 
QRS. Consideration of specific measures and measure sets is being 
addressed in the ongoing engagement CMS is having with stakeholders in 
developing the MAC QRS framework. The regulation we are finalizing at 
Sec.  438.334(b)(1) requires the MAC QRS that CMS develops to align 
where appropriate with CMS quality rating approaches, but does not 
preclude our consideration of other quality rating systems. We will 
consider them as we continue the stakeholder engagement and development 
of the MAC QRS within the authority of Sec.  438.334.
    We provide here for readers some information about some of the CMS 
initiatives noted by the commenters. Section 1139A of the Act requires 
HHS to identify and publish a core measure set of children's health 
care quality measures for voluntary use by state Medicaid and CHIP 
programs. In addition, section 1139B of the Act similarly requires HHS 
to identify and publish a core set of health care quality measures for 
adult Medicaid enrollees. For more information on the Medicaid and CHIP 
Core Measure Sets see https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/quality-of-care/performance-measurement/. CMS's comprehensive initiative 
``Meaningful Measures'' was launched in 2017 and identifies high 
priority areas for quality measurement and improvement across our 
programs. Its purpose is to improve outcomes for patients, their 
families and providers while also reducing burden on clinicians and 
providers. More information about this initiative may be found at 
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/CMS-Quality-Strategy.html.
    Comment: A few commenters supported the proposal to eliminate the 
prior-approval requirement in Sec.  438.334(c)(1) of the current 
regulations for states opting to develop a state alternative QRS, 
noting this will reduce delays in implementing a state alternative QRS 
and will allow for greater state flexibility. One commenter supported 
the proposal but expressed concern that too much flexibility for states 
could create too much variation among QRS requirements across states. 
Many other commenters opposed removing the prior-approval requirement. 
Some commenters perceived this change could undermine CMS's oversight 
authority, or reduce plan accountability by allowing states to choose 
only those measures on which the state and/or their contracted health 
plans already perform well and for which there is little room for 
improvement. Some commenters perceived this change could reduce the 
ability to share and collect meaningful data, and create additional 
reporting requirements and burdens on physicians. A few commenters were 
concerned that states could receive feedback from CMS requiring a 
change in their state alternative QRS late in its implementation, after 
states had already expended significant time and resources in 
developing and building their alternative QRS. These commenters 
requested that CMS allow states the option to submit their alternative 
QRS for some level of CMS review and approval prior to implementation.
    Response: The proposal was intended to provide states with upfront 
administrative flexibility and avoid potential delay in implementation. 
However, we also understand the concerns of commenters regarding this 
risk to states in expending time and resources on an alternative QRS 
which CMS might subsequently determine does not meet the substantial 
comparability standard. We also agree with commenters' concerns about 
the risks to ensuring that all state alternative QRS's meet the 
substantial comparability standard. Therefore, we are not finalizing 
our proposal to remove the requirement that states submit alternative 
QRS to CMS for approval prior to implementation. As discussed in this 
rule, the prior approval requirement currently codified at Sec.  
438.334(c)(1)(ii) is being redesignated as paragraph (c)(1)(iii) in 
this final rule with one grammatical correction as to the word 
``receives''. In addition, our proposal to amend Sec.  438.334(c)(2), 
which was to revise the introductory text solely to be consistent with 
the proposal to eliminate the prior approval requirement, is not being 
finalized.
    Comment: One commenter requested clarification whether updates to a 
state's alternative QRS would trigger a CMS review or additional 
stakeholder outreach. One commenter suggested that CMS review states' 
alternative QRS on at least an annual basis to address any 
deficiencies.
    Response: As explained in this rule, we are not finalizing the 
change to the current requirement that states receive prior-approval 
from CMS of an alternative QRS prior to its implementation. For the 
same reasons, we agree with the commenters that prior approval of 
modifications is necessary to ensure that the standards for use of an 
alternative QRS continue to be met and that states do not make 
significant investment in modifications that CMS then determines do not 
comply with the substantially comparable standard. Prior approval from 
CMS of a state alternative QRS, including modifications to a state 
alternative QRS, is required under the current regulations at Sec.  
438.334(c)(1)(ii), and we are not substantively modifying this 
requirement in light of our decision not to finalize the proposal to 
eliminate the prior approval requirement. This requirement is 
redesignated as Sec.  438.334(c)(1)(iii), in this final rule. Further, 
we note that Sec.  438.334(c)(2), which we are not amending, requires 
that both implementation of a state alternative QRS and modification of 
an approved state alternative QRS require Medical Care Advisory 
Committee input and a state public notice and comment process prior to 
submission to us for approval. These stakeholder engagement 
requirements, which apply whether a state is implementing an initial 
state alternative QRS or making modifications to an existing state 
alternative QRS, continue to apply. We believe that CMS review and 
approval of the state alternative QRS prior to

[[Page 72815]]

implementation and prior to a modification would be substantively 
similar in terms of the standards applied and the information 
considered. We do not believe adding a specific requirement for annual 
CMS review of an approved alternative QRS is necessary given that CMS 
approval of the initial state alternative QRS and any modifications are 
already addressed in the regulation text. As noted in this rule, we are 
codifying at Sec.  438.334(b)(2) the authority to periodically update 
and modify the MAC QRS framework including a continued process for 
stakeholder engagement and public notice and opportunity for comment. 
When we make changes, we will explain in those future rulemakings and 
guidance what it means for states implementing the CMS-developed MAC 
QRS, as well as how the changes affect the substantial comparability 
analysis of any state alternative QRS. We expect to work with all 
states to implement future MAC QRS modifications.
    Comment: Several commenters expressed concern that the removal of 
CMS prior-approval of alternative QRS also changed the timing of the 
state-level public stakeholder process from prior to submitting an 
alternative QRS proposal to CMS to prior to a state implementing an 
alternative QRS. Commenters expressed concern that this could limit the 
impact stakeholders have with states developing an alternative QRS. One 
commenter suggested that CMS should reinforce the importance of the 
public comment process in developing an alternative QRS and several 
recommended that CMS model the state-level public comment process on 
the section 1115(a) demonstration public engagement requirements.
    Response: As noted, we are not finalizing the proposed removal of 
CMS prior-approval. In addition, we remind readers that Sec.  
438.334(c)(2), which we did not propose to amend, requires states to 
obtain input from their Medical Care Advisory Committee and to provide 
an opportunity for public comment of at least 30-days prior to the 
state submitting to CMS a request for or modification of a state 
alternative QRS. Also, current Sec.  438.334(c)(3), as amended and 
redesignated at paragraph (c)(3)(ii), requires states to include 
documentation of the public comment process in the request to CMS, 
including discussion of the issues raised by the MCAC and the public as 
well as documentation of any policy revisions or modifications made in 
response to the comments and rationale for comments accepted.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CMS clarify the proposal to 
redesignate Sec.  438.334(c)(1)(ii) of the current text (that requires 
states to receive CMS prior approval) to Sec.  438.334(c)(1)(iii) 
because it conflicts with CMS's proposal to eliminate the prior 
approval requirement.
    Response: While we agree this was a technical error in the 
amendatory instructions for the proposed changes (see 83 FR 57296), we 
are not finalizing the removal of the prior-approval requirement. We 
are redesignating revised paragraph (c)(1)(i) (relating to the 
substantial comparability standard for alternative QRS) as paragraph 
(c)(1)(ii); adding a new paragraph (c)(1)(i) (applying the minimum 
mandatory measure set to alternative QRS); and redesignating paragraph 
(c)(1)(ii) (requiring CMS prior-approval of alternative QRS) as 
paragraph (c)(1)(iii). We are also finalizing the proposed amendment to 
paragraph (c)(1) so that it provides that ``a state may implement'' a 
state alternative QRS. The proposed text eliminates a redundancy in the 
current regulation text, paragraph (c)(1), which provides that a state 
``may submit a request to CMS for approval''. This language is 
redundant with the requirement in redesignated paragraph (c)(1)(iii) 
requiring that states receive CMS approval prior to implementing an 
alternative QRS.
    After consideration of all the comments received and for the 
reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to the 
comments, we are finalizing the changes to the MAC QRS regulations at 
Sec.  438.334 as proposed with some modifications for clarity and with 
the exception of the proposal to eliminate the requirement for CMS 
prior approval of a state's use of an alternative QRS. We are 
finalizing amendments to Sec.  438.334 as follows:
     We are finalizing amendments to proposed paragraph (b), 
redesignated it as paragraph (b)(1), with minor modifications. As 
finalized, paragraph (b)(1) includes clarifications about the MAC QRS 
framework, including performance measures, a subset of minimum 
mandatory measures, and methodology; timing of CMS's consultation with 
states and other stakeholders; clarifications to the listed examples of 
the content of the MAC QRS; and a technical correction to the citation 
to the Medicare Advantage 5-Star Quality Rating System.
     We are finalizing a new paragraph at Sec.  438.334(b)(2) 
to make clear that CMS, after consulting with States and other 
stakeholders and providing public notice and opportunity to comment, 
may periodically update the MAC QRS framework developed in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(1).
     We are finalizing proposed revisions to eliminate 
duplicative language in the introductory language in paragraph (c)(1).
     We are finalizing, as proposed, revisions to current 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) (relating to feasibility factors for the 
substantial comparability standard for a state alternative QRS) and 
redesignating this as paragraph (c)(1)(ii); finalizing a new paragraph 
(c)(1)(i) (applying the minimum mandatory measure set to state 
alternative QRS); and redesignating current paragraph (c)(1)(ii) 
(requiring CMS prior-approval of state alternative QRS) as paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii)).
     We received no comments on the several proposed changes to 
Sec.  438.334(c)(3), regarding the information about their alternative 
QRS that states would need to provide to CMS. We proposed that states 
would provide, in addition to the information about stakeholder 
engagement already required by Sec.  438.334(c)(3), a copy of the 
alternative QRS framework, including the performance measures and 
methodology to be used in generating plan ratings, and other 
information specified by CMS to demonstrate compliance with the 
substantial comparability standard. We are finalizing these proposed 
changes with modification to correct several grammatical errors, to 
enumerate the additional information to be provided in separate 
paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (iii) and to more clearly identify the 
scope of the information we may request by using a cross-reference to 
paragraph (c)(1).
     We are finalizing the proposed addition of paragraph 
(c)(4) related to a stakeholder engagement requirement and issuance of 
guidance on the substantial comparability of alternative QRS, with one 
modification to change the phrase ``in consultation'' to ``after 
consultation.''
14. Managed Care State Quality Strategy (Sec.  438.340)
    In the November 2018 proposed rule, we proposed to make some 
technical changes to Sec.  438.340 to clarify the inclusion of PCCM 
entities, as described in Sec.  438.310(c)(2), as one of the managed 
care entities to be included in the state managed care quality 
strategy. Specifically, because Sec.  438.340(b)(8) did not make clear 
how PCCM entities should be incorporated into the other elements of the 
quality strategy, we proposed to delete Sec.  438.340(b)(8) and to add 
PCCM entities to the list of managed care plans identified in the

[[Page 72816]]

quality strategy elements described at Sec.  438.340(b)(2), (b)(3)(i), 
(b)(6), and (c)(1)(ii). We then proposed to redesignate paragraphs 
(b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs (b)(8), (9), and (10), 
respectively, and to make a conforming revision to the cross reference 
in Sec.  438.340(c)(3)(ii) to refer to redesignated paragraph (b)(10). 
We explained in the 2018 proposed rule why additional revision to add 
references to PCCM entities to other paragraphs in Sec.  438.340(b) was 
not necessary.
    Additionally, we proposed to amend Sec.  438.340(b)(6) which, for 
the purposes of the states' plan to reduce health disparities within 
the quality strategy, defines ``disability status'' based on whether 
the individual qualified for Medicaid on the basis of a disability. 
Specifically, we proposed to remove this definition of disability 
status because we were concerned that it may be unintentionally narrow, 
leading to under-recognition of individuals with disabilities. Because 
disability status can change over the course of an individual's 
lifetime, qualifying for Medicaid on the basis of disability will only 
be one source of information to determine a beneficiary's disability 
status, and not necessarily the only source or the most accurate source 
of this information. In addition, there is no consensus definition of 
``disability status,'' and the definition applied for purposes of 
Medicaid eligibility is not necessarily the only definition appropriate 
for evaluating health disparities. We also noted that providing this 
demographic information for each Medicaid enrollee to the managed care 
plan at the time of enrollment is a minimum standard under the current 
regulation and encouraged states to send updated demographic 
information to an enrollee's managed care plan whenever updated 
demographic information is available to the state.
    As we considered the comments on these proposed changes, discussed 
in this rule, we realized that the regulation on the state managed care 
quality strategy is not the most appropriate place for the requirement 
to transmit certain information to managed care plans to be located. 
Since the requirement to transmit this information is tied to the 
enrollment of the individual beneficiary in the managed care plan, we 
believe it would be best to include this requirement as part of the 
standards for enrollment. Therefore, we are moving this requirement 
from Sec.  438.340(b)(6) to Sec.  438.54(b) (relating to state managed 
care enrollment systems) by adding a new paragraph (b)(3) in Sec.  
438.54, requiring states to provide the demographic information listed 
in Sec.  438.340(b)(6) for each Medicaid enrollee to the individual's 
managed care plan at the time of enrollment. The movement of this 
requirement from Sec.  438.340(b)(6) to Sec.  438.54(b) is a non-
substantive, technical change.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.340 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: A few commenters supported the technical correction 
related to PCCM entities to delete Sec.  438.340(b)(8) and to add 
references to PCCM entities in each regulatory paragraph regarding the 
applicable quality strategy elements.
    Response: We are finalizing the proposed changes to delete 
paragraph (b)(8) and to add reference to PCCM entities to paragraphs 
(b)(2), (b)(3)(i), and (c)(1)(ii) as proposed. We also had proposed to 
add reference to PCCM entities in paragraph (b)(6) and are finalizing 
the substance of that change. In conjunction with moving the sentence 
in Sec.  438.340(b)(6) (requiring the State to provide its plans with 
certain demographic information), to which that change was proposed, to 
Sec.  438.54(b)(3), we are including reference to PCCM entities in 
Sec.  438.54(b)(3) as revised in this final rule. With the deletion of 
paragraph (b)(8) in Sec.  438.340, we also are finalizing the proposed 
redesignation of paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs 
(b)(8), (9), and (10), respectively. We note that we are finalizing a 
conforming technical change to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) to change the 
internal reference from paragraph (b)(11) to its new designation of 
paragraph (b)(10).
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to remove the 
definition of disability status from Sec.  438.340(b)(6). Several 
commenters agreed that the current definition of disability status in 
this regulation is too narrow but expressed concern that removing the 
definition would make it difficult to compare health disparity data 
across states without a common definition. A few commenters recommended 
that there should be a common or standard approach to defining 
disability status, noting the variation in how it is defined across 
HHS, as well as other Federal agencies. The commenters stated that the 
lack of a standardized, routine approach for defining and identifying 
the population with disabilities impedes efforts to monitor the 
population, target care appropriately, or develop quality measures that 
could be used to improve understanding of gaps and how effective 
interventions are in closing those gaps. One commenter suggested using 
the HHS definition of disability status currently used in population 
health surveys. One commenter suggested including voluntary disability 
status questions in the Medicaid eligibility application. One commenter 
recommended that CMS issue guidance on how best to collect and share 
data on disability status. One commenter recommended that states adopt 
a definition of disability status that will allow plans to identify 
individuals who may need LTSS or individuals with disabilities that may 
need reasonable accommodations.
    Response: While we agree that standardization and comparability are 
important considerations, we are not able to define disability status 
for the purposes of other programs. We also recognize that not all 
states have the same data systems or access to all of the same sources 
of data on disability status. The only uniform definition of disability 
status for purposes of these regulations would be to limit designation 
of disability status to beneficiaries who are eligible for Medicaid on 
the basis of disability, which we agree with commenters is too narrow. 
Thus, we have determined it best not to establish a uniform definition 
of disability. At the same time, we agree with commenters who are 
concerned that having no definition will impede identification of 
individuals with disabling conditions, provision of appropriate 
services and utilization of robust quality measurement to drive 
improvements in care. Therefore, we are neither finalizing the proposal 
to remove the definition of disability status from Sec.  438.340(b)(6) 
entirely nor adopting a single definition at the Federal level for this 
regulation. Instead, we are revising Sec.  438.340(b)(6) to provide 
states with flexibility to define in their quality strategy 
``disability status.'' Further, we are requiring in Sec.  438.340(b)(6) 
that the state's quality strategy include how the state will make the 
determination that a Medicaid enrollee meets the state's definition, 
including a description of the data source(s) that the state will use 
to identify disability status. To assure some uniformity, we are 
adopting a requirement that, at a minimum, states' definition of 
``disability status'' include individuals who qualify for Medicaid on 
the basis of disability. We appreciate commenters' requests for 
guidance on how best to collect and share data on disability status and 
will consider developing such guidance in the future.

[[Page 72817]]

    With regard to states' efforts to identify enrollees who may need 
LTSS or reasonable accommodations, we note that the standards for 
coordination and continuity of care located at Sec.  438.208(c) already 
require states to implement mechanisms to identify persons who need 
LTSS or have special health care needs, as defined by the state, to 
MCOs, PIHPs and PAHPs. Additionally, Sec.  438.208(c)(1) requires 
states to specify this plan in the state's managed care quality 
strategy. The mandatory elements of the managed care quality strategy 
are identified in Sec.  438.340(b), and the requirement to describe the 
state's plan for identifying persons who need LTSS or who have special 
health care needs is codified at redesignated Sec.  438.340(b)(9) in 
this final rule). We also note that qualified individuals with a 
disability, including those who do not need LTSS may be entitled to 
reasonable accommodation under Federal disability rights law. The 
provisions we are finalizing here do not change or limit application 
and obligations arising under Federal disability rights law so we 
remind states and managed care plans to ensure that their obligations 
are met.
    Comment: Several commenters recommended that if CMS finalizes this 
proposal, CMS should require states to include in their quality 
strategy how they define disability and the sources of information they 
used to make the determination. Commenters stated that doing so would 
foster greater transparency and aid in comparability.
    Response: We agree that transparency and comparability of health 
data are important considerations. We are finalizing Sec.  
438.340(b)(6) with a modification to address the definition of 
``disability status.'' We are retaining the requirement in the current 
regulation that disability status means whether the individual 
qualified for Medicaid on the basis of disability, but that is a 
minimum standard for identifying disability status rather than the only 
permitted definition. We are also finalizing regulation text to require 
that states include in their quality strategy how the state is defining 
``disability status'' and how the state will make the determination 
that a Medicaid enrollee meets the standard, including which data 
sources the state is using to identify these individuals.
    Comment: A few commenters did not support the proposed change to 
the definition of disability status, claiming that states do not have 
access to other data sources to determine disability status and 
requiring them to use other data sources would create confusion in the 
eligibility system and add undue reporting burden.
    Response: We disagree that states do not have other data sources to 
determine disability status. In fact, several state Medicaid agencies 
supported our proposal because they would prefer to use other and more 
accurate data sources than to rely solely on the information used to 
establish eligibility. For example, states may use Title II data, which 
would indicate whether the Social Security Administration has found 
that the person has a disability. Further, we did not propose and are 
not finalizing a requirement that states are required to use other data 
sources to ascertain beneficiaries' disability status for purposes of 
meeting the requirements in Sec.  438.340(b)(6). However, if states 
have other, more accurate sources of information of disability status 
or any other demographic factors, we believe it is appropriate that 
states be permitted to use such information as part of their plan to 
identify, evaluate, and reduce, to the extent practicable, health 
disparities. As finalized, Sec.  438.340(b)(6) enables states to do so.
    Comment: One commenter expressed concern about states obtaining 
demographic information from additional sources and whether the methods 
of gathering and using the information would respect patient health 
information privacy.
    Response: We appreciate the commenter's concern. However, the 
ability to use information obtained from other available sources of 
information on disability status does not create new authority for 
states to obtain such information. Rather, Sec.  438.340(b)(6) of the 
final rule simply provides states with flexibility to use other third 
party information which the state already is permitted to access for a 
purpose directly connected to administration of the state plan, that 
is, to improve the health outcomes of individuals living with 
disabilities or falling into demographic groups associated with poorer 
health outcomes. Such use is consistent with the privacy and 
confidentiality protections afforded beneficiaries under section 
1902(a)(7) of the Act and the HIPAA Privacy Rule, 45 CFR part 160 and 
subparts A and E of part 164. If a data source is not available to the 
state or the state is not authorized to use a particular data source, 
our regulation at Sec.  438.340(b)(6) does not change that or create 
authorization for access by the state.
    Comment: Several commenters agreed with CMS' encouragement that 
states should send updated demographic information to managed care 
plans whenever available.
    Response: We appreciate commenters' support.
    After consideration of all comments received, and for the reasons 
outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to the comments 
received, we are finalizing the technical changes related to references 
to PCCM entities, as proposed, in Sec.  438.340(b)(2), (b)(3)(i), and 
(c)(1)(ii). In paragraph (b)(3)(i), we are also finalizing a minor 
grammatical correction to use ``will'' in place of ``would'' in the 
last sentence. We are not finalizing the proposed addition of the term 
``PCCM entity'' to paragraph (b)(6) as proposed, but are finalizing the 
requirement that the state provide the demographic information listed 
in Sec.  438.340(b)(6) for each Medicaid enrollee to the individual's 
MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity at the time of enrollment at Sec.  
438.54(b)(3). We are finalizing the deletion of paragraph (b)(8) and 
the redesignation of paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs 
(b)(8), (9), and (10), respectively. We are finalizing a conforming 
technical change to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) to change the internal 
reference from paragraph (b)(11) to its new designation of paragraph 
(b)(10).
    Further, we are not finalizing the deletion of the definition of 
disability status in Sec.  438.340(b)(6), but instead are modifying the 
current regulation to indicate that ``disability status'' means, at a 
minimum, whether the individual qualified for Medicaid on the basis of 
a disability and to require that states include in their quality 
strategy how the state defines disability status and how the state 
determines whether a Medicaid enrollee meets the standard, including 
any data sources the state will use to identify disability status.
15. Activities Related to External Quality Review (Sec.  438.358)
    In the 2018 proposed rule, we proposed a technical correction to 
amend the cross references listed in Sec.  438.358(b)(1)(iii), which 
requires that a review be conducted within the previous 3-year period 
to determine MCO, PIHP, and PAHP compliance with certain managed care 
standards. Specifically, we proposed a technical correction to Sec.  
438.358(b)(1)(iii) to insert cross-references to several standards 
which this review must address but which had been inadvertently omitted 
from the 2016 final rule, including Sec. Sec.  438.56 (Disenrollment 
requirements and limitations), 438.100 (Enrollee rights) and 438.114 
(Emergency and post-stabilization services). The

[[Page 72818]]

requirements in these regulations have been included in the EQR 
protocol for the compliance review activity since the initial release 
of the protocols in 2003 and in all subsequent revisions of the 
protocols. It was not our intent to change the scope of EQR or to 
delete these cross-references in the 2016 rule. Indeed, we noted in 
both the 2015 proposed rule (80 FR 31156) and the 2016 final rule (81 
FR 27706) that we did not intend to make substantive changes to 
eliminate any elements of the compliance review EQR activity.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.358 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: All the commenters on this topic supported the technical 
correction to add the references to Sec.  438.358(b)(1)(iii) to match 
the scope of the regulation and the EQR protocols prior to the 2016 
final rule.
    Response: We thank the commenters for their support. Adding these 
references to certain requirements for access standards, structure and 
operations, and quality measurement and performance ensures that Sec.  
438.358(b)(1)(iii) provides for the same scope of EQR as it required 
prior to amendment by the 2016 final rule.
    After consideration of all comments received and for the reasons 
outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to those comments, we 
are finalizing the amendments to Sec.  438.358(b)(1)(iii) as proposed.
16. Exemption From External Quality Review (Sec.  438.362)
    Section 438.362 implements section 1932(c)(2)(C) of the Act, which 
provides that a state may exempt an MCO from undergoing an EQR when 
certain conditions are met. First, the MCO must have a current Medicare 
contract under Part C of Title XVIII or under section 1876 of the Act, 
as well as the current Medicaid contract under section 1903(m) of the 
Act. Second, the two contracts must cover all or part of the same 
geographic area within the state. Third, the Medicaid contract must 
have been in effect for at least 2 consecutive years before the 
effective date of the exemption and during those 2 years, the MCO must 
have been subject to the Medicaid EQR during those 2 years and been 
found to have performed acceptably with respect to the quality, 
timeliness, and access to health care services it provides to Medicaid 
beneficiaries. Neither the statute nor Sec.  438.362 requires states to 
exempt plans from EQR; however, this is explicitly provided as an 
option for states. States have discretion to require all their managed 
care plans to undergo EQR, even those MCOs that could be exempted under 
Sec.  438.362. To increase transparency regarding state use of the 
exemption from the Medicaid EQR for certain MCOs, we proposed to add a 
new Sec.  438.362(c) to require that states annually identify on their 
website, in the same location as where EQR technical reports are 
posted, the names of the MCOs it has exempted from EQR, and when the 
current exemption period began.
    We sought comment on whether instead to revise Sec.  438.364(a) to 
require that states identify the exempted plans and the beginning date 
of the plan's current exemption period in their annual EQR technical 
reports, either in addition, or as an alternative, to posting this 
information directly on the state's website. We also solicited comments 
on how states are currently using the exemption provision and how 
states currently make that information publicly available.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.362 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposal to require 
states to publicly identify any exempted plans along with the beginning 
date of their current exemption period on their website or in the 
annual EQR technical support. Commenters stated that this proposal 
represents little burden to plans or states but improves transparency 
and accountability. Other commenters noted that without this exemption 
information posted on the website, the annual EQR technical report may 
be misinterpreted as a comprehensive account of the quality of all 
managed care plans in a state, when in actuality there may be plans 
omitted from the report.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support and agree that 
acknowledging the exemptions provided to certain MCOs from the EQR 
provides greater transparency with minimal burden on states. We are 
finalizing with modification the proposed revision to Sec.  438.362 to 
make minor grammatical changes and to add a new paragraph (c) to 
require identification of MCOs exempt from Medicaid EQR, or that no 
MCOs are exempt, as appropriate, on the state agency website required 
under Sec.  438.10(c)(3).
    Comment: Several commenters supported the alternative suggestion 
that states identify MCOs exempt from Medicaid EQR activities in the 
EQR technical report, noting that this would allow for historical 
trending of exemption information whereas the information states post 
on their website may only include current exemption information. 
Several commenters stated that CMS should require the information to be 
both included in the EQR technical report as well as displayed on the 
website. These commenters noted that posting this information in more 
than one place will not present a burden to the states since they 
already make exemption determinations, inform their EQRO of which plans 
are exempted from EQR, and maintain EQR information on their websites. 
Finally, several commenters noted that if CMS does not require both 
methods, CMS should prioritize sharing the information on the state's 
website, as this is more accessible to beneficiaries, providers, and 
other stakeholders.
    Response: We agree with commenters that both alternatives are 
useful. Because they are not mutually exclusive, we are also finalizing 
new regulation text at Sec.  438.364(a)(7) that states also include in 
their EQR technical reports the names of the MCOs exempt from EQR by 
the state, including the beginning date of the current exemption period 
or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate.
    Comment: Some commenters sought clarification with regard to what 
would be required of states that do not exempt managed care plans from 
EQR due to a Medicare review.
    Response: We had intended that if no MCOs are exempt from the 
Medicaid EQR, the state would indicate this fact on the state's website 
consistent with the new transparency requirement. Requiring an explicit 
statement that no MCOs have been exempted from the requirement ensures 
that this information is clearly communicated on the state's website. 
To make this clear, we are finalizing the proposed revisions to Sec.  
438.362 and the additional revision to Sec.  438.364(a)(7) with 
additional text to make this requirement explicit.
    Comment: A few commenters recommended that CMS require states to 
provide direct links to the most current Medicare performance review 
for the MCOs they have exempted from EQR to allow consumers and 
advocates to easily find relevant performance data on exempted plans. 
They stated this would improve transparency without adding any burden 
to plans or states in terms of redundant reporting.
    Response: We do not currently publish all information about 
Medicare performance reviews for every plan. At this time, we annually 
provide summary information on Medicare Parts C and D plan performance, 
compliance, audits

[[Page 72819]]

and enforcement actions on CMS.gov. Moreover, we did not propose to 
require states to make public the most current Medicare performance 
review. Therefore, we are not adopting the recommendation made by these 
commenters. We agree that directing consumers to information about 
Medicare performance reviews would support our transparency goals, and 
encourage states to provide links to any publicly available 
information, but we do not think a requirement for that is necessary or 
appropriate to finalize here.
    After consideration of all comments received on this topic and for 
the reasons outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to those 
comments, we are finalizing the revision to Sec.  438.362 with an 
additional requirement for states to indicate that no MCOs are exempt 
from EQR if that is the case and technical modifications to improve the 
clarity of the text. We are also finalizing a new paragraph (a)(7) in 
Sec.  438.364 of the final rule to require that information on state 
exemption of MCOs be included as an element of the annual EQR technical 
reports or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate.
17. External Quality Review Results (Sec.  438.364)
    In the 2018 proposed rule, we explained how in Sec.  438.364(d), we 
had inadvertently referenced paragraph (b) instead of referencing 
paragraph (c). We proposed to revise Sec.  438.364(d) to amend the 
incorrect reference.
    We did not receive comments on this technical correction to Sec.  
438.364(d) and, for the reasons noted here and in the proposed rule, 
are finalizing it as proposed.
18. Grievance and Appeal System: Statutory Basis and Definitions (Sec.  
438.400)
    We proposed to revise the definition of ``adverse benefit 
determination'' in Sec.  438.400(b) to clarify treatment of denials of 
claims on the basis that they are not clean claims. In the 2016 final 
rule at Sec.  438.400(b)(3), we finalized the definition of an 
``adverse benefit determination'' including denials in whole or in part 
of payment for service. The term adverse benefit determination was 
proposed and finalized in the 2016 final rule as a replacement for the 
term ``action,'' which had been defined with the same definition in the 
2002 rule. Under Sec.  438.404(a), managed care plans are required to 
give enrollees timely notice of an adverse benefit determination in 
writing and consistent with the requirements in Sec.  438.10 generally. 
Given the broad meaning of the term ``denial of a payment,'' some 
managed care plans may be generating a notice to each enrollee for 
every denied claim, even those that are denied for purely 
administrative reasons (such as missing the National Provider 
Identifier, missing the enrollee's sex, or because the claim is a 
duplicate) and which generate no financial liability for the enrollee. 
Issuing notices of such adverse benefit determinations for which the 
enrollee has no financial liability nor interest in appealing simply to 
comply with Sec.  438.404(a) may create administrative and economic 
burdens for plans, and unnecessary confusion and anxiety for enrollees 
who frequently misunderstand the notices as statements of financial 
liability.
    To alleviate unnecessary burden on the managed care plans and 
enrollees, we proposed to revise Sec.  438.400(b)(3), to specify that a 
denial, in whole or in part, of a payment for a service because the 
claim does not meet the definition of a clean claim at Sec.  447.45(b) 
is not an adverse benefit determination. Under the proposal, the notice 
requirements in Sec.  438.404 would not be triggered if the denial is 
solely because the claim is not a clean claim as defined at Sec.  
447.45(b). Section 447.45(b) defines ``clean claim'' as one that can be 
processed without obtaining additional information from the provider of 
the service or from a third party, and includes a claim with errors 
originating in a State's claims system; it does not include a claim 
from a provider who is under investigation for fraud or abuse, or a 
claim under review for medical necessity. We explained that this 
amendment would eliminate burden on plans to send unnecessary notices 
and avoid anxiety for enrollees receiving such notices and that the 
proposed change was not expected to expose enrollees to financial 
liability without notice, or jeopardize their access to care or rights 
to appeal.
    We also provided guidance on how we would interpret the proposed 
change to the definition of adverse benefit determination. While 
notices to enrollees for claims that do not comply with the clean claim 
definition in Sec.  447.45(b) would not be required under our proposed 
amendment to Sec.  438.400(b)(3), the notice requirements for all 
future claims (including resubmission of the same claim) would have to 
be independently determined. For example, if a provider resubmits a 
clean claim after the initial one was not processed because it did not 
comply with the requirements in Sec.  447.45(b), and the managed care 
plan subsequently issues an adverse benefit determination, the managed 
care plan would still be required to issue a timely notice under Sec.  
438.404(a) for the second claim. Whether an adverse benefit 
determination notice is required must be determined for each claim 
individually, regardless of whether notices were required for 
previously submitted claims.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.400 and our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposed change to eliminate 
the enrollee notice requirement for claims denied for not meeting the 
definition of a clean claim. Commenters noted that Medicaid enrollees 
are inundated with communications from providers and insurers, adding 
to the stress and confusion they experience when navigating the health 
care system. Accordingly, they should not be notified when a denial is 
based on a technical error that providers and managed care plans can 
resolve without enrollee input. Commenters noted that this proposed 
change would reduce beneficiary anxiety and confusion.
    Response: We appreciate the supportive comments and believe 
enrollees and managed care plans will benefit from the reduction in 
unnecessary notices.
    Comment: Commenters recommended that the proposed clean claim 
language could cause confusion among managed care plans and states as 
they attempt to determine how to apply notice requirements in cases 
where a claim falls under the technical definition a clean claim, but 
the claim denial does not impact the enrollee.
    Response: In cases where a claim meets the technical definition of 
a clean claim and payment is denied in whole or in part, that denial 
does meet the definition of adverse benefit determination and the 
managed care plan must send the notice required in Sec.  438.404. The 
revision to Sec.  438.400(b)(3), as proposed and as finalized, only 
addresses claims that do not meet the definition of clean claim in 
Sec.  447.45(b). Whether a claim denial ``impacts the enrollee'' is not 
part of the definition of an adverse benefit determination and does not 
affect a managed care plan's responsibility for sending the notice 
required in Sec.  438.404. To make our intent clear, we will add 
``solely'' in the final text of Sec.  438.400(b)(3) to clarify that the 
only claim denials for all or part of the payment that do not trigger 
the notification requirements are those denials that result solely from 
the claim not meeting the definition of clean claim in Sec.  447.45(b).

[[Page 72820]]

    Comment: Several commenters requested that CMS not finalize the 
proposed clean claim language and instead specify more directly that 
notice requirements are not triggered in situations where a member will 
be held harmless or is not financially responsible despite a full or 
partial denial of a payment for service. Alternatively, commenters 
noted that CMS could provide additional context for the definition of 
``clean claim'' by including guidance and a range of practical 
examples. The examples should make clear that the notices are not 
triggered in the denial cases mentioned in the preamble such as missing 
data or duplicate submissions, nor are they triggered in other similar 
cases such as clear billing errors or practices involving waste or 
abuse. Commenters stated that either change would still provide for 
independent determinations on the need for notices at a later point, 
for example, after a resubmitted claim, if an enrollee could then be 
subject to financial liability.
    Response: We decline to adopt the commenters' suggestion to exempt 
all claims that do not result in enrollee liability from the definition 
of adverse benefit determination. While this may seem a minor expansion 
of the types of claims our revision targets, it actually would, in some 
states, increase the number of eliminated notices exponentially. These 
notices are an important beneficiary protection as they may be the only 
notification an enrollee receives alerting them that a claim has been 
submitted on their behalf. If the enrollee then begins to receive bills 
from the provider, they are already aware of the situation and have the 
information needed to appeal or obtain information from the managed 
care plan about their cost sharing rights and responsibilities. 
Further, the provision of these notices when there is a denial of 
coverage (or payment), is consistent with the principle that enrollees 
are entitled to be active participants in their health care; without 
full understanding of what is covered, enrollees are not able to make 
knowledgeable decisions about their health care coverage and their use 
of health care.
    From a program integrity perspective, another benefit of these 
notices is the opportunity it provides the enrollee to detect potential 
fraudulent claims. For example, if a provider is billing for services 
that were never rendered, the adverse benefit determination notice is 
likely the enrollee's first alert to the situation. Enrollees can play 
an important role in the detection and reporting of potential fraud, 
waste, and abuse, and it was not our intent in this provision to 
undermine that. By limiting the carve out from the definition of 
adverse benefits determination to situations where the denial is 
because the claim does not meet the definition of clean claim, we 
believe we struck the appropriate balance between reducing burden and 
confusion for enrollees and maintaining an important enrollee 
protection.
    With regard to the request for additional context, we do not 
believe we can, or should, develop a list of examples for the 
regulation text. The potential number of reasons for denying a claim 
because it does not meet the definition of clean claim is unlimited and 
any attempt to create an exhaustive list of examples would likely cause 
ambiguity and confusion. The obligation to determine if a claim meets 
the definition in Sec.  447.45(b), that is, is a claim that can be 
processed without obtaining additional information from the provider of 
the service or from a third party rests with the managed care plan and 
must be determined for each claim, regardless of whether notices were 
required for previously submitted claims. Plans must apply the 
definition in Sec.  447.45(b) consistently and reasonably and have an 
obligation to comply with their responsibilities in connection with 
adverse benefit determinations, as that term is defined in Sec.  
438.400 as finalized here. The concept of a ``clean claim,'' including 
as defined in Sec.  447.45(b), is ubiquitous in the health care system 
and we do not believe that this is a difficult standard to apply.
    Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposed change and stated 
that these types of denials should continue to be treated as adverse 
benefit determinations that trigger notice requirements. Commenters 
stated that it is important to err on the side of providing more 
transparency and information to enrollees so they can be as fully 
engaged in their care as possible. One commenter noted that if a 
consumer is not aware of a denied claim, the provider may send a bill 
if Medicaid is secondary to private insurance. Another commenter 
recommended the continuation of the requirement to send notices for 
these types of denials but allow for a process for enrollees to opt out 
of receiving the notices about these specific types of denials if they 
so choose.
    Response: We agree that adverse benefit determination notices do 
improve transparency and provide claim information to enrollees that 
they may find useful. However, we do not generally believe receiving a 
notice on claim denials that are related solely to whether the claim 
was submitted with all necessary information, and therefore, generate 
no financial liability or reason to appeal for the enrollee, is 
advantageous to enrollees nor facilitates engagement in their care. A 
claim denied solely for not being a clean claim does not impact any 
future adjudication of that same claim based on program benefit level 
and medical necessity, which would be subject to the adverse benefit 
determination notice provision in Sec.  438.400(b)(3). As we stated in 
the 2018 proposed rule, whether an adverse benefit determination notice 
is required must be determined for each claim, regardless of whether 
notices were required for previously submitted claims. Adverse benefit 
determination notices are a valuable and important beneficiary 
protection and we believe that finalizing this provision strikes a 
reasonable balance. We appreciate the commenter's suggestion to retain 
the current definition and allow enrollees to opt-out, but we decline 
to implement that suggestion.
    After consideration of the public comments received and for the 
reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, 
we are finalizing the revision to the definition of adverse benefit 
determination in Sec.  438.400(b) substantially as proposed with the 
addition of ``solely'' for clarity.
19. Grievance and Appeal System: General Requirements (Sec. Sec.  
438.402 and 438.406)
    We proposed changes to Sec. Sec.  438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 
438.406(b)(3) to eliminate the requirements that an oral appeal be 
submitted in writing to be effective. In the 2016 final rule, we 
adopted the requirement that an oral appeal must be followed by a 
written, signed appeal at Sec.  438.402(c)(3)(ii). This requirement was 
also included at Sec.  438.406(b)(3), regarding handling of grievances 
and appeals, where managed care plans must treat oral inquiries seeking 
to appeal an adverse benefit determination as appeals and that such 
oral inquiries must be confirmed in writing. We stated in the 2018 
proposed rule that managed care plans have found that some enrollees 
may take too long to submit the written, signed appeal, while others 
fail to submit the written appeal at all. This creates problems for 
enrollees who wait for extended periods of time for a resolution and 
for managed care plans who must invest resources to encourage enrollees 
to submit the documentation, as well as uncertainty for managed care 
plans as to how to comply with Sec.  438.406 (Handling Grievances and 
Appeals) when the

[[Page 72821]]

enrollee never submits the written, signed appeal.
    We proposed to eliminate the requirement for enrollees to submit a 
written, signed appeal after an oral appeal is submitted in Sec. Sec.  
438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3). We explained our belief that the 
removal of the requirement would reduce barriers for enrollees who 
would not have to write, sign, and submit the appeal, would enable 
plans to resolve appeals more quickly, and would decrease the economic 
and administrative burden on plans. This proposed change would also 
harmonize the managed care appeal process with the state fair hearing 
process because Sec.  431.221(a)(1)(i) requires state Medicaid agencies 
to permit an individual or authorized representative of the individual 
to submit state hearing requests via different modalities--including 
telephone--without requiring a subsequent written, signed appeal. 
Although we proposed to eliminate the requirement in Sec.  
438.406(b)(3) that an oral appeal must be followed by a written, signed 
appeal, we did not propose to change the current regulatory language 
there that specifies that oral inquiries seeking to appeal an adverse 
benefit determination are treated as appeals.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to revise Sec. Sec.  438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) and 
our responses to those comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the elimination of the 
requirement for a written, signed appeal after an oral appeal is 
submitted. Commenters stated an oral appeal should be sufficient to 
begin the appeals process alone, and subsequent written, signed 
requirements add an unnecessary barrier to enrollees filing an appeal 
with the managed care plan. Commenters stated that the elimination of 
the written requirement benefits all parties involved, as it reduces 
the additional administrative burdens for both the enrollee and the 
plan.
    Response: We continue to believe eliminating the requirement for 
enrollees to submit a written appeal after filing an oral appeal will 
facilitate enrollees receiving resolutions to their appeals much more 
quickly.
    Comment: Several commenters expressed concern that no longer 
requiring a written request will harm enrollees by removing the 
evidence of an appeal request. Commenters stated that this type of 
change may inadvertently cause states to no longer be able to hold 
plans accountable for the overall grievance and appeal system, 
including following up on appeal requests in a timely manner, 
processing requests and initiating the appeals process. The filing of 
the written appeal helps to ensure that data are available on appeals 
filed and processed, as well as data on the disposition of appeals. 
Commenters urged CMS to create a way to incorporate a written record 
that is less burdensome on the enrollee, perhaps assigning a 
confirmation number to the oral transaction, to ensure that the appeal 
is received and documented for the appeals process.
    Response: We clarify that finalizing this provision does not 
eliminate the option for enrollees to submit appeals in writing; any 
enrollee that is not comfortable filing their appeal orally due to 
concerns that the appeal may not be documented or tracked 
appropriately, can file it in writing. Further, the regulation change 
we are finalizing in Sec. Sec.  438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) 
does not change any reporting, tracking, documentation or other 
requirements on the managed care plan. To the extent that the managed 
care plan needs to assign a tracking number, make written (or 
electronic) records summarizing the oral request made by the enrollee, 
or take other steps to comply with the requirements for the appeal and 
grievance system, those have not changed. All that this final rule 
changes is whether the enrollee must follow up in writing after making 
an oral request for an appeal. We believe there are adequate regulatory 
requirements supporting the appeal process; specifically, Sec.  438.228 
requires states' contracts with MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs to have a 
grievance and appeal system that meets the requirements of subpart F 
and Sec.  438.416 specifies the recordkeeping requirements for 
grievances and appeals. We believe that data collected on appeals may 
actually improve because excluding oral appeals that were not followed 
up in writing or not followed up in a timely fashion based on review of 
a plan's performance, would have inappropriately skewed the resolution 
timeframes. Without these delays, appeal resolution data should more 
accurately reflect a managed care plan's performance. Managed care 
plans may find a method such as a confirmation number useful and we 
encourage them to consider it along with any other method that they 
find efficient and effective to accurately track oral appeals and to 
ensure that the plan is compliant with the appeal and grievance system 
requirements in part 438, Subpart F.
    Comment: A few commenters stated that requiring a written request 
may make it easier for certain populations to file an appeal, such as 
individuals with disabilities, individuals who are incapacitated, 
individuals with limited English proficiency and individuals with 
health aids, health care proxies, powers of attorney and translators, 
because they would be able to request an appeal in a manner and at a 
time that is most convenient for them.
    Response: Finalizing the elimination of the requirement for a 
written appeal to be submitted in follow up to an oral appeal in 
Sec. Sec.  438.402(c)(3) and 438.406(b)(3), does not eliminate the 
option for enrollees to submit appeals in writing. Enrollees can submit 
an appeal orally or in writing; the choice of method is a decision left 
to the enrollee. We expect that enrollees (or their representatives) 
who believe that a written request is better suited to their own needs 
will file written appeals.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the elimination of the 
requirement for a written, signed appeal but recommended that CMS 
require states to create redundancy protection to ensure that oral 
requests for appeals are fully and accurately recorded. Commenters 
stated that managed care entities may fail to acknowledge and document 
oral requests, raising concern that the lack of a written record would 
create a ``he said, she said'' situation between the appealing enrollee 
and the managed care plan.
    Response: We agree that oral appeals need to be accurately 
documented but we decline to require a specific method or impose 
specific requirements along those lines. Managed care plans should use 
whatever means they deem most appropriate and that comply with Sec.  
438.416, which requires that each grievance or appeal record must 
contain, at a minimum: A general description of the reason for the 
appeal or grievance; the date received; the date of each review or, if 
applicable, review meeting; resolution at each level of the appeal or 
grievance, if applicable; date of resolution at each level, if 
applicable; and the name of the covered person for whom the appeal or 
grievance was filed. Additionally, the record must be accurately 
maintained in a manner accessible to the state and available upon 
request to CMS. Given that managed care plans may have to defend their 
appeal decisions at a state fair hearing if one is requested by the 
enrollee, we believe managed care plans will select an appropriate 
documentation method that accurately captures the appeal in sufficient 
detail. Finally, states have the ability to specify a specific 
documentation method in a managed care plan's contract if they

[[Page 72822]]

wish to do so and this final rule does not change that.
    Comment: One commenter recommended CMS clarify in the regulation 
language how a state or managed care plan can make a determination that 
a verbal contact from a member constitutes an oral appeal. Commenter 
requested that CMS include the language that a member would need to 
specifically use or questions that the managed care plan needs to ask 
to ensure that there is understanding that an appeal is being requested 
orally. Commenter noted that for the purposes of tracking of appeals 
and response times, a date of when the appeal process officially starts 
is necessary, as any lack of clarity as to what constitutes an oral 
appeal will negatively impact the setting of an official appeal start 
date.
    Response: We do not believe it is necessary for us to provide a 
script for either enrollees or managed care plans. Section 431.221(a) 
has allowed states to permit oral filings for state hearing requests 
since 1979. As such, we believe enrollees have a sufficient level of 
understanding of, and experience in, using an oral appeal filing 
process and will benefit from the consistency between the process 
described in Sec.  431.221(a)(1)(i) and the amendment being finalized 
in this rule. As noted in this rule, enrollees retain the right to file 
a written appeal if they prefer that method. We note that states have 
the flexibility to mandate specific processes for their managed care 
plans to follow for handling oral appeals if they elect to do so.
    After consideration of the public comments received and for the 
reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, 
we are finalizing Sec. Sec.  438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) as 
proposed.
20. Resolution and Notification: Grievances and Appeals (Sec.  438.408)
    We proposed a revision to Sec.  438.408(f)(2) to require the 
timeframe for an enrollee to request a state fair hearing after 
receiving an adverse decision from a managed care plan would be no less 
than 90 calendar days and no more than 120 calendar days from the date 
of the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's notice of resolution; under this 
proposal, the state would set the specific deadline within these 
limits. Previously, in the 2016 final rule, we revised the timeframe 
for managed care enrollees to request a state fair hearing to 120 
calendar days from a plan's decision; this was codified at Sec.  
438.408(f)(2). We adopted this timeframe because we believed it would 
give enrollees more time to gather the necessary information, seek 
assistance for the state fair hearing process, and make the request for 
a state fair hearing (81 FR 27516). However, we have heard from 
stakeholders that the 120-calendar day requirement has created an 
inconsistency in filing timeframes between Medicaid FFS and managed 
care, creating administrative burdens for states and confusion for 
enrollees. The FFS rule limits the timeframe beneficiaries have to 
request a hearing to no more than 90 days (Sec.  431.221(d)).\27\ It 
was not our intent to burden states with additional tracking of the 
fair hearing process in multiple systems, on multiple timeframes. Nor 
do we want to confuse enrollees in states where some services are 
provided through FFS and others through managed care.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ 42 CFR 431.221(d) states that the agency must allow the 
applicant or beneficiary a reasonable time, not to exceed 90 days 
from the date that notice of action is mailed, to request a hearing.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Therefore, we proposed to revise Sec.  438.408(f)(2) to stipulate 
that the timeframe for enrollees to request a state fair hearing will 
be no less than 90 calendar days and no greater than 120 calendar days 
from the date of the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's notice of resolution. We 
stated the proposed revision would allow states that wished to align 
managed care with the FFS filing timeframe to do so without 
jeopardizing the enrollee's ability to gather information and prepare 
for a state hearing. This proposal would also allow states that have 
already implemented the 120-calendar day timeframe to maintain that 
timeframe without the need for additional changes.
    The following summarizes the public comments received on our 
proposal to amend Sec.  438.408(f)(2) and our responses to those 
comments.
    Comment: Many commenters supported the proposal to move from a 
fixed 120 calendar days to a more flexible range of 90-120 calendar 
days. Commenters noted that this would improve consistency and reduce 
member confusion by avoiding two different timelines depending on the 
service delivery model (that is, managed care or FFS), as well as 
provide consistency for stakeholders. Commenters noted that benefits of 
such alignment, including minimizing confusion and administrative 
costs, and encouraging more timely resolution of cases.
    Response: We agree that finalizing this provision as proposed can 
benefit enrollees and states.
    Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposed 90-120 day range. 
These commenters stated providing enrollees with as much time as 
possible to prepare for a hearing is substantially more important than 
providing states with the ability to align their managed care and FFS 
delivery system timeframes for filing requests for a state fair 
hearing. Commenters noted that it takes time to collect evidence, 
gather proper documentation and seek legal help, and noted that it is 
essential that beneficiaries have every opportunity to make their case.
    Response: We understand the commenters' concerns but do not believe 
that enrollees will be disadvantaged in states that elect to limit 
their managed care enrollees to the minimum 90 calendar days to file 
for a state fair hearing. We believe 90 calendar days is sufficient 
time for enrollees to gather documentation and seek legal assistance if 
desired. We remind commenters that the compliance date for Sec.  
438.408(f)(2) was the rating period for contracts starting on or after 
July 1, 2017, and therefore, states should already be in compliance 
with the 120 calendar day filing limit. Finalizing this change does not 
require states to change their filing limit, it simply provides states 
with an option if they elect to exercise it.
    Comment: Commenters expressed concern that many beneficiaries are 
medically fragile, frail, or actively ill or injured and that CMS 
should be proposing steps to ensure state Medicaid programs fully 
educate their beneficiaries about the steps required and timing of 
internal appeals and Medicaid state fair hearings.
    Response: We do not believe that a change in the managed care 
regulations is necessary for this purpose. Managed care plans are 
required to provide information on appeal and state fair hearing rights 
and processes under Sec. Sec.  438.10(g)(2)(xi) and 438.408(e)(2)(i). 
Section 438.10(g)(2)(xi) requires enrollee handbooks to contain 
grievance, appeal, and state fair hearing procedures and timeframes, in 
a state-developed or state-approved description and Sec.  
438.408(e)(2)(i) requires a notice of appeal resolution to include the 
right to request a state fair hearing and how to do so. We believe this 
provides sufficient and appropriate means of conveying this information 
to enrollees.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS reduce the timeframe to 
60 days because the longer timeline exposes enrollees and plans to 
increased financial risk since the beneficiary can be held financially 
responsible for the services rendered during the time the appeal is 
proceeding as specified in Sec.  438.420(d).

[[Page 72823]]

    Response: We understand the commenter's concern about enrollee 
exposure to financial liability but decline to adopt a 60-day filing 
timeframe. As we stated in the 2016 final rule, because the 
continuation of benefits option includes the active participation of 
the enrollee (that is, the enrollee can elect the extent and duration 
of the services that they wish to continue receiving), the enrollee has 
some ability to control the amount of liability they are willing to 
assume in certain situations. (81 FR 27637). We also clarify that 
regardless of the upper limit on the filing timeframe, enrollees are 
free to request a state fair hearing immediately upon receiving the 
managed care plan's notice of adverse appeal resolution. There is no 
required ``wait time'' between receiving a plan's notice of adverse 
appeal resolution and making the request for a state fair hearing. We 
believe that this ability for an enrollee to promptly file for a state 
fair hearing, plus the protection available in the context of 
continuation of benefits under Sec.  438.420, provides ample protection 
against this particular harm and are therefore not revising the appeal 
timeframe for requesting a state fair hearing for this reason.
    After consideration of the public comments received and for the 
reasons articulated in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, 
we are finalizing the amendment to Sec.  438.408(f)(2) as proposed.

II. Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Managed Care

A. Background

    The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) (Pub. L. 
111-5, enacted February 17, 2009), the Children's Health Insurance 
Program Reauthorization Act of 2009 (CHIPRA) (Pub. L. 111-3, enacted on 
February 4, 2009), and the PPACA made applicable to CHIP several 
Medicaid managed care provisions in section 1932 of the Act, including 
section 1932(a)(4), Process for Enrollment and Termination and Change 
of Enrollment; section 1932(a)(5), Provision of Information; section 
1932(b), Beneficiary Protections; 1932(c), Quality Assurance Standards; 
section 1932(d), Protections Against Fraud and Abuse; and section 
1932(e), Sanctions for Noncompliance. In addition, the PPACA applied to 
CHIP sections 1902(a)(77) and 1902(kk) of the Act related to provider 
and supplier screening, oversight, and reporting. Our 2016 final rule 
implemented these statutory provisions and built on initial guidance 
provided in State Health Official (SHO) letters 09-008 and 09- 013, 
issued on August 31, 2009 and October 21, 2009, respectively. The 
provisions in the 2016 final rule both reflected and superseded this 
earlier guidance.
    Since the publication of the 2016 final rule, and subsequent 
technical corrections to the rule in a correction notice published on 
January 3, 2017 (82 FR 37) (the 2017 correction notice), we have 
observed the need for additional minor technical or clarifying changes 
to the CHIP managed care provisions, primarily to clarify that certain 
Medicaid managed care requirements do not apply to CHIP. These changes 
were included in the November 14, 2018 proposed rule. The public 
comments received on the proposed CHIP provisions in the 2018 proposed 
rule and our responses are described in this final rule.

B. CHIP Managed Care Provisions of the Rule and Analysis of and 
Responses to Public Comments

    The following sections, arranged by subject area, are a summary of 
the comments we received regarding specific CHIP proposals. Some of the 
comments raise issues that are beyond the scope of the proposed rule. 
We are not summarizing or responding to those comments.
1. Compliance Dates for Part 457 Managed Care Provisions
    The 2016 final rule provides that unless otherwise noted, states 
will not be held out of compliance with new requirements in part 457 
adopted in the 2016 final rule until CHIP managed care contracts as of 
the state fiscal year beginning on or after July 1, 2018, so long as 
the states (and applicable CHIP managed care contracts) complied with 
the previously applicable regulations (that is, the regulations in 
place before the 2016 final rule) (81 FR 27499). Since the 2016 final 
rule was published, some stakeholders expressed that they believed that 
the preamble was not clear about when states need to comply with the 
CHIP managed care regulations. We clarified in the 2018 proposed rule 
that, except as otherwise noted, compliance with the revisions to the 
CHIP managed care regulations in part 457 of the 2016 final rule is 
required as of the first day of the state fiscal year beginning on or 
after July 1, 2018, regardless of whether or not the managed care 
contract in effect is a multi-year contract entered into a previous 
fiscal year or is a new contract effective for the first state fiscal 
year beginning on or after that date.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the clarification provided 
regarding CHIP's compliance date.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support.
2. Information Requirements (Sec.  457.1207)
    Section 457.1207 sets forth the CHIP requirements for providing 
enrollment notices, informational materials, and instructional 
materials for enrollees and potential enrollees of managed care 
entities by adopting, by cross-reference, the Medicaid requirements in 
Sec.  438.10. We addressed in the 2018 proposed rule three cross 
references that should not apply to CHIP and that we inadvertently 
included in the CHIP regulatory text.
    Section 438.10(c)(2) requires state Medicaid agencies to use the 
state's beneficiary support system as specified in Sec.  438.71. We did 
not intend to adopt the Medicaid beneficiary support system 
requirements for CHIP in the 2016 final rule; therefore, we proposed to 
modify the language in Sec.  457.1207 to exclude Sec.  438.10(c)(2) 
from the cross-reference used to incorporate the Medicaid requirements 
into the CHIP regulations.
    Section 438.10(g)(2)(xi)(E) requires that the enrollee handbook of 
Medicaid managed care entities notify Medicaid enrollees that, when 
requested, benefits will continue when the enrollee files an appeal or 
state fair hearing (also known as ``aid paid pending''). Because CHIP 
enrollees are not entitled to continuation of benefits pending an 
appeal, we intended to exclude the requirement to notify CHIP enrollees 
of this requirement from the handbook of CHIP plans. Because Sec.  
457.1207 of the 2016 final rule inadvertently included a cross 
reference applying this handbook requirement in CHIP, we proposed to 
modify the language in Sec.  457.1207 to exclude Sec.  
438.10(g)(2)(xi)(E) from the cross-reference used to incorporate the 
Medicaid requirements into the CHIP regulations.
    Additionally, Sec.  438.10(g)(2)(xii) requires that the enrollee 
handbooks for Medicaid MCOs, PIHPs, PAHPs, and PCCM entities must 
provide information on how to exercise an advance directive, as set 
forth in Sec.  438.3(j). CHIP regulations do not include advanced 
directive requirements, and therefore, we did not intend that managed 
care plans be required to notify CHIP enrollees on how to exercise 
advanced directives. As a result, we proposed to modify the language in 
Sec.  457.1207 to eliminate an erroneous reference applying the 
Medicaid information requirement regarding advance directives to CHIP.
    The following is a summary of the public comments we received on 
our

[[Page 72824]]

proposal to amend Sec.  457.1207 and our responses to them.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed clarifications 
and technical corrections.
    Response: We are finalizing our proposal to amend Sec.  457.1207 as 
proposed.
    Comment: One commenter recommended CMS provide an explanation of 
its position regarding ``aid paid pending''.
    Response: As we explain in this final rule and as we noted in our 
response to comments received in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27768), the 
right to benefits pending the outcome of a grievance or appeal does not 
derive from section 1932(b)(4) of the Act, but from the constitutional 
due process protections afforded to beneficiaries of an entitlement 
program under Goldberg v. Kelly, 397 U.S. 254 (1970) and its progeny, 
including provision of benefits to beneficiaries who are being 
terminated from or denied coverage pending appeal. Unlike Medicaid, 
CHIP is not an entitlement program, and therefore the right to benefits 
pending appeal is not available to CHIP beneficiaries.
    Comment: One commenter recommended affording states the discretion 
to apply beneficiary support provisions to CHIP enrollees and to make 
FFP available for states doing so.
    Response: The Medicaid provision to provide beneficiary support in 
Sec.  438.71 and cross-referenced under the beneficiary information 
requirements in Sec.  438.10(c)(2) requires states to provide 
counseling to Medicaid enrollees regarding choice of managed care plans 
and assistance with LTSS, among other requirements. While CHIP does not 
adopt Medicaid's requirements to ensure beneficiary choice of managed 
care plans at enrollment in Sec.  438.52 and states are not required to 
cover LTSS under CHIP, states are required by Sec.  457.110 to provide 
information to all CHIP applicants and enrollees in order for these 
families to make informed decisions about their choice of health plans 
and providers. Under Sec.  457.110, states must provide information to 
CHIP applicants and enrollees about covered benefits, cost sharing 
requirements, names and locations of participating providers, and other 
information related to CHIP. A state is permitted to use its Medicaid 
beneficiary support system to fulfill the CHIP enrollment assistance 
and information requirements; states simply are not required to do so. 
We note also that our revisions to Sec.  457.1207 do not remove 
application to CHIP of any of the numerous other requirements in Sec.  
438.10 that require managed care entities to provide important 
information to enrollees and potential enrollees about the entity's 
provision of services through, for example, enrollee handbooks and 
provider directories. Section 2105(a)(1)(D)(v) allows for claiming of 
``other reasonable costs incurred by the state to administer the plan'' 
as a CHIP administrative expense, subject to the state's 10 percent cap 
on administrative expenditures under section 2105(a)(2) of the Act. If 
the state chooses to provide the information to CHIP enrollees through 
the beneficiary support system established for Medicaid enrollees, the 
state may claim that expenditure as a CHIP administrative expense.
    For the requirements in Sec.  438.71 (relating to LTSS), as we 
discussed in our response to comments received in the 2016 rule (81 FR 
27757), states are not required to cover home and community-based 
services (that is, LTSS) in their separate CHIPs. Therefore, LTSS 
beneficiary support is not usually applicable to states with a separate 
CHIP. States that choose to cover LTSS have flexibility to determine 
the role the MCOs and other entities have in authorizing LTSS.
    Comment: One commenter recommended that CMS allow states to provide 
information regarding advance directives to CHIP enrollees and that FFP 
be available to states that do so.
    Response: As we noted in our response to comments received in the 
2016 final rule (81 FR 27760), the mandatory Medicaid standards 
regarding advance directives described in Sec. Sec.  438.3(j) and 
422.128 do not apply to CHIP and we do not believe that they should. We 
believe that the Medicaid advance directives provisions would create a 
significant burden on states and MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs in the CHIP 
context, with correspondingly little benefit for beneficiaries, as 
there are very few adult beneficiaries in CHIP and very few children 
need an advance directive. States may choose to require a managed care 
entity to provide information about advance directives to managed care 
enrollees since the requirements in Sec.  457.1207 (cross-referencing 
Sec.  438.10, including Sec.  438.10(g)) represent the minimum amount 
of information that must be provided to enrollees in an enrollee 
handbook. A state could also choose to require its CHIP managed care 
entities to provide certain CHIP enrollees (for example, pregnant 
women) with information about how to execute an advance directive, 
similar to the requirement for Medicaid set out at Sec.  438.3(j), and 
may receive FFP as a CHIP administrative expenditure for doing so, 
subject to the state's 10 percent cap on administrative expenditures 
under section 2105(a)(2) of the Act. However, because the underlying 
Medicaid advance directive requirement does not apply in the context of 
CHIP, we decline to adopt a requirement for states to require their 
CHIP managed care entities make this information available.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing as proposed the amendment to Sec.  457.1207 to exclude 
paragraphs (c)(2), (g)(2)(xi)(E), and (g)(2)(xii) of Sec.  438.10 the 
cross-reference used to incorporate the Medicaid requirements into the 
CHIP regulations.
3. Structure and Operations Standards (Sec.  457.1233)
    In the 2016 final rule, at Sec.  457.1233(b), we adopted the 
provisions in Sec.  438.230 related to MCO, PIHP, PAHP and PCCM entity 
requirements for contracting with subcontractors. However, in Sec.  
457.1233(b) we inadvertently included PCCMs instead of PCCM entities. 
We proposed to revise Sec.  457.1233(b) to conform to the requirement 
that Sec.  438.230 applies to PCCM entities.
    Also, at Sec.  457.1233(d), we adopted the provisions in Sec.  
438.242 that require states operating a separate CHIP to collect 
enrollee encounter data from managed care plans. In finalizing Sec.  
438.242, we also intended to apply to CHIP the requirements of Sec.  
438.818, which is cross-referenced in Sec.  438.242 and requires the 
submission of enrollee encounter data to CMS. We proposed to revise 
Sec.  457.1233 to make explicit our intention to apply the terms of 
Sec.  438.818 to CHIP.
    Finally, in the 2016 final rule at Sec.  457.1233(d) we made a 
technical error regarding the CHIP applicability date. Our cross-
reference to Sec.  438.242 inadvertently applied the Medicaid 
applicability date of July 1, 2017 for the health information system 
requirements instead of the later compliance date generally applicable 
to CHIP (which is as of the first day of the state fiscal year 
beginning on or after July 1, 2018) that was specified in the 2016 
final rule and discussed in section II.B.1 of this final rule. 
Therefore, we also proposed to revise Sec.  457.1233(d) to make this 
technical correction.
    The following is a summary of the public comments we received on 
our proposals to amend Sec.  457.1233.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the technical corrections and 
clarification about collection of enrollee

[[Page 72825]]

encounter data in the CHIP structure and operations standards 
regulatory sections.
    Response: We thank the commenters for their support.
    After consideration of the comments and for the reasons outlined in 
the proposed rule and our responses to the comments, we are finalizing 
as proposed the amendments to paragraphs (b) and (d) of Sec.  457.1233.
4. Quality Measurement and Improvement (Sec.  457.1240)
    In the 2016 final rule, we aligned the quality assessment and 
performance improvement program standards for CHIP MCOs, PIHPs and 
PAHPs (with minor exceptions) with the Medicaid standards at Sec.  
438.330 by adopting references to Sec.  438.330 in Sec.  457.1240(b). 
Where appropriate, Sec.  457.1240, as finalized in the 2016 final rule, 
also applied these Medicaid standards to PCCM entities. However, we 
inadvertently failed to include a cross-reference to one of the 
Medicaid standards at Sec.  438.330(b)(2), relating to the collection 
and submission of quality performance measurement data, which we 
intended to apply to PCCM entities in CHIP. We proposed revisions to 
Sec.  457.1240(b) to correct this omission and reflect application of 
Sec.  438.330(b)(2) to PCCM entities in CHIP.
    Additionally, we inadvertently failed to exclude references to 
consultation with the State's Medical Care Advisory Committee as a 
state requirement when the state drafts or revises the state's quality 
strategy in Sec.  438.340(c)(1)(i) (which we incorrectly identified as 
Sec.  438.330(c)(1)(i) in the 2018 proposed rule) and when the state 
requests, or modifies the use of an alternative managed care QRS under 
Sec.  438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3). Establishment of a Medical Care 
Advisory Committee (MCAC) is required for Medicaid programs under Sec.  
431.12. Regulations at Sec. Sec.  438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) and 
438.340(c)(1)(i) require that the state seek input from the MCAC in 
developing a state alternative QRS and managed care quality strategy. 
However, there is no requirement that states establish a MCAC for CHIP 
similar to that in Sec.  431.12, and therefore, the consultation 
requirements with the state's MCAC in Sec. Sec.  438.340(c)(1)(i) and 
438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) are not applicable to CHIP. We proposed to 
revise Sec.  457.1240 to eliminate the MCAC consultation requirements 
from the incorporation of the Medicaid requirements relating to 
adoption of a QRS and managed care quality strategy for CHIP.
    We noted in the November 2018 proposed rule how changes proposed to 
Sec.  438.340 (regarding the managed care state quality strategy) were 
addressed as technical, conforming changes to the CHIP regulation 
(Sec.  457.1240(e)) that incorporates Sec.  438.340. Comments on the 
proposed changes in Sec.  438.340 (relating to the managed care state 
quality strategy), are discussed in the preamble at section I.B.14 of 
this final rule while comments received specific to CHIP, which adopts 
the Medicaid requirements for the state quality strategy, are addressed 
in section II.B.8 of this final rule.
    The following is a summary of the public comments we received on 
our proposal to amend Sec.  457.1240 and our responses.
    Comment: Several commenters supported the clarifications and 
technical corrections of the requirements to collect and submit quality 
performance measurement data to PCCM entities.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support and are finalizing 
the proposed correction.
    Comment: One commenter noted that proposed Sec.  457.1240 included 
a reference to ``Sec.  438.330(c)(1)(i)'' even though this reference 
does not address consultation with the Medical Care Advisory Committee, 
which is the requirement that we proposed to remove for CHIP.
    Response: We appreciate the commenter bringing this error to our 
attention. We agree that the correct reference should be to Sec.  
438.340(c)(1)(i). We are making the proposed correction in the final 
rule by finalizing an amendment to Sec.  457.1240(e), which cross-
references Sec.  438.340 to incorporate requirements for a written 
quality strategy for assessing and improving the quality of health care 
and services furnished to CHIP enrollees. As finalized in this rule, 
Sec.  457.1240(e) excludes the reference to consultation with the MCAC 
(described in Sec.  438.340(c)(1)(i)) from the incorporation of 
Medicaid managed care requirements into CHIP. In addition, we have 
noted that Sec.  457.1240(d), which cross-references Sec.  438.334 and 
incorporates the requirement for a managed care quality rating system, 
also fails to exclude from the CHIP regulation the requirement that the 
state consult with the MCAC. We are also finalizing an amendment to 
Sec.  457.1240(d) to exclude Sec.  438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) from 
application to CHIP. These items were proposed in Sec.  457.1240(b) of 
the proposed rule but we have determined that they would be more 
appropriately placed in Sec. Sec.  457.1240(d) and (e).
    Comment: Several commenters opposed the proposal to remove 
consultation with the MCACs regarding the state's quality strategy as a 
requirement for CHIP and suggested that states be required, or 
encouraged, by CMS to seek and respond to MCACs, other advocacy groups, 
and key stakeholder groups involved in CHIP quality measurement and 
improvement activities to provide their perspective and expertise.
    Response: We appreciate the commenters' recognition of the 
important role stakeholder groups play in advising states on CHIP 
quality strategies and agree with the commenters about the importance 
of this involvement. Because we agree that stakeholder input is 
important, Sec.  457.1240(e) generally incorporates those components 
from the Medicaid managed care rule at Sec.  438.340 by cross-
referencing Sec.  438.340 with, as finalized here, only an exclusion 
for the MCAC consultation in Sec.  438.340(c)(1)(i). Thus, CHIP adopts 
the Medicaid requirement to make the quality strategy available for 
public comment before submitting the strategy to CMS (at Sec.  
438.340(c)(1)) and to make the review of the effectiveness of the 
quality strategy conducted by the state at least every 3 years 
available to the public (at Sec.  438.340(c)(2)). Further, states must 
ensure ongoing public involvement in the state's CHIP state plan under 
Sec.  457.120(b). However, the regulations at Sec.  431.12, which 
require each state to establish an MCAC, specify that the MCAC advise 
the Medicaid agency about health and medical care services (emphasis 
added). While states have the flexibility to consult their MCAC for 
purposes of their CHIP quality strategy, and we encourage them to do 
so, the CHIP regulations do not require establishment of a similar 
advisory committee for CHIP. Consultation with the MCAC has never been 
a regulatory requirement for CHIP agencies, and we did not intend to 
create a mandate for them to do so implicitly through a cross reference 
in the 2016 managed care regulation. In addition, to require 
consultation with the Medicaid MCAC would require that the MCAC exceed 
its regulatory mandate. Therefore, we decline to adopt a requirement 
for consultation with the MCAC in connection with CHIP managed care 
programs and the comprehensive quality assessment and performance 
improvement programs that managed care entities must be required to 
establish and implement under Sec.  457.1240(d) and (e).

[[Page 72826]]

    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing our proposal to reflect application of Sec.  438.330(b)(2) 
to PCCM entities in CHIP with some minor non-substantive revisions to 
Sec.  457.1240(b). We are reformatting and revising the text in two 
ways. First, we are redesignating most of the current regulation text 
in Sec.  457.1240(b) as Sec.  457.1240(b)(1) and designating a separate 
paragraph (b)(2) for the regulation text providing that, in the case of 
a CHIP contract with a PCCM entity, the requirements of Sec.  
438.330(b)(2) and (3), (c), and (e) apply. Second, we are revising the 
text to improve the readability of the regulation.
    We inadvertently proposed to codify exceptions to the applicability 
of Sec. Sec.  438.334 and 438.340 (regarding consultation with the 
MCAC) in Sec.  457.1240(b). In the final rule, we are finalizing these 
exceptions in the appropriate paragraphs of Sec.  457.1240. In Sec.  
457.1240(d), we state that Sec.  438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) related to 
consultation with the MCAC do not apply to the requirements related to 
the managed care quality rating system for CHIP. In Sec.  457.1240(e) 
we state that Sec.  438.340(c)(1)(i) related to the MCAC does not apply 
to the requirements related to the managed care quality strategy for 
CHIP. This is substantively consistent with our proposal to exclude 
references to consultation with the MCAC from the CHIP requirements.
5. Grievance System (Sec.  457.1260)
    In the 2016 final rule, we aligned CHIP with the Medicaid grievance 
and appeals provisions in subpart F of part 438, by incorporating them 
into Sec.  457.1260, with two substantive exceptions. First, Sec.  
457.1260 provides that references to ``state fair hearings'' in part 
438 should be read as referring to part 457, subpart K (which imposes 
certain CHIP applicant and enrollee protections). Second, Sec.  
457.1260 excludes the applicability date in Sec.  438.400(c) from 
applying in the CHIP context. Following publication of the 2016 final 
rule, we became aware of a number of concerns related to how Sec.  
457.1260 currently incorporates the requirements applicable to Medicaid 
managed care plans, including the following:
     Definition of adverse benefit determination (Sec.  
438.400): We inadvertently failed to exclude a reference to paragraph 
(6) of the definition of ``adverse benefit determination'' in Sec.  
438.400; this paragraph includes in the definition of adverse benefit 
determination the denial of enrollee's request to exercise his or her 
choice to obtain services outside the network under Sec.  438.52. We 
did not adopt Sec.  438.52 in CHIP, and therefore, this should not have 
been included in the definition of adverse benefit determination for 
CHIP. Our proposed regulation text at Sec.  457.1260(a)(2) would 
incorporate the definitions adopted in Sec.  438.400, other than this 
one provision from the definition of adverse benefit determination.
     General requirements for appeals and grievances (Sec.  
438.402): In the 2016 final rule, in Sec.  457.1260 we adopted all of 
Sec.  438.402 into CHIP. This included an optional external medical 
review at Sec.  438.402(c)(1)(i)(B). However, at Sec.  457.1120(a), 
CHIP already provides states with two options to conduct an external 
review of a health services matter. The additional optional external 
medical review was superfluous. We proposed to effectively eliminate 
this additional, optional external medical review from the CHIP managed 
care appeal process by excluding the language of Sec.  
438.402(c)(1)(i)(B) in the list of appeal and grievance provisions that 
were incorporated from the Medicaid managed care appeals requirements 
in proposed Sec.  457.1260(b).
    In addition, we proposed provisions in Sec.  457.1260(b)(2) through 
(4) that would apply in place of the provisions in Sec.  
438.402(c)(1)(i)(A), (c)(1)(ii), and (c)(2), respectively, by 
substituting references to ``state fair hearings'' from the Medicaid 
rules with references to part 457, subpart K (which provides for 
certain CHIP applicant and enrollee protections, including external 
review) in proposed regulation text that otherwise generally mirrored 
text in Sec.  438.402. This approach is substantively consistent with 
the current rule. Our proposed regulation text, at Sec.  457.1260(b), 
would continue to incorporate Medicaid grievance and appeals system 
establishment and operation rules in Sec.  438.402(a), (b), and (c)(2) 
and (3).
     Timing of notice of adverse benefit determinations (Sec.  
438.404): We realized that there may have been some confusion about 
whether states should follow the timing of notice of adverse benefit 
determination requirements described in Sec.  438.404(c)(1) or in Sec.  
457.1180. We proposed to clarify that we did not intend to incorporate 
the requirements of part 431, subpart E into CHIP from Sec.  
438.404(c)(1). We proposed, at Sec.  457.1260(c)(1), that states must 
ensure that the CHIP managed care entities comply with the provisions 
in Sec. Sec.  438.404(a), (b)(1), (2), and (4) through (6) and (c)(2) 
through (6). In addition, we proposed at Sec.  457.1260(c)(2) language 
that would effectively replicate the requirements in Sec.  
438.404(b)(3) but substitute the reference to ``state fair hearings'' 
with the reference to part 457, subpart K. We also proposed, at Sec.  
457.1260(c)(3), that states provide timely written notice for 
termination, suspension, or reduction of previously authorized CHIP-
covered services, which mirrors the timing of notice requirements in 
Sec.  457.1180.
     Handling of grievances and appeals (Sec.  438.406): We 
proposed at Sec.  457.1260(d) that the state must ensure that the CHIP 
managed care entities comply with the provisions in Sec.  438.406.
     Resolution and notification (Sec.  438.408): We proposed 
revisions in Sec.  457.1260(e) to address the concerns about references 
to state fair hearings and external medical reviews discussed in this 
rule. Proposed Sec.  457.1260(e)(2) mirrored the language of Sec.  
438.408(a) but we proposed to restate the text (rather than cross-
reference Medicaid managed care regulation) so that the use of ``this 
section'' in the text referred to the language in Sec.  457.1260 
instead of Sec.  438.408. In addition, proposed Sec.  457.1260(e)(3) 
through (7) effectively restated the requirements imposed Sec.  
438.408(b)(3), (e)(2), (f)(1) introductory text, (f)(1)(i), and (f)(2), 
respectively, with references to part 457, subpart K, instead of 
referring to ``state fair hearings'' as the Medicaid managed care 
regulation does. We did not include the Medicaid external medical 
review provisions (Sec.  438.408(f)(1)(ii)) from the list of appeal and 
grievance provisions that we proposed to incorporate in proposed Sec.  
457.1260. However, our proposed regulation text at Sec.  457.1260(e) 
incorporated the resolution and notification requirements of Medicaid 
grievance and appeals rules as set out at Sec.  438.408(b), (c)(1) and 
(2), (d), (e)(1), and (f)(3).
     Services not furnished (Sec.  438.424): The current 
regulation inadvertently incorporated and applied the Medicaid standard 
at Sec.  438.424(b), which requires a state to pay for disputed 
services furnished while an appeal is pending--which we did not intend 
to apply to CHIP. The Medicaid rule at Sec.  438.420, regarding the 
continuation of benefits while an appeal is pending does not apply to 
CHIP. Therefore, the CHIP regulation at Sec.  457.1260 should not 
include either Sec.  438.420 or Sec.  438.424(b), which provides that a 
state must pay for disputed services furnished while the appeal is 
pending if the decision to deny authorization of the services is 
reversed. Therefore, we did not propose to incorporate Sec.  438.420 or 
Sec.  438.424(b)

[[Page 72827]]

in proposed Sec.  457.1260. Proposed Sec.  457.1260(i) mirrored Sec.  
438.424(a), except for substituting the reference to ``state fair 
hearings'' with the reference to part 457, subpart K. in requiring CHIP 
managed care entities to provide denied services as expeditiously as 
the enrollee's health requires, but no later than 72 hours, from the 
date the managed care entity receives notice reversing its denial.
    In sum, we proposed revisions to the regulation text in Sec.  
457.1260 that adopted some provisions of the Medicaid appeals and 
grievances requirements in total (such as in Sec. Sec.  438.406, 
438.410, 438.414 or 438.416) and some only in part (such as in 
Sec. Sec.  438.400, 438.402, 438.404, 438.408, and 438.424). We 
solicited comments on whether our more detailed regulation text, which 
incorporates specific provisions of subpart F of part 438, was 
sufficiently clear and detailed for the appropriate administration of 
grievances and appeals in the CHIP context.
    The following is a summary of the public comments we received on 
our proposal to amend Sec.  457.1260 and our responses to those 
comments.
    Comment: A few commenters supported the proposed changes to the 
CHIP grievance system to require the state to require MCOs, PIHPs and 
PAHPs to comply with incorporated provisions (in Sec. Sec.  438.402, 
438.404, 438.406, 438.408, and 438.414) and noted that these changes 
would expedite the grievance process.
    Response: We appreciate the support for our proposal at Sec.  
457.1260 regarding the grievance system.
    Comment: One commenter requests that states be able to use the 
Medicaid definition of ``adverse benefit determination'' in Sec.  
438.400(b) and receive FFP for doing so, even though CHIP is not 
adopting Sec.  438.400(b)(6). That section includes in the definition 
of ``adverse benefit determination'' any denial of an enrollee's 
request to exercise his or her choice to obtain services outside the 
network under Sec.  438.52 as a result of Medicaid choice at enrollment 
requirements and certain exceptions to this rule for rural areas.
    Response: We previously did not adopt Sec.  438.52 in CHIP in the 
2016 final rule because CHIP does not require choice of plans at 
enrollment, and therefore, this should not have been included in the 
definition of adverse benefit determination for CHIP. However, if a 
state optionally provided for choice of plan at enrollment, created a 
rural exception that, like Sec.  438.52(b)(2)(ii), allowed for an 
enrollee to obtain services outside the network and established that a 
denial of that rural exception would constitute an adverse benefit 
determination, FFP would be available. We do not believe that 
additional regulation text is necessary for Sec.  457.1260 to address 
the ability of a state to expand the definition of ``adverse benefit 
determination'' to include denials of optional benefits that the state 
may adopt for its CHIP. We are finalizing Sec.  457.1260(a)(2) as 
proposed.
    Comment: One commenter requested that states be able to adopt the 
Medicaid state fair hearing process for CHIP and receive FFP for using 
the Medicaid state hearing process.
    Response: States are already permitted to use the Medicaid fair 
hearing process for CHIP pursuant to Sec.  457.1120. Section 
457.1120(a) provides that a state must have one of two review 
processes: (1) A process that meets the requirements of Sec. Sec.  
457.1130 through 457.1180, which set forth specific standards about the 
matters subject to review, core elements of the review process, 
impartiality, time frames, continuation of enrollment, and notices; or 
(2) a process that complies with State review requirements currently in 
effect for all health insurance issuers (as defined in section 2791 of 
the Public Health Service Act) in the State. The Medicaid state fair 
hearing process is compliant with the standards outlined in Sec. Sec.  
457.1130 through 457.1180 (66 FR 2635-2640). Many states already use 
the Medicaid fair hearing process for this purpose.
    The proposed clarifying amendments to Sec.  457.1260 to remove 
references to the Medicaid state fair hearing process would not 
eliminate states' option to utilize the Medicaid state fair hearing 
process to satisfy the CHIP requirements in Sec.  457.1120(a)(1). The 
proposed revisions, which we are finalizing with modifications in this 
final rule, simply clarify how the appeals and grievances process under 
part 438, subpart F relate to the state CHIP review requirements in 
Sec.  457.1120.
    Comment: One commenter requested clarification regarding the 
applicable timelines for adverse benefit notifications for CHIP in 
proposed Sec.  457.1260(c). The commenter suggested that we had 
proposed conflicting requirements in proposed Sec.  457.1260(c)(3) and 
proposed Sec.  457.1260(c)(1), which cross-references Sec.  
438.404(c)(3). Further, the commenter suggested that Sec.  
438.404(c)(3) addressed the timing of appeals and grievances but not 
the timing of notices for denials and limitations of services.
    Response: We agree with the commenter that the timelines as 
proposed were confusing. The CHIP standard in Sec.  457.1180 simply 
requires that states provide enrollees and applicants of ``timely 
written notice'' of any adverse determination. Rather than aligning the 
standard for CHIP plans to provide notice to enrollees with the 
standards for Medicaid plans, we agree that alignment with the 
timeliness standards for states to notify CHIP beneficiaries of other 
adverse benefit determinations is appropriate. Therefore, in the final 
rule we state in Sec.  457.1260(c)(3) that CHIP plans must provide the 
enrollee with timely written notice of adverse benefit determinations, 
which is consistent with the timeliness standard in 457.1180, except 
for expedited service authorization decisions. This makes the 
timeframes for notice consistent across Sec. Sec.  457.1260 and 
457.1180. CHIP does not address expedited service authorization 
decisions in Sec.  457.1180. Therefore, for these types of decisions, 
we are finalizing at Sec.  457.1260(c)(3) the use of the Medicaid 
notice timing requirement in Sec.  438.404(c)(6) (which cross 
references Sec.  438.210(d)(2)).
    Comment: Several commenters sought clarification on the continued 
inclusion (in Sec.  457.1260) of references to continuation of benefits 
despite the fact that CHIP beneficiaries are not entitled to continued 
benefits pending appeal. One commenter specifically suggested that we 
remove the reference to Sec.  438.404(b)(6) in proposed Sec.  
457.1260(c)(1) and the proposed language at Sec.  457.1260(e)(4)(ii) 
and (iii) because each of these relate to the continuation of benefits 
during an appeal even though CHIP does not adopt the Medicaid 
continuation of benefits requirements in Sec.  438.420. In addition, 
several commenters suggested that we include the right to continue to 
receive benefits pending an appeal in Sec.  438.420 and the related 
requirement for payment for reversed adverse benefit determinations 
when benefits were provided pending appeal Sec.  438.424(b) because 
preservation of enrollee health and due process require that enrollees 
retain access to services during the resolution of any dispute 
regarding their entitlement to them. Alternatively, several commenters 
suggested that CMS at least permit states to continue benefits while 
pending appeal and require states to notify enrollees of this option.
    Response: First, we thank commenters for pointing out where our 
proposed regulation text for Sec.  457.1260 included cross-references 
to requirements from part 438 that are relevant to the aid pending 
appeal policy. As there is no continuation of benefits/aid pending 
appeal requirement in CHIP, we are not

[[Page 72828]]

finalizing any of the related references in Sec.  457.1260.
    Second, we are not finalizing references to any right or policy 
regarding the continuation of benefits pending appeal in Sec.  
457.1260(c)(2) or (3), (e)(4)(ii) and (iii), or (i). As we have 
previously explained (83 FR 57284), the right to benefits pending the 
outcome of a CHIP review does not derive from section 1932(b)(4) of the 
Act, but from the constitutional due process protections afforded to 
beneficiaries of an entitlement program under Goldberg v. Kelly, 397 
U.S. 254 (1970) and its progeny, including provision of benefits to 
beneficiaries who are being terminated from or denied coverage pending 
appeal. Unlike Medicaid, CHIP is not an entitlement program and 
therefore the right to benefits pending appeal is not available to CHIP 
beneficiaries. Therefore, in summary, to address these clarifications 
and respond to these comments, we are:
     Finalizing Sec.  457.1260(c)(2) and (3), with revisions;
     Not finalizing Sec.  457.1260(e)(4)(ii) and (iii); and
     Finalizing Sec.  457.1260(i) with revisions to eliminate 
references to aid pending appeal.
    Comment: One commenter suggested that the language proposed at 
Sec.  457.1260(e)(3) and (6) was duplicative, as both deemed exhaustion 
of the plan's appeal process and permitted an enrollee to seek State 
external review in accordance with part 457, subpart K, if an MCO, PIHP 
or PAHP failed to comply with the notice and timing requirements for an 
adverse decision outlined in Sec.  457.1260.
    Response: We agree, and therefore, are not finalizing the 
regulation text at proposed Sec.  457.1260(e)(6). We are finalizing the 
deemed exhaustion provision at Sec.  457.1260(e)(3) and including there 
a statement that the enrollee may initiate a state external review in 
accordance with part 457, subpart K, in such cases. We also note an 
additional duplication of this deemed exhaustion requirement in the 
proposed language at Sec.  457.1260(b)(3) so we are not finalizing that 
duplicative provision either. Proposed Sec.  457.1260(b)(4) is 
redesignated as paragraph (b)(3) in the final rule.
    Comment: Several commenters stated that they appreciated Medicaid 
aligning in Sec.  438.408(f)(2) the timeframes for enrollees to request 
a state fair hearing across the managed care and fee for service 
delivery systems by giving states the flexibility to choose a time 
period between 90 and 120 days. The CHIP proposal at Sec.  
457.1260(e)(6) maintained the requirement that enrollees have 120 days 
to request a state review, which is out of alignment with Medicaid.
    Response: We agree that timeframes should be aligned across 
delivery systems and programs and appreciate commenters bringing to our 
attention our inadvertent failure to align the timeframe in proposed 
Sec.  457.1260(e)(7) with the revisions for Medicaid in proposed Sec.  
438.408(f)(2). We are modifying the regulation text in proposed Sec.  
457.1260(e)(7), redesignated as paragraph (e)(5), to achieve the 
intended alignment. Under Sec.  457.1260(e)(5) of the final rule, 
states have the same flexibility they have in Medicaid to provide 
enrollees with between 90 and 120 calendar days to request a state 
external review of a plan's adverse benefit determination.
    Comment: One commenter questioned why CHIP MCOs have to comply with 
Sec.  438.408(f)(3) (proposed at Sec.  457.1260(e)(1)) when there is no 
state fair hearing requirement for CHIP.
    Response: Although we proposed that the substance of the Medicaid 
regulations at Sec.  438.408(f)(3) (regarding the parties to be 
included in a fair hearing) apply to CHIP, we agree that the proposed 
application of all of Sec.  438.408(f)(3) to CHIP was an error, because 
Sec.  438.408(f)(3) is explicitly about the parties to be at the State 
fair hearing. CHIP has separate regulations, found in subpart K of part 
457 of the regulations, governing the review process for CHIP 
beneficiaries. Therefore, we are not finalizing at Sec.  457.1260(e)(1) 
the proposal that CHIP managed care entities comply with Sec.  
438.408(f)(3)).
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing, with several modifications, the regulation text proposed at 
Sec.  457.1260 regarding the appeal and grievance systems. A summary of 
the changes is as follows:
     Throughout Sec.  457.1260, we are finalizing parenthetical 
text to identify the scope and nature of the requirements from part 438 
that we are incorporating to apply to CHIP MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs. In 
addition, we have corrected cross-references throughout Sec.  457.1260 
as needed to refer to the sections within Sec.  457.1260 in lieu of the 
Medicaid cross-references.
     Statutory basis and definitions. We are finalizing Sec.  
457.1260(a)(1) and (2) as proposed. Paragraph (a)(1) identifies the 
applicable statutory provisions regarding CHIP managed care entities 
having an appeals and grievance system. Paragraph (a)(2) incorporates 
the definitions of the following terms from Sec.  438.400(b): ``adverse 
benefit determination,'' except for paragraph (6); ``appeal,'' 
``grievance,'' and ``grievance and appeal system.''
     General requirements. We are finalizing as proposed Sec.  
457.1260(b)(1). We are finalizing paragraph (b)(2) with a minor 
modification to cite to Sec.  457.1260(e) instead of Sec.  438.408. We 
are not finalizing the proposal at Sec.  457.1260(b)(3) because it is 
duplicative of what we are finalizing at paragraph (e)(3). We are 
finalizing what was proposed at paragraph (b)(4) as Sec.  
457.1260(b)(3) regarding the ability of a provider or authorized 
representative to file a grievance, request an appeal, or request state 
external review for an enrollee.
     Notice of Adverse Benefit Determination. We are finalizing 
Sec.  457.1260(c) to address the content and timing requirements for 
notices of adverse benefit determinations, with substantial revisions 
to the timeframes for these notices. We are finalizing Sec.  
457.1260(c)(1) to require that the state ensure that its CHIP managed 
care entities comply with the provisions at Sec.  438.404(a) and 
(b)(1), (2), and (5) regarding the content of the notice of an adverse 
benefit determination. We are also finalizing additional content 
requirements for these notices in paragraph (c)(2). Taken together, 
Sec.  457.1260(c)(1) and (2) mean that the following information must 
be provided to an enrollee as part of a notice of adverse benefit 
determinations:
    ++ The adverse benefit determination the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP has 
made or intends to make.
    ++ The reasons for the adverse benefit determination, including the 
right of the enrollee to be provided upon request and free of charge, 
reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other 
information relevant to the enrollee's adverse benefit determination. 
Such information includes medical necessity criteria, and any 
processes, strategies, or evidentiary standards used in setting 
coverage limits.
    ++ The circumstances under which an appeal process can be expedited 
and how to request it.
    ++ The enrollee's right to request an appeal of the MCO's, PIHP's, 
or PAHP's adverse benefit determination, including information on 
exhausting the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's one level of appeal and the 
right to request a State external review in accordance with the terms 
of subpart K of part 457;
    ++ The procedures for the enrollee to exercise his or her rights to 
an appeal.
    We are finalizing provisions regarding the timing of the notice at 
Sec.  457.1260(c)(3). As explained in our

[[Page 72829]]

response to comments about the timing of notices of adverse benefit 
determinations, CHIP managed care entities will have to comply with a 
standard that notices be ``timely,'' consistent with the requirement in 
Sec.  457.1180, rather than within a specific timeframe for notices of 
adverse benefit determination, except in cases of expedited service 
authorizations. In the circumstances of expedited service authorization 
decisions, the terms of Sec.  438.404(c)(6) (incorporating Sec.  
438.210(d)(2) by cross reference) apply. Section 438.210(d)(2) sets out 
timeframes for expedited authorization determinations.
     Handling of grievances and appeals. We are finalizing 
Sec.  457.1260(d) as proposed, to require states to ensure that CHIP 
managed care entities comply with the provisions at Sec.  438.406 with 
regard to the handling of grievances and appeals.
     Resolution and notification. We are finalizing Sec.  
457.1260(e) with revisions.
    ++ In paragraph (e)(1), we are finalizing as proposed the 
requirement that states ensure CHIP managed care entities comply with 
the provisions at Sec.  438.408(b) (relating to the timeframe for 
resolution of grievances and appeals), (c)(1) and (2) (relating to the 
extension of timeframes for resolution of grievances and appeals), (d) 
(relating to the format of the notice of resolution for grievances and 
appeals), and (e)(1) (relating to the content of the notice of 
resolution for grievances and appeals). However, we are not finalizing 
the proposal to require compliance with Sec.  438.408(f)(3) because the 
parties to an appeal in the CHIP managed care contexts are set forth at 
part 457, subpart K.
    ++ We are finalizing paragraph (e)(2) as proposed with a 
clarification that the state-established timeframes for resolution of 
each grievance and appeal must not exceed the timeframes identified in 
paragraph (e)(1) of Sec.  457.1260, which incorporates the timeframes 
in Sec.  438.408(b) and (c)(1) and (2).
    ++ We are finalizing Sec.  457.1260(e)(3) with additional text 
specifying that an enrollee may seek state external review in 
accordance with part 457, subpart K, after the plan's appeal process is 
exhausted.
    ++ We are finalizing paragraph (e)(4) regarding the content of the 
notice of appeal resolution with only the proposal that such notice 
include the enrollee's right to seek state external review in 
accordance with the terms of part 457, subpart K, and how to do so. We 
are not finalizing the proposal to require that the notice include the 
right to request and receive benefits while the review is pending and 
that the enrollee may be held liable for the costs of those benefits if 
the adverse benefit determination was upheld.
    ++ We are finalizing paragraph (e)(5) with modifications. We are 
finalizing as proposed in paragraph (e)(5) that an enrollee may request 
a state external review only upon exhausting the CHIP managed care 
entity's appeal process. We are adding to paragraph (e)(5) the 
timeframe for requesting a state external review, which was proposed in 
paragraph (e)(7).
    ++ We are modifying that proposal to align with Sec.  
438.408(f)(2), by requiring that enrollees must have no less than 90 
days and no more than 120 days after the plan's date of resolution to 
request a review.
6. Sanctions (Sec.  457.1270)
    In the 2016 final rule, CHIP adopted, at Sec.  457.1270, the 
Medicaid requirements related to sanctions in the managed care context 
in part 438, subpart I. We inadvertently did not include a provision in 
Sec.  457.1270 that states may choose to establish sanctions for PCCMs 
and PCCM entities as specified in Sec.  438.700(a). In addition, we did 
not indicate that references in Sec.  438.706(a)(1) and (b) should be 
read to refer to the requirements of subpart L of part 457, rather than 
references to sections 1903(m) and 1932 of the Act. We proposed to 
revise the language of Sec.  457.1270 to reflect these technical 
changes.
    The following is a summary of the public comments we received on 
our proposals to amend Sec.  457.1270.
    Comment: A few commenters supported the clarifications and 
technical corrections to the regulatory sanctions applicable in Sec.  
457.1270.
    Response: We are finalizing the amendments to Sec.  438.1270.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing the amendments to Sec.  457.1270 as proposed with slight 
modification. We are adding parentheticals in the regulation text to 
help readers understand what general subject is addressed in the 
Medicaid cross-references in Sec.  457.1270(b) and (c).
7. Program Integrity Safeguards (Sec.  457.1285)
    Section 457.1285 sets forth the CHIP requirements for program 
integrity safeguards for managed care entities by adopting the Medicaid 
requirements in subpart H of part 438, except for the terms of Sec.  
438.604(a)(2), by cross-reference. These cross-referenced standards 
include, among other things, requirements related to provider 
enrollment, auditing, implementation and maintenance of arrangements or 
procedures that are designed to detect and prevent fraud, waste, and 
abuse. In the 2016 final rule, we inadvertently failed to exclude from 
our cross-reference to the Medicaid managed care program integrity 
provisions a regulation that should not apply to CHIP. Specifically, 
CHIP does not adopt the Medicaid actuarial soundness requirements, 
therefore, states do not need to use the specified plan information 
collected in Sec.  438.608(d)(1) and (3) for setting actuarially sound 
capitation rates as required in Medicaid; we proposed to modify the 
language of Sec.  457.1285 to reflect this technical correction.
    The following is a summary of the public comments we received on 
our proposal to amend Sec.  457.1285.
    Comment: A few commenters supported the proposed clarifications and 
technical corrections to program integrity safeguards.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support.
    Comment: One commenter noted that the proposed regulatory text at 
Sec.  457.1285 included a typographical error in failing to include a 
reference to Sec.  438.608(d)(4) as proposed. The rule text states, 
``except that the terms of Sec.  438.604(a)(2) and (d)(4) of this 
chapter do not apply;'' however, the text should read ``except that the 
terms of Sec. Sec.  438.604(a)(2) and 438.608(d)(4) of this chapter do 
not apply.''
    Response: Section 438.608(d)(4) is the correct cross-reference as 
we explained in the preamble of the 2018 proposed rule, and we make 
that correction in the final rule.
    Comment: One commenter requested that CHIP adopt the Medicaid state 
monitoring requirements in Sec.  438.66.
    Response: This comment is outside the scope of this rule. We did 
not propose to incorporate Sec.  438.66 into the CHIP regulations and 
therefore cannot do so in the final rule as such a substantive change 
in the responsibilities of a state with regard to its CHIP and the 
managed care entities with which the state contracts should be subject 
to public notice and comment. We also refer the commenter to Sec.  
457.204, which authorizes CMS compliance actions when a state fails to 
comply with its oversight responsibilities under these regulations for 
a managed care contract.
    After consideration of the public comments and for the reasons 
outlined in the proposed rule and our responses to comments, we are 
finalizing the

[[Page 72830]]

regulation text at Sec.  457.1285 as proposed with one modification. We 
are modifying the regulatory text at Sec.  457.1285 to exclude 
Sec. Sec.  438.604(a)(2) and 438.608(d)(4), rather than Sec.  
438.604(a)(2) and (d)(4), from being applied in CHIP.
8. CHIP Conforming Changes To Reflect Medicaid Managed Care Proposals
    In the 2016 final rule, CHIP adopted many of the Medicaid 
regulations via cross-reference. We proposed to revise some of these 
Medicaid regulations. The cross-references to these revised regulations 
are unchanged in this final rule. We explained in the proposed rule 
that the changes made to the following Medicaid regulations in this 
final rule would also apply, by existing cross-reference, to CHIP. We 
welcomed comments on the proposed changes specifically as they apply to 
CHIP:
     MLR standards (Sec.  438.8(k)): As discussed in section 
I.B.6. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to Sec.  
438.8(k)(1)(iii) and (e)(4). Section 438.8(k) is incorporated into the 
CHIP regulations in Sec.  457.1203(e) and (f).
     Information requirements (Sec.  438.10): As discussed in 
section I.B.8 of this final rule, we proposed several revisions to 
Sec.  438.10. Section 438.10 is incorporated into the CHIP regulations 
at Sec. Sec.  457.1206(b)(2) (via cross-reference to Sec.  457.1207), 
457.1207, and 457.1210(c)(5) (via cross-reference to Sec.  457.1207).
     Disenrollment: Requirements and limitations (Sec.  
438.56): As discussed in section I.B.9. of this final rule, we proposed 
revisions to Sec.  438.56(d)(5) by deleting ``PCCMs or PCCM entities.'' 
Section 438.56 is adopted in CHIP at Sec.  457.1212.
     Network adequacy standards (Sec.  438.68): As discussed in 
section I.B.10. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to the 
provider-specific network adequacy standards in Sec.  438.68(b). The 
Medicaid network adequacy standards are applied to CHIP per Sec.  
457.1218.
     Practice guideline (Sec.  438.236): As discussed in the 
preamble at section I.B.11. of this final rule, we proposed revisions 
to Sec.  438.236(b)(3) by deleting contracting health care 
professionals and replacing it with network providers. Section 438.236 
is incorporated into the CHIP regulations at Sec.  457.1233(c).
     Health information systems (Sec.  438.242): As discussed 
in section I.B.12. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to the 
health information systems requirements in Sec.  438.242. Section 
438.242 is adopted in CHIP at Sec.  457.1233(d).
     Medicaid managed care QRS (Sec.  438.334): As discussed in 
the section I.B.13. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to Sec.  
438.334(b), (c)(1) introductory text, and (c)(1)(ii), redesignating 
current paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) as paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) and 
(iii), respectively, and adding new paragraph (c)(1)(i). We also 
proposed revisions to redesignated paragraph (c)(1)(ii) and adding new 
paragraph (c)(4). Section 438.334 is adopted in CHIP at Sec.  
457.1240(d).
     Managed care state quality strategy (Sec.  438.340): As 
discussed in the preamble at section I.B.14. of this final rule, we 
proposed revisions to Sec.  438.340(b)(2), (b)(3)(i), (b)(6), and 
(c)(1)(ii). We also proposed removing Sec.  438.340(b)(8), and 
redesignating paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs (b)(8), 
(9), and (10), respectively. Section 438.340 is incorporated into the 
CHIP regulations at Sec.  457.1240(e).
     Activities related to EQR (Sec.  438.358): As discussed in 
section I.B.15. of this final rule, we proposed revisions to Sec.  
438.358(b)(1)(iii). Section 438.358 is incorporated into the CHIP 
regulations at Sec.  457.1250(a).
     EQR Results (Sec.  438.364(d)): As discussed in section 
I.B.17 of this final rule, we proposed revisions to Sec.  438.364(d). 
Section 438.364 is incorporated into CHIP regulations at Sec.  
457.1250(a).
     Statutory basis, definitions, and applicability (Sec.  
438.400): As discussed in section I.B.18. of this final rule, we 
proposed revisions to Sec.  438.400(b)(3). Section 438.400 is 
incorporated into the CHIP regulations at Sec.  457.1260.
     General requirements (Sec. Sec.  438.402 and 438.406): As 
discussed in section I.B.19. of this final rule, we proposed revisions 
to Sec. Sec.  438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3). Sections 438.402 and 
438.406 are incorporated in CHIP in Sec.  457.1260.
    The following is a summary of the public comments we received on 
our proposal to CHIP conforming changes to reflect Medicaid managed 
care proposals.
    Comment: We received several comments supporting CHIP's proposals 
to align with the Medicaid requirements where appropriate.
    Response: We thank commenters for their support.
    Comment: We received several comments that did not include specific 
comments on the CHIP proposal to incorporate these Medicaid proposals 
but referred us to their comments on the Medicaid proposals.
    Response: Because CHIP proposed to adopt, by cross-reference, the 
proposed changes to Sec. Sec.  438.8(k), 438.10, 438.56, 438.68, 
438.236, 438.242, 438.334, 438.340, 438.358, 438.364(d), 438.400, 
438.402, and 438.406, we direct commenters to the responses to their 
comments on the Medicaid proposals adopted by CHIP.
    Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal revisions 
in Sec.  438.68(b), adopted by cross-reference to CHIP through Sec.  
457.1218, to eliminate the requirement for states to establish time and 
distance standards for the list of specified provider types and to 
eliminate the requirement for standards to be developed for 
``additional provider types'' identified by CMS. Alternatively, these 
commenters requested that CMS establish specific minimum quantitative 
standards for the specified provider types, including for 
pediatricians, pediatric specialists, and pediatric dentists, and to 
also identify additional types of pediatric provider types to be 
included in network adequacy standards, including pediatric medical 
subspecialties, providers at FQHCs and pediatric dental specialties.
    Response: We refer commenters to section I.B.10 of the preamble and 
the responses provided therein to address comments received for these 
proposed revisions to Sec.  438.68. As we stated there, we believe 
removing the requirement for states to establish time and distance 
standards for specified providers and removing authority for CMS to add 
additional provider types will enable states to recognize and react 
more quickly to local needs and developing trends in care. The list of 
providers for which states must develop quantitative network adequacy 
standards includes pediatric primary care, pediatric specialists, 
pediatric behavioral health, and pediatric dental. We believe this list 
provides the appropriate balance between assuring that states maintain 
appropriate networks for the child population, and providing 
flexibility to states to react to the specific needs of their 
population and provider landscape in their state. States already have 
the authority to add additional provider types to their network 
adequacy standards to meet the needs of their CHIP programs and 
enrollees.
    Comment: One commenter expressed concern with CMS retaining the 
general requirement for actuarial soundness in CHIP rates at Sec.  
457.1203. The commenter stated that CMS should apply the Medicaid 
actuarial soundness requirements to CHIP and reconsider its position.
    Response: We agree that states must develop payment rates for MCOs, 
PIHPs, and PAHPs for CHIP using actuarially sound principles, as 
required under

[[Page 72831]]

Sec.  457.1203(a) of the 2016 final rule. However, as we stated in the 
2016 final rule, Title XXI does not provide the same specificity about 
rate development standards as Title XIX, and while we agree that we 
have authority under section 2101 of the Act to establish additional 
standards, we have determined it would not be appropriate to impose all 
of the Medicaid rate-setting standards on separate CHIPs at this time, 
including those cited by commenters. Under Sec.  457.1201 of the 2016 
final rule, states are required to include payment rates in their 
managed care contracts submitted to CMS upon request of the Secretary. 
As we stated in the 2016 final rule, as we continue to gain additional 
experience with rate setting in CHIP, we may consider developing 
additional standards for CHIP in the future.
    After consideration of the public comments, we are finalizing 
application to CHIP of the changes to the Medicaid managed care 
requirements in Sec. Sec.  438.8(k), 438.10, 438.56, 438.68, 438.236, 
438.242, 438.334, 438.340, 438.358, 438.364(d), 438.400, 438.402, and 
438.406 as finalized in this final rule.

III. Collection of Information Requirements

    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501 et 
seq.), we are required to provide 60-day notice in the Federal Register 
and solicit public comment before a collection of information 
requirement is submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) 
for review and approval. For the purpose of the PRA and this section of 
the preamble, ``collection of information'' is defined under 5 CFR 
1320.3 of the PRA's implementing regulations. To fairly evaluate 
whether a collection of information should be approved by OMB, section 
3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA requires that we solicit comment on the 
following issues:
     The need for the information collection and its usefulness 
in carrying out the proper functions of our agency.
     The accuracy of our estimate of the information collection 
burden.
     The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be 
collected.
     Recommendations to minimize the information collection 
burden on the affected public, including automated collection 
techniques.
    In our November 14, 2018 (83 FR 57264) proposed rule, we solicited 
public comment on each of the aforementioned issues for the following 
sections of the rule that contained information collection requirements 
(ICRs).
    We did not receive any PRA-related public comments and are 
finalizing all provisions as proposed.

A. Wage Estimates

    To derive average costs, we used data from the U.S. Bureau of Labor 
Statistics' May 2018 National Occupational Employment and Wage 
Estimates for all salary estimates (https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_nat.htm). Table 1 presents the mean hourly wage, the cost of fringe 
benefits and overhead (calculated at 100 percent of salary), and the 
adjusted hourly wage.

                          Table 1--National Occupational Employment and Wage Estimates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Fringe
                                                    Occupation     Mean  hourly    benefits and      Adjusted
                Occupation title                       code        wage  ($/hr)    overhead  ($/    hourly wage
                                                                                        hr)           ($/hr)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Business Operations Specialist..................         13-1000           35.52           35.52           71.04
Computer Programmer.............................         15-1131           43.07           43.07           86.14
Actuary.........................................         15-2011           55.89           55.89          111.78
Office and Administrative Support Worker........         43-9000           17.28           17.28           34.56
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As indicated, we are adjusting our employee hourly wage estimates 
by a factor of 100 percent. This is necessarily a rough adjustment, 
both because fringe benefits and overhead costs vary significantly from 
employer to employer, and because methods of estimating these costs 
vary widely from study to study. Nonetheless, we believe that doubling 
the hourly wage to estimate total cost is a reasonably accurate 
estimation method.

B. Information Collection Requirements (ICRs)

    To estimate the burden for the requirements in part 438, we 
utilized state submitted data for enrollment in managed care plans for 
CY 2017. The enrollment data reflected 55,601,033 enrollees in MCOs, 
17,702,565 enrollees in PIHPs or PAHPs, and 5,462,769 enrollees in 
PCCMs, for a total of 80,242,585 managed care enrollees. This includes 
duplicative counts when enrollees are enrolled in multiple managed care 
plans concurrently. This data also showed 42 states that contract with 
519 MCOs, 14 states that contract with 134 PIHPs or PAHPs, 16 states 
that contract with 21 non-emergency transportation PAHPs, 16 states 
with 26 PCCM or PCCM entities, and 20 states that contract with one or 
more managed care plans for managed LTSS).
    To estimate the burden for these requirements in part 457, we 
utilized state submitted data for enrollment in managed care plans for 
CY 2016. The enrollment data reflected 9,013,687 managed care 
enrollees. This data also showed that 32 states use managed care 
entities for CHIP enrollment.
1. ICRs Regarding Standard Contract Requirements (Sec.  438.3(t))
    The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for 
approval under control number 0938-0920 (CMS-10108). Subject to 
renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active.
    Amendments to Sec.  438.3(t) will permit states to choose between 
requiring their MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs to sign a COBA with Medicare, or 
requiring an alternative method for ensuring that each MCO, PIHP, and 
PAHP receives all appropriate crossover claims. If the state elects to 
use an alternative methodology the methodology must ensure that the 
submitting provider is promptly informed on the state's remittance 
advice that the claim has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP for 
payment consideration. We estimate it will take 1 hour at $86.14/hr for 
a computer programmer to implement the message on the remittance 
advice. Given that 23 of the 33 states with duals in managed care have 
already required their plans to obtain COBAs, we estimate that half of 
the remaining states (5 states) will elect to pursue an alternative 
method. In aggregate, we estimate a one-time burden of 5 hours (5 
states x 1 hr at a cost of $430.70 (5 hr x $86.14/hr)). Over the course 
of OMB's anticipated 3-year approval period, we estimate an annual 
burden of 1.33 hours (5 hr/3 years) at a cost of $143.57 ($430.70/3 
years). We are annualizing the one-time burden

[[Page 72832]]

estimate since we do not anticipate any additional burden after the 3-
year approval period expires.
    Additionally, for the 5 states that elect to require an alternative 
method, the amendments to Sec.  438.3(t) will alleviate the 25 managed 
care plans that are operating within those states of the one-time 
requirement to obtain a COBA. In aggregate, we estimate a one time 
savings of-100 hr (25 plans x -4 hr for a business operations 
specialist) and -$7,104 (100 hr x $71.04/hr). As this will be a one-
time savings, we annualize this amount to -33.33 hr (100 hr/3 years) 
and -$2,368 (-$7,104/3 years).
    For the 5 states that elect to require that their plans obtain a 
COBA, in aggregate we estimate a one-time burden of 100 hrs (25 plans x 
4 hr for a business operations specialist) at a cost of $7,104 (100 hrs 
x $71.04/hr specialist). As this will be a one-time burden, we 
annualize this amount to 33.33 hr (100 hr/3 years) and $2,368 ($7,104/3 
years). We are annualizing the one-time burden estimate since we do not 
anticipate any additional burden after the 3-year approval period 
expires.
2. ICRs Regarding Special Contract Provisions Related to Payment (Sec.  
438.6(c))
    The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for 
approval under control number 0938-1148 (CMS-10398 #52). Subject to 
renewal, it was last approved on March 1, 2018, and remains active.
    Amendments to Sec.  438.6(c) will remove the requirement for states 
to obtain prior approval for directed payment arrangements that utilize 
state plan approved rates. To obtain prior approval, states submit a 
preprint to CMS. Based on our experience, we estimate that 20 states 
may elect annually to request approval for 40 directed payments that 
utilize a state approved FFS fee schedule. By eliminating the 
requirement that states submit a preprint for each arrangement, we 
estimate that a state would save 1 hour at $71.04/hr for a business 
operations specialist per directed payment arrangement. In aggregate, 
we estimate an annual savings of -40 hours (20 states x -2 preprints/
year x 1 hr per preprint) and -$2,842 (-40 hr x $71.04/hr).
3. ICRs Regarding Rate Certification Submission (Sec.  438.7(c)(3))
    Amendments to Sec.  438.7(c)(3) will permit CMS to require states 
to submit documentation attesting that +/- 1.5% modifications to a 
capitation rate comply with specified regulatory requirements. We 
estimate that CMS will require documentation from no more than 3 states 
annually and that it will take a state's actuary 1 hour to prepare the 
documentation. For the 3 states that may be required to submit 
documentation, in aggregate we estimate an annual burden of 3 hrs (3 
plans x 1 hr for an actuary) at a cost of $335.34 (3 hrs x $111.78/hr 
specialist).
4. ICRs Regarding Information Requirements (Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and (3))
    Amendments to Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and (d)(3) will no longer require 
states or plans to add taglines in prevalent languages to all written 
materials, nor to use 18-point font size. Instead, states and plans 
will have the ability to include taglines only on materials critical to 
obtaining services and could select any font size they deem to be 
conspicuously visible. While we have no data indicating how many states 
experienced increased document length or an increase in postage costs 
as a result of these requirements, we believe that this provision will 
likely reduce paper, toner, and postage costs for some states and 
managed care plans. Assuming that this change saves one sheet of paper 
(average price $25 per 5000 sheet carton or $0.005 per sheet), toner 
(average price $125 for 25,000 pages or $0.005 per sheet), and postage 
($0.38 bulk postage per ounce) per enrollee, we estimate a savings of -
$2,542,513 ([-$0.005 per sheet of paper x 74,779,816 enrollees or 
sheets of paper] + [-$0.005 toner per sheet of paper x 74,779,816 
enrollees or sheets of paper] + [-$.024 ($0.38/bulk postage x 0.16 oz 
per sheet of paper) x 74,779,816 enrollees or sheets of paper]). The 
estimates are based on commonly available prices for bulk paper, toner, 
and bulk postage rate. We estimate the -$2,542,513 will be shared 
equally between the states and managed care plans given that they each 
provide written materials to enrollees and potential enrollees.
5. ICRs Regarding Information Requirements Sec.  438.10(h)(3)(i)(B)
    Amendments to Sec.  438.10(h)(3) will permit states that elect to 
offer a mobile enabled provider directory to update the hardcopy 
provider directory quarterly instead of monthly. We are unable to 
estimate with any accuracy the cost of creating a mobile enabled 
provider directory; however, we assume it is substantially more than 
the savings that may be recognized from reducing the frequency of 
updating the directory since many of the data elements that are in the 
directory must be maintained accurately for other purposes, such as 
claims payment. We are not estimating a burden for this provision at 
this time.
6. ICRs Regarding Network Adequacy Standards (Sec.  438.68(a))
    The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for 
approval under control number 0938-0920 (CMS-10108). Subject to 
renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active.
    Amendments to Sec.  438.68(a) will eliminate a requirement that 
states develop time and distance standards for provider types set forth 
in Sec.  438.68(b)(1) and for LTSS providers if covered in the MCO, 
PIHP, or PAHP contract. The provision replaces the requirement to adopt 
time and distance standards with a requirement to adopt a quantitative 
standard to evaluate network adequacy. We estimated in the May 6, 2016 
final rule (81 FR 27777) a burden of $12,892 (20 states x 10 hrs at 
$64.46/hr for a business operations specialist) during the first year 
of developing the time and distance network adequacy standards for the 
provider types specified in Sec.  438.68(b)(1). We further estimated a 
one-time state burden of $10,313.60 (16 states x 10 additional hours at 
$64.46/hr for a business operations specialist) to develop LTSS 
standards (81 FR 27777). In each case we did not estimate additional 
burden for states after the first year.
    Since time and distance is one of many quantitative network 
adequacy standards, for states that used time and distance prior to the 
2016 final rule or for those that have adopted time and distance to 
comply with the 2016 final rule, discontinuing the use of time and 
distance is merely an option that they may elect if they believe 
another measure better reflects the needs of their program. 
Additionally, as clarified in the 2016 final rule (81 FR 27661), states 
have always had the ability to have network adequacy standards in 
addition to time and distance if they choose. We believe the change 
increases flexibility for states without affecting burden on states 
since it does not require states to take any action.
7. ICRs Regarding Grievance and Appeal System: General Requirements 
(Sec. Sec.  438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3)).
    The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for 
approval under control number 0938-0920 (CMS-10108). Subject to 
renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active.
    Amendments to Sec. Sec.  438.402(c)(3)(ii) and 438.406(b)(3) will 
no longer require enrollees to follow up an oral appeal with a written 
appeal. This change will

[[Page 72833]]

alleviate the burden on plans to follow up with enrollees that do not 
submit the written appeal. We estimate it will take up to 2 hours at 
$34.56/hr for an Office and Administrative Support Worker to call or 
send letters to enrollees in an effort to receive the written appeal. 
We estimate that 300 plans in 20 states have an average of 200 oral 
appeals that are not followed up with a written appeal. In aggregate, 
we estimate an annual private sector savings of -120,000 hours (300 
plans x 200 appeals x 2 hr) and -$4,147,200 (-120,000 hr x $34.56/hr).
8. ICRs Regarding Information Requirements (Sec.  457.1207)
    The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for 
approval under control number 0938-0920 (CMS-10108). Subject to 
renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active.
    Section 438.10(d)(2) and (3) are adopted by cross-reference in the 
CHIP regulations at Sec.  457.1207. As discussed in section II.B.2 of 
this final rule, amendments to Sec.  438.10(d)(2) and (3) will remove 
requirements for states or plans to add taglines in prevalent languages 
to all written materials, nor to use 18-point font size. Instead, 
states and plans will have the ability to include taglines only on 
materials critical to obtaining services and could select any font size 
they deem to be conspicuously visible. While we have no data indicating 
how many states experienced increased document length and an increase 
in postage costs as a result of these requirements, we believe that the 
provision will likely reduce paper, toner, and postage costs for some 
states. Assuming that, the change saves one sheet of paper (average 
price $25 per 5,000 sheet carton or $0.005 per sheet), toner (average 
price $125 per 25,000 pages or $0.005 per sheet), and postage ($0.38 
bulk purchase per ounce) per enrollee, we estimate a savings of -
$1,983,013.15 [$.005 per sheet of paper x 9,013,687 sheets of paper] + 
$.005 toner per sheet of paper x 9,013,687 sheets of paper] + (-
$1,892,874.27= [$0.21/oz bulk postage x 9,013,687 sheets of paper]). 
The estimates are based on commonly available prices for bulk paper and 
toner.
9. ICRs for Grievance and Appeal System: Definitions (Sec.  457.1260)
    The following requirements and burden will be submitted to OMB for 
approval under control number 0938-0920 (CMS-10108). Subject to 
renewal, it was last approved on December 16, 2016, and remains active.
    Section 438.400(b) is adopted by cross-reference in the CHIP 
regulations at Sec.  457.1260. As discussed in this final rule, the 
amendments to Sec.  438.400(b) will revise the definition of an 
``adverse benefit determination'' to exclude claims that do not meet 
the definition of ``clean claim'' at Sec.  447.45(b), thus eliminating 
the requirement for the plan to send an adverse benefit notice. While 
we have no data on the number of adverse benefit notices are sent due 
to denials of unclean claims, we believe that at least one unclean 
claim may be generated for half of all enrollees; thus, this provision 
could reduce paper, toner, and postage costs for some states. Assuming 
that the change saves one sheet of paper (average price $25 per 5,000 
sheet carton or $0.005 per sheet), toner (average price $125 for 25,000 
pages or $0.005 per sheet), and postage ($0.38 bulk postage per ounce) 
per enrollee, we estimate a savings of -$1,757,669.16 [ $.005 per sheet 
of paper x -4,506,844 adverse benefit notices] + [$.005 toner x -
4,506,844 adverse benefit notices] + [ $0.38/oz bulk postage x -
4,506,844 adverse benefit notices]. The estimates are based on commonly 
available prices for bulk paper and toner purchases and bulk postage 
rates.

C. Summary of Added Burden and Burden Reduction Estimates

    Tables 2 and 3 set out our annual burden and burden reduction 
estimates.

                                                          Table 2--Summary of Annual PRA-Related Requirements and Burden Under Part 438
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Burden
                                                 Number of     Number of     per        Total      Labor     Cost per                                               Annualized     Annualized
                 CFR section                    respondents    responses   response    annual     rate  $/   response   Total cost  ($)          Frequency             hours       costs  ($)
                                                                           (hours)      hours        hr        ($)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.   438.3(t).............................               5           5          1           5      86.14      86.14               430  Once.....................       0.333               143
Sec.   438.3(t).............................               5          25         -4        -100      71.04       -284            -7,104  Once.....................     -33.333            -2,368
Sec.   438.3(t).............................               5          25          4         100      71.04        284             7,104  Once.....................      33.333             2,368
Sec.   438.6(c).............................              20           2         -1         -40      71.04     -71.04            -2,842  Annual...................         -40            -2,841
Sec.   438.7(c)(3)..........................               3           3          1           3     111.78     111.78            335.34  Annual...................           3            335.34
Sec.   438.10(d)(2) and (3).................              42  74,779,816        n/a         n/a        n/a     -0.005       -373,899.08  Annual...................         n/a       -373,899.08
Sec.   438.10(d)(2) and (3).................              42  74,779,816        n/a         n/a        n/a     -0.005       -373,899.08  Annual...................         n/a       -373,899.08
Sec.   438.10(d)(2) and (3).................              42  74,779,816        n/a         n/a        n/a     -0.024     -1,794,715.58  Annual...................         n/a     -1,794,715.58
Sec.   438.10(h)............................  ..............  ..........  .........  ..........  .........  .........  ................  .........................  ..........  ................
Sec.   438.402(c)(3)(i).....................             300      60,000         -2    -120,000      34.56     -69.12        -4,147,200  Annual...................    -120,000        -4,147,200
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total...................................             342  74,779,818     varies    -120,032     varies     varies        -6,691,789  n/a......................    -120,040        -6,692,746
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                          Table 3--Summary of Annual PRA-Related Requirements and Burden Under Part 457
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Burden
                                                 Number of     Number of     per        Total      Labor     Cost per                                               Annualized     Annualized
                 CFR section                    respondents    responses   response    annual     rate  $/   response   Total cost  ($)          Frequency             hours       costs  ($)
                                                                           (hours)      hours        hr        ($)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.   457.1207.............................              32   9,013,687        n/a         n/a        n/a     $0.005       -$45,068.44  Annual...................         n/a       -$45,068.44
Sec.   457.1207.............................              32   9,013,687        n/a         n/a        n/a      0.005        -45,068.44  Annual...................         n/a        -45,068.44
Sec.   457.1207.............................              32   9,013,687        n/a         n/a        n/a       0.21     -1,892,874.27  Annual...................         n/a     -1,892,874.27
Sec.   457.1260.............................              32   4,506,844        n/a         n/a        n/a      0.005        -22,534.22  Annual...................         n/a        -22,534.22
Sec.   457.1260.............................              32   4,506,844        n/a         n/a        n/a      0.005        -22,534.22  Annual...................         n/a        -22,534.22
Sec.   457.1260.............................              32   4,506,844        n/a         n/a        n/a       0.38     -1,712,600.72  Annual...................         n/a     -1,712,600.72
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total...................................             192  40,561,593        n/a         n/a        n/a       0.61     -3,740,680.31  Annual...................         n/a     -3,740,680.31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 72834]]

IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis

A. Statement of Need

    As described in detail in section I.B. of this final rule, many of 
the revisions to part 438 outlined in this final rule are part of the 
agency's broader efforts to reduce administrative burden and to achieve 
a better balance between appropriate Federal oversight and state 
flexibility, while also maintaining critical beneficiary protections, 
ensuring fiscal integrity, and improving the quality of care for 
Medicaid beneficiaries. This final rule streamlines the managed care 
regulations by reducing unnecessary and duplicative administrative 
burden and further reducing Federal regulatory barriers to help ensure 
that state Medicaid agencies are able to work efficiently and 
effectively to design, develop, and implement Medicaid managed care 
programs that best meet each state's local needs and populations.

B. Overall Impact

    We have examined the impact of this final rule as required by 
Executive Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 
1993), Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory 
Review (January 18, 2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) 
(September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96-354), section 1102(b) of the Act, 
section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (March 22, 
1995; Pub. L. 104-4), Executive Order 13132 on Federalism (August 4, 
1999), the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)), and Executive 
Order 13771 on Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs 
(January 30, 2017).
    Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all 
costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if 
regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize 
net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public 
health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Pursuant 
to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), the Office of 
lnformation and Regulatory Affairs designated this rule as not a 
``major rule'', as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).''
    We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or 
analysis.
    We have examined the provisions in this final rule and determined 
that most of the revisions to part 438 outlined in this final rule are 
expected to reduce administrative burden as we noted in the Collection 
of Information (COI) section (see section III. of this final rule). 
Aside from our analysis on burden reduction in the COI section, we 
believe that the only provision in this final rule that may have an 
economic impact is the provision with revisions to managed care pass-
through payments because of the general magnitude associated with 
managed care payments and our previous efforts to analyze financial 
impacts associated with managed care pass-through payments.
    The May 6, 2016 final rule (81 FR 27830) and the January 18, 2017 
pass-through payment final rule (82 FR 5425) both contained regulatory 
impact analyses that discussed the financial and economic effects of 
pass-through payments. In the May 6, 2016 final rule, we did not 
project a significant fiscal impact for Sec.  438.6(d). When we 
reviewed and analyzed the May 6, 2016 final rule, we concluded that 
states will have other mechanisms to build in the amounts currently 
provided through pass-through payments in approvable ways, such as 
approaches consistent with Sec.  438.6(c). If a state was currently 
building in $10 million in pass-through payments to hospitals under 
their current managed care contracts, we assumed that the state will 
incorporate the $10 million into their managed care rates in 
permissible ways rather than spending less in Medicaid managed care. We 
expected that the long pass-through payment transition periods provided 
under the May 6, 2016 final rule will help states to integrate existing 
pass-through payments into actuarially sound capitation rates or 
permissible Medicaid financing structures, including enhanced fee 
schedules or the other approaches consistent with Sec.  438.6(c) that 
tie managed care payments to services and utilization covered under the 
contract.
    In the January 18, 2017 pass-through payment final rule, we noted 
that a number of states had integrated some form of pass-through 
payments into their managed care contracts for hospitals, nursing 
facilities, and physicians. We also noted that as of the effective date 
of the May 6, 2016 final rule, we estimated that at least eight states 
had implemented approximately $105 million in pass-through payments for 
physicians annually; we estimated that at least three states had 
implemented approximately $50 million in pass-through payments for 
nursing facilities annually; and we estimated that at least 16 states 
had implemented approximately $3.3 billion in pass-through payments for 
hospitals annually. We noted that the amount of pass-through payments 
often represented a significant portion of the overall capitation rate 
under a managed care contract, and that we had seen pass-through 
payments that had represented 25 percent, or more, of the overall 
managed care contract and 50 percent of individual rate cells. In our 
analysis of that final rule, we concluded that while it was difficult 
for CMS to conduct a detailed quantitative analysis given considerable 
uncertainty and lack of data, we believed that without the pass-through 
payment final rule, which prohibited new and increased pass-through 
payments that were not in place as of the effective date of the May 6, 
2016 final rule, states will continue to increase pass-through payments 
in ways that were not consistent with the pass-through payment 
transition periods established in the May 6, 2016 final rule.
    Since there is still considerable uncertainty regarding accurate 
and reliable pass-through payment data, we are only including a 
qualitative discussion in this RIA. Under Sec.  438.6(d)(6), we are 
finalizing our proposal to assist states with transitioning some or all 
services or eligible populations from a Medicaid FFS delivery system 
into a Medicaid managed care delivery system by allowing states to make 
pass-through payments under new managed care contracts during a 
specified transition period if certain criteria in the final rule are 
met. One of the requirements in the final rule is that the aggregate 
amount of the pass-through payments for each rating period of the 
transition period that the state requires the managed care plan to make 
must be less than or equal to the payment amounts attributed to and 
actually paid as Medicaid FFS supplemental payments to hospitals, 
nursing facilities, or physicians in Medicaid FFS. This means that 
under this new pass-through payment transition period, the aggregate 
payments added to Medicaid managed care contracts as pass-through 
payments must be budget neutral to the aggregate payments transitioned 
from Medicaid FFS. We also note that under the new pass-through payment 
transition period, states will only have 3 years to include these 
payments as pass-through payments before needing to transition the 
payments into allowable payment structures under actuarially sound 
capitation rates.
    We acknowledge that relative to the current pass-through payment 
baseline, this final rule permits states to incorporate new pass-
through payments under a new transition period when states are 
transitioning some or all services or eligible populations from a 
Medicaid FFS delivery system into a

[[Page 72835]]

Medicaid managed care delivery system; however, the net financial 
impact to state and Federal governments, and the Medicaid program, must 
be zero given the requirements in this final rule that aggregate pass-
through payments under the new transition period must be less than or 
equal to the payment amounts attributed to and actually paid as 
Medicaid FFS supplemental payments in Medicaid FFS. Since the final 
rule only permits payment amounts attributed to Medicaid FFS to be made 
under Medicaid managed care contracts, this is not an increase in 
Medicaid payments; rather, these payments only represent a movement of 
funding across Medicaid delivery systems for a limited and targeted 
amount of time when Medicaid populations or services are initially 
transitioning from a Medicaid FFS delivery system to a Medicaid managed 
care delivery system. Without the transition period, we believe that 
existing Federal pass-through payment requirements could incentivize 
states to retain some Medicaid populations or Medicaid services in 
their Medicaid FFS programs. We also believe that some states may 
choose to delay implementation of Medicaid managed care programs, 
especially if states have not already been working with stakeholders 
regarding existing Medicaid FFS supplemental payments. As we noted in 
this final rule, we wanted to ensure that Federal pass-through payment 
rules do not unintentionally incent states to keep populations or 
services in Medicaid FFS, and we do not want Federal rules to 
unintentionally create barriers that prevent states from moving 
populations or services into Medicaid managed care. As noted in the 
2016 final rule (81 FR 27852), potential benefits to the changes in the 
Medicaid managed care rule include improved health outcomes for 
Medicaid enrollees through improved care coordination and case 
management, as well as improved access to care. We believe that this 
limited and targeted transition period will help states further these 
goals.
    Finally, as noted throughout this final rule, this limited and 
targeted transition period is only available if the state actually made 
Medicaid FFS supplemental payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, or 
physicians during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the 
first rating period of the transition period, and the aggregate amount 
of the pass-through payments that the state requires the managed care 
plan to make must be less than or equal to the amounts paid under 
Medicaid FFS. As noted in this final rule, states will be required to 
calculate and demonstrate that the aggregate amount of the pass-through 
payments for each rating period of the transition period is less than 
or equal to the amounts attributed to and actually paid as Medicaid FFS 
supplemental payments to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians. 
As a practical matter, states will be required to use MMIS-adjudicated 
claims data from the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the 
first rating period of the transition period for the purposes of these 
calculations, and we will verify that the pass-through payment amounts 
are permissible under this final rule, including that the aggregate 
payments added to Medicaid managed care contracts as pass-through 
payments must be budget neutral to the aggregate payments transitioned 
from Medicaid FFS. Therefore, we are not projecting a specific fiscal 
impact to state or Federal governments, or the Medicaid program, as we 
expect the net financial impact of this provision to be budget neutral. 
We requested public comments on our assumptions and analysis as part of 
the proposed rule.
    We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or 
analysis.
    We are setting out savings based on amendments being finalized in 
this rule to Sec.  438.400(b) which will revise the definition of an 
``adverse benefit determination'' to exclude claims that do not meet 
the definition of ``clean claim'' at Sec.  447.45(b), thus eliminating 
the requirement for the plan to send an adverse benefit notice per 
Sec.  438.404(a). While we have no data on the number of adverse 
benefit notices that are sent due to denials of unclean claims, we 
believe that at least one unclean claim may be generated for half of 
all enrollees (37,389,908); thus, this proposal could reduce paper, 
toner, and postage costs for some managed care plans. If we assume that 
in the aggregate, this change saves one sheet of paper (average price 
$25 per 5,000 sheet carton or $0.005 per sheet), toner (average price 
$125 for 25,000 pages or $0.005 per sheet), and $0.024 bulk postage 
($.038/per ounce x 0.16 oz per sheet of paper) per enrollee, we 
estimate an annual savings of $1,084,307.30
    Based on the calculations in the Collection of Information (COI) 
section (see section III. of this final rule, Tables 2 and 3), and the 
additional cost savings identified for Sec.  438.400(b) described 
above, we are estimating that this final rule will result in an annual 
cost savings of $12,071,068.

C. Anticipated Effects

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires agencies to analyze 
options for regulatory relief of small businesses. For purposes of the 
RFA, small entities include small businesses, nonprofit organizations, 
and small governmental jurisdictions. Most hospitals and most other 
providers and suppliers are small entities, either by nonprofit status 
or by having revenues of less than $7.5 million to $38.5 million in any 
1 year. Individuals and states are not included in the definition of a 
small entity. We believe that all Medicaid managed care plans have 
annual revenues in excess of $38.5 million; therefore, we do not 
believe that this final rule will have a significant economic impact on 
a substantial number of small businesses. We sought comment on this 
belief.
    We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or 
analysis. Therefore, we are not preparing an analysis because we have 
determined, and the Secretary certifies, that this final rule will not 
have a significant impact on the operations of a substantial number of 
small businesses.
    In addition, section 1102(b) of the Act requires CMS to prepare an 
RIA if a rule may have a significant impact on the operations of a 
substantial number of small rural hospitals. This analysis must conform 
to the provisions of section 604 of the RFA. For purposes of section 
1102(b) of the Act, we define a small rural hospital as a hospital that 
is located outside a Metropolitan Statistical Area and has fewer than 
100 beds. We do not anticipate that the provisions in this final rule 
will have a substantial economic impact on most hospitals, including 
small rural hospitals. The provisions in this rule place no direct 
requirements on individual hospitals, and we note that any impact on 
individual hospitals will vary according to each hospital's current and 
future contractual relationships with MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs. We expect 
that any additional burden (or burden reduction) on small rural 
hospitals should be negligible. We sought comment on this analysis and 
our assumptions. Therefore, we are not preparing an analysis for 
section 1102(b) of the Act because we have determined, and the 
Secretary certifies, that this final rule will not have a significant 
impact on the operations of a substantial number of small rural 
hospitals.
    We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or 
analysis.
    Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)

[[Page 72836]]

also requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits 
before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year 
of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 
2020, that is approximately $156 million. We believe that this final 
rule will have no consequential effect on state, local, or tribal 
governments or on the private sector.
    We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or 
analysis.
    Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an 
agency must meet when it issues a final rule that imposes substantial 
direct requirements costs on state and local governments, preempts 
state law, or otherwise has federalism implications. This final rule 
does not impose any substantial direct costs on state or local 
governments; however, the provision at Sec.  438.4(b)(1) may preempt 
state law if the differences among capitation rates for covered 
populations are not based on valid rate development standards and 
instead are based solely on network provider reimbursement requirements 
for covered populations that are mandated by state statute.
    We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or 
analysis.
    Executive Order 13771, titled Reducing Regulation and Controlling 
Regulatory Costs, was issued on January 30, 2017. Section 2(a) of 
Executive Order 13771 requires an agency, unless prohibited by law, to 
identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed when the 
agency publicly proposes for notice and comment, or otherwise issues, a 
new regulation. In furtherance of this requirement, section 2(c) of 
Executive Order 13771 requires that the new incremental costs 
associated with new regulations shall, to the extent permitted by law, 
be offset by the elimination of existing costs associated with at least 
two prior regulations. Many of the revisions to part 438 outlined in 
this final rule are expected to reduce administrative burden; 
therefore, this rule is an E.O. 13771 deregulatory action. We estimate 
that this final rule generates $11,704,348 million in annualized cost 
savings, discounted at 7 percent relative to year 2016, over a 
perpetual time horizon. Details on the estimated cost savings of this 
final rule can be found in the preceding analyses.
    We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or 
analysis.

D. Alternatives Considered

    One alternative we considered was leaving the 2016 final rule as it 
is today; however, since the rule was finalized in 2016, we continued 
to hear from stakeholders that the 2016 final rule was overly 
prescriptive and included provisions that were not cost-effective for 
states to implement. As a result, we undertook a review of the current 
regulations to ascertain if there were ways to achieve a better balance 
between appropriate Federal oversight and state flexibility, while also 
maintaining critical beneficiary protections, ensuring fiscal 
integrity, and improving the quality of care for Medicaid 
beneficiaries. This final rule is the result of that review and 
streamlines the managed care regulations by reducing unnecessary and 
duplicative administrative burden and further reducing Federal 
regulatory barriers to help ensure that state Medicaid agencies are 
able to work efficiently and effectively to design, develop, and 
implement Medicaid managed care programs that best meet each state's 
local needs and populations.
    We sought comment on a number of requirements included in this 
final rule to identify potential alternatives to proposed provisions.
    The following is a summary of the public comments we received on 
the requirements included in this final rule to identify potential 
alternatives to proposed provisions.
    Comment: One commenter expressed concerns that the only alternative 
considered was leaving the 2016 final rule as is. This commenter noted 
that there were already errors acknowledged in the previous rule and 
noted that rather than improving on the rule, these changes will not 
benefit families and their children.
    Response: We understand the commenter's concerns; however, as 
noted, we undertook a comprehensive review of the current regulations 
and developed proposals to achieve a better balance between appropriate 
Federal oversight and state flexibility. As the commenter did not offer 
other alternatives for CMS to consider, we are not including additional 
alternatives under this final rule, other than the alternatives already 
discussed.

E. Uncertainties

    We have attempted to provide a framework for common definitions and 
processes associated with the statutory provisions being implemented by 
this rule. It is possible that some states may need to use alternative 
definitions to be consistent with state law, and we sought comment on 
these kinds of issues with the intent to modify and add to the common 
terminology in this final rule as appropriate based on the comments 
received.
    We did not receive any public comments on our assumptions or 
analysis.
    In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, this 
final rule was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.

F. Accounting Statement

    As discussed in this RIA, the benefits, costs, and transfers of 
this final rule are identified in Table 4.

                                                              Table 4--Accounting Statement
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               Units
                                              Primary                                    ------------------------------------------------
                Category                     estimate      Low estimate    High estimate                                      Period           Notes
                                                                                           Year dollars    Discount rate      covered
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Benefits
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Quantified..........................  Benefits include: consistency with the statutory requirements in section 1903(m) of the Act and regulations
                                          for actuarially sound capitation rates; improved transparency in rate development processes; greater
                                          incentives for payment approaches that are based on the utilization and delivery of services to enrollees
                                          covered under the contract, or the quality and outcomes of such services; improved support for delivery system
                                          reform that is focused on improved care and quality for Medicaid beneficiaries; and improved health outcomes
                                          for Medicaid enrollees through improved care coordination and case management, as well as improved access to
                                          care.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 72837]]

 
                                                                          Costs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annualized Monetized $ millions/year....             -12  ..............  ..............            2018  ..............          Annual
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Quantified..........................  Costs to state or Federal governments should be negligible. Burden and/or burden reduction estimates
                                          associated with the activities (other than information collections as defined in the Paperwork Reduction Act)
                                          that will be necessary for generating the benefits listed in this final rule.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Transfers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Quantified..........................  Relative to the current pass-through payment baseline, this final rule permits states to incorporate new pass-
                                          through payments under a new transition period when states are transitioning some or all services or eligible
                                          populations from a FFS delivery system into a managed care delivery system; however, the net financial impact
                                          to state and Federal governments, and the Medicaid program, must be zero given the requirements in this rule
                                          that aggregate pass-through payments under the new transition period must be less than or equal to the payment
                                          amounts attributed to and actually paid as FFS supplemental payments in Medicaid FFS. Therefore, we are not
                                          projecting a specific fiscal impact to state or Federal governments, as we expect the net financial impact of
                                          the provision to be budget neutral.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

List of Subjects

42 CFR Part 438

    Grant programs-health, Medicaid, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements.

42 CFR Part 457

    Administrative practice and procedure, Grant programs-health, 
Health insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Centers for Medicare 
& Medicaid Services amends 42 CFR chapter IV as set forth below:

PART 438--MANAGED CARE

0
1. The authority citation for part 438 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  42 U.S.C. 1302.


0
2. Section 438.3 is amended by revising paragraph (t) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.3  Standard contract requirements.

* * * * *
    (t) Requirements for MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs responsible for 
coordinating benefits for dually eligible individuals. In a State that 
enters into a Coordination of Benefits Agreement (COBA) with Medicare 
for Medicaid, an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP contract that includes 
responsibility for coordination of benefits for individuals dually 
eligible for Medicaid and Medicare must specify the methodology by 
which the State ensures that the appropriate MCO, PIHP, or PAHP 
receives all applicable crossover claims for which the MCO, PIHP, or 
PAHP is responsible. If the State elects to use a methodology other 
than requiring the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to enter into a COBA with 
Medicare, that methodology must ensure that the submitting provider is 
promptly informed on the State's remittance advice that the State has 
not denied payment and that the claim has been sent to the MCO, PIHP, 
or PAHP for payment consideration.
* * * * *

0
3. Section 438.4 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(1) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.4  Actuarial soundness.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) Have been developed in accordance with the standards specified 
in Sec.  438.5 and generally accepted actuarial principles and 
practices. Any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or 
factors used to develop capitation rates for covered populations must 
be based on valid rate development standards that represent actual cost 
differences in providing covered services to the covered populations. 
Any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to 
develop capitation rates must not vary with the rate of Federal 
financial participation (FFP) associated with the covered populations 
in a manner that increases Federal costs. The determination that 
differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to 
develop capitation rates for MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs increase Federal 
costs and vary with the rate of FFP associated with the covered 
populations must be evaluated for the entire managed care program and 
include all managed care contracts for all covered populations. CMS may 
require a State to provide written documentation and justification that 
any differences in the assumptions, methodologies, or factors used to 
develop capitation rates for covered populations or contracts represent 
actual cost differences based on the characteristics and mix of the 
covered services or the covered populations.
* * * * *

0
4. Section 438.4 is further amended, effective July 1, 2021, by adding 
paragraph (c) to read as follows:


Sec.  438.4  Actuarial soundness.

* * * * *
    (c) Option to develop and certify a rate range. (1) Notwithstanding 
the provision at paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the State may 
develop and certify a range of capitation rates per rate cell as 
actuarially sound, when all of the following conditions are met:
    (i) The rate certification identifies and justifies the 
assumptions, data, and methodologies specific to both the upper and 
lower bounds of the rate range.
    (ii) Both the upper and lower bounds of the rate range must be 
certified as actuarially sound consistent with the requirements of this 
part.
    (iii) The upper bound of the rate range does not exceed the lower 
bound of the rate range multiplied by 1.05.
    (iv) The rate certification documents the State's criteria for 
paying MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at different points within the rate 
range.
    (v) The State does not use as a criterion for paying MCOs, PIHPs, 
and PAHPs at different points within the rate range any of the 
following:

[[Page 72838]]

    (A) The willingness or agreement of the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs or 
their network providers to enter into, or adhere to, intergovernmental 
transfer (IGT) agreements; or
    (B) The amount of funding the MCOs, PIHPs, or PAHPs or their 
network providers provide through IGT agreements.
    (2) When a State develops and certifies a range of capitation rates 
per rate cell as actuarially sound consistent with the requirements of 
this paragraph (c), the State must:
    (i) Document the capitation rates, prior to the start of the rating 
period, for the MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs at points within the rate range, 
consistent with the criteria in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (ii) Not modify the capitation rates under Sec.  438.7(c)(3).
    (iii) Not modify the capitation rates within the rate range, unless 
the State is increasing or decreasing the capitation rate per rate cell 
within the rate range up to 1 percent during the rating period. 
However, any changes of the capitation rate within the permissible 1 
percent range must be consistent with a modification of the contract as 
required in Sec.  438.3(c) and are subject to the requirements at 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section. Any modification to the capitation 
rates within the rate range greater than the permissible 1 percent 
range will require the State to provide a revised rate certification 
for CMS approval, which demonstrates that--
    (A) The criteria in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, as 
described in the initial rate certification, were not applied 
accurately;
    (B) There was a material error in the data, assumptions, or 
methodologies used to develop the initial rate certification and that 
the modifications are necessary to correct the error; or
    (C) Other adjustments are appropriate and reasonable to account for 
programmatic changes.
    (iv) Post on the website required in Sec.  438.10(c)(3) the 
following information prior to executing a managed care contract or 
contract amendment that includes or modifies a rate range:
    (A) The upper and lower bounds of each rate cell;
    (B) A description of all assumptions that vary between the upper 
and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the assumptions that 
vary, the specific assumptions used for the upper and lower bounds of 
each rate cell; and
    (C) A description of the data and methodologies that vary between 
the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell, including for the data 
and methodologies that vary, the specific data and methodologies used 
for the upper and lower bounds of each rate cell.

0
5. Section 438.5 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3)(ii) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.5  Rate development standards.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (3) * * *
    (ii) States that request an exception from the base data standards 
established in this section must set forth a corrective action plan to 
come into compliance with the base data standards no later than 2 years 
after the last day of the rating period for which the deficiency was 
identified.
* * * * *

0
6. Section 438.6 is amended--
0
a. In paragraph (a) by adding the definitions of ``State plan approved 
rates'' and ``Supplemental payments'' in alphabetical order;
0
b. By revising paragraphs (b)(1), (c)(1)(iii), and (c)(2); and
0
c. By adding paragraphs (c)(3).
    The revisions and additions read as follows:


Sec.  438.6  Special contract provisions related to payment.

    (a) * * *
    State plan approved rates means amounts calculated for specific 
services identifiable as having been provided to an individual 
beneficiary described under CMS approved rate methodologies in the 
Medicaid State plan. Supplemental payments contained in a State plan 
are not, and do not constitute, State plan approved rates.
    Supplemental payments means amounts paid by the State in its FFS 
Medicaid delivery system to providers that are described and approved 
in the State plan or under a demonstration or waiver thereof and are in 
addition to State plan approved rates. Disproportionate share hospital 
(DSH) and graduate medical education (GME) payments are not, and do not 
constitute, supplemental payments.
* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) If used in the payment arrangement between the State and the 
MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, all applicable risk-sharing mechanisms, such as 
reinsurance, risk corridors, or stop-loss limits, must be documented in 
the contract and rate certification documents for the rating period 
prior to the start of the rating period, and must be developed in 
accordance with Sec.  438.4, the rate development standards in Sec.  
438.5, and generally accepted actuarial principles and practices. Risk-
sharing mechanisms may not be added or modified after the start of the 
rating period.
* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (iii) The State may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to:
    (A) Adopt a minimum fee schedule for network providers that provide 
a particular service under the contract using State plan approved rates 
as defined in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (B) Adopt a minimum fee schedule for network providers that provide 
a particular service under the contract using rates other than the 
State plan approved rates defined in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (C) Provide a uniform dollar or percentage increase for network 
providers that provide a particular service under the contract.
    (D) Adopt a maximum fee schedule for network providers that provide 
a particular service under the contract, so long as the MCO, PIHP, or 
PAHP retains the ability to reasonably manage risk and has discretion 
in accomplishing the goals of the contract.
    (2) Process for approval. (i) All contract arrangements that direct 
the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's expenditures under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) 
through (iii) of this section must be developed in accordance with 
Sec.  438.4, the standards specified in Sec.  438.5, and generally 
accepted actuarial principles and practices.
    (ii) Contract arrangements that direct the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's 
expenditures under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) and (c)(1)(iii)(B) 
through (D) of this section must have written approval prior to 
implementation. Contract arrangements that direct the MCO's, PIHP's, or 
PAHP's expenditures under paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) of this section do 
not require written approval prior to implementation but are required 
to meet the criteria in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) through (F) of this 
section. To obtain written approval, a State must demonstrate, in 
writing, that the arrangement--
    (A) Is based on the utilization and delivery of services;
    (B) Directs expenditures equally, and using the same terms of 
performance, for a class of providers providing the service under the 
contract;
    (C) Expects to advance at least one of the goals and objectives in 
the quality strategy in Sec.  438.340;
    (D) Has an evaluation plan that measures the degree to which the 
arrangement advances at least one of the

[[Page 72839]]

goals and objectives in the quality strategy in Sec.  438.340;
    (E) Does not condition provider participation in contract 
arrangements under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section 
on the provider entering into or adhering to intergovernmental transfer 
agreements; and
    (F) May not be renewed automatically.
    (iii) Any contract arrangements that direct the MCO's, PIHP's, or 
PAHP's expenditures under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section 
must also demonstrate, in writing, that the arrangement--
    (A) Must make participation in the value-based purchasing 
initiative, delivery system reform or performance improvement 
initiative available, using the same terms of performance, to a class 
of providers providing services under the contract related to the 
reform or improvement initiative;
    (B) Must use a common set of performance measures across all of the 
payers and providers;
    (C) May not set the amount or frequency of the expenditures; and
    (D) Does not allow the State to recoup any unspent funds allocated 
for these arrangements from the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP.
    (3) Approval timeframes. (i) Approval of a payment arrangement 
under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section is for one rating 
period unless a multi-year approval is requested and meets all of the 
following criteria:
    (A) The State has explicitly identified and described the payment 
arrangement in the contract as a multi-year payment arrangement, 
including a description of the payment arrangement by year, if the 
payment arrangement varies by year.
    (B) The State has developed and described its plan for implementing 
a multi-year payment arrangement, including the State's plan for multi-
year evaluation, and the impact of a multi-year payment arrangement on 
the State's goals and objectives in the State's quality strategy in 
Sec.  438.340.
    (C) The State has affirmed that it will not make any changes to the 
payment methodology, or magnitude of the payment, described in the 
contract for all years of the multi-year payment arrangement without 
CMS prior approval. If the State determines that changes to the payment 
methodology, or magnitude of the payment, are necessary, the State must 
obtain prior approval of such changes under paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (ii) Approval of a payment arrangement under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) 
of this section is for one rating period.
* * * * *

0
7. Section 438.6 is further amended, effective July 1, 2021, by adding 
paragraph (d)(6) to read as follows:


Sec.  438.6  Special contract provisions related to payment.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (6) Pass-through payments for States transitioning services and 
populations from a fee-for-service delivery system to a managed care 
delivery system. Notwithstanding the restrictions on pass-through 
payments in paragraphs (d)(1), (3), and (5) of this section, a State 
may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make pass-through payments to 
network providers that are hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians 
under the contract, for each rating period of the transition period for 
up to 3 years, when Medicaid populations or services are initially 
transitioning from a fee-for-service (FFS) delivery system to a managed 
care delivery system, provided the following requirements are met:
    (i) The services will be covered for the first time under a managed 
care contract and were previously provided in a FFS delivery system 
prior to the first rating period of the transition period.
    (ii) The State made supplemental payments, as defined in paragraph 
(a) of this section, to hospitals, nursing facilities, or physicians 
during the 12-month period immediately 2 years prior to the first year 
of the transition period.
    (iii) The aggregate amount of the pass-through payments that the 
State requires the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make is less than or equal to 
the amounts calculated in paragraph (d)(6)(iii)(A), (B), or (C) of this 
section for the relevant provider type for each rating period of the 
transition period. In determining the amount of each component for the 
calculations contained in paragraphs (d)(6)(iii)(A) through (C), the 
State must use the amounts paid for services during the 12-month period 
immediately 2 years prior to the first rating period of the transition 
period.
    (A) Hospitals. For inpatient and outpatient hospital services, 
calculate the product of the actual supplemental payments paid and the 
ratio achieved by dividing the amount paid through payment rates for 
hospital services that are being transitioned from payment in a FFS 
delivery system to the managed care contract by the total amount paid 
through state plan approved rates for hospital services made in the 
State's FFS delivery system. Both the numerator and denominator of the 
ratio should exclude any supplemental payments made to the applicable 
providers.
    (B) Nursing facilities. For nursing facility services, calculate 
the product of the actual supplemental payments paid and the ratio 
achieved by dividing the amount paid through state plan approved rates 
for nursing facility services that are being transitioned from payment 
in a FFS delivery system to the managed care contract by the total 
amount paid through payment rates for nursing facility services made in 
the State's FFS delivery system. Both the numerator and denominator of 
the ratio should exclude any supplemental payments made to the 
applicable providers.
    (C) Physicians. For physician services, calculate the product of 
the actual supplemental payments paid and the ratio achieved by 
dividing the amount paid through state plan approved rates for 
physician services that are being transitioned from payment in a FFS 
delivery system to the managed care contract by the total amount paid 
through payment rates for physician services made in the State's FFS 
delivery system. Both the numerator and denominator of the ratio should 
exclude any supplemental payments made to the applicable providers.
    (iv) The State may require the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP to make pass-
through payments for Medicaid populations or services that are 
initially transitioning from a FFS delivery system to a managed care 
delivery system for up to 3 years from the beginning of the first 
rating period in which the services were transitioned from payment in a 
FFS delivery system to a managed care contract, provided that during 
the 3 years, the services continue to be provided under a managed care 
contract with an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP.
* * * * *

0
8. Section 438.7 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3) and adding 
paragraph (e) to read as follows:


Sec.  438.7  Rate certification submission.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (3) The State may increase or decrease the capitation rate per rate 
cell, as required in paragraph (c) of this section and Sec.  
438.4(b)(4), up to 1.5 percent during the rating period without 
submitting a revised rate certification, as required under paragraph 
(a) of this section. However, any changes of the capitation rate within 
the permissible range must be consistent with a modification of the 
contract as required in Sec.  438.3(c) and are subject to the 
requirements at Sec.  438.4(b)(1). Notwithstanding the provisions in 
paragraph (c) of this section, CMS may

[[Page 72840]]

require a State to provide documentation that modifications to the 
capitation rate comply with the requirements in Sec. Sec.  438.3(c) and 
(e) and 438.4(b)(1).
* * * * *
    (e) Provision of additional guidance. CMS will issue guidance, at 
least annually, which includes all of the following:
    (1) The Federal standards for capitation rate development.
    (2) The documentation required to determine that the capitation 
rates are projected to provide for all reasonable, appropriate, and 
attainable costs that are required under the terms.
    (3) The documentation required to determine that the capitation 
rates have been developed in accordance with the requirements of this 
part.
    (4) Any updates or developments in the rate review process to 
reduce State burden and facilitate prompt actuarial reviews.
    (5) The documentation necessary to demonstrate that capitation 
rates competitively bid through a procurement process have been 
established consistent with the requirements of Sec. Sec.  438.4 
through 438.8.

0
9. Section 438.8 is amended--
0
a. In paragraph (e)(4) by removing the phrase ``fraud prevention as 
adopted'' and adding in its place the phrase ``fraud prevention 
consistent with regulations adopted''; and
0
b. Revising paragraph (k)(1)(iii).
    The revision reads as follows:


Sec.  438.8  Medical loss ratio (MLR) standards

* * * * *
    (k) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (iii) Fraud prevention activities as defined in paragraph (e)(4) of 
this section.
* * * * *

0
10. Section 438.9 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.9  Provisions that apply to non-emergency medical 
transportation PAHPs.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) The actuarial soundness requirements in Sec.  438.4, except 
Sec.  438.4(b)(9).
* * * * *

0
11. Section 438.10 is amended by--
0
a. Revising paragraph (d)(2) and (3);
0
b. Removing paragraph (d)(6)(iv);
0
c. Revising paragraph (f)(1);
0
d. In paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) by removing the reference ``paragraph 
(g)(2)(i)(A) of this section'' and adding in its place the reference 
``paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A) of this section''; and
0
e. Revising paragraphs (h)(1)(vii) and (h)(3).
    The revisions read as follows:


Sec.  438.10  Information requirements.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (2) Make oral interpretation available in all languages and written 
translation available in each prevalent non-English language. Written 
materials that are critical to obtaining services for potential 
enrollees must include taglines in the prevalent non-English languages 
in the State, explaining the availability of written translations or 
oral interpretation to understand the information provided, information 
on how to request auxiliary aids and services, and the toll-free 
telephone number of the entity providing choice counseling services as 
required by Sec.  438.71(a). Taglines for written materials critical to 
obtaining services must be printed in a conspicuously-visible font 
size.
    (3) Require each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and PCCM entity to make its 
written materials that are critical to obtaining services, including, 
at a minimum, provider directories, enrollee handbooks, appeal and 
grievance notices, and denial and termination notices, available in the 
prevalent non-English languages in its particular service area. Written 
materials that are critical to obtaining services must also be made 
available in alternative formats upon request of the potential enrollee 
or enrollee at no cost, include taglines in the prevalent non-English 
languages in the State and in a conspicuously visible font size 
explaining the availability of written translation or oral 
interpretation to understand the information provided, information on 
how to request auxiliary aids and services, and include the toll-free 
and TTY/TDY telephone number of the MCO's, PIHP's, PAHP's, or PCCM 
entity's member/customer service unit. Auxiliary aids and services must 
also be made available upon request of the potential enrollee or 
enrollee at no cost.
* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (1) The MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and, when appropriate, the PCCM entity, 
must make a good faith effort to give written notice of termination of 
a contracted provider to each enrollee who received his or her primary 
care from, or was seen on a regular basis by, the terminated provider. 
Notice to the enrollee must be provided by the later of 30 calendar 
days prior to the effective date of the termination, or 15 calendar 
days after receipt or issuance of the termination notice.
* * * * *
    (h) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (vii) The provider's cultural and linguistic capabilities, 
including languages (including American Sign Language) offered by the 
provider or a skilled medical interpreter at the provider's office.
* * * * *
    (3) Information included in--
    (i) A paper provider directory must be updated at least--
    (A) Monthly, if the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity does not have a 
mobile-enabled, electronic directory; or
    (B) Quarterly, if the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity has a mobile-
enabled, electronic provider directory.
    (ii) An electronic provider directory must be updated no later than 
30 calendar days after the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM entity receives 
updated provider information.
* * * * *

0
12. Section 438.54 is amended by adding paragraph (b)(3) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.54  Managed care enrollment.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (3) States must provide the demographic information listed in Sec.  
438.340(b)(6) for each Medicaid enrollee to the individual's MCO, PIHP, 
PAHP, or PCCM entity at the time of enrollment.
* * * * *

0
13. Section 438.56 is amended by revising the paragraph (d)(5) heading 
and paragraphs (d)(5)(i) and (iii) to read as follows:


Sec.  438.56  Disenrollment: Requirements and limitations.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (5) Use of the MCO's, PIHP's, PAHP's grievance procedures. (i) The 
State agency may require that the enrollee seek redress through the 
MCO's, PHIP's, or PAHP's grievance system before making a determination 
on the enrollee's request.
* * * * *
    (iii) If, as a result of the grievance process, the MCO, PIHP, or 
PAHP approves the disenrollment, the State agency is not required to 
make a determination in accordance with paragraph (d)(4) of this 
section.
* * * * *

0
14. Section 438.68 is amended by--
0
a. Revising paragraphs (b)(1) introductory text and (b)(1)(iv);
0
b. Removing paragraph (b)(1)(viii); and
0
c. Revising paragraph (b)(2).

[[Page 72841]]

    The revisions read as follows:


Sec.  438.68  Network adequacy standards.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) Provider types. At a minimum, a State must develop a 
quantitative network adequacy standard for the following provider 
types, if covered under the contract:
* * * * *
    (iv) Specialist (as designated by the State), adult, and pediatric.
* * * * *
    (2) LTSS. States with MCO, PIHP, or PAHP contracts which cover LTSS 
must develop a quantitative network adequacy standard for LTSS provider 
types.
* * * * *


Sec.  438.236  [Amended]

0
15. Section 438.236 is amended in paragraph (b)(3) by removing the term 
``contracting health care professionals'' and adding in its place the 
term ``network providers.''

0
16. Section 438.242 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.242  Health information systems.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (3) Submission of all enrollee encounter data, including allowed 
amount and paid amount, that the State is required to report to CMS 
under Sec.  438.818.
* * * * *

0
17. Section 438.334 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) and (c)(1) 
and (3) and adding paragraph (c)(4) to read as follows:


Sec.  438.334  Medicaid managed care quality rating system.

* * * * *
    (b) Quality rating system. (1) CMS, after consulting with States 
and other stakeholders and providing public notice and opportunity to 
comment, will develop a framework for a Medicaid managed care quality 
rating system (QRS), including the identification of the performance 
measures, a subset of mandatory performance measures, and a 
methodology, that aligns where appropriate with the qualified health 
plan quality rating system developed in accordance with 45 CFR 
156.1120, the Medicare Advantage 5-Star Rating System described in 
subpart D of part 422 of this chapter, and other related CMS quality 
rating approaches.
    (2) CMS, after consulting with States and other stakeholders and 
providing public notice and opportunity to comment, may periodically 
update the Medicaid managed care QRS framework developed in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (c) * * *
    (1) A state may implement an alternative Medicaid managed care 
quality rating system that utilizes different performance measures or 
applies a different methodology from that described in paragraph (b) of 
this section provided that--
    (i) The alternative quality rating system includes the mandatory 
measures identified in the framework developed under paragraph (b) of 
this section;
    (ii) The ratings generated by the alternative quality rating system 
yield information regarding MCO, PIHP, and PAHP performance which is 
substantially comparable to that yielded by the framework developed 
under paragraph (b) of this section to the extent feasible, taking into 
account such factors as differences in covered populations, benefits, 
and stage of delivery system transformation, to enable meaningful 
comparison of performance across States.
    (iii) The State receives CMS approval prior to implementing an 
alternative quality rating system or modifications to an approved 
alternative Medicaid managed care quality rating system.
* * * * *
    (3) In requesting CMS approval, the State must include the 
following:
    (i) The alternative quality rating system framework, including the 
performance measures and methodology to be used in generating plan 
ratings; and,
    (ii) Documentation of the public comment process specified in 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, including discussion of 
the issues raised by the Medical Care Advisory Committee and the 
public. The request must document any policy revisions or modifications 
made in response to the comments and rationale for comments not 
accepted; and,
    (iii) Other information specified by CMS to demonstrate compliance 
with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (4) The Secretary, after consulting with States and other 
stakeholders, shall issue guidance which describes the criteria and 
process for determining if an alternative QRS system is substantially 
comparable to the Medicaid managed care quality rating system in 
paragraph (b) of this section.
* * * * *

0
18. Section 438.340 is amended--
0
a. By revising paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3)(i), and (b)(6);
0
b. By removing paragraph (b)(8);
0
c. By redesignating paragraphs (b)(9), (10), and (11) as paragraphs 
(b)(8), (9), and (10), respectively;
0
d. In newly redesignated paragraph (b)(9) by removing ``; and'' and 
adding a period in its place.
0
e. By revising paragraph (c)(1)(ii); and
0
f. In paragraph (c)(3)(ii) by removing the reference ``paragraph 
(b)(11)'' and adding in its place the reference ``paragraph (b)(10)''.
    The revisions read as follows:


Sec.  438.340  Managed care State quality strategy

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) The State's goals and objectives for continuous quality 
improvement which must be measurable and take into consideration the 
health status of all populations in the State served by the MCO, PIHP, 
PAHP, and PCCM entity described in Sec.  438.310(c)(2).
    (3) * * *
    (i) The quality metrics and performance targets to be used in 
measuring the performance and improvement of each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and 
PCCM entity described in Sec.  438.310(c)(2) with which the State 
contracts, including but not limited to, the performance measures 
reported in accordance with Sec.  438.330(c). The State must identify 
which quality measures and performance outcomes the State will publish 
at least annually on the website required under Sec.  438.10(c)(3); 
and,
* * * * *
    (6) The State's plan to identify, evaluate, and reduce, to the 
extent practicable, health disparities based on age, race, ethnicity, 
sex, primary language, and disability status. For purposes of this 
paragraph (b)(6), ``disability status'' means, at a minimum, whether 
the individual qualified for Medicaid on the basis of a disability. 
States must include in this plan the State's definition of disability 
status and how the State will make the determination that a Medicaid 
enrollee meets the standard including the data source(s) that the State 
will use to identify disability status.
* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (ii) If the State enrolls Indians in the MCO, PIHP, PAHP, or PCCM 
entity described in Sec.  438.310(c)(2), consulting with Tribes in 
accordance with the State's Tribal consultation policy.
* * * * *

0
19. Section 438.358 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(1)(iii) to 
read as follows:

[[Page 72842]]

Sec.  438.358  Activities related to external quality review.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (iii) A review, conducted within the previous 3-year period, to 
determine the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's compliance with the standards 
set forth in subpart D of this part, the disenrollment requirements and 
limitations described in Sec.  438.56, the enrollee rights requirements 
described in Sec.  438.100, the emergency and post-stabilization 
services requirements described in Sec.  438.114, and the quality 
assessment and performance improvement requirements described in Sec.  
438.330.
* * * * *

0
20. Section 438.362 is amended by adding paragraph (c) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.362  Exemption from external quality review.

* * * * *
    (c) Identification of exempted MCOs. The State must annually 
identify, on the website required under Sec.  438.10(c)(3) and in the 
same location where the EQR technical reports are posted in accordance 
with Sec.  438.364(c)(2)(i), the names of the MCOs exempt from external 
quality review by the State, including the beginning date of the 
current exemption period, or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate.

0
21. Section 438.364 is amended by adding paragraph (a)(7) and revising 
paragraph (d) to read as follows:


Sec.  438.364  External quality review results.

    (a) * * *
    (7) The names of the MCOs exempt from external quality review by 
the State, including the beginning date of the current exemption 
period, or that no MCOs are exempt, as appropriate.
* * * * *
    (d) Safeguarding patient identity. The information released under 
paragraph (c) of this section may not disclose the identity or other 
protected health information of any patient.

0
22. Section 438.400 is amended in paragraph (b) by revising paragraph 
(3) of the definition of ``Adverse benefit determination'' to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.400  Statutory basis, definitions, and applicability.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    Adverse benefit determination * * *
    (3) The denial, in whole or in part, of payment for a service. A 
denial, in whole or in part, of a payment for a service solely because 
the claim does not meet the definition of a ``clean claim'' at Sec.  
447.45(b) of this chapter is not an adverse benefit determination.
* * * * *

0
23. Section 438.402 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3)(ii) to read 
as follows:


Sec.  438.402  General requirements.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (3) * * *
    (ii) Appeal. The enrollee may request an appeal either orally or in 
writing.

0
24. Section 438.406 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(3) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.406  Handling of grievances and appeals.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (3) Provide that oral inquiries seeking to appeal an adverse 
benefit determination are treated as appeals.
* * * * *

0
25. Section 438.408 is amended by revising paragraph (f)(2) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  438.408  Resolution and notification: Grievances and appeals.

* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (2) State fair hearing. The enrollee must have no less than 90 
calendar days and no more than 120 calendar days from the date of the 
MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's notice of resolution to request a State fair 
hearing.
* * * * *

PART 457--ALLOTMENTS AND GRANTS TO STATES

0
26. The authority citation for part 457 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302.


0
27. Section 457.1207 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  457.1207  Information requirements.

    The State must provide, or ensure its contracted MCO, PAHP, PIHP, 
PCCM, and PCCM entities provide, all enrollment notices, informational 
materials, and instructional materials related to enrollees and 
potential enrollees in accordance with the terms of Sec.  438.10 of 
this chapter, except that the terms of Sec.  438.10(c)(2), 
(g)(2)(xi)(E), and (g)(2)(xii) of this chapter do not apply.

0
28. Section 457.1233 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) and (d) to 
read as follows:


Sec.  457.1233  Structure and operation standards.

* * * * *
    (b) Subcontractual relationships and delegation. The State must 
ensure, through its contracts, that each MCO, PIHP, PAHP, and PCCM 
entity complies with the subcontractual relationships and delegation 
requirements as provided in Sec.  438.230 of this chapter.
* * * * *
    (d) Health information systems. The State must ensure, through its 
contracts, that each MCO, PIHP, and PAHP complies with the health 
information systems requirements as provided in Sec.  438.242 of this 
chapter, except that the applicability date in Sec.  438.242(e) of this 
chapter does not apply. The State is required to submit enrollee 
encounter data to CMS in accordance with Sec.  438.818 of this chapter.
* * * * *

0
29. Section 457.1240 is amended by revising paragraphs (b), (d), and 
(e) to read as follows:


Sec.  457.1240  Quality measurement and improvement.

* * * * *
    (b) Quality assessment and performance improvement program. (1) The 
State must require, through its contracts, that each MCO, PIHP, and 
PAHP establish and implement an ongoing comprehensive quality 
assessment and performance improvement program for the services it 
furnishes to its enrollees, in accordance with the requirements and 
standards in Sec.  438.330 of this chapter, except that the terms of 
Sec.  438.330(d)(4) of this chapter (related to dually eligible 
beneficiaries) do not apply.
    (2) In the case of a contract with a PCCM entity described in 
paragraph (f) of this section, Sec.  438.330(b)(2) and (3), (c), and 
(e) of this chapter apply.
* * * * *
    (d) Managed care quality rating system. The State must determine a 
quality rating or ratings for each MCO, PIHP, and PAHP in accordance 
with the requirements set forth in Sec.  438.334 of this chapter, 
except that the terms of Sec.  438.334(c)(2)(i) and (c)(3) of this 
chapter (related to consultation with the Medical Care Advisory 
Committee) do not apply.
    (e) Managed care quality strategy. The State must draft and 
implement a written quality strategy for assessing and improving the 
quality of health care and services furnished CHIP enrollees as 
described in Sec.  438.340 of this chapter, except that the reference 
to consultation with the Medical Care Advisory Committee described in 
Sec.  438.340(c)(1)(i) of this chapter does not apply.
* * * * *

[[Page 72843]]


0
30. Section 457.1260 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  457.1260  Grievance system.

    (a) Statutory basis and definitions--(1) Statutory basis. This 
section implements section 2103(f)(3) of the Act, which provides that 
the State CHIP must provide for the application of section 1932(a)(4), 
(a)(5), (b), (c), (d), and (e) of the Act (relating to requirements for 
managed care) to coverage, State agencies, enrollment brokers, managed 
care entities, and managed care organizations. Section 1932(b)(4) of 
the Act requires managed care plans to establish an internal grievance 
procedure under which an enrollee, or a provider on behalf of such an 
enrollee, may challenge the denial of coverage of or payment for 
covered benefits.
    (2) Definitions. The following definitions from Sec.  438.400(b) of 
this chapter apply to this section--
    (i) Paragraphs (1) through (5) and (7) of the definition of 
``adverse benefit determination''; and
    (ii) The definitions of ``appeal'', ``grievance'', and ``grievance 
and appeal system''.
    (b) General requirements. (1) The State must ensure that its 
contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions of Sec.  
438.402(a), (b), and (c)(2) and (3) of this chapter with regard to the 
establishment and operation of a grievances and appeals system.
    (2) An enrollee may file a grievance and request an appeal with the 
MCO, PIHP, or PAHP. An enrollee may request a State external review in 
accordance with the terms of subpart K of this part after receiving 
notice under paragraph (e) of this section that the adverse benefit 
decision is upheld by the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP.
    (3) If State law permits and with the written consent of the 
enrollee, a provider or an authorized representative may request an 
appeal or file a grievance, or request a State external review in 
accordance with the terms of subpart K of this part, on behalf of an 
enrollee. When the term ``enrollee'' is used throughout this section, 
it includes providers and authorized representatives consistent with 
this paragraph (b).
    (c) Timely and adequate notice of adverse benefit determination. 
(1) The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs 
comply with the provisions at Sec.  438.404(a) and (b)(1), (2), and (5) 
of this chapter (regarding the content of the notice of an adverse 
benefit determination).
    (2) In addition to the requirements referenced in paragraph (c)(1) 
of this section, the notice must explain:
    (i) The enrollee's right to request an appeal of the MCO's, PIHP's, 
or PAHP's adverse benefit determination, including information on 
exhausting the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's one level of appeal described 
at Sec.  438.402(b) of this chapter referenced in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section, and the right to request a State external review in 
accordance with the terms of subpart K of this part; and
    (ii) The procedures for the enrollee to exercise his or her rights 
provided under this paragraph (c).
    (3) The MCO, PIHP, or PAHP must provide timely written notice to 
the enrollee of the adverse benefit determination. The terms of 
Sec. Sec.  438.404(c)(6) and 438.210(d)(2) of this chapter apply in the 
circumstances of expedited service authorization decisions.
    (d) Handling of grievances and appeals. The State must ensure that 
its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at 
Sec.  438.406 of this chapter.
    (e) Resolution and notification: Grievances and appeals. (1) The 
State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply 
with the provisions at Sec.  438.408(b) (relating to the timeframe for 
resolution of grievances and appeals), (c)(1) and (2) (the extension of 
timeframes for resolution of grievances and appeals), (d) (relating to 
the format of the notice of resolution for grievances and appeals), and 
(e)(1) (relating to the content of the notice of resolution for 
grievances and appeals) of this chapter.
    (2) Each MCO, PIHP, or PAHP must resolve each grievance and appeal, 
and provide notice, as expeditiously as the enrollee's health condition 
requires, within State-established timeframes that may not exceed the 
timeframes specified in this paragraph (e).
    (3) In the case of an MCO, PIHP, or PAHP that fails to adhere to 
the notice and timing requirements in this section, the enrollee is 
deemed to have exhausted the MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's appeals process. 
The enrollee may initiate a State external review in accordance with 
the terms of subpart K of this part.
    (4) For appeals not resolved wholly in favor of an enrollee, in 
addition to the information required under paragraph (e)(1) of this 
section and Sec.  438.408(e)(1) of this chapter, the content of the 
notice of appeal resolution must include the enrollee's right to 
request a State external review in accordance with the terms of subpart 
K of this part, and how to do so.
    (5) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, an 
enrollee may request a State external review only after receiving 
notice that the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP is upholding the adverse benefit 
determination. The State must provide enrollees no less than 90 
calendar days and no more than 120 calendar days from the date of the 
MCO's, PIHP's, or PAHP's notice of resolution to request a State 
external review. The parties to the State external review include the 
MCO, PIHP, or PAHP, as well as the enrollee and his or her 
representative or the representative of a deceased enrollee's estate.
    (f) Expedited resolution of appeals. The State must ensure that its 
contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at Sec.  
438.410 of this chapter.
    (g) Information about the grievance and appeal system to providers 
and subcontractors. The State must ensure that its contracted MCOs, 
PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at Sec.  438.414 of this 
chapter.
    (h) Recordkeeping requirements. The State must ensure that its 
contracted MCOs, PIHPs, and PAHPs comply with the provisions at Sec.  
438.416 of this chapter.
    (i) Effectuation of reversed appeal resolutions. If the MCO, PIHP, 
or PAHP, or the result of a State external review, in accordance with 
the terms of subpart K of this part, reverses a decision to deny, 
limit, or delay services, the MCO, PIHP, or PAHP must authorize or 
provide the disputed services promptly and as expeditiously as the 
enrollee's health condition requires but no later than 72 hours from 
the date it receives notice reversing the determination.

0
31. Section 457.1270 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  457.1270  Sanctions.

    (a) General. The State must comply with Sec. Sec.  438.700 through 
438.704, 438.706(c) and (d), and 438.708 through 438.730 of this 
chapter.
    (b) Optional imposition of temporary management. Except as provided 
in paragraph (c) of this section, the State may impose temporary 
management under Sec.  438.702(a)(2) of this chapter as referenced in 
paragraph (a) of this section, only if it finds (through onsite 
surveys, enrollee or other complaints, financial status, or any other 
source) any of the following:
    (1) There is continued egregious behavior by the MCO, including but 
not limited to behavior that is described in Sec.  438.700 of this 
chapter (as referenced in paragraph (a) of this section), or that

[[Page 72844]]

is contrary to any of the requirements of this subpart.
    (2) There is substantial risk to enrollees' health.
    (3) The sanction is necessary to ensure the health of the MCO's 
enrollees--
    (i) While improvements are made to remedy violations under Sec.  
438.700 of this chapter as referenced in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (ii) Until there is an orderly termination or reorganization of the 
MCO.
    (c) Required imposition of temporary management. The State must 
impose temporary management (regardless of any other sanction that may 
be imposed) if it finds that an MCO has repeatedly failed to meet 
substantive requirements in this subpart. The State must also grant 
enrollees the right to terminate enrollment without cause, as described 
in Sec.  438.702(a)(3) of this chapter as referenced in paragraph (a) 
of this section, and must notify the affected enrollees of their right 
to terminate enrollment.

0
32. Section 457.1285 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  457.1285  Program integrity safeguards.

    The State must comply with the program integrity safeguards in 
accordance with the terms of subpart H of part 438 of this chapter, 
except that the terms of Sec. Sec.  438.604(a)(2) and 438.608(d)(4) of 
this chapter do not apply.

    Dated: September 14, 2020.
Seema Verma,
Administrator, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
    Dated: September 21, 2020.
Alex M. Azar II,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
[FR Doc. 2020-24758 Filed 11-9-20; 11:15 am]
BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.